

Glass L 1 1 8 







































7 / V 











\ 




% 






» . ’ \ ^ ^ i v 

\ W ’•• V ^ 







# 


\ 

• I 















X 




? AT ?69t 






"B. T. Wr'iBSs. 


^^pctcjcnlh 
^•fll I> : AKT_®f 
x ^ ^ utioM »i Q,< 


9 iMS 


RONOGRAPIIIC AL PLAN OF WILLARD’S HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES- 


















































ABRIDGED HISTORY 


OF THE 



NEW AND ENLARGED EDITION. 


BV EMMA WILLARD. 

. » 

> > J . 

o * 

NEW YORK: 

A. S. BARNES & BURR, 

El * 53 JOHN STREET. 

OftLT) BY BQCITfi|^r.HR6, GENERALLY, THROUGHOUT TUB UNITED ■TAX** 

1860 , 










E. 17 ? 

.1 

(<15 


LINKS TO EXPLAIN THE TITLE YIGNETTH 

In Union’s Chain, within its spell, 

Freedom and Peace and Safety dwell; 

Nor Lion Force, ncr Serpent Guile, 

Shall harm the blessed Maids the while. 


CITY OF NEW BEDFORD, MASS* 
January 16, 1860. 


At a meeting of the School Committee, held this evening, it wat 

Voted, That “WILLARD’S HISTORY OF THE UNITED 
STATES,” be introduced into the High School, and the several Gram¬ 
mar Schools in the Citv. 


WILLIAM HOWE, Secretary. 


OFFICE OF THE CONTROLLERS OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS, I 
FIRST SCHOOL DISTRICT OF PENNSYLVANIA. f 

Philadelphia, January 31, 1851. 


At a meeting of the Controllers of Public Schools, First District 
J Pennsylvania, held at the Controllers’ Chamber, on Tuesday, De¬ 
cember 10th, 1851, the following Resolution was adopted:— 

Resolved, That “WILLARD’S HISTORY OF THE UNITED 
STATES,” be introduced as a class book into the Public Schools of 
this District. 


ROBERT J. HEMPHILL, Secretary. 


Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1849, 

By A. 2S. B^Ki'ES * CO., 

In tha Clerk’s Office of .he District Court for the Souttem District of 
Ne’w York. 





PREFACE. 


The leacing objects of the author of this work, have been 
to give the events of the history with clearness and accu¬ 
racy ; with such illustrations of time and place addressed to 
the eye, as shall secure their retention in the memory; and, 
at the same time, with such an order of arrangement, as will 
enable the mind to recall, at need, what it thus retains. This 
we regard as important, not only with respect to this parti¬ 
cular study; but as rightly laying out the grouna-pian of the 
intellect, so far as the whole range of history is concerned. 
We have endeavoured to make the book convenient,—by 
side notes with dates,—by numbered paragraphs of suitable 
length ft r reading classes,—and by questions on each para¬ 
graph, placed at the bottom of the page. These questions 
are so pm, that youthful teachers may avail themselves of 
the author’s long experience, to acquire a manner of ques¬ 
tioning, which, while it is not obscure, will yet oblige the 
pupil to think, and which will bring into relief prominent 
points. 

We have, indeed, been desirous to cultivate the memory, the 
intellect, and the taste. But much more anxious have we been 
to sow the seeds of virtue, by showing the good in such amiable 
lights, that the youthful heart shall kindle into desires of 
imitation. And we have been careful to give clear concep¬ 
tions of those deeds, which are proper to imitate; while 
with regard to bad actions, we have, as far as possible, given 
the result, father than the detail. 


(6) 



J 


PREFACE. 


There are those, who rashly speak, as if in despair of the 
fortunes of our republic; because, say they, political virtue has 
declined. If so, then is there the more need to infuse patri¬ 
otism into the breasts of the coming generation. And what 
is so likely to effect this national self-preservation, as to give 
our children, for their daily reading and study, such a record 
of the sublime virtues of the worthies of our earliest day,— 
and of Washington and his compatriots, as shall leave its 
due impress ? And what but the study of their dangers and 
toils,—their devotion of life and fortune, can make our 
posterity know, what our country, and our liberties have 
cost ? And what but the History of our peculiar, and com¬ 
plicated fabric of government, by which, it may be ex¬ 
amined, as piece by piece the structure was built up, can im¬ 
part such a knowledge of the powers it gives, and the duties 
it enjoins, as shall enable our future citizens, to become ila 
enlightened and judicious supporters ? 

Hartford , Conn. 


table of contents. 


INTRODUCTION. 

Chapter. Pag ft 

I. Definitions, &c. .... 13 

II. The Aborigines, - • - 16 

PART I. 

Period I. First Discovery—Columbus, &c. - 21 

I* II. English Discoveries—French, - - -24 

1192 . III. Spanish Discoveries, Adventures and Cruelties—St, 

Augustine, 27 


Period I. Unsuccessful attempt of Gilbert, Raleigh, and others, 33 
IE II. First settlement of Virginia, ... ?td 

1578. III. Early settlement of Virginia—continued, - • 42 

IV. Virginia—-Hudson river—Canada, - - - 45 


Period 1. Departure of the Pilgrirr-s from England and th«ir 

III. sojourn in Holland, 51 

1620 II. Progress of the Pilgrims from Holland to America, 55 

III. The Savages—Massasoit’s Alliance—Winslow’s Visit 

to the Pokanokets, - - - - 58 

IV. Grand Council of Plymouth—New Hampshire—Mas¬ 

sachusetts Bay, 61 

V. The Colony of Massachusetts Bay, - • - G3 

VI. Rhode Island and its Founder, - • S3 

VII. Connecticut and its Founders, - - - 68 

VIII. The Pequod War, .... 72 

IX. Intolerance of the times—Anne Hutchinson—Rhode 

Island—New Hampshire—Delaware, - - 76 

X Maryland—Virginia from 1631 to 1641, - 7& 

XI. Massachusetts threatened—the Puritans in England— 

Vane— Union begun, - - - - BJ 


7 





vrii 


CONTENTS. 


Period 

I. 

1643 . 


Period 

II. 

1692. 


Period 

hi. 

1 ^ 33 . 


PART II. 

Chapter. Page 

I. Virginia—Second Indian Massacre—Bacon’s Rebellion, 81 
II New York settled by the Dutch—taken by the English. 92 

III Pennsylvania and its Founder, 95 

IV New Jersey—its settlement, and various claimants, - 99 

V Miantonomoh—Rhode Island and Connecticut obtain 

Charters—Elliot, the Apostle of the Indians, 101 

VI, King Philip’s War—Destruction of the Narragansetts 

and Pokanokets, ..... 104 
VII. The Regicides—New Hampshire and Maine—Charter 

of Massachusetts annulled, ... 108 

V III. New York—its Governors—Leisler—Quakers in Mas¬ 
sachusetts, - - - - - 112 

IX. Jesuit Missionaries of France—their Discoveries, - 115 

X. North and South Carolina—The Great Patent—Mr. 

Locke’s Constitution, .... 120 

XI. French and Indian War, - - - 122 


1. Sir William Phipps—Cotton Mather—Salem Witch¬ 
craft—Schools—Yale College, - - - 127 

II. European Politics—Peace of Ryswick, which closes 
King William’s War—Queen Anne’s War soon 
begins, ..... 130 

III. Fletcher—Piracy—The Jerseys united, and joined with 

New York, ..... 133 

IV. Pennsylvania—Penn’s second visit—Maryland, - 135 

V. The Huguenots—War with the Spaniards—Tuscaro- 

ras and Yamassees, - - - - 136 

VI. Extension of the French Empire—New France, - 140 

VII. Controversy in Massachusetts, respecting a fixed salary 

for the royal governor, ... 141 


1 Georgia and Carolina engaged in war with the Spa¬ 
niards of Florida—The Slave Trade—War of the 
French with the Chickasaws, - - 147 

11. Old French War—Capture of Louisburg—French and 

English claims to the basin of the Mississippi, - 150 

III. George Washington—his birth, parentage, and educa- 
cation—his conduct in places of trust, private and 
public, - . 153 




CONTENTS. 


IX 


Chapter. Page. 

IV. Congress at Albany—Convention of governors in Vir¬ 
ginia—Braddock, - - - - 157 

V. Remainder of the Campaign of1755—Campaign of 1756,161 

VI. Campaigns of 1757 and 1758, ... 163 

VII. The Campaign of 1759—Wolfe, - - - !66 

VIII. Wars with the Indians, - - - 170 


PART III. 

1. Causes of the Revolutionary War, - 175 

Peru d II. Congress at New York — Repeal of the Stamp Act 179 
’ III. Second attempt to tax America—Opposition, • 183 

1703 iv, Seizure of Tea—Boston Port Bill—Arrival of British 

Troops, - - - - - 186 

V. Congress at Philadelphia, ... 188 

VI. War approaches—Massachusetts—British Parliament, 190 

VII. The War begins by the Battle of Lexington, - 193 

VIII. Battle of Bunker Hill—Washington commander-in¬ 
chief, - - - - - - 196 

IX. Invasion of Canada—Death of Montgomery, - 199 

X. Washington enters Boston—Disasters in Canada, 203 


Period I. Lord Howe attempts pacification—American defeat at 
II* Long Island, ... 209 

1776 . II. Disasters following the defeat on Long Island, - 212 
II. American successes at Trenton and Princeton, - 216 

IV. Difficulties ar-1 exertions of Congress—Campaign of 

1777,. 218 

V. Burgoyne’ Invasion,—1777,.... 220 

VI. Battle of Biandywine—British in Philadelphia—Ger¬ 
mantown,—1777, .... 224 

VII. Battle of Monmouth—Seat of War transferred to the 

South,—1778, - - - -229 

VIII. Oamnaigns of 1779 and 1780—the British conquer the 

South,.232 

IX. Arnold’s Treason, ..... 237 

X. Robert Morris—Revolt of the Pennsylvania Line- 
Cornwallis at the South, - - - 

XI Campaign of 1781—Battle of Eutaw Springs—Cons, 
wallis taken at York'own, - • • 

1 * 



X 


CONTENTS. 


P 6RIOP 

I. 

1789 . 


Period 

II. 

1803 . 


Period 

III. 

KS2C 


Chapter * Page. 

XII. Vermont—Measures of Peace—Fears and Discontents 

of the Army happily quieted, - - 248 

XIII. Depression subsequent to the War—Shays’ Rebellion 

—Constitution formed, .... 251 


PART IV. 

I. Organization of the New Government—The Funding 
System—Party lines strongly drawn, - 2 ' 

II. The Moravians—The Indians of the North West, - 26 

III. America resents the indignities of France—Adams’s 

Administration—Jefferson’s, - - - 266 


I. War with Tripoli—Troubles with England and Franee, 273 

II. War of 1812—Condition of the Country—Hull’s Sur¬ 
render, ..... 279 

III. Naval Successes, ..... 282 

IV. Campaign of 1813—?dassacre of Frenchtown, - 285 

V. Northern Army—Loss of the Chesapeake—Creek 

War,.289 

VI. The Niagara Frontier—Battles of Chippewa and 

Bridgewater, ..... 291 

VII. Washington taken by the British—Baltimore threat¬ 
ened, - - 295 

VIII. British invasion and defeat at New CHeans, - 300 

IX. Peace with England—Naval combats—War with Al¬ 

giers, ...... 302 

X. Internal Improvements—Seminole War, - - 305 


I. The Missouri Question—The Tariff—Gen. Lafayette’s 

Visit, .... - 3 ii 

II. Black R. wk’s War—The Cholera—Nullification, 315 
[II. The Aboriginal Tribes of the Mississippi go to the Far 

West—The Florida War, - - 319 

IV. The Bank Question—The Revulsion.—Van Buren’s 

Administration—Harrison’s Election and Death. 324 
V Mr. Tyler’s Administration—Mobs—Disturbances in 

Rhode Island— Anti-Rentism—Mormonism, &c. 328 




CONTENTS. 


XI 


Chapter. Pag*. 

VL Texas—Mexico—C.auses of Annexation and the Mex¬ 
ican War,.338 

VII. Mexican War—Army of Occupation, - - 343 

VIIL Army of the Centre—General Wool’s march—Battle of 

Buena Vista,.851 

IX. Army of the West—Conquest of New Mexico and Cali¬ 
fornia, .S 81 

X. Doniphan’s Expedition to Chihuahua—Revolt in New 

Mexico,.S6f 

XI. Scott’s Invasion—Vera Cruz—Cerro Gordo, - - 365 

XIL State of the Army—Its march — Contreras — Churu- 

busco,.369 

OIL Armistice—Molinos del Rey—Chapultepee—Mexico, - 314 

XIV. Puebla—Huamantla—Atlixco—Treaty of Peace, - - S '? 0 


PnaifOD I. Oregon—American California—Capt. Wilkes’ Explor- 
1 V ing Expedition—Capt. Fremont’s Explorations - 387 

1848.11. Train of Events by which California became a part of 
the American Republic-*— 1 The Macnamara Project— 
Discovery of Gold,.391 

III. Taylor’s Inauguration—Gloomy Close of the 30 th Con¬ 

gress—The Causes of Danger and Trouble, as con¬ 
nected with the Slavery Question, - 394 

IV. Congressional Eloquence of the First Session of the 

Thirty-first Congress,.898 

V The Committee .of Thirteen—The “ Omnibus Bill”— 
Death of Taylor and Inauguration of Fillmore— 
Separate Passage of the Compromise Measures—The 
Cuban Expedition—Liberia, - - - - - 401 







THB 


STUDY OF AMERICAN HISTORY, 

t 

INTRODUCED BY 

TEACHING THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 


1. The large painted chronographer, prepared to accom¬ 
pany this work, is to be hung in full view of the class, and 
the teacher furnished with a pointing rod about four feet i 
length, black at the end, as the paper of the chronographe 
is white. 

2. The proper use of the pointer constitutes an intelligible 
language addressed to the eye. Therefore, the person using 
it should use it significantly, and never otherwise, and 
should always point in the same manner when he means 
the same thing. 

3. In teaching the chronographer, when the person point¬ 
ing has occasion to refer to a simple date, which is a point 
of time, let him carry the pointer directly to that point, and, 
without zigzag motions, rest it there while he has occasion 
to speak of that date or epoch. But if he is speaking of a 
period of time between two dates or epochs, as, for exam 
pie, of Period I., let him can/ the pointer directly to the 
earliest date (1492), and then move it slowly, and without 
wavering, over Period L, stopping exactly at its close 
(1578); always, in such cases, carrying the pointer with 
die course of time—that is. from loft to right. 



INTRODUCTION. 


xiii 


4. Whenever the teacher is using the pointer, to teach 
the chronographer, the pupil must give his eye, his ear, and 
his mind ; and then the chronographer will, by a mysterious 
process of the mind, be formed within, and become a part 
of the mind of every attentive scholar—where he may, ever 
after, have the plan, and read the principal dates of his coun¬ 
try^ chronology. But in order to have the internal chro¬ 
nographer perfect, it is necessary to observe attentively, and 
to learn patiently, at various times and in repeated lessons, 
the different parts of the one presented to the eye. 

5. As success, in this case, depends on the class fixing 
their eyes on the chronographer, with the desire to learn it, 
short and lively lessons, in which the class shall be ques¬ 
tioned as the teacher points, and in which all answer to¬ 
gether, will be much better than long and dull ones. 

6. Some explanations of the chronographer will, however, 
be needed. They will be given here, in connexion with 
questions and instructions on the general subject of chro¬ 
nology. 


CHRONOGRAPHER EXPLAINED. 

7. The word chronographer literally signifies something 
which delineates time. It is composed of two Greek 
words— chronos , time, and grapho , to delineate. 

8. The picture presented is a chronographer of American 
history, because it refers to that history only. It is divided 
into two parts. The outer part is composed of several cir¬ 
cular lines, the whole of which, taken together, make up 
what is here called the circle of time . It represents the 
whole time of the American history ; that is, the complete 
succession of years from the discovery of America in 1492, 
.o the present day. 

9. The inner part of the chronographer is called the histone 
tree. The four large Umhs of this tree represent the four 


Xiv DESCRIPTION OF THE CIIRONOORAPHER. 

parts into which the history is divided. The branches of 
these limbs represent epochs of the history. The body and 
livnbs of the tree are painted wood colour, and the branches 
ire painted green. 

10. An epoch is an important event in any history, which, 
having happened on some certain day, or in some one year, 
is regarded but as a point in time. These branches, then, 
which represent the epochs, meet the circle of time in certain 
points 

11. In mathematics, the place where one line meets an¬ 
other is called a point. Points may divide a line : so we 
suppose our circular line of time to be divided,by these points 
or epochs, into periods. The word epoch marks the exact 
time at which any event of history may have happened ; 
and the woxi[period is here used to denote an unbroken succes¬ 
sion of years, whether few or many. 

12. To avoid confusion, remark here, that each of the 
four parts of the history has one more epoch than period - 
for example, Part I. has four epochs and three periods. It 
of course has four branches, and three spaces between them 
Parts II. and IV. have also each four branches and three 
spaces. Part III. has three epochs and two periods. The 
reason of this is, that the same epoch is used for the end of 
one period and the beginning of another. 

CIRCLE OF TIME.—LINE OF CENTURIES. 

13. The outer circumference of the circle of time is the 
line of centuries. It represents the three centuries and a 
half into which the American history is divided. A century 
is a hundred years. 

14. All Christian countries reckon time from the birth of 
our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, which is called the 
Christian era, or great Christian epoch. In 1850, there will 
have been just eighteen centuries and a half from that poim 


INTRODUCTION. 


XV 


of time. During nearly fifteen of those centuries, America 
was unknown to the people of Europe, from whom we are 
descended. 

15. This continent was discovered in 1492, eight years 
before the close of the 15th century. Tracing, then, on the 
chronographer, from 1492 to 1500, we find eight years only 
belonging to the 15th century. From 1500 to 1600 is thb 
whole of the 16th century; from 1600 to 1700, the 17th 
century; from 1700 to 1800, the 18th century; and from 
1800 to the present day , is nearly half of the 19th century: 
so that the whole course of American history is about three 
centuries and a half. It was exactly three centuries and a 
half in the year 1842. 

16. Since the end of the year 1800, we have lived in the 
19th century: so, young persons past eighteen are said to 
be in their nineteenth year. When the year 1800 had 
passed, then eighteen centuries were completed from the birth 
of our Saviour, and the time since, and now going on, be¬ 
longs to the 19th century, and will belong to it till the year 
1900 is compleated. 

17. Some persons have disputed whether the dates which 
make exact hundreds, such as 1700 and 1800, belong to the 
27th and 18th centuries. They say, “As 1701 belongs to 
the 18th century, why should not 1700 also?” Now, to 
make this matter plain, let us go back to the 1st century. 

Teacher. Would 99 years make a century ? 

Class. Ninety-nine years would not make a century. 

Teacher. When would the 1st century be completed? 

Class. The 1st century would be completed at the end 
if the 100th year. 

Teacher. Would 199 years make two centuries ? 

Class. One hundred and ninety-nine years would not 
make two centuries. 

TeacUr. What year must bo added to make two centime ? 


XYi DESCRIPTION OF THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

Class. The 200th year must be added to make up the 
two centuries. 

Teacher. To what century does the date 100 belong ? 

Class. To the 1st century, since that century is not com¬ 
pleted till the end of the year 100. 

Teacher. To what century does the date 101 belong ? 

Class. To the 2d century. 

Teacher. To what century does the date 300 belong ? 

Class. To the 3d ; for the 3d is only completed at the 
close of this year. 

Teacher. To what century does the date 1700 belong ? 

Class. To the 17th. 

Teacher. To what century does the date 1845 belong ? 

Class. To the 19th century. 

Teacher. You now understand that any date in a century 
belongs to a century one higher than the hundreds which 
express the date—excepting only those dates which are 
expressed by exact hundreds. Thus, 1704 belongs to the 
18th century; 1825 to the 19th; while 1700 belongs to the 
17th century, and 1800 to the 18th. 

3 8. Teacher. The graduated part of the circle of time ia 
called the scale of years. This is first divided, as you see, 
by alternate light and shade, into tens of years. Then, by 
black lines through the light tens, and white ones through 
the black tens, the whole scale is divided into years : so 
that, having any given date, you can at once refer it, on the 
chronographer, to its proper place. For example, suppose 
I ask you, where, on the circle of time, is the place of King 
Philip’s war, which occurred in 1675 ? First, look, for the 
large figures which denote the centuries, until the eye catch¬ 
es lOOO : then trace along to the right, through 70, until 
you reach 75. 



INTRODUCTION. 


xvii 


HISTORIC TREE. 

19. The first large limb of the historic tree represents 
Part I. of the history. Observe the points of intersection of 
ihe first and fourth branches with the graduated circle of time. 
The first point is at 1492, the epoch of the discovery of 
America by Columbus; and the fourth is 1643, when the 
first Confederacy or Union took place. This is an important 
epoch, as it marks the time when several colonies confed¬ 
erated together, thus laying the foundation of our great Fed¬ 
eral Republic. 

20. This first part, then, extends from 1492 to 1643. 
-s subject, as you read just above the scale of years, is, 

THE DISCOVERY AND EARLY SETTLEMENT of the different 
parts of the country. It occupies, as you see, a century 
and a half, viz., eight years of the 15th century, the whole 
of the 16th, and nearly half of the 17th. It extends through 
a longer time than either of the other parts of the history. 
There are, however, fewer events in it for the historian to 
notice. 

21. The second part, a^ you perceive from the points ot 
intersection of the extreme branches, extends from 1643, 
the epoch of the beginning of the confederacy, to 1763, the 
close of the French war. Previously to this war, the Eng¬ 
lish had the government over what has since been called 
the United States. By the war they gained dominion over 
Canada also—taking it from the French, who had discov¬ 
ered and settled that country. The Second Part of the his¬ 
tory, as you see by the graduated circle, occupies 120 years. 
It embraces the last half of the 17th century, and the first 
part of the 18th. When we speak by centuries, we do noi 
pretend to be perfectly accurate. The subject of the Sec 
ond Part is, Colonization—French and Indian wars . 
that is, the colonization of this country by the English, and 


xviii DESCRIPTION OF THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

die wars which our hardy and suffering forefathers had wi&< 
the natives and the French of Canada. 

22. The third part of the history is shorter in time than 
either of the others, comprising only 26 years in the last 
half of the 18th century. Interesting events in this part of 
the history are more numerous than in either of the other 
parts. Its subject is, The Revolution —in which the 
Americans, having been oppressed by the British Govern¬ 
ment, fought the troops which they sent over, and, under 
the command of Washington, defeated them, and made the 
United States of America a free and independent nation. 
The epoch to which this part extends, is the adoption of the 
present constitution of the United States—1789. 

23. The fourth part extends from the adoption of the 
constitution to the present time. It comprises, to now, in 
1845, fifty-six years—the whole time of our free constitu 
tional Government. It occupies the last portion of the 18th 
century, and what is passed of the 19th. 

GENERAL REMARKS. 

24. The pupils, having now learned the general plan ot 
the chronographer, will be able to answer questions from 
it; and while the class are studying the book, the teacher 
should give them some exercises every day. 

25. To acquire our system of chronology, the description 
of the chronographer should not only be well learned, but 
the attention of the pupils should be called to it during every 
recitation, by requiring them to show to what part of the 
plan given, dated events belong. 

26. In regard to Geography, as connected with History, it 
is no less important that the association of the event, with the 
visible representation of its place on the map, should be 
strongly made. Hence, the pupils should always be re¬ 
quired to trace on their maps the routes of navigators, 


INTRODUCTION. 


xix 

armies, &c., and to show the locations of cities and battle¬ 
fields. The best of all plans in this respect is, for pupils to 
draw for themselves, on slates or blackboards, sketches of 
the countries of which they study, putting down the places 
mentioned in their lessons. 

27. The drawing of the chronographer is also recom¬ 
mended. After the study of a period is completed, let the 
pupil draw the part of the circle of time belonging to that 
period. When he has studied a Part, let him delineate that 
Part on the circle of time : and so on, till he learns to draw 
the whole circle without a model. Having done this, let 
him connect with it the Historic Tree, whose branches, like 
so many indexes, or hands of a clock, point to the time of 
the epochs which they represent. 

28. The teacher of this work may, by reading a copy of 
the author’s larger History on the same plan, be able to re¬ 
late to his class enlarged details and interesting anecdotes 
of the characters herein named, of which the limits of this 
book did not allow the insertion. Such incidents not only 
instruct, but they make scholars love the class-room, and 
give them confidence in the knowledge of their teacher. 
One important office of the common-school library', is to put 
such books into the instructor’s hands as shah »id him iu 
giving his pupils more enlarged views of theii .Wiiscts of 
study. 



& LOCATIONS 


WANDERINGS 


GINES, 


ABORI 


Senecas g «r 


Delawares' 


^!f \ Dela^vvares 


C I MENGWE f 
S) OR ( 

I RCtf) Q U O 1/S 


unife^/and (conquer 
/ the] 

/ALL/EGEWI 


CHEROKEES 


Lrovver / 
CrVeks j 

v Shawaneae 


8? Longitude 82 West from 77 Greenwich ?: 


MAP N° 1. 


Longitude West 5 from Washington 0 



















































































Smith showing his Compass. 


INTRODUCTION. 

CHAPTER I. 

Definitions, &c. 

1. The subject of this work is the United States of cm,.*. 
America j or, as those States are sometimes called, the sub,** 
Republic or Nation of America. 

What constitutes a nation ? First, there must be a 
country, with the natural divisions of land and water; 
second, there must be men, women, and children to 
inhabit that country; and third, those inhabitants must dfvisSm 
be bound together in one, by living under a common 
government, which extends its protection over all, and 
which all are bound to obey. 

2. To every nation there belongs a history: For 
whenever the inhabitants of any large portion of the 
earth are united under one government, important pub¬ 
lic events must there have taken jflace. The record 

of these events constitutes the history of that country. Any n4 . 

3. The events of history should always be record- h ^ n> * 
ed, with the circumstances of time and place. To tell 
when events happened, is to give their chronology; to 

1. What is the subject of this work ? What three parts com¬ 
pose a nation ? —- 2 . What constitutes any nation’s history ? 

3. How should events be recorded? What is it to give their 
chronology 7 









14 


ONE NATION. 


CH. I, 


Connect¬ 
ed with 
its geog. 

and 
ehron. 


Where 

our 

Hiuntry 

i« 


IU lati¬ 
tude and 
longi¬ 
tude. 


Ita cli 
mate. 


Soil. 


Natural 

advan¬ 

tages. 


A good 
region 
for one 
Ostion. 


tell where they happened, their geography. The history 
of a nation, is therefore inseparably connected with its 
•geography and chronology. Chronology may properly 
be called the skeleton of history, geography the base 
on which it stands. 

4. First, let us inquire, where is the country of 
which we desire to know the history? In the vast 
universe, is a system of planets surrounding a sun, 
hence called the solar system. The third planet from 
the sun is called the earth. On the earth’s surface, 
the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA occupies 
a northern portion of the smaller of two conti¬ 
nents. In extent, it is one of the largest nations of 
the world. 

5. In longitude, the Republic of America ranges 
through sixty degrees, from the Atlantic ocean to the 
Pacific. In latitude, it reaches from the Cape of Flo¬ 
rida, in north latitude twenty-five degrees, to British 
and Russian America in forty-nine. Thus stretching 
through the greater part of the northern temperate 
zone, it includes every variety of climate, from the hot 
unhealthy swamps of Florida, to the cold mountainous 
regions of northern New England, and the north-west¬ 
ern territories. 

6. The soil and productions of our country are as 
various as its climate. Compared with other countries, 
it contains a large proportion of arable land ; and what 
is of the utmost consequence to the accommodation 
of man, it is well watered. On the whole, it may be 
pronounced, one of the most fertile, healthy, and desi¬ 
rable regions of the earth. 

. 7. In observing the United States, there is much to 
convince us, that an Almighty, Overruling Providence, 
designed from the first, to place here a great, united 

3. Their geography ? Are chronology and geography con¬ 
nected with history?—4. In regard to the universe where, as as- 
tronomy teaches, are the United States ? In regard to the earth’s 
surface, or as regards geography, where is this country ? What 
can you say of its extent ? — 5. What of its longitude ? Of its 
latitude? Climate?—6. Soil and productions? Its natural ad¬ 
vantages generally ?—T. Does this region, seem designed fur 
one great nation, or several small ones ? 




RIGHTEOUS GOVERNMENT. 


15 


people. Although this country, being one nation, is 
by means of its mighty rivers, well enabled to carry 
its inland productions to the ocean, and thence to fo¬ 
reign markets; yet, if it were divided, like southern 
Europe, into different nations, this would not be the case. 

8. For this country is not, like southern Europe, 
indented with deep bays, gulfs, seas, and channels; 
whereby many small nations, can each be accommo¬ 
dated with a portion of the sea-board. If our long 
rivers were owned in part by one government, and in 
part by another, the commerce of the inland nations, 
would be perpetually hampered, by those who owned 
the sea-board, and the mouths of the rivers. For they 
would be likely to insist on being paid for the use of 
their ports; and this would naturally breed quarrels and 
blood-shed. This is one reason among many, to 
show that the American people should continue to be 
one nation; and, in the words of Washington, “frown 
indignantly on the first attempt to sever the union.” 

9. The government of this vast nation, which con¬ 
tains more than twenty-three millions of inhabitants, 
is a Federative Republic. It is federative , because 
in it there are several separate, independent states, 
confederated under one head, or general government. 
It is a republic , because the rulers are chosen by the 
people. The manner in which they are to be chosen, 
and in which they are bound to administer the govern¬ 
ment, is set forth in the ConstitutioxN of the United 
States. This therefore, should be early learned, and 
thoroughly understood by every American. 

10. The government of the United States is ac¬ 
knowledged by the wise and good of other nations, to 
be the most free, impartial, and righteous government 

7. Why is it in regard to commerce better for one than for seve¬ 
ral ? What part of the world admits of several small nations, and 
why ?— S. Mention one among many evils, which would result 
fr-jm dividing this nation into several smaller ones ? What is the 
language of Washington on this subject ? — 9. How many inhabi¬ 
tants has the United States ? What is its form of government ? 
Why federative ? Why a republic ? Where can we learn thp 
omt <>f government f —- JO. What is the character of this govern¬ 
ment 1 . 


CH. i. 


One iM 
cessarj 
evil ox 
division. 


The Am. 
govern¬ 
ment 
made for 
ail. 


Should 
be under¬ 
stood b) 
all. 


It is equi¬ 
table und 
should & 
sustained 




16 


ABORIGINAL INHABITANTS. 


ch. ii. of the world; but all agree, that for such a govurn- 

-ment to be sustained many years, the principles of 

truth and righteousness, taught in the Holy Scriptures 
must be practised. The rulers must govern in the fear 
of God , and the people obey the lares. 


CHAPTER II. 

The Aborigines. 

1. Before the territory of which our history treats, 
was inhabited by the ancestors of its present inhabi- 

rfac red tants > it was occupied by another and a different race, 
men. The red men were here, when the European settlers 
came; and either as friends or as enemies, for a time 
they dwelt contiguous to each other, and their history 
is blended. 

2. The aborigines, or natives of the country, were 
The first ^ E llro P eans t called Indians. As found by the 

occu- S earliest settlers, they may be considered under three 
pants, general divisions. First, the Delawares or Algon- 
quins ; second, the Iroquois, and third, the Morilians. 

3. The Delawares, or Algonquins, were formerl) 
called the Lenni Lenape , and the Iroquois the Mengwe 

Three They have a tradition that, in ancient times, each came, 
iSbioL in somewhat different directions, from far dis¬ 

tant western regions. Happening to meet as they ap- 
Tradi- proached the Mississippi, they united, and made wai 
theDeia ll P on the Allegewi, a more civilized people, who inha- 
ware and bited the great valley of the Mississippi, and dwelt in 
Iroquois. c [ties. The Allegewi were defeated and fled down th« 
river. Perhaps the Mobilian tribes were their do- 

lO. What is necessary to its being permanently custained ? 

Chapter II. — 2. What term is used to distinguish the race 
found in this country by our ancestors? What three geneial 
divisions of them?—3. Give an account of the tradition of tha 
two former, respecting the direction from which they anciently 
came. Where aid they unite ? What more civilized nation did 
they find ? What happened to this nation ? 




ALUONtiUINS, 


17 


scendants. Perhaps portions of them went still fur- ch. n. 

ther south, and were the builders of those cities, --- 

the ruins of which, have lately been found in Central 
America 

4. The Lenape and Mengwe, says the tradition, soon 
divided. The former crossed the Alleghany mountains, Dtl Rir 
explored, and took possession of the sea coast, fixing *r tbe 
.heir chief place of council, or seat of government, on ^tof 3 * 5 
the Delaware river. This river received from a Euro- u ‘ eDe1 ®- 
pean nobleman the name, which it communicated to Yr ‘" rc ‘' 
the Indian confederacy. As this confederacy increased 

in numbers, various tribes went off from the parent 
stock. But they still looked up to the Delawares, and 
gave them, long after, the reverential title of u grand¬ 
father.” 

5. Of these branches of the Delaware or Algonquin p 0W h*t 
race, the first who figure in the early history of our 
nation, were the Powhatans, a confederacy of thirty y " 
tribes; so called from their great sachem, Powhatan. 

His principal residence was on James river, near the 
site of Richmond. His authority extended throughout 
the lowlands, and to the falls of the rivers. 

(i. Farther west, and extending to the mountains, Manah ^ 
were two confederacies, with whom the Powhatans act*— 
w r cre at war: the Manahoacks , consisting of eight 
tribes on the north, and the Monacans of five, stretch¬ 
ing southerly into Carolina. Afterwards the latter Mona- 
changed their name, to that of Tuscaroras , removed 
northerly, and joined the Iroquois. The Yamasees 
were in South Carolina. 

7. The Algonquins of Mew England next find place 

3. What conjectures may be formed respecting their descend¬ 
ants ? — 4. According to the tradition what course did the Lenape 
take ? Where fix their place of council ? When they became 
numerous what became of the various tribes of their descendants? 

What were their sentiments and language towards the Dela 
wares ? Trace out the course of the Delawares on Map I.—5. 

Which of them are first brought into notice ? What the number 
of tribos ? Their principal seat ? How far did their limits ex¬ 
tend ? - - 6. Give an account of the Manahoacs ? Of the Mona¬ 
cans ? Tell from Map I, which is the most northerly, the 
Manahoacs or Monocans. Where were the Catawbas ? Tne YV 
Hioueea ? 




18 


NEW ENGLAND INDIANS. 


JH. It. 


1'he first 
N. E. 
tribe 
«town to 
Eaglbh. 


1614. 

in 

usage of 
the na¬ 
tives by 
the En¬ 
glish. 


Indians 
of the 
Merri¬ 
mack. 


Of Mas- 
mchiuetl 
Bay. 


in our history. The first known, were the PokanokeU 
or Warvpanoags , which produced the two most remark¬ 
able savage chiefs of New England, the good Massasoit, 
and his valiant son, King Philip. Their residence was 
at Montawp or Mount Hope, near Bristol, in Rhode 
Island. 

8. The government of the sachem extended over 
the southern part of Massachusetts, and the eastern of 
Rhode Island. A number of tribes of different names 
were his subjects ; among others the Nausets of Cape 
Cod. In 1614, Capt. Hunt, an English ship-master, 
who accompanied Capt. Smith in exploring the coast, 
wickedly seized and carried off twenty-seven of these 
unoffending natives, and sold them in Europe as slaves. 
One of them, named Tisquantum, found his way to 
England, where he learned the English language, was 
kindly treated, and sent back to his country. He was 
afterwards of great service to the first English settlers, 
as interpreter. 

9. The Pawtuckets made their principal seat upon 
the Merrimack, near its mouth, and extended them¬ 
selves south, until they met the territories of the Mas¬ 
sachusetts. The Massachusetts were scattered about 
the bay, which bears their name. Their territories ex¬ 
tended to the Pawtuckets on the north, and the Po- 
kanokets on the south. The authority of their chief 
sachem was acknowledged by several minor tribes, 
some of whom resided as far west as Deerfield. The 
principal person of this confederacy, as found by the 
English, was the squaw sachem, or “Massachusetts 
Queen.” Her residence was beautifully located on a 
hill at Milton, eight miles south of Boston. 

10. The Narragansetts held their chief seat and 
the residence of their grand sachem on the island of 


^ T. Learn from the Map what are the principal tribes of Nrv* 
England, and more particularly from the book, the location of tht 
Pokanokets. What noted chiefs were there of this tribe? — 8. 
What wicked act did an English captain do ? To what Indians ♦ 
Did any one taken away return ? — 9. What -.an you soy of tht 
Pawtuckets? Of the Massachusetts ? Then principal pernou > 
Her rejulonec ? 




FATAL EPIDEMIC. 


19 


Canonicut, in the bay which still bears their name.— oh. ii 

Westerly they extended to within four or five miles of- 

the Paucatuck river, where their territories met those 
of the Pequods. On the east they joined the Pokano- 
kets. Their grand chief, Canonicus, was, when the Indian* 
English arrived, an aged man; and he had associated 
with him in his government, his nephew, Miantonomoh. Bey- 
The commodious and pleasant location of the Narra- 
g^nsetts, appears, in their case, to have abated the na¬ 
tural ferocity of the savage character. 

11. The more barbarous Pequods occupied the 
eastern portion of Connecticut, their lands meeting those 
of the Narragansetts. The residence of their great 
sachem, Sassacus, was on the heights of Groton, near 
the river then called the Pequod, since, the Thames. orea»i 
The Mohegans, under Uncas, whose seat was where necticut 
Norwich now stands, were subject to the haughty chief 
of the Pequods ; but they bore his yoke with impa¬ 
tience, and when he made war upon the whites, Uncas 
took part against him. The Indians of northern New 
England had the general appellation of Taranteens or 
Jlbenakis. 

12 The New England tribes had, a short time pre¬ 
vious to the settlement of the English, suffered a plague piagiw 
of unexampled mortality. It was probably the yellow among 
fever; for we are told that its victims, both before and 
after death, “were of the color of a yellow garment.” 

Not less than nine-tenths of the inhabitants seem, in 
some parts of the country, to have been destroyed. 

Thus Divine Providence prepared the way for another 
and more civilized race. 

13. The Iroquois, Mengwe or Mingoes, were found 
by the earliest settlers in Canada, inhabiting the shores 
ot the St. Lawrence. At first they appear to have been 

10. Give an account of the location of the Narragansetts?— 

1'heir grand chief? His associate ? The effects of their position 
on their character? — II. Describe the position of the Pequods. 

Their sachem’s name and place of residence. That of the Me* 
began sachem. — 12. What remarkable visitation of Providence 
occurred among the natives a short time before the English came ? 

How ?reat n proportion were destroyed? — 13. How were th* 

Iruquoia found by the discoverers ot Canada? 




20 


CH. II. 


The 
Five 
Nations 
in wes;- 
era New 
York. 


Become 

very 

powerful 


Powerful 
•outhera 
bon fede- 
vucies 


IROtiUOIS AND MOB1LIANS. 

less warlike, than the Hurons or Wyandots, by whom 
they were attacked. The Iroquois were driven by 
them, from the banks of the St. Lawrence; and dividing 
into five tribes, the Senecas, Cayugas, Onondagas, 
Oneidas and Mohawks, they spread themselves by de¬ 
grees, east of Lake Erie, and south of Ontario, along 
the romantic waters of northern New York, to which 
they have left their bold and harmonious names. Tlie 
place of their grand general council, or congress of 
chiefs, was at Onondaga. 

14. Here they made a stand, and became the most 
fearless, subtle, and powerful of savages. They con¬ 
quered the Hurons, fought the Delawares, and put in 
fear all the surrounding tribes. Finally, in the con¬ 
tests between France and England, they were courted 
by both parties as allies, and dreaded by both as foes. 
Of the Five Nations, the Mohawks were the most 
warlike. Their chief seat was at Johnstown, on the 
beautiful river, which still bears their name. 

15. Of the Mobilians, the most extensive and pow¬ 
erful confederacies were the Creeks, situated mostly 
in Georgia; the Cherokees in the mountainous region 
north and west; and the Choctaws and Chickasaws, 
nearer to the Mississippi. 

16. The Natchez have excited much interest on 
account of the difference of their language from that 
of the surrounding tribes. Natchez, on the Missis¬ 
sippi, marks their location. The Shawanese, the na¬ 
tive tribe of Tecumseh, once resided on the banks of 
the Suwaney river in Florida. From thence they mi¬ 
grated northward, first Pennsylvania, and afterwards 
to Oliic 

13. To what place did they change their location? What 
were the names of each of the Five Nations? Where was 
their general council held ? — 1*1. What character did they now 
assume ? What nations contend with ? By what nations was 
their alliance courted ? W T hich tribe was the most warlike ?— 
Where was its principal seat ? Learn from the map the location 
of the Mobilian tribes. — 15. Which tvere the most extensive 
and powerful? Which are the most northerly? Which btc 
partly in Georgia ? — 16. Which near the Mississippi ? Where 
ue the Shawanese ? Which tribe litis a language by itself? 



PART 1. 

FROM 1 49 2 TO 1 648. 



Return oi Columbus. 


PERIOD I. 


FROM 

TELE DISCOVERT OF \ 1492 \ AMERICA BT COLCMBDS, 

TO 

THE FIRST PATENT GRANTED ) - ^ ( LANDS IN AMERICA—GIVEN BT «. 

BT AN ENGLISH SOVEREIGN TO $ ELIZABETH TO SIR H. GILBERT. 

CHAPTER I. 

First Discovery—Columbus, &c. 

1. Thousands of years had elapsed since the crea- p>t. i 
lion of the world, and the inhabitants of the eastern p , D f 
hemisphere were yet ignorant, that, on the face of the ch. i. 
planet, which they inhabited, was another continent of Former 
nearly equal extent. Nor did they become acquainted jgjjJjj 
with this fact by any fortunate accident; but they owed ^gra- 
its pi oof, to the penetration and persevering efforts of a P 1 '?* 
man, as extraordinary,as the discovery which he made. 

1. What did the people of the eastern hemisphere know about 
inis continent three hundred and fifty years ago ? Did they learn 
it* existence by accident ? 


21 






















22 


COLUMBUS 


P’T.l. 


f’D. I. 

C,H. I. 

144*7. 

Birth 
and rare 
talents of 
Colum¬ 
bus. 


Circum¬ 
stan¬ 
ces fa¬ 
vorable 
t j his ge¬ 
nius. 


Offers 
his ser¬ 
vices to 
reigning 
sove¬ 
reigns- 


2. This was Christopher Columbus, a native ol 
Genoa, born in 1447. He possessed all those ener¬ 
getic impulses of the soul which lead to high achieve¬ 
ment ; and, with these he combined judgment the most 
grave and solid, prudence and patience the most steady 
and unoffending, piety the most devout, and, what 
ensured his success, the most untiring perseverance 
ever manifested by man. 

3. Columbus had married the daughter of one of the 
Portuguese discoverers, then deceased; wdiose widow, 
finding how eagerly her son-in-law sought such sources 
of information, gave to him all the maps and charts 
which had belonged to her husband. Marco Polo, 8 
Venetian, had travelled to the east, and returned with 
wonderful accounts of the riches of Cathay and the 
island of Cipango, called, generally, the East Indies, 
and now known to be China and Japan. 

4. The idea that the earth was round, was ridiculed 
by most persons at that time; but it was fully believed 
by Columbus, on the evidence of its figure, exhibited 
in eclipses of the moon. Hence, he believed, that 
those rich countries described by Marco Polo might be 
found by sailing west; and he formed the design to 
lead the way, through unknown oceans. 

5. Columbus believed that great advantages would 
accrue to the nation who should patronize his under¬ 
taking ; and, with filial respect, he first offered his ser¬ 
vices to his native state, but had the mortification to 
find them rejected. He then applied to John II. of 
Portugal; to Henry VII. of England; and to Ferdinand 
and Isabella, king and queen of Spain. But these mo- 
narchs could not comprehend his schemes, and would 
not encourage them. 


2. Who was the discoverer ? What was his character ? — 3. 
What woman gave him sources of information ? What traveller 
had excited his mind about distant countries ? What countries f 
In what opinion was Columbus in advance of his contempora¬ 
ries ? Why did he believe in the true figure of the earth ? How 
did he suppose he could reach those rich countries called the East 
Indies? — 5. To wh'om did Columbus first offer his services? 
With what success ? Whose patrcfnage did he next solicit 1 
What sovereign of England ? What sovereigns of Spain ? 




THE NEW WORLD. 

6. At the court of Spain, he had spent two years in 
a succession of mortifying repulses; and at length, 
quite discouraged, he was preparing to go to England, 
when he was recalled by a mandate from Isabella. 
Not knowing how to raise the sum of money requisite 
for defraying the expenses of the voyage, the excellent 
queen determined to sacrifice her jewels ; but this was 
prevented by the extraordinary exertions of her minis¬ 
ters. 

7. Columbus made his first voyage, the most inte¬ 
resting of any in the annals of navigation, in 1492. He 
discovered the first found land of the New World, on 
the eleventh of October. It was an Island called by 
the natives Guanahani, but to which he piously gave 
the name of San Salvador, the Holy Saviour. 

8. In his third voyage he discovered the continent 
cn the coast of South America, fourteen months after 
the Cabots had reached its shores in the north-east. 
By the ingratitude of Ferdinand, he was, like a con¬ 
demned criminal, sent home in chains. Americus Ves- 
pucius, a native of Florence, having made a voyage to 
the New World, received from the public an honor 
which belonged to Columbus, that of giving a name to 
the continent. In 1502, the great discoverer made his 
fourth and last voyage, when,having returned to Spain, 

' his patroness, Isabella, being dead, his just claims dis¬ 
regarded, and himself neglected, he sunk beneath his 
sufferings, and died, in the 59th year of his age. 
When the good meet with calamities in this world, it 
is pleasant to reflect, that there is a future state, where 
they will be made happy. 

9. Many attempts were now made to show that the 
country had been previously discovered. The Welsh 
brought forward the story of Madoc, son of Owen 

C». Who was the only one to understand his views or favor them ? 
What sacrifice was she prepared to make? — 7. When did Co¬ 
lumbus make his first voyage ? What land did he first discover ? 
When? What name give? — 8. What did he discover in his 
third voyage ? Did any persons discover the continent before 
him ? How was he treated ? After whom was the continent 
named ? In what year did he make his last voyage ? What 
occurred soon after ? —9. From what story did the Welch claim 
to be the discoverers of the western continent ? 


23 


P’T.I. 
P’D. I. 

CH. I. 

They are 
accepted 
by Isa¬ 
bella. 


1492 

Colum¬ 
bus dis¬ 
covers 
the New 
World. 


Sent 
home in 
chains. 


Deprived 
oi na¬ 
ming the 
country. 


He dies 
in Vallo- 
dolid in 
Spain 

1506 


Welch 
story of 
Maioc, 




24 


FOUR NATIONS. 


P’T. i. Gwyneth, who, in the twelfth century, had sailed west, 
P’D. i. discovered a country, and afterwards conducted a colo- 
ch. u. ny thither, which was heard of no more. If this story 
be true, there yet exists no proof, that the region found 
was America. 

10. The Norwegians discovered Iceland and Green¬ 
land, during the ninth century, and there established 
Nor- colonies. Biorn, or Biron, an Icelander, in a voyage 
to Greenland, during the eleventh century, was driven 
south-west in a storm, and found a region which, from 
Vine- its great number of vines, he called Vineland; but 
hnd ’ here, also, proof fails, that the place found, had its 
locality on the American coast. 


CHAPTER IL 


English D iscoveries—French. 


America 
is con¬ 
nected 
with four 
nations 
of Eu¬ 
rope. 

1496. 


. jnn and 
Sebas¬ 
tian Ca¬ 


bot. 


I49t. 

Discover 
tie Con¬ 
tinent. 


1. The principal European nations who first disco¬ 
vered and colonized our county, are 

I. The English, 

II. The French, 

III. The Spanish, 

IV. The Dutch. 

2. John Cabot, a native of Venice, had, with his 
family, settled in England. He and his renowned son, 
Sebastian, were men of great learning, enterprise, and 
ability. By a commission of Henry VII., dated March 
5th, 1496, (the oldest American state paper of England) 
they had authority to discover and colonize any hea 
then countries not before known to Christians. 

3. They sailed from England in May, 1497, and in 
June, discovered the Island of Newfoundland, which 


10. From what the Norwegians ? 

Chapter II. — 1. What European nations discovered an^ 
settled our continent? — 2. Who was John Cabot? Who Se 
bastian ? Who gave them a commission, and at what time ? 3 

What important discovery did they make ? 






FRENCH DISCOVERIES. 


25 


they called Prima Vista. Steering northward, they p>t. i 
made the first discovery of the continent, on the coast p , D f 
of Labrador, in latitude about 55°. On their return cn.‘n 
tney pursued a southerly direction for an uncertain 
distance. 1498 

4. Sebastian Cabot sailed a second time,—reached seba*- 

Labrad or in latitude 58°, thence turning southerly, he 
became the discoverer of the coast of the United States; cover* 
along which he proceeded, as far as to the southern curcoMI 
latitude of Maryland. Tbe 

5. TheFrenchKing,FrancisI.,inl524,sentout John French 
Verrazani, a native of Florence, who reached the con- 
tinent in the latitude of Wilmington, North Carolina. Italian 
His crew looked with wonder upon the wild costume d,s e ° r ' er 
of the natives, made of the skins of animals, and set 

off by necklaces of coral and garlands of feathers. As 
they sailed northward along the coast, they thought 
the country very inviting, it being covered with green 
trees, among which were many fragrant flowers. 1524 

6. At a fine harbor, supposed to be that of Newport 
in Rhode Island, Verrazani remained fifteen days, and 
there found u the goodliest people he had seen.” From Verrazj 
thence he followed the north-eastern shore of New England 
England, finding the inhabitants jealous and hostile. 

From Nova Scotia, he returned to France, and wrote 

a narrative of his voyage, which is still existing. 

7. James Cartier was the discoverer to whom the 
French trace the extensive empire which they possess- 15S4- 
ed in North America. Cartier, after a prosperous voy- jamw 
age of twenty days, made Cape Bonavista, the most 
easterly point of Newfoundland. Sailing around the s reat . di » 
north-eastern extremity of the island, he encountered 
severe weather and icy seas. Then stretching to the 
south-west, he discovered, on St. Lawrence’s day, the 
noble gulf which bears the name of that saint. 

3, At what place? — 1. Who discovered the coast of the 
United States? and how far? — 5. What Italian did the king 
jf France send out ? Where did he reach our shore ? — 

What account did he give of the natives?—-G. What Indiana 
do you suppose he encountered at Newport? 7. Who waa 
the greatest discoverer employed by the French ? During Car- 
*i«*r’s first voyage, what great discoveries did he make ? 

2 * 




20 


BAD ACTIONS, FROM BAD MEN 


P’T. 1 

P’D. I. 
CH. II. 


1535. 

Cartier’s 

S&jond 

/oyage. 


New 

France. 


His third 
made un¬ 
der Rub- 
erval. 


May, 

1541. 

Cartier 

founds 

Quebec. 


1532. 

Admiral 
Co'igui 
lends out 
ilibuult 


8. In 1535, he sailed on a second voyage, entered 
the gulf of St. Lawrence, proceeded up the river, to 
which he gave the same name, and anchored at an 
island, which, abounding in grapes, he named Bacchus 
Isle, now the Isle of Orleans. He continued his voy¬ 
age to the Island of Hochelega, to which he gave the 
name of Mont Real. After a severe winter he return¬ 
ed in the spring with dreary accounts of the country. 
He, however, named it New France , and it was also 
called Canada , but at what time, or whether from any 
significancy in the word, is not known. 

9. France now possessed a country in the New 
World, through which, flowed a river, more majestic 
than any in Europe. Francis De La Roque, lord of 
Roberval, in Picardy, obtained from the king full au¬ 
thority to rule, as viceroy, the vast territory around the 
bay and river of St. Lawrence. Cartier was necessary 
to him, and received the title of chief pilot and captain- 
general of the enterprise. The prisons were throw? 
open, and with their inmates, Cartier sailed. 

10. He built a fort near the site of Quebec, and there 
spent a winter, in which he had occasion to hang one 
of his disorderly company, and put several in irons 
In the spring he took them back to France, just as Ro¬ 
berval arrived with supplies and fresh emigrants. B) 
him, however, nothing permanent was effected; and 
after a year, he abandoned his viceroyalty. 

11. Coligni,the distinguished high admiral of France 
was the friend of the Huguenots, a name given to 
the French Protestants. These were objects of such 
hatred and fear to the monarchs, that they were plot¬ 
ting their destruction, and when a project was formed 
by the admiral to plant with them a eoiony in America, 
it found ready favor. He therefore sent out, under the 
command of John Ribault, distinguished as a brave 

8. Give an account of his second voyage ? What can you say 
of the name of the country ? —'9. Under whose authority did he 
make this third voyage ? What kind of people were brought 
over as colonists?—10. Did any good result take place? 
What can you say of Roberval ? — 11. Who was Coligni ? — 
Whose friend was lie ? What project did he contrive? Wnoiri 
did he send as leader of the colony ? 




FLORIDA. 


27 


tnd pious protestant, two ships loaded with conscien¬ 
tious Huguenots, many of whom were of the best 
families in France. 

12. They approached land in the delightful clime of St. 
Augustine ; and, on the first of May,discovered the St. 
John, which they called the river of May. Sailing 
along the coast north-easterly, they fixed on Port Royal 
entrance. There they built a fort, and called it Carolina, 
a name which is preserved in that of two of our states 
Ribault left there a colony, and returned to France. 

13. The commander of the fort provoked a mutiny, 
and was slain. The colonists longed for home. They 
put to sea without suitable provisions, and being found 
in a famishing state by a British vessel, they were car¬ 
ried to England. 

14. The persevering Coligni soon after sent out ano¬ 
ther colony under the worthy Laudonniere. Upon the 
banks of the river of May, with psalms of thanksgiving, 
they made their dwelling place, and erected another fort, 
called also Carolina. The next year Ribault arrived 
with vessels containing emigrants and supplies; and 
taking the command, the colony seemed happily 
planted 


CHAPTER III. 

Spanish Discoveries, Adventures, and Cruelties.—St. Augustine. 

1. John Ponce De Leon, a Spanish soldier, who had 
once voyaged with Columbus, had received an impres¬ 
sion, common in those times, that there existed in the 
New World a fountain, whose waters had power to 

IS. What country did they first reach? Where did they 
nuild a fort, and what name give it ? — 13. What happened after 
Ribault had departed? — 14. By whom did Coligni send out 
another colony ? Where did they build a fort, and what name 
g‘ve it ? Who came and for what purpose ? 

Chapter III.— I. Who was John Ponce de Leon ? What ii> 
duced kirn to come to the New World ? 


P’T. i. 

P’D. I. 
ca. in. 

Hebuildi 
Ft. Caro¬ 
lina in S. 
Carolina 

ir>64 


Colonist* 

abandons 

it. 


1566 . 

Ft. Caro 
lina in 
Florida 
built. 


Ponce de 
Leon 
seeks the 
fountain 
of life. 





28 


BETTER TURN BACK, THAN GO ON WRONG. 


P’T.I. 


P’D. I. 

CH. III. 

1512. 


Disco¬ 

vers 

Florida. 


1520. 

Wicked¬ 
ness of 
Vasquez 
de 

Ayllon. 

1528. 

Unsuc¬ 
cessful 
attempt 
of Nar¬ 
vaez. 


Ferdi¬ 
nand d». 
Soto. 


1539 

Lands in 
Florida. 


arrest disease, and give immortal youth; and he set 
' forth to seek it. On Easter Sunday, called by the 
Spaniards Pascua Florida, and a little north of the 
latitude of St. Augustine, he discovered what he deem¬ 
ed, from the blossoms of the forest trees, a land of 
flowers. The fountain of life was not there; but 
Ponce took possession of the country in the name of 
the Spanish king, and called it Florida. 

2. The part of South Carolina, in the vicinity :>f the 
Combahee river, was soon after visited by a Spaniard, 
named Vasquez De Ayllon. The country was named 
Chicora, and the river, the Jordan. De Ayllon invited 
the natives to visit his ships, and when they stood in 
crowds upon his deck, he hoisted sail and carried them 
off. Thus, torn from their families, they were, as slaves, 
condemned to ceaseless toil. De Ayllon afterwards 
attempted to conquer the country; but the hostility 
of the natives could not be overcome, and numbers of 
Spaniards perished in the fruitless attempt. 

3. By another unsuccessful effort, under the adven¬ 
turer Narvaez, to conquer Florida and the adjoining 
country, an army of three hundred Spaniards wasted 
away, till but four or five returned. 

4. They however insisted that Florida was the rich¬ 
est country in the world ; and Ferdinand De Soto, 
already famous as the companion of Pizarro, the cruel 
conqueror of Peru, obtained a commission from Charles 
V. to conquer the country. He sailed, with a con¬ 
siderable force, to Cuba, of which he had-been made 
governor ; and there adding to his army, he landed in 
1539, at Espirito Santo, in Florida, with six hundred 
soldiers ; an army greater, and better supplied, than 
that, with which Cortez conquered Mexico. 

5. He expected to find mines and utensils of gold; 

1. What country did he discover? Observe the dates, and 
tell which discovered Florida first, the French just mentioned, 
or this Spaniard ? Tell the dates in each case. — 2. Give an 
aocount of the expedition of Vasquez de Ayllon. What do you 
think of his conduct ? — 3. What can you say of Narvaez ? — \. 
What expedition did Ferdinand de Soto undertake ? Give au 
account of his preparations—his numbers—his place of landing 
in America. — 5. His objects. 




HORRIBLE BIGOTRY OF THE TIMES. 


29 


and being from time to time deluded by the natives, he 
pursued these illusions, which ever fled as he approach¬ 
ed. lie went north, crossed the Alleghany mountains, 
then marched southerly to Mobile, where he fought a 
bloody battle with the people of a walled city. At 
Pensacola he met ships from Cuba, with supplies for 
bis exhausted army; and too proud to be wise, he 

ontinued to pursue a shadow, rather than retrace a 
false step. 

6. The hope of the precious metals still lured him 
on, and he now bent his course to the north-west, and 
in latitude 34° he discovered the Mississippi. He con¬ 
tinued west until he reached the Wachita, when, be¬ 
coming dispirited, he turned his course; descendingthat 
stream to its junction with the Red river. Thence he 
went down its current; and where the Red mingles its 
waters with the Mississippi, he died. His body was 
inclosed in a hollow oak, and committed to the broad 
stream. The officer who succeeded him in command, 
conducted the poor remains of the army, down the 
Mississippi. 

7. When the news reached Spain, that Florida had 
been colonized by French Huguenots, the cruel mo¬ 
narch, Philip II., gave to Pedro Melendez de Aviles a 
commission, to take possession of that country, and to 
destroy the heretics. Five hundred persons accompa¬ 
nied Melendez, who were men with families, soldiers, 
mechanics and priests. Coming upon the coast south 
of the French settlement, he discovered the harbor of 
St. Augustine on the day of that saint, and here he laid 
the foundation of the city of St. Augustine, the oldest 
by more than forty years, of any within the limits of 
our republic. 

8. The French had received from Melendez the ter¬ 
rible notice, that he had come to destroy every person 

5. His route and return to the coast ? — G. His second route 
ind great discovery ? Where did he die ? How was his body 
lisposed of ? What became of his army ? — 7. What king sent 
•o destroy the French colony? Whom did he send? What 
description of persons, and how many accompanied him ? What 
is there remarkable about the city which he founded ? — 8. What 
notice did he give the French ? 


P’T. I. 


P’D. I. 

CH. III. 

His ob¬ 
ject to 
find gold. 


April 2d 

1541 

He dis 
covers 
the Mi* 
sissippi. 


May 21. 

1542 

He dies 


Melen¬ 
dez sent 
from 
Spain. 


R ept. 8, 

1565 

He 

found* 
St. Au¬ 
gustin*. 




30 


FIRST PERMANENT SETTLEMENT. 


P’T. I. 


P’D. I. 

CH. III. 

Sept. 21, 
He de¬ 
stroys 
Fort 
Carolina 
and 900 
Hugue¬ 
nots. 


Aug. 22, 

1568. 

Gouges 
kills 200 
Span¬ 
iards. 


First 
colony 
within 
iheXT. S. 


who was not a catholic. Ribault, supposing that the 
Spaniards would attack by sea, embarked to meet them. 
A tremendous storm shipwrecked his whole fleet. The 
Spaniards, meantime, crossed the forest and attacked by 
land. Unprepared and surprised, the defenseless fort 
soon surrendered, when all, without distinction of age 
or sex, were murdered. The shipwrecked mariners 
were afterwards found, feeble and exhausted, upon the 
shore. Melendez invited them to come to him, and 
trust to his compassion. They came, and he slew them. 

9. When the news of this massacre of nine hundred 
French subjects reached the French king, Charles IX 
he took no notice of it, for so bigoted was he, that he 
wished the entire destruction of the Huguenots. Yet 
so deep was the feeling among the people of France, 
that three years afterwards, individuals headed by the 
gallant chevalier Gouges, made a descent on the settle¬ 
ment of Florida, and put to death two hundred Span¬ 
iards. The Spanish colony was thus checked, but it 
was not destroyed; and it proved to be the first perma¬ 
nent settlement, made by Europeans upon the shores 
of our republic. 

8. Where was Ribault when Melendez attacked the French 
fort ? How did he treat the people in the fort ? How the ship¬ 
wrecked ? — 9. Who took vengeance on the Spaniards ? In 
what manner ? Was the Spanish colony destroyed ? What has 
it proved to be ? 

EXERCISES ON THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

(Referring to events of Period I., Part I.) 

What is the event or epoch which marks the beginning of 
this period ? What is its date ? Point it out on the chro- 
nographer. 

The Cabots discovered the continent in 1497. Point out 
the place of this date on the Circle of Time. Yerrazani 
sailed along the coast in 1524. Point out on the chronogra 
pher this date. Cartier made his two voyages in 1534-35 
Point out these years. The time of Cartier’s founding Que 
bee was 1541. Show the place of this date. 

Ribault built Fort Carolina, in South Carolina, in 1564. 
Laudonniere built Fort Carolina, in Florida, in 1566. Point 
to these dates. St. Augustine was founded in 1565. Where 
is this date on the chronographer ? At what epoch does this 
period terminate ? Point to its place on the ehronographer. 

The teacher can select other dates and require the pupil* 
to locale them ou the chronographer. 



















* 








W Chalecr 


Quebec \M 

N C/E '■ 


Ilochelega now 
Montreal 


Mississippi R. discovered 
by De Soto 1541. 


Mobile. 


Carolina or! 
'Ft. Charles! 




Washington. 0 


A. Anderson isc 


Longitude Westlfrom Greenwich 

/ / / I 

MAP N? 2. 1578. 


% > & s. Cabot 

<% %r-\ 




Exhibiting the Discoveries 
of the 

EARLY NAVIGATORS. 


/-:L- | | 


^0msJ^i y 4 


Sebastian Cabot 1498. 

\ \ 

T L U iV T I\C 


= Verrazam 1524 

C £1 ^ 


.r\ Ponce de Leon 1512 


Ribault 1564. 


^Coutmpu.s|1492 


The vessels of Coiambus 


were the Santa Maria, 


Nina and Pinta. 


=3 


Lons. 10 West from .5 


Long. 10 East 


32 























































































FROM 

LATENT GRAN-TED BY QUEEN ELI- j 15T§ j ZAEETH TO srR. H. GILBERT. 

TO 

LANDING Of THE PILGRIMS jl6»0.^ AT NEW PLYMOUTH. 

CHAPTER I. 

Unsuccessful attempts of Gilbert, Raleigh, and others. 

1. Queen Elizabeth, the reigning sovereign of m. 
England, gave to Sir Humphrey Gilbert, in 1578, by an 
open or patent letter, 66 all such remote, heathen, and ch. i. 
barbarous lands,” as he should discover in North 
America, and of which he should take possession; 
these lands not having been occupied before, by any 
other Christian power. She vested in him and his patent 
heirs the right of property, and guaranteed that all,who 
should settle there,should enjoy the privileges of free 
citizens and natives of England. The patentee was to 
acknowledge the authority of the sovereign of England, 
and pay one-fifth of all the gold and silver obtained. 

Chapter I.— 1. From whom did Sir Humphrey Gilbert receive 
his patent ? What lands did it give him ? What rights vest in 
him and his heirs ? What guarantee to those who should settle 
the country ? What enjoin upon the person who received the 
natent ? 

33 


8 












34 


A LADY OF THE WOODS 


P’T. i. 2. In Gilbert’s first attempt to plant a colony, he put 
p, D ~~ to sea, but was obliged to return. In his second, he 
ch! i. reached Newfoundland, where he took possession of 
1579 ^ ie countl T Tor sovereign, by raising a pillar in¬ 
to ’ scribed with the British arms. From thence, he sailed 
1583 . south-westerly, till he reached the latitude of the mouth 
two^roy- the Kennebec. Here the largest of his three vessels 
,ages. was wrecked, and all her crew perished. 

3. Gilbert now finding it impossible to proceed, set 
his face towards England, keeping in the smallest of 
his remaining vessels, a barge of only ten tons; for his 
generous heart refused to put any to a peril, he was 

,. ni * himself unwilling to share. The passage was stormy, 
and but his pious mind found comfort in the reflection 
1583 w hi°h, as he sat reading m the stern of his barge, he 
8e P t.22 ! uttered to his companions in the larger vessel; “we 
are as near heaven at sea, as on land.” In the night, 
the lights of his little bark suddenly vanished, and he 
was heard of no more. 

4. Sir Walter Raleigh, the brother-in-law of Gilbert, 
g obtained from Queen Elizabeth, a transfer of his patent. 
Kaieigh Raleigh had learned from the unsuccessful emigrants 
Am'idas France, the mildness and fertility of the south, and 

and thither he dispatched two vessels, under Philip Amidas, 
Barlow. anc j Arthur Barlow. They approached the shore at 
Pamlico Sound, and on landing in Ocracok or Roanoke 
Island, they found grapes abundant, and so near the 
coast, that the sea often washed over them. 

5. The natives were as kindly as their climate and 
Beautiful soil. The king’s son, Granganimo, came with fifty of 
<?native P eo P* e ' ai1 ^ received them with distinguished cour- 

hoapi- TC tesy. He invited them to his dwelling at twenty miles 
tah, y- distance on the coast; but when they went, it chanced 
he was not at home. His wife came out to meet them 

2. In Gilbert’s first attempt what happened ? In his second 
how far did he proceed ? In what manner take possession ? 
What disaster did he meet, and at what place? — 3. What 
trait of generosity did he exhibit ? What were the last words 
he was heard to utter?—4. Who obtained a similar patent? 
Whom did Sir W. Raleigh send out ? To what place did they 
go ? What account did they give of Roanoke Island ? — 5. Whal 
of the natives ? How did au Indian lady behave ? 




Raleigh’s attempts unsuccessful. 


35 


P’T.I. 


P’D. II. 

CH. 


Queen 

Elizabeth 


She ordered some of her people to draw their boat 
ashore to preserve it, and others to bring the English¬ 
men on their backs through the surf. She then con¬ 
ducted her guests to .her home, and had a fire kindled, 
that they might dry their clothes, which were wet with 
rain. In another room, she spread a plentiful repast 
of fish, venison, esculent roots, melons, and fruits. As 
they were eating, several Indians, armed with bows 
and arrows, entered. She chid them, and sent them 
away, lest her visiters should suffer from alarm. 

6. When the navigators returned to England, and 
made this report to Elizabeth, she was induced to call 
the country Virginia, as a memorial that the happy ‘name* 
discovery had been made under a Virgin queen. This Vlrgm “‘ 
name soon became general throughout the coast. 

7. Raleigh now found many adventurers ready to 
embark in his project; and in 1585, he fitted out a 1585. 
squadron of seven ships, under the command of Sir shins m 
R ichard Grenville, who followed the course of Amidas ^ r * r n _ 
and Barlow, and touched at the same islands. In one viiie. 
of these he cruelly burned a village, because he sus¬ 
pected an Indian of having stolen a silver cup. He 

then left a colony under Captain Lane, at the island of 
Roanoke. The colonists, reduced to great distress for Colonyu 
want of provisions, were, the next year, carried to En- Roanoke 
gland by Sir Francis Drake, who was returning from a 
successful expedition against the Spaniards in the West 
Indies. 

8. Soon after their departure, they were sought by 
a ship, which had been sent by Raleigh with supplies; 
and afterwards by Sir Richard Grenville. He not find¬ 
ing them, most unwisely left fifteen of his crew to keep 
possession of the island, and then returned to England. 

Of this small number nothing was afterwards heard. Fifteen 
Probably they were destroyed by the injured and re- mea lo,t 
vengeful savages. 


G. Who gave a name to the country? What name? — T. 
Whom did Raleigh next send? When? What was done by 
Sir R. Grenville ? What can you say of the colony which he 
left ? — 8. What of another small colony? 




uosnold’s visit. 


io 


P’T. I. 


P’D. II. 
cu. 1. 

1587 . 

Second 

Roanoke 

colony. 


Raleigh’s 

lost 

colony. 


1602 . 

Gosnold 
visits J\. 
England. 


iatfces 

jstile. 


9. In 1587, Ilaleigh again sent out a colony of one 
hundred and fifty adventurers to the same island, under 
Captain White. He soon returned to England to soli¬ 
cit supplies for the colony. Before he departed, his 
daughter, Mrs. Dare, gave birth to a female infant, the 
first child of English parents born in America. The 
infant was baptized by the name of Virginia. 

10. The attempts made by Raleigh for the relief of 
this colony were unremitted, but unsuccessful; and 
three years elapsed before he could procure the means 
of sending Captain White to their relief. It was then 
too late. Not one remained ; nor, though repeatedly 
sought, has any clue to their fate ever been found. 
Appalled and in danger of perishing himself, White 
returned, without leaving one English settler on the 
shores of America. 

11. In 1602, Bartholomew Gosnold, with thirty-two 
men, sailed from Falmouth, and steering due west, he 
was the first English commander who reached the 
country by this shorter and more direct course. He 
approached the coast near Nahant, then bearing to the 
south he discovered and named Cape Cod, which was 
the first ground in N ew England ever trod by English¬ 
men. 

12. From Cape Cod he sailed round Nantucket, and 
discovered Martha’s Vineyard. He then entered Buz¬ 
zard’s Bay, and finding a fertile island, he gave it, in 
honor of the Queen, the name of Elizabeth. Near its 
western shore, on a small island in a lake, he built a 
fort and store-house, and prepared to leave a small 
colony. But the natives became hostile, and his in¬ 
tended settlers would not remain. Having freighted 
his vessel with sassafras root, then much esteemed in 
medicine, he hoisted sail and reached England with all 


9. What of the second ? What name was given to the f rsi na- 
tive born English child? — lO. Were attempts made to relieve 
this colony ? Does any one know what became of Mrs. Dare, 
or her child, or any of the colony ? — 11. Give some account ol 
Gosnold ? Point out on the map his course ? Tell where he ap¬ 
proached. What discoveries he made? — 12. At what place 
aid he prepare to colonize? Was he successful in planting a 
colony ? 




NORTH AND SOUTH VIRGINIA. 


37 


his men, after a passage of five weeks, the shortest then P’T. i. 
known. FdTiI 

13. Henry IV., of France, in 1603, granted to the i. 
Sieur de Monts, the country called Acadia , extending _ 
from the 40th to the 46th degree of north latitude. H enry 
The next year De Monts sailed from France, taking 
Samuel Champlain as his pilot. He entered an exten- Acadia, 
sive bay, called it La Baye Francaise, [Bay of Fundy,] 

and on its eastern side, he founded Port Royal. He DeMonti 
discovered and named the rivers St. John and St. Croix, f por?‘ 
and sailed along the coast as far as Cape Cod. Royal. 

14. The English becoming alarmed at this encroach¬ 

ment on territory which they claimed, James I., the **>06 
successor of Elizabeth, dividing the country into two 3 ^ 0 °™ 
districts nearly equal, granted the southern part, or 410 the 
first colony of Virginia, included between the 34th and granted 
41st degrees, to a company of merchants called the 
London Company; and the northern or second colony n\e<. 
of Virginia, included between the 38th and 45th de- W hel!n 
grees, to another corporation, called the Plymouth 
Company. The king vested these companies with a settie- 
right of land along the coast, fifty miles each way, and 
extending into the interior one hundred miles from the might 
place of settlement. tie with 

15. The Plymouth Company, in 1607, sent out Ad- 
miral Raleigh Gilbert, with a hundred planters, under mies ' 
CapDkin George Popham, the president of the company. geUlc _ 
They landed at the mouth of Kennebec river, where ment at 
they built and fortified a store-house. The sufferings K b“ e_ 
of the colony, through the winter, were severe. They 

lost their store-house by fire, and their president by 
death, and the next year returned to England, consider¬ 
ing the country “ a cold, barren, mountainous desert,” 
where, in the quaint language of that period, they de 
dared, «they found nothing but extreme extremities.” 

I 2. What of his voyage in regard to time ? — 13. What was 
granted to De Monts ? By whom ? What voyage and discove¬ 
ries did he make? Who accompanied him?—11. Between 
what two companies did the English now divide the country ? 

What names give to each division? Trace the two divisions on 
Map III. unless you draw the Maps, and have one of your own 
to exhibit. — 15. Whom did the Plymouth company send out? 

Wlmt was the success of the settlement at Kennebec T 





iS 


P’T. 1. 


P’D. II. 
ch. a. 


Chesa¬ 

peake 

discover- 

ed. 

1607 


James¬ 
town, 
May 13. 


What a 
rharttr 
is. 


FIRST EFFECTUAL ENGLISH SETTLEMENT 

16. Thus, after a period of one hundred and ten 
years, from the time that Cabot discovered North 
America, and twenty-four years after Raleigh planted 
the first colony, there was not, until 1607, an English 
man settled in America. 


CHAPTER II. 

First settlement of Virginia. 

1 . In 1607, the London Company sent out Captain 
Christopher Newport, with three ships, and one hun¬ 
dred and five men; among whom was the navigator, 
Gosnold, and Captain John Smith, the Father of Vir¬ 
ginia. 

2. The fleet sailed by the West Indies, and being 
driven north of Roanoke in a storm, an accidental dis¬ 
covery was thus made of the entrance of the Chesa¬ 
peake bay, the boundaries of which were now named 
Capes Charles and Henry, in honor of the king’s sons. 

3. The adventurers sailed at once into the bay, and 
up the Powhatan river, to which they gave the name 
of the James. Upon its banks, fifty miles from its 
mouth, they fixed their residence, and raised a few 
huts. The place was called Jamestown, an appellation 
which it still retains, although nothing now remains 
but a few falling ruins. 

4. The King of England, James I., had given the 
colonists a charter; that is a writing, made like a deed, 
which he signed, and to which the great seal of En 
gland was affixed. These written instruments when 
made for the settlers, in a wise and rigliteous manner, 
gave them privileges which were of great value. But, 
in this case, the charter left with the king all the power 
to govern the country. 

16. In 1607 what might be said of English colonization ? 

Chatter II.— 1. Whom did the London company send out ? 
2. What discovery was accidentally made? — 3. What course 
did the fleet take ? Where did the emigrants settle ? — 1. What 
p u ( larter T Did tlieso emigrants receive a I'avorabLa ehaiter t 







SMITH OBEYS HIS SUPERIORS. 




5. To the colonists no assurance was given, but the p»ti, 
vague promise, that they should continue to be En- P , D IL 
glishmen. Religion was established by law, according ch. u. 
to the forms and doctrines of the church of England. Noprir- 
There was, for the present, no division of property; 

and for five years, all labor was to be for the benefit of tie™, 
the joint stock. 

6 . The government was to be administered by a 
rouncil, nominated by the king, but to reside in the 
colony. As soon as the emigrants landed, the council First 
was organized. They chose Edward Wingfield, their presided 
president. They were envious of Captain Smith. He 

was the proper person to be their head, because he had Smith * 
more talents and more zeal for the settlement, than 
any other man. But troubles gathered fast, and then 
they were glad to have Smith for a leader. 

7. The neighboring Indians soon annoyed the colony 

by their petty hostilities. Their provisions failed, and Disaster*, 
the scanty allowance to which they were reduced, as 
well as the influence of a climate to which they were 
not accustomed, gave rise to disease ; so that the num- Aug 22 . 
ber of the colonists rapidly diminished. Sometimes Death^ol 
four or five died in a day, and there were not enough £QoV 
of the well, to give decent burial to the dead. Fifty 
perisiied before winter, among whom was the excellent 
Gosnold. 

8 . The energy and cheerful activity of Smith, threw 
the only light, which glanced upon the dark picture. 

He so managed as to awe the natives, and at the same 
time to conciliate and obtain from them supplies of E«cei- 
food; while, among the emigrants, he encouraged the 

faint hearted, and put in fear the rebellious. Winter at ofsmiu* 
length came, and with it, relief from diseases of cli¬ 
mate, and plentiful supplies of wild fowl and game. 

9. The London company, with an ignorance of ge¬ 
ography, which even then was surprising, had given 
directions that some of the streams flowing from the 

5. How was it about religion ?—property ? —6. What about 
the government ? Who was chosen president ? — T. What mis¬ 
fortunes befel the colony ? — 8. What can you say of the con¬ 
duct of Captain Smith ? — What directions hud Smith re¬ 
ceived ? From whom ? 




40 


INDIANS CAPTURE SMITH. 


PT. 1. 

P’D. II. 
CH. II. 

Smith 
can obey 
&s well as 
com¬ 
mand. 


160 T 

Powhat¬ 
an and 
his 

orotber. 


Indian.* 

capture 

Smith 


His ad 
tress 


north-west should be followed up, in order to find a 
passage to the South Sea. Smith was superior to the 
company in intelligence, but he knew the duties of a 
subordinate; and he therefore prepared to explore the 
head waters of the river Chickahominy, which answer¬ 
ed as nearly as any one, to their description. 

10. Powhatan, the chief of the savage confederacy 
on the waters of the James and its tributaries, had 
been visited by the colonists early after their arrival 
His imperial residence, called from its beautiful loca¬ 
tion, Nonesuch, consisted of twelve wigwams near the 
site of Richmond. Next to him in power was his 
brother, Opechacanough, who was chief of the Pa- 
munkies on the Chickahominy. Smith embarked in a 
barge on that river, and when he had ascended as far 
as possible in this manner, he left it, with the order 
that his party should not land till his return; and,with 
four attendants, he pursued his objects twenty miles 
farther up the river. 

11. The Indians who had watched his movements, 
fell upon his men, took them prisoners, and obliged 
them to discover the track of their captain. He, in 
pursuit of game, soon found himself hunted by swarms 
of savage archers. In this extremity he bound to his 
Dreast, as a shield, an Indian youth, who was with 
nim; and then he shot three Indians, wounded others, 
and kept the whole party at bay. Attempting to re¬ 
treat to his canoe while yet watching his foe, suddenly 
he sank to his middle, in an oozy creek. The savages 
dared not even then touch him, till, perishing with 
cold, he laid down his arms and surrendered. 

12. They carried him to a fire, near which, some of 
his men had been killed. By his Indian guide and 
interpreter, he then called for their chief. Opechaca¬ 
nough appeared, and Smith politely presented to him 
his pocket compass. The Indians were confounded at 
the motions of the fly-needle, which, on account of the 

9. What did he know, and what do ? — 10 . Whom had the 
colonists visited ? Where ? Who was chief of the Indians on 
the Chickahominy ? What was the beginning of Smith’s ad¬ 
ventures on that river? —11. Relate the circumstances of hit 
capture? 





INDIAN CUSTOMS-POCAHONTAS. 


41 


mysterious glass, they could see, but could not touch. 
He told them wonderful stories of its virtues, and pro¬ 
ceeded, as he himself relates, u by the globe-like figure 
of that jewel, to instruct them, concerning the round¬ 
ness of the earth, and how the sun did chase the night 
round about the world continually,” by which his au¬ 
ditors were filled with profound amazement. 

13. Their minds seemed to labor with the greatness 
of the thought, that a being so superior was in their 
power; and they vacillated in their opinion whether 
or not it was best to put him to death; and as often 
changed their conduct. They took him to Powhatan, 
thence led him round from one wondering tribe to 
another; until, at the residence of Opechacanough, 
these superstitious dwellers of the forest, employed 
their sorcerers or powows, for three days, to practice 
incantations, in order to learn, from the invisible world, 
whether their prisoner wished them well or ill. 

14. The decision of his fate was finally referred to 
Powhatan. At his residence, that majestic savage re¬ 
ceived him in state, but he condemned him to die. 
Two stones were brought and laid before the chief, 
and two savages stood with uplifted war-clubs. Smith 
was dragged to the spot, and his head placed upon the 
stones. Pocahontas, a young Indian girl, rushed 
forward, and with cries and tears begged of Pow¬ 
hatan, her father, to spare him. He refused. She 
then ran and knelt beside the victim, and laid her 
young head upon his. Then the stern savage relented* 
and Smith was saved. 

15. Smith having now learned much of the Indians, 
their country, modes of warfare, dispositions and lan¬ 
guage, and having also by his great address and honor¬ 
able bearing, won their affection and confidence, his 
captivity proved, under Divine Providence, a means of 
establishing the colony. 

16. During his absence, however, there had been 


12 Of the manner in which he gave the natives a great idea 
of his knowledge?—13. Of their thoughts and behaviour to¬ 
wards him ?—H. Relate the circumstance of his sentence and 
deliverance ? —15. What view may be taken ofSmith’s captivity! 

3 


F»r. i. 

P’D. II 
OH. U. 


Hij treat¬ 
ment by 
the lava¬ 
s'- 


His res¬ 
cue by 
Pocahon¬ 
tas. 


1608 

Good 

brought 

from 

evil. 



42 


NEWPORT ARRIVES—-BAD SETTLERS. 


P’T. I. 
P’D. II. 

CH. III. 


State of 
the 

colony. 


i60S. 


Smith 
explores 
the dies’ 
apcake. 


His decis¬ 
ion and 
wisdom. 


disorder and misrule; and when lie returned to James 
town he found only thirty-eight persons remaining 
The spirits of the people were broken; and all, filled 
with despondency, were anxious to leave a country so 
inhospitable. He prevailed upon them, ho wever, partly 
by force and partly by persuasion, to remain till the 
next year; when Newport arriving from England, with 
some supplies and one hundred and twenty emigrants, 
hope again revived. 

17. During the year 1608, Captain Smith explored 
the Chesapeake bay to its head, discovered its fine 
streams, and gained new information concerning the 
native productions and inhabitants of the country. In 
an excursion which he made up the Rappahannock, 
he had a skirmish with the Mannahoacks, a tribe de¬ 
scended from the Delawares, and took prisoner a 
brother of one of their chiefs. From him he first 
heard of the Iroquois, who, the Indian told him, 
66 dwelt on a great water to the north, had a great many 
boats, and so many men, that they waged war with all 
the rest of the world.” 

18. Immediately on his return he was chosen presi¬ 
dent of the council. He found the recent emigrants 
u goldsmiths and gentlemen.” But he promptly gave 
them their choice, to labor for six hours a day, or have 
nothing to eat. He represented to the council in En¬ 
gland that they should send laborers; that the search 
of gold should be abandoned, and that u nothing should 
be expected except by labor.” 


CHAPTER III 

Early settlement of Virginia—continued. 

1. The London Company had gradually become 
enlarged by accessions of men of influence, some oi 

16. What had happened during Smith’s absence ? What 
was the effect of his return ? — IT. What did Smith explore f 
What learn from report ? — 18. What happened on his return 1 
What course did he take ? What was his advice sent to England 1 
Chapter III.—1. What had been the progress of tlut Londoo 
Company '( 





SIR THOMAS GATES SHIP-WRECKED. 


43 


whom were of the nobility and gentry. Without at 
all consulting the wishes, and against the interests of 
the colony, they now obtained from the king a new 
charter, by which they were to hold the lands in fee; 
and all tbe powers of government formerly reserved 
to the crown, were hereafter to vest in the company. 
The council in England, chosen by the stockholders, 
was to appoint a governor, who was to rule the colo¬ 
nists with absolute sway. 

2. Tue company now collected five hundred adven¬ 
turers, many of whom were men of desperate fortunes 
and abandoned characters. They appointed as gover¬ 
nor for life the excellent Lord Delaware, and freighted 
with the emigrants nine ships, of which Captain New¬ 
port was to take the command. 

3. As Lord Delaware was not ready to embark with 
the fleet, the admiral, Sir Thomas Gates,and Sir 
George Somers, were empowered to govern the colony 
until his arrival. Newport took into his own ship 
Gates and Somers. Arriving at the Bermudas, a ter¬ 
rible storm separated the fleet. The admiral’s vessel 
was stranded on the rocky shores of Bermuda; a small 
ketch perished, and only seven of the vessels reached 
Jamestown. 

4. Smith now found himself without authority ; and 
tne three persons who alone possessed it, were per¬ 
haps in the depths of the ocean. His genius, how- 
evei, sustained him; and he compelled to submission 
the disorderly gallants who had just arrived. 

5. Pocahontas repeatedly saved the life of Smith, 
and preserved this earliest English settlement from de¬ 
struction. In the various fortunes of the colony, she 
was its unchanging friend, often coming with her at¬ 
tendants to bring baskets of provisions in times of 
scarcity, and sometimes giving notice of hostile designs. 

I. What did they obtain ? What was the character of the in¬ 
strument obtained? — 2. What was the number, and what was 
the description of the persons sent out ? What office had Lord 
Delaware ? What Capt. Newport ? — 3. What was the fate of 
Newport’s ship? What persons had he on board?—4. As 
neither the governor, or his substitutes were there, what was the 

f iosition ana conduct of Smith?—5. What is oaid of Poea* 
tontas ? 


P’I\ i. 


P’D. II. 

CH. III. 

Govern¬ 

ment 

made 

rforse 


Newport 
sent with 
five hun 
dred. 


Wrecn- 
ed at 
Bermuda 


1609. 

Smith 
yet at the 
head. 


Native 

kindnes* 





44 


THE STARVING TIME. 


P’T. I. 
P’D. II. 

CH. Ill 

Smith 

leaves 

Virginia 


0K»t 

scarcity 
and dis¬ 
tress. 


Depart¬ 
ure of the 
colony. 


June, 

1610 . 

its re¬ 
turn. 


1611 

May 10, 
Sir Tho 
aas Dab 
arrives 


« 


>9 


6 . At length, an accidental explosion of gunpowdei 
so injured Smith, that no medical skill there, could 
properly manage his case; and delegating his au¬ 
thority to George Percy, he returned to England.— 
After his departure, all subordination and industry 
ceased among the colonists. 

7. The Indians, no longer afraid, harassed them, 
and withheld their customary supplies. Their stores 
were soon exhausted. The domestic animals were 
devoured; and, in two instances, the act was perpe¬ 
trated of feeding on human flesh. Smith left four hun¬ 
dred and ninety persons. In six months, anarchy and 
vice had reduced the number to sixty; and those so 
feeble and forlorn, that in ten days more they must all 
have perished. 

8 . In the meantime, Sir Thomas Gates and his com¬ 
panions, who had been wrecked on the rocks of Ber¬ 
muda, had found there the means to construct a vessel; 
and now approaching Jamestown, they anticipated a 
happy meeting with their friends. But, instead of this, 
but few remained, and they wasted to skeletons. Gates 
was obliged to yield to the universal cry, desert the 
settlement, and re-embark with the whole cdlony. They 
departed in the morning, and falling down the stream 
with the tide, they descried, at evening, near the river’s 
mouth, three ships. Lord Delaware, their paternal 
governor had arrived with supplies; and their hearts 
were cheered with the consoling thought that God had 
delivered them. And then the residue returned, a 
chastened, and a better people. 

9. The colony again became flourishing; but in 
March, 1611, the governor’s health declined, and he 
was obliged to leave the country. On the departure 
of Lord Delaware, Percy was again at the head of af¬ 
fairs, until the arrival of Sir Thomas Dale, in May. 
Although good order and industry now prevailed, yet 

G. What now happened to Smith ? What was the conduct of 
the colonists? — 7. What consequences ensued ? — 8. Relate 
the circumstances of Sir Thomas Gates arrival ? What was he 
obliged to do ? Where were the people, and what their feelings 
on Lord Delaware’s arrival? —9. How long did Lord Delaware 
remain in the country ? 




A BAD MAN MAKES A BAD GOVERNOR. 


the state of the colony was not flourishing, and Dale p’T. i. 
immediately wrote to England for aid. In less than 
four months, Sir I homas Gates arrived, with six ships c «- it. 
and three hundred emigrants. 

10 . Pocahontas, after the departure of Capt. Smith, 
received Christian baptism under the name of Rebecca; *613 
an.i then married John Rolfe, a young Englishman Ba a p »d 8ni 
of the colony. She went with her husband to Eng- mar - 
land, where special attention was paid her by the king Voca° f 
and queen, at the instigation of Smith. She had been hontas - 
told that he was dead ; and when he came to see her 
she turned away, and for a time could not, or would 
not speak. He kindly soothed her, and at length she 
addressed him as her father, and recalled the scenes of 
their early acquaintance. Having given birth to a son, 
she was about to return, when she sickened and died, 
at the age of twenty-two. Her son survived and reared 
an offspring, which is perpetuated in some of the best 
families in Virginia. 


CHAPTER IV. 

Virginia—Hudson River—Canada. 

1. In 1617, Captain Argali was made acting gover¬ 
nor of Virginia. Lord Delaware having attempted 
to reach the settlement, died on the passage. Argali 161T 
governed with so much rigor, as to excite universal miSon* 
discontent. N ot only did he play the tyrant over the duct, 
colonists, but he cheated the company. The rumor 
of his oppression made emigration unpopular. By th<* 
influence of the good Sir Edwin Sandys, the benevo 
lent Yeardly was sent over to take his place. 


{). On what occasion did their numbers receive an accession f 
lO. With whom did Pocahontas go to England? What took 
dace there ? Whom did she meet and how ? Has she left de¬ 
scendants ? 

Chapter IV.—1. What is here said of Argali? What effect 
nao the report of his bad conduct 1 W T ho was sent as governor» 





46 


FIRST RESPECT PAID TO THE PEOPLE. 


P’T, I. 

ptTii. 

CH. IV. 

8619 

The first 
general 
assembly. 


They 
meet at 
James¬ 
town. 


Young 
women 
sent as 
wives. 


1620 

Convicts 
sent to 
the colo- 
ny. 


Slavery 

com¬ 

mences. 

8609. 

Hui 1 *on 
lt ; 'er 
iisc/vsv- 

ed 


2. Governor Yeardly called the first general assem¬ 
bly which was held in Virginia, consisting of repre¬ 
sentatives, chosen from among the people, who were 
to act conjointly with the governor and council ap¬ 
pointed by the company, in all matters of importance. 
The colonists, who, till then, had been nothing more 
than the servants of the company, were thus raised to 
the distinction and privileges of freemen. 

3. In this assembly, which met at Jamestown, eleven 
boroughs were each represented by two burgesses. 
For this cheering dawn of civil liberty, the colonists 
expressed to the company u the greatest possible 
thanks,” and forthwith “fell to building houses and 
planting corn.” 

4. In order to attach the colonists more entirely to 
their new settlements, there was, about this time, sent 
out, by the advice of Sandys, a considerable number 
of young women of humble birth, but of unexcep¬ 
tionable character, as wives for the young planters. 
The price paid for the passage of each was at first one 
hundred, and afterwards, one hundred and fifty pounds 
of tobacco. To fail of discharging debts so incurred, 
was esteemed particularly dishonorable. 

5. About this time were introduced also into the 
colony, by order of King James, many idle and disso¬ 
lute persons, then in custody for their offences. They 
were dispersed throughout the colony, and employed 
as laborers. 

6 . A Dutch ship from Africa arriving at Jamestown, 
a part of her cargo of negroes was purchased by the 
colony. This was the commencement of negro slavery 
in the United States. 

7. In 1609, occurred the discovery of the Hudson 
river, which lias proved the finest for navigation of any 
in republican America. Henry Hudson, the discoverer, 


2. What important privilege did the people obtain ? Of whom 
did the firsi assembly consist ? — 3. Where did they meet?—■ 
What did they express, and what do? — I. What was done to 
attach them to their new homes? What price was paid? — A 
What unwholesome settlers were introduced?—(>. When did 
slavery commence ? —?. Who discovered the great river of New 
York ? 



NEW ENGLAND EXPLORED. 47 

was an Englishmen by birth, but was in the service of p’T.l 
the Dutch East India Company. The next year, the P , D< IL 
Dutch sent ships to this river, to open a trade with the c «- "• 
natives; but the Court of England disowned their 
claim to the country. The Dutch, however, followed 
up their good fortune, and soon erected Forts Orange 
and Manhattan, near the sites of Albany and New 
Fork. 

8 . In 1608, Champlain, under De Monts, conducted 

a col >ny to America, and founded Quebec. Wishing cham- 
to secure the friendship of the adjacent natives, he 
consented, the next year, to accompany them on an Quebec, 
expedition against the Iroquois, with whom they were 
at war. They entered upon the lake which now bears, „ 
in honor of its discoverer, the name of Champlain, Discov _ 
and traversed it until they approached' its junction 
with Lake St. Sacrament, now Lake George. Here, in cham- 
the vicinity of Ticonderoga, a bloody engagement pkin - 
took place, in which Champlain and his allies were 
victorious. 

9. Captain Smith, after his return from Virginia, ex¬ 
plored the north-eastern coast of the United States 
with a trading squadron of two ships. Smith sailed in 

the largest, and the other was commanded by Captain sSui in 
Hunt; before mentioned as having kidnapped twenty- N.Eng. 
seven of the subjects of Massasoit. Smith accurately land * 
examined the shore, with its bays and rivers, from the 
mouth of the Penobscot to Cape Cod, and having with 
drawn a map, he laid it, on his return, before Prince HuatT 
t Charles, with a hint, that so beautiful and excellent a 
country deserved to bear an honorable name. The 
Prince listened to his suggestion, and declared that it 
should thereafter be called New England. 

10. The French having established themselves with¬ 
in the limits of the northern colony of Virginia, Capt 
Argali was sent from Jamestown to dispossess them. 


What was done by the Dutch? Were the English satis¬ 
fied ? What important cities were begun? — 8. Relate what 
vi as done by Champlain at the North ? — 9. In what enterprise 
was Captain Smith now engaged ? With whom ? What was 
don© on Smith’s return ? 




48 


THE DUTCH UNDER KING JAMES. 


?’T. I. 
P’D.II. 

CH. IV. 

Argali 

subdues 

the 

French 

and 

Dutch. 


He destroyed Port Royal, and all the French settle¬ 
ments in Acadia. On his return he visited the Dutch 
at Manhattan, and demanded possession of the country 
in the name of the British sovereign. The Dutch 
traders made no scruple to acknowledge the supremacy 
of King James, and, under him, that of the governor 
of Virginia. 


lO. Relate Captain Argali’s expedition and its results? 


EXERCISES ON THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

What event marks the beginning of this period? What 
is its date ? Point it out on the chronographer. Sir Wal¬ 
ter Raleigh obtained a transfer of Gilbert’s patent in 1583, 
and sent two vessels to the south under Amidas and Barlow. 
Queen Elizabeth named the country which they discovered, 
Virginia. Point out the place of this date. 

Raleigh sent out a squadron of seven ships under Sir 
Richard Grenville, in 1585. Point, out this date on the chro¬ 
nographer. Both these attempts to colonize the country 
were unsuccessful, and Raleigh again sent out a colony in 
1587, under Captain White. Show the place of this date. 

Gosnolddiscovered Cape Codin 1602. What is the place 
of this date ? De Monts discovered the bay of Fundy and 
founded Port Royal in 1604. Point out this date. The 
London and Plymouth Companies were established by James 
I., in 1606. Point out the place of this year. Chesapeake 
Bay was discovered by Captain Christopher Newport, and 
Jamestown founded in 1607. 

Captain Smith was taken prisoner by the Indians and res¬ 
cued by Pocahontas the same year. Point out its place on 
the chronographer. The London Company obtained a new 
charter from James I. in 1608, and Lord Delaware was 
appointed governor. Show the place of this year. 

Governor Yeardley called the first General Assembly, in 
Virginia, in 1619. What is the place of this date? Henrj 
Hudson discovered the Hudson river in 1609. Champlain, 
under De Monts, discovered Lake Champlain in the same 
year. Point out the place of the year. In 1614, Captain 
Smith explored the northeastern coast of the United States 
which Prince Charles named New England. Point out the 
place of the date. At what epoch does this period termi 
nate ? What is its date ? Point out its place on the ’hro 
uographer. 





EXERCISES ON THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 49 


The teacher can, if he chooses, change the order of the P’T I. 
questions and ask, “When did Raleigh send out ?” &c. 

Then say to the pupil, “ Locate the year.” But the author A 
would not recommend that the pupil’s memory should be 
severely taxed to remember dates- 








































































































The Cabin of the May Flower, 

PERIOD III. 


FROM 

THE LANDING j 1620 ^ OF THE PILGRIMS, 

TO 

TEH COMMENCEMENT OF > * ^ ( BY THE ONION OF THE 

TUB CONFEDERACY.. $ J NEW ENGLAND COLONIES. 

CHAPTER I. 

Departure of the Pilgrims from England, and their sojourn in 
Holland. 

1. In 1592, a law was passed in England, requiring all p>t. i. 
persons to attend the established worship, under pen- p , D ni 
alty of banishment, and if they returned, of death, ch. i . 
Among those who could not conscientiously comply ^ 59 *^ 
with these exactions, were John Robinson and his Robinson 
congregation, who lived in the north of England. 

They belonged to that sect of the Puritans, or dissent¬ 
ers from the church of England, called Separatists. 

2. To enjoy their religion, the pastor, and his whole 
flock, determined to exile themselves to Holland. But 

Chapter I.— 1. Who were John Robinson and his congrega¬ 
tion ? — 2. What was their object in seeking to change their 
country ? 


5! 













52 


THE PILGRIM MOTHERS. 


P’T.i. this was a difficult undertaking. Once they embarked 
p, D> in. with their families and goods at Boston, in Lincoln- 
ch- »• shire. But the treacherous captain had plotted with 
1607 English officers? who came on board the vessel, took 
Attempt' their effects, searched the persons of the whole com* 
'oifanc? P an y f° r mone y? and then, in presence of a gazing 
multitude, led them on shore, and to prison. They 
were soon released, except seven of the principal men, 
who were detained and brought to trial, but at length 
freed. 

3. Again they bargained with a Dutch ship-mastei 
at Hull, who was to take them in from a common, hard 
by. At the time appointed, the women and children 
sailed to the place of rendezvous in a small bark, and 
the men came by land. The bark had grounded; but 

attempt die Dutch captain sent his boat and took the men from 
the strand. But, in the meantime, the authorities of 
Hull had notice; and the Dutch commander, at the sight 
of a large armed company, having a fair wind, with oaths, 
hoisted anchor, and sailed away ; although the pilgrims 
even wept, thus to leave their wives and children. 

4. Behold now these desolate women, the mothers 
of a future nation, their husbands forcibly carried off 

Distress to sea? w ^ e on land an arm ed multitude are approach- 
of the ing! They are taken, and dragged from one magistrate 
women. to another, while their children, cold and hungry, and 
affrighted, are weeping and clinging around them. But 
their piteous condition and Christian demeanor soft¬ 
ened, at length, the hearts of their persecutors, and 
even gained friends to their cause. 

5. The men, in the meantime, encountered one of 
storm at the most terrific sea storms ever known, continuing 

fourteen days, during seven of which, they saw neither 
sun, moon, or stars.* 

At length they all arrived in Holland. They settled 
at first in Amsterdam. They did not, however, find 

• For the use of or after neither , which euphony here requires, we have 
the authority of Noah Webster, and the usage of the best English writers. 


2 . What happened on their first attempt ?— 3 . What or. thei.i 
■econd ?— 4. Wnat trouble did the women meet with ?— 5 , What 
the men ? When in Holland, where did they first settle ? 






PECULIARITIES OP THE PILGRIMS. 53 

cause to be satisfied, and they removed to Leyden. P’T. i. 
Here, by hard labor and frugal honesty, they lived P , D m 
highly respected; but after a few years they experi- ch.i. 
enced evils, which made them think of another removal. r e de 

6 . Not only were their own toils constant and se¬ 
vere, but they were obliged to employ their children, 

60 that they were necessarily deprived of education. R a 
And the health of the young, often fell a sacrifice to 
the length of time and confined positions, in which m3Tal * 
they labored. Some died, and some became deformed. 

Their morals also were likely to suffer from the ha¬ 
bitual profanation of the sabbath, witnessed around 
them. 

7. The Pilgrims had heard of America; and in its 
wilderness, they believed that they might serve God 
unmolested, and found a church, where not only the 
oppressed in England, but unborn generations, might 
enjoy a pure worship. The Dutch wished them to g Jf 0 c ^£ 
colonize under their government. But they still loved g laud * 
their country; and they sent agents to England, to pro¬ 
cure. by the influence of Sir Edwin Sandys, a patent 
under the Virginia Company. 

8 . For the encouragement of this company, dis¬ 
heartened by the failures at Chesapeake Bay, Robinson, 
and Brewster, the ruling elder of his church, wrote to 

Sir Edwin, showing, in five particulars, the difference 1<€tter 
of their motives, their circumstances, and characters, s«r E. 
from those of other adventurers. First !, “We verily “ y< * 
believe the Lord is with us, to whose service we have 
given ourselves, and that he will graciously prosper 
our endeavors, according to the simplicity of our 
hearts therein. Second , We are all well weaned from the 
delicate milk of our mother country, and inured to a 
strange and hard land, wherein we have learned pa¬ 
tience. t*he PiV- 

9. Third , our people are as industrious and frugal as jHia* 
any in the world. Fourth , We are knit together in a r”'W* 

5. Where remove ? In what estimation were they held? — 

C. W hat reasons had they for another removal ? — 7. What for 
thinking of America ? What did the Dutch wish ? What moved 
the Pilgrims to send agents to England ? — 8. Who wrote a let¬ 
ter ? To whom ? To show what ? Mention the first particular f 
Tins Beemui ? — 9. The third ? — fourth ? 




64 


THE PARTING AT DELFT-HAVEN. 


P’T.i. sacred bond of the Lord, whereof we make great „ m- 
P , D> jji science, holding ourselves tied to all care of each other’s 
ch i. good. Fifth , It is not with us as with other men, whom 
small discontentments can discourage, and cause to wish 
themselves at home again. We have nothing to hope 
for from England or Holland, and our lives are draw¬ 
ing towards their period.” 

10. By the aid of Sandys, the petitioners obtained 
the patent. But they needed money. To provide 

Cec'ract ^ S ’ ^ ie ^ r a g ents formed a stock company, jointly, with 
wi™ C some men of business in London, of whom Mr. Thomas 
L meJ° n Weston was the principal; they to furnish the capital, 
chants, the emigrants to pledge their labor for seven years, at 
ten pounds per man; and the profits of the enterprise, 
all houses, lands, gardens, and fields, to be divided at 
the end of that time among the stockholders, accord¬ 
ing to their respective shares. 

11. They then prepared two small vessels, the May- 
Aug 3 d Flower and the Speedwell; but these would hold only 
1620. a part of the company, and it was decided that the 
prepara- youngest and most active should go, and the older, 

on ‘ among whom was the pastor, should remain. If they 
were successful, they were to send for those behind; 
if unsuccessful, to return, though poor, to them. 

12. Previous to their separation, this memorable 
church worshipped together for the last time, on an 
appointed day, when they humbled themselves by fast¬ 
ing, and “ sought of the Lord a right way for them¬ 
selves and their children.” When they must no longer 

Parting tarry, their brethren accompanied them from Leyden 
*Haven *° * ie s ^ lore at Delft-Ha veil. Here the venerable pas¬ 
tor knelt with his flock upon the ground; and the 
wanderers, while tears flowed down their cheeks, 
heard for the last time, his beloved voice in exhorta¬ 
tion, and in prayer for them. “But they knew they 
were Pilgrims, and lifted up their eyes to heaven, 
their dearest country, and quieted their spirits.” 


9. The fifth. — 1G. What did they obtain? What did they 
then need? How contrive to procure it ? — It. What did the 
agents then prepare ? Could all go ? Which part was to go f 
On what condition did the others remain?—12. Give an ac 
count of thdir parting ? 




THE LEADING MEN 


55 


CHAPTER II 

Progress of the Pilgrims from Holland to America. 

1. From Delft-Haven, the Pilgrims sailed to South¬ 
ampton, in England. Among the leaders of the party 
was Elder Brewster, who at this time was fifty-six, 
but sound in body, as in spirit. John Carver was 
near his age, Deioved and trusted, as he was good and 
wise. William Bradford was strong, bold, and en¬ 
during ; but withal, a meek and prudent Christian. 
Next these in honor, and superior in native endow¬ 
ments, was Edward Winslow. He was at this time 
twenty-six ; Bradford was thirty-two. Miles Stand- 
ish had been in the English army, and was a brave 
and resolute officer. 

2. After remaining in Southampton a fortnight, the 
party put to sea. But misfortunes befalling, they re¬ 
turned, left the Speedwell, and finally, to the number 
of one hundred, they set sail from Plymouth, in the 
solitary May-Flower. On the 6th of September, they 
took their last, sad look, of their native shore. After 
a stormy and perilous passage, they made land, on the 
9th of November, at Cape Cod. 

3. The mouth of the Hudson had been selected as 
the place of their settlement, and they accordingly 
steered southerly; but soon falling in with dangerous 
breakers, and all, especially the women, being impa¬ 
tient to leave the ship, they determined to return and 
settle on or near the Cape. The next day they turned 
the point of that singular projection, and entered the 
harbor, now called Provincetown. 

4. They fell on their knees to thank the kind Power 
who had preserved them amidst so many dangers; and 

Chapter II.— 1. From Holland where did the Pilgrims next 
go? Name their leading men. What is said of the first named? 
The second? The third? The fourth? The fifth?—2. What 
hapr^ened when they first put out to sea ? From what place did 
they hist depart ? In what vessel ? How many persons ? What 
was the length and character of the passage? What the first 
land made?—3. On what place had they intended to settle? 
Why did they change their minds? — 4. What was their first act 
wu arriving? 


P»T t 

P’D. ill. 
CK. II. 

Leading 

men. 


s«pt. e, 
Final de 
parture 


Not. 9 
it Gap» 
Cod. 



6b 


OBEDIENCE ESSENTIAL TO THE COMPACT. 


p’T.i. then “they did,” says Cotton Mather, “as the light of 
p> d . ni ‘ nature itself directed them, immediately, in the harbor, 
ch. a. s jg n an instrument, as the foundation of their future 
1620. a nd needful government;” solemnly combining them 
Compact se ^ ves i nt0 a c i y d body politic, to enact ail such ordi- 
signed nances, and frame all such constitutions and offices, as, 
cabin. f rom time to time, should be thought most meet and 
convenient for the general good: all which they bound 
themselves to obey. 

5. This simple, but august compact, was the first 
of a series, by which the fetters of a vast system of 
political oppression have been broken. Upon some 
parts of the old continent that system still remains; 
building upon the fiction, that sovereigns own the 

import- wor ld and its inhabitants, having derived all from God; 
anttrans- and that the people are to have only such a measure 
9610n ‘ of personal freedom, and such possessions, as kings 
may choose to bestow. Here was assumed for the 
first time the grand principle of a voluntary confede¬ 
racy of independent men; instituting government, for 
the good , not of the governors , but of the governed. 

6. There were the same number of persons on board 
looofthe tiie May-Flower as had left England; but one, a ser- 
Piigrims. vant,had died; and one, a male child, Peregrine Wnite, 

was born on the passage. Carver was immediately 
chosen governor, and Standish, captain. 

7. No comfortable home, or smiling friends, await¬ 
ed the Pilgrims. They, who went oi shore, waded 
through the cold surf, to a homeless lesert. But a 

Nov. n. place to settle in must be found, and no tvne was to be 
onshore ost ' ^ ie | ti ia H°P unfortunately needed repairs, and 
the in the meantime a party set out to make discoveries by 
day 11 }® land. They found “a little corn, and many graves 
which and in a second excursion they encountered the chill- 
sigaThe Masts °f a November snow storm, which laid in 
aouipact. some, the foundation of mortal disease. The country 
was wooded, and tolerably stocked with game. 

4. What their next step ? For what did they combine into 
one body ? To what did they bind themselves ? — ft. What may 
be said of this compact ? Upon what action are some govern- 
ments founded ? What was here assumed ? —t». W hat itumbei 
of persons arrived ? What officers were chocen f— *. What 
can vou say qf their first arrival ? What had tho* to do ? Whai 
excursions did they make t 





THE ROCK OF PLYMOUTH. 


57 


8. When the shallop was finished, Carver, Bradford 
and Winslow, with a party of eighteen, manned the 
feeble bark, and set forth. Steering along the western 
shore of Cape Cod, they made, in three days, the inner 
circuit of the bay. u It was,” says one of the number, 
“very cold; for the water froze our clothes, and made 
them many times like coats of iron.” They landed 
occasionally to explore; and at night, inclosed with 
only a slight barricade of boughs, they stretched them¬ 
selves upon the hard ground. 

9. On the second morning, as their devotions closed, 
they received a shower of Indian arrows; when, sally¬ 
ing out, they discharged their guns, and the savages 
fled. Again they offered prayers with thanksgiving; 
and proceeding on their way, their shallop was nearly 
wrecked by a wintry storm of terrible violence. After 
unspeakable dangers, they sheltered themselves under 
the lee of a small island, where, amidst darkness and 
rain, they landed, and with difficulty, made a fire. In 
the morning, they found themselves at the entrance of 
a harbor. The next day was the Sabbath. They rest¬ 
ed and kept it holy, though all that was dear to them 
depended on their promptness. 

10. The next day, the pilgrims landed on the rock 
of Plymouth. Finding the harbor good, springs abun¬ 
dant, and the land promising for tillage, they decided 
to settle here, and named the place from that which 
they last left in England. In a few days they brought 
the May-Flower to the harbor; and on the 25th of 
December they began building, having first divided the 
whole company into nineteen families, and assigned 
them contiguous lots, of size according to that of the 
family, about eight feet front, and fifty deep, to each 
person. Each man was to build his own house. Be¬ 
sides this, the company were to make a building of 
twenty feet square, as a common receptacle. This was 

8 . What party set sail in the shallop ? What course did the} 
take? What sufferings encounter?—9. What happened on 
the second morning 2 Recollect Capt. Hunt, and say if these 
Indians had any cause to dislike the English ? Relate what fur- 
thei happened, and where the Pilgrims landed ? How did they 
spend the Sabbath ? —-10. On what day and year did the Pil¬ 
grims land on the rock of Plymouth ? At what time commence 
building ? How proceed with it ? How divide the bud ? 

4 


P’T I. 


P’D. III. 

CH. II. 

1620. 

Dec. 6, 
A party 
set sail 
m the 
shalluj;. 


Dec. 8. 
Attack’d 
by the 
Nauset*. 
Satur¬ 
day, 
Dec. 10. 
At 

(larke’a 
Island, 
just 
within 
Plym’th 
harbor. 
Sun. 11 


Mon 
day, 12 
Pilgrim 
land o; 

Ply¬ 

mouth 

Rock. 




58 


VISIT PROM THE INDIANS. 


P’T. i. soonest completed, but was unfortunately destroyed by 
pm. in. ^ re * 

ch. in. 11. Their huts went up but slowly; for though their 
hearts were strong, yet their hands had grown feeble, 
through fatigue, hardship, and scanty fare. Many 
were wasting with consumptions. Daily some yield¬ 
ed to sickness, and daily some sunk to the grave. 
Before spring, half of their number, among whom were 
auffer, the governor and his wife, lay buried on the shore 
♦Ine not ^ et never repined, or repented of the step they 
had taken; and when, on the 5th of April, the May- 
Flower left them, not one, so much as spoke of return- 
im-iis ing to England. They rather confessed the continual 
i4Vi. mercies of a w wonder-working Providence,' 1 that had 
carried them through so many dangers, and was ma¬ 
king them, the honored instruments, of so great a work. 

Note. —The dates in this part of History are of course given according 
to Old Style, since New Styie was not adopted by the English government 
until 132 years after this period. For a clear explanation of this subject, 
see the word Style, in Webster’s large dictionary. 


CHAPTER III. 

The Savages—Massasoit’s Alliance—Winslow’s Visit to the 
Pokanokets. 

I.The Pilgrims had as yet seen but few of the natives, 
and those hostile, when Samoset, an Indian, who had 
learned a little English at Penobscot, boldly entered 
March their village,with a cheerful “Welcome Englishmen.” 
F Jf s ’ t He soon came again, with four others, among whom 
was Tisquantum, who had spread favorable reports of 
the English among his countrymen, and was afterward* 
of great service as an interpreter. 

2. They gave notice that Massasoit, the sachem of 
the Pokanokets, was hard by. He appeared on a hill, 
a body of attendants, armed, and painted with 
gaudy colors. The chief desired that some one should 


II. What was their condition during this first winter ? Did 
they repine and complain ? 

Chapter III.—1. Who was Samoset? Tisquantum?—2 
What notice did they give ? Who was Massasoit ? What did 
be do, and what desire ? 





winslow’s visits to massasoit. 5 ( J 

be sent to confer with him. Edward Winslow, famed for p»t. i. 
the sweetness of his disposition and behavior* as well 
as for his talents, courage, and efficiency, was wisely ch. ui. 
chosen. Captain Standish found means to make a 
martial show, with drums and trumpets; which gave 
the savages wonderful delight. 

3. The sachem, on coming into the village, was so 

well pleased with the attentions paid him, that he ac- Alhance 
knowledged the authority of the king of England, and with 
entered into an alliance, offensive and defensive, with M ,“t* 
the colonists, which remained inviolate for more than 
fifty years. 

4. In July, Edward Winslow and Stephen Hopkins, 
went on an embassy to Massasoit, at Montaup. The 
sachem was much pleased, with the present of a red jJjJr* 
coat, from Governor Bradford, who had succeeded Embassy 
Carver. The envoys obtained from him an engage- 
men^that the furs of the Pokanokets should be sold 

to the colony. 

5. Massasoit feared the Narragansetts, and was doubt¬ 
less, on that account, desirous of cultivating the friend¬ 
ship of the English. Oanonicus, the old hereditary 
chieftain of that confederacy, perhaps offended at this 
intimacy, or regarding the whites as intruders, medi- threaten, 
tated a war against them. This he openly intimated, 

by send’ng to Governor Bradford, a bunch of arrows, 
tied with the skin of a rattlesnake. Bradford stuffed 
the skin with powder and ball, and sent it back; and 
nothing more was heard, at that time, of war. 

6. The next year, news came to Plymouth, that Mas¬ 
sasoit was sick. Winslow taking suitable articles, went 

to Montaup. He found the Indians bewailing, and wmsio* 
practising their noisy powows or incantations, arourd ri *ij* k 1 *** 
the signless chieftain. Affectionately he extended his c *hi«f 
hand and exclaimed, “Art thou Winsnow?” (Tie 
could not articulate the liquid 1.) “Art thou Win- 
snow ? But, O, Winsnow! I shall never see thee 

2. What was done, and who chosen by the Pilgrims '( — 3. 

What alliance made ? — 4. What visit was afterwards made ? 

What trade secured ? — 5. What Indians was Massasoit afraid 
of ? flow did their chief threaten the Pilgrims ? How did 
Governor Bradford reply ?- -6. Give an account of Wxnslow’s 
second visit to Massasoit. 



60 


PRIVATE PROPERTY AND PROSPERITY. 


P’T i. more.” Winslow administered cordials, and he re« 
p> D n ] covered. He then revealed a conspiracy which the 
cu.m. Indians had formed and requested him to join. “But 
now,” said he, “I know that the English love me.” 

7. Agreeably to Massasoit’s advice, that a bold stroke 
should be struck, and the heads of the plot taken off, 

couuter. the intrepid Standish, with a party of only eight, went 
into the hostile country, attacked a house where the 
principal conspirators had met, and put them to death. 

8. In justice to the Indians, it should be stated, 
that they were provoked to this conspiracy, by “ Mas¬ 
ter Weston’s men.” These were a colony of sixty 
Englishmen, sent over in June, 1622, by Thomas 
Weston. Though hospitably received at Plymouth, 

Weston's they stole the young corn from the stalk, and thus 
Men. b r o U ght want and distress upon the settlers the en¬ 
suing winter and spring. They then made a short¬ 
lived and pernicious settlement, at Weymouth. 
Weston was a London merchant, once the friend of 
the Pilgrims. 

9. Notwithstanding all the hardships, all the wisdom 
1624 anc ^ constancy, of the colonists, the partners of the 

t0 concern in London complained of small returns; and 
1626 . even had the meanness to send a vessel to rival them 
in their trade with the Indians. Winslow went to 
Winj _ England, and negociated a purchase for himself and 
ir.w’sne- seven of his associates in the colony, by which the 
g tion! property was vested in them; and they sold out to the 
colony at large, for the consideration of a monopoly 
of the trade with the Indians for six years. 

10. New Plymouth now began to flourish. Foi 
the land being divided, each man labored for himseli 
and his family. The government was a pure democ * 
racy, resembling that now exercised in a town meet¬ 
ing. Each male inhabitant had a vote \ the governoi 
had two. 


7. In what respect did the Pilgrims follow the sarhem’s ad 
vice ?- -8. By whom had the natives been provoked ? — 9. On 
what account did Winslow so to England? What baigain d..l 
he make ? To whom did the eight first purchasers sell out ? 
And for what consideration? — lO. Why did New Plymouth 
now flourish ? What was their government at first 1 



THE GRAND COUNCIL, 


6J 


11. Numbers of their brethren of the church at 
Leyden came over within the first few years to join the 
settlement. The people of Plymouth gave a thousand 
pounds to assist them to emigrate. But the good Ro¬ 
binson was not permitted to enter the land of his hopes 
and affections. He died in Leyden, 1625, to the great 
grief of the Pilgrims. 


CHAPTER IV. 

Grand Council of Plymouth.—New Hampshire—Massachusetts 
Bay. 

1. In November, 1620, the same month in which 
the Pilgrims arrived on the American coast, James I. 
issued a charter, or patent, to the duke of Lenox, the 
marquisses of Buckingham and Hamilton, the earls of 
Arundel and Warwick, Sir Ferdinando Gorges, and 
thirty-four associates; styling them the w Grand Coun¬ 
cil of Plymouth, for planting and governing New 
England, in America.” This patent granted them the 
territory between the w fortieth and forty-eighth degrees 
of north latitude, and extending throughout the main 
land from sea to sea. 

2. This territory, which had been previously called 
North Virginia, now received the name of New Eng¬ 
land, by royal authority. From this patent were de¬ 
rived all the subsequent grants, under which,the New 
England colonies were settled. But the persons who 
transacted business for the company, were unacquainted 
with geography, and avaricious. They accordingly 
made their grants in an ignorant or dishonest manner; 
so that much trouble ensued. 

II. Did any of their brethren from Leyden come over ? Did 

'he good Robinson ? 

Chapter IV.—1. Of whom did the Grand Council of Ply¬ 
mouth consist ? Of whom receive a charter ? When ? What 
was the territory granted them ? — 2. How was the name 
changed ? What was derived from this patent ? How was tlie 
business of the company transacted f 


P»T.I. 

P’D. III. 
cn. iv. 

1625 . 

Death of 
Robin 
son. 


1620 . 

Grand 

Council. 

Sweep¬ 
ing pa¬ 
tent. 


North 

Virginia 

called 

New 

England 




62 MORE “ WILDERNESS- WORK.” 


P’T. I 
P’D. Ill 

CH. IV. 

Gorges 

and 

Mason. 


1621 . 

March 9, 
Patent of 
Mariana. 


1622. 

Charter 
jf Maine 
and 
N. H. 

1623. 

Settle¬ 

ments. 


Mr. 
White, 
the pat¬ 
ron of 
Mass. 


I62S. 

Patent 
for Mass. 


The pio¬ 
neer of 
StJeoi. 


3 Sir Ferdinando Gorges had been an officer in the 
navy of Elizabeth, and a companion of Sir Waltei 
Raleigh. He was ambitious, and perhaps thought 
he should become the duke or prince of some large 
territory. He was the prime mover in getting up 
the Grand Council of Plymouth, and was made its 
President. Similar motives actuated Captain Mason, 
and he became its Secretary. 

4. Mason procured from the Grand Council the al> 
surd grant of “all the land from the river of Naum- 
keag, (Salem,) round Cape Ann, to the mouth of the 
Merrimack, and all the country lying between the two 
rivers, and all islands within three miles of the coast.” 
The district was to be called Mariana. 

5. The next year Gorges and Mason jointly obtain¬ 
ed of the Council another patent of u all the lands 
between the Merrimack and Kennebec rivers, extend¬ 
ing back to the great lakes, and river of Canada.” 
This tract received the name of Lacaonia. Under this 
grant some feeble settlements were made at the mouth 
of the Piscataqua, and as far up the river, as the present 
town of Dover. 

6. The persecution of the Puritans in England con¬ 
tinued, and Mr. White, a minister of Dorchester, pro¬ 
jected another colony to America. As early as 1624, 
a few persons were established on the site of Salem. 

7. Several gentlemen of Dorchester purchased of 
the Grand Council in 1628, a patent “of that part of 
New England which lies between three miles north of 
the Merrimack river, and three miles to the south of 
Charles river, and extending from the Atlantic to the 
South Sea.” This tract was in part covered by Ma¬ 
son’s patent. 

8 John Endicot, a rugged puritan, began in Salem, 
the “wilderness-work for the colony of Massachu¬ 
setts.” He brought over his family, and other emi¬ 
grants, to the number of one hundred. Roger Conant 


3. Who was Sir F. Gorges ? What person had similar ob 
jects ? — 4. What patent did Mason obtain ? — 5. What patent 
did Mason and Gorges obtain jointly ? — 6- Who projected ano¬ 
ther colony to America ? Where was a settlement begun ? — 7 
What patent was obtained ? — 8. Who was the pioneer for tbr 
Bay state ? Where (fid he begin ? How many bring over ? 




THE BAY COLOQfY. 


£3 


and two other persons from New Plymouth, had select¬ 
ed this spot, then called Naumkeag, for their settle¬ 
ment; and Conant was there, to give, to Endicot and his 
party, such welcome to the New World, as the desert 
forest could afford. 

9. The next year, the proprietors in England, ob¬ 
tained of King Charles a charter, confirming the patent 
of the Council of Plymouth, and conveying to them 
powers of government. They were incorporated by 
the name of the “Governor and Company of Massa¬ 
chusetts Bay, in New England.” The first general 
court of the company was held in England, when they 
fixed upon a form of government for the colony, and 
appointed Endicot governor. 

10. About three hundred persons sailed for America 
during this year. A part of them joined Mr. Endicot 
at Salem, and the remainder, exploring the coast for a 
better station, laid the foundation of Charlestown. 


CHAPTER V. 

The Colony of Massachusetts Bay. 

1. A more extensive emigration was now thought 
of, than had been before attempted. But an objection 
arose; the colony was to be governed by a council 
residing in England. To obviate this hindrance, the 
company agreed to form a council of those who should 
emigrate, and who might hold their sessions thereafiv 
ii: the new settlement. 

2. On . the election, the excellent John Winthro> 
was chosen governor. He had afterwards for his 

8. Who was on the spot to receive them ? — 9. What did the 
proprietors obtain ? Where hold their first court ? Whom make 
governor ? — lO. How many came over during 1629 ? Where 
did they settle ? 

Chapter V.—1. What objections arose to an extensive emi¬ 
gration ? What was done to obviate it ? — 2. Who woo clkoaon 
to go over as governor t 


pjw J t 


P’~* 'll 
CH. v. 


1629 

Charter 
to the 
Bay 
Comp 


Charlee- 

to’vrr 

founded. 


The 

c< be#i * 
sent. 







64 


« 


THE BEST. 




f-t. l. eulogy, a praise beyond that of any other person in 
roHE the colony. “ He was,” say they, “ unto us as a mo¬ 


ther, parent-like distributing his goods, and gladly 
1630 hearing our infirmities; yet did he ever maintain the 
Fifteen figure and honor of his place, with the spirit of a true 
hundred g en ti eman> » The company had determined to colo- 

Eight hundred accompanied 
seventeen vessels 


ua. v. 


unigrate. 


Salem in 
June. 


nize only their “best.” 

Winthrop; and, during the season, 
were employed, bringing over in all, fifteen hundred 
persons. 

3. Winthrop and his friends, found no luxurious 
table spread for them in the wilderness; but they freely 
gave of their own stores, to the famished and enfeebled 

Arrive at sufferers, whom they met. Regarding Salem as suffi- 
ciently peopled, the newly-arrived, located themselves 
without delay, beyond its limits. Their first care, 
wherever they went, was to provide for the ministra¬ 
tion of the gospel. Settlements were soon begun, and 
churches established at Charlestown, Dorchester, Bos¬ 
ton, Roxbury, Lynn, and Watertown. 

4. Unused, as many of these settlers were, to aught 
but plenty and ease, the hardships before them, though 
borne with a willing mind, were too much for the 
body, especially in the case of women. Many died, 
though in the joy of believing. Among these, was the 
beloved Arbella Johnson, of the noble house cf Lin¬ 
coln. Her husband, Isaac Johnson, the principal of 
the emigrants in respect to wealth, felt her loss so se¬ 
verely, that he soon followed her to the grave. He 
made a liberal bequest to the colony, and died “ in 
sweet peace ” 

5. Agreeably to the charter which the Company of 
1631. Massachusetts Bay had received from the king, the vo- 
govern- f ters a g ree d ^ iat important regulations should be enact¬ 
ed in an assembly of all the freemen. A meeting was 
convened at Boston, in October; when Winthrop was 
re-elected governor, and Thomas Dudley, who had 

2. What, his character ? What kind of persons and how many 
accompanied him ? — 3. What was the conduct of Winthrop and 
his friends ? Where were the first villages and churches ? — 1 
What can you say of the hardships endured? Who among 
others died ? — 5. When was an assembly held in Boston ? Who 
wan chosen t« office ? 


1632 

Hard¬ 
ships en¬ 
dured. 



A C!IAJVfjiI2 OF GOVERNMENT. 


65 


u evi a faithful steward to the earl of Lincoln, was 
chosen deputy-governor. 

6. At the first, the freemen all went to Boston to vote, 
every man for himself. The government then was a 
simple democracy. But the settlements were soon so 
spread, that some would have to go many miles. They 
then concluded to choose certain of their number, as is 
now done in our freeman’s meetings, to go to the seat 
of government and do their public business for them. 
This was changing the government to a representative 
democracy. The same change took place in most of 
the other colonies. 

7. Charles I., the son and successor of James I., was 
no less violent in his religious and political despotism; 
and emigrants continued to flock to New England. In 
the year 1635, not less than three thousand arrived, 
among whom, was the younger Henry Vane, afterwards 
much known m the history of England. 

8. The high manner of Vane, his»profound religious 
feeling, and his great knowledge, so wrought in his 
favor, that, disregarding his youth, the people rashly 
withdrew their suffrages from the good Winthrop, and 
chose him governor, the year after his arrival. 


CHAPTER VI. 

Rhode Island and its first Founder. 

1. Roger Williams, a puritan minister, had been 
driven from England by persecution. When he arrived 
in Massachusetts, he proclaimed, that the only business 
of the human legislator is with the actions of man as 
they affect his fellow-man; but as for the thoughts and 

C, What kind of government was first in use in the colonies 
genet illy ? To what kind was it changed ? — 7. Who succeed¬ 
ed J ames I., as king of England ? Was he less violent in per¬ 
secution? What can you say respecting emigration and emi¬ 
grants ? — 8. What can you say of Henry Vane ? 

Chapter VI. — Who was Roger Williams ? What new opin¬ 
ion;* did he proclaim ? 


P’T. 1. 

P’D III 
~a. n 


Govern¬ 

ment 

changes. 


1635. 

3000 emi 
grate to 
N.E. 


Vane 

governor. 

1636. 


Feb. 5, 

1631, 

Views o> 
tolera¬ 
tion. 




06 


JUST PRINCIPLES OF TOLERATION. 


F’T i. feelings of his mind, and the acts or omissions of hi& 
p 5J) jj, life, as respects religious worship, the only law-gi ver 
ou. vi. is God; and the only human tribunal, a man’s o wn 
conscience. 

2. The minds of the puritan fathers were troubled 
by these new and strange doctrines, which they be 
lieved would, unless checked, destroy all that the) 
had suffered so much to establish. Williams, the elo 
quent young divine, frank and affectionate, had, how 
ever, won the hearts of the people of Salem; and the) 
invited him to settle with them as their pastor. Th 

wmSs g enera l court forbade it. Williams withdrew to Ply 
Kttied at mouth, where he remained as pastor for two years;am 
SaUm. t j ien re t urne( i to Salem, where he was again gladly re 
ceived by the people. 

3. The court punished the town for this offence, by 
withholding a tract of land, to which they had a claim. 
Williams wrote to the churches, endeavoring to show 
the injustice of this proceeding; whereupon the court 

Salem or d erec ^ unt il ample apology was made for the 
disfran- letter, Salem should be disfranchised. Then all, even 
chised. ]d s w jf e? yielded to the clamor against him; but he 
declared to the court, before whom he was arraigned, 
that he was ready to be bound, or, if need were, to at- 
JJjjJjjy test his life, his devotion to his principles. The 
* court, however, pronounced against him the sentence 
of exile. 

4. Winter was approaching, and he obtained per¬ 
mission to remain till spring. The affections of his 
people revived, and throngs collected to hear the be- 

1636. loved voice, soon to cease from among them. The 
authorities became alarmed, and sent a pinnace to con 
vey him to England; but he had disappeared. 

5. Now a wanderer in the wilderness, he had not, 
upon many a stormy night, either u food, or fire, oi 
company,” nor better lodging than the hollow of a 
tree. At last, a few followers having joined him, he 

2. How did they affect the minds of the Puritan scttleisf 
Relate what happened respecting Williams ? — 3. What did the 

{ jeneral court after Salem had twice received Williams ? What 
etter did Williams write ? What was the consequence ? — 4. 
Was the sontence of Williams immediately oxecutod ? 5. Wha» 
hap]K;itrd now tn Williams ? 







PROVIDENCE PLANTATION. 


07 


fixed ai Seckonk, since Rehoboth, within the limits of r’T.i. 
the colony of Plymouth. Winslow was now governor p, D ni 
there; and he felt himself obliged to communicate to ch.vi. 
Williams, that his remaining would breed disturbance He g0 e» 
between the two colonies; and he added his advice to ^P the 
that privately conveyed to Williams, by a letter from gan«tu. 
Winthrop, u to steer his course to Narragansett Bay.” 

6. Williams now threw himself upon the mercy of 
C'anonicus. In a little time he so won upon him, that 
he extended his hospitality to him and his suffering 
company. He would not, he said, sell his land, but Receives 
he freely gave to Williams, whose neighborhood he * u . obl ® 
now coveted, and who was favored by his nephew g ‘ ft ' 
Miantonomoh, all the neck of land between the Paw¬ 
tucket and Moshasuck rivers, “ that his people might sit 
down in peace and enjoy it forever.” Thither they 

went; and, with pious thanksgiving, named the goodly 
place Providence. 

7. By means of this acquaintance with the Narra- 
gansetts, Williams learned that a conspiracy was form¬ 
ing to cut off the English, headed by Sassacus, the 
powerful chief of the Pequods. The Narragansetts 

had been strongly moved by the eloquence of Mono- Narni- 
notto, associate chief with Sassacus, to join in the gjj** 
plot. They wavered; but Williams, by making a pe- Englisiu 
rilous journey to their country, persuaded them rather 
to unite with the English, against their ancient enemies. 

8. Anxious to do good to his brethren, though they 
had persecuted him, Williams next wrote to Governor 
Winthrop; who, taking the alarm, invited Miantono¬ 
moh to visit him at Boston. The chieftain went, and 
there entered into a treaty of peace and alliance with 
the English; engaging to them the assistance of the 
Narragansetts against the Pequods.. .Williams founded, 
at Providence, the first Baptist Church in America. 

•>. What advice did he get, and from whom ? — 6. To whom 
Jid ho apply for shelter? Could he bay land of the sachem? 

Who favored him ? What noble gift did he receive ? —7. What 
did Williams learn and what do respecting the Narragansetts ?— 

S. What letter did he write ? What church did he found? 





FIRST HOUSE IN CONNECTICUT. 


6S 


CHAPTER VII. 

Connecticut and its Founders. 

f»t i 1. The Dutch and English both claimed to be the 
P’d~i7i original discoverers of Connecticut river; buttheformei 
ch. vii. had probably the juster claim. The natives along its 
The valley were kept in fear by the more warlike Pequods 
thediV- on east ? ant ^ the terrible Mohawks in the west; and 
eoverers hence they desired the presence of the English, as 
°River. E defenders. 

2. As early as 1631, Wahquimacut, one of their 
sachems, being pressed by the Pequods, went to Bos- 

An i»vi- ton, and afterwards to Plymouth, earnestly requesting 
IllSi ^ at an English colony might be sent to his pleasant 
* country. Governor Winthrop declined his proposal; 
but Edward Winslow, then governor of Plymouth, 
favored the project,and visited,and examined the valley. 

3. The Plymouth people had been, some time pre¬ 
vious, advised by the Dutch to settle on Connecticut 
river; and they now determined to pursue the enter¬ 
prise. They fixed on the site of Windsor, as the place 

Dutch Gi to erect a trading-house. But the Dutch changed their 
atHavt- m inds, and were now determined to take the country 
themselves. They, therefore, erected a small trading 
fort, called the house of Good Hope, on a point of land 
in Sukeag, since Hartford, at the junction of the Little 
river with the Connecticut. 

4. The materials for the Plymouth trading-house 
October, being put on board a vessel, Captain Holmes, who 
^ commanded, soon appeared, sailing up the river. When 
mouth opposite to the Dutch fort he was commanded to stop, 

or he would be fired upon; but he resolutely kept his 
•or. course; and the Windsor house, the first in Connecti¬ 
cut, was erected and fortified before winter. 


Chapter VII.—1. What can you say of the discovery oi 
Connecticut River ? What of the natives of its valley ? — 2. 
What request was made by one of the sachems ? How was it 
received? — 3. What did the Dutch advise, and what do? 
Where did the Plymouth people locate ?— How proceed in 
aspect to buildin# ? What can l>o said of the house they built 3 



FIRST SETTLERS OF CONNECTICUT. 

5. The Grand Council first patented Connecticut to 
the earl oi Warwick. That nobleman transferred his 
patent to Lord Say and Seal, and Lord Brooke, with 
others. John Winthrop, son of the worthy gover¬ 
nor of Massachusetts, having been sent to England on 
business for that colony, took an agency for tiie two 
Lords patentees, and was directed by them to build a 
fort at the mouth of the Connecticut river. 

6. The patent granted all that part of New England 
which extends “from Narragansett river one hundred 
ami twenty miles on a straight line, near the shore, to¬ 
wards the south-west, as the coast lies toward Virginia, 
ami within that breadth, from the Atlantic ocean to the 
South Sea.’ 5 * 7 These bounds show how little was known 
by the Grand Council of the geography of the country. 

7. Before Mr. Winthrop’s commission was known, 
Thomas Hooker and his church had determined to 
leave Newtown, since called Cambridge, and plant 
themselves upon Connecticut river, in accordance with 
the invitation given by the sachem. They obtained 
for that object, a reluctant permission from the general 
court of Massachusetts. 

8. Other parties around the Bay were also in mo¬ 
tion. In August, a few pioneers, from Dorchester se¬ 
lected a place at Windsor, near the Plymouth trading- 
house; and others, from Watertown, fixed on Pyquag, 
now Wethersfield. 

9. Having made such preparations as they were able, 
a party, intending to be in advance of Hooker, set out 
in October, with their families, amounting in all to 
sixty persons, men, women, and children. To pro¬ 
ceed rapidly across a trackless wilderness, through 
swamps and over mountains, was impossible; and when 
the tedious journey was accomplished, winter was at 
hand ; and it set in earlier than usual, and was uncom¬ 
monly severe. 

5 Whc gave the patent of Connecticut ? Who was the first 

patentee ? To whom did he transfer ? What agent did they ap¬ 

point ? What directions give ? — 6. What territory dia the 
patent include? — 7. Where were Thomas Hooker and hia 
church first settled ? W'here did they determine to go ? What 
right had they to go there ? —8. What other parties had similar 
designs ? — 9. Give an account of the party who went in ad¬ 
vance of lit*'’ er ? 


69 


P’T. I. 


P’D. Ill 

CH. Til. 

Patent n. 
Conn 

The 

younger 

Win- 

throp. 


1631. 

Extent o) 
the pa 
tent. 


1633, 

to 

1635. 

Hooker 
at New¬ 
town 


Windsoi 

and 

Weth¬ 

ersfield. 


Hard¬ 

ships 

wtdured 




MOBILITY OF SOUL. 


70 


P’T. I. 


P’D. Ill 

CH. VII. 

Retire 
to the 
Bay. 


Fort at 
Say- 
brook. 

Attack 

and 

repulse. 


Hooker 
in Eng¬ 
land. 


mss. 

Meets his 
a- 


10. After enduring such hardships as human nature 
shudders to contemplate, most of the party, to save 
life, got on board a vessel, and at length reached Mas* 
sachusetts. A few remained, who lived on malt and 
acorns. These resolute puritans were not, however, 
discouraged, but most of those, who left the settlement 
in the winter, returned in the spring with Hooke** and 
his company. 

11. Winthrop, in the meantime, commenced building 
the projected fort. A few days afterwards, a Dutch 
vessel, which was sent from New Netherlands, ap¬ 
peared off the harbor to take possession of its en¬ 
trance. The English having by this time mounted two 
pieces of cannon, prevented their landing. They pro¬ 
ceeded to complete the fort, which was named after 
the two Lords patentees, Say-Brook. 

12. The Pilgrims, in the exercise of their wonted 
virtues, now sold their claim to lands in Windsor, to 
the people of Dorchester; and the patentees were con¬ 
tent, that the Massachusetts settlement should proceed. 

13. Thomas Hooker is regarded as the principal 
founder of Connecticut. In him a natural “grandeur 
of mind” was cultivated by education, and chastened 
by religion and adversity. He was commanding and 
dignified in his ministerial office; yet, in private life he 
was generous, compassionate, and tender. So attract¬ 
ive was his pulpit eloquence, that in England he drew 
crowds, often from great distances, of noble, as well 
as plebeian hearers. 

14. His congregation in England esteemed his min¬ 
istry as so great a blessing, that, when persecution 
drove him from his native land, they desired still to be 
with him, although in these “ends of the earth.” A 
portion of his people had preceded him, and were al¬ 
ready settled at Newtown, since Cambridge. As he 
landed, they met him on the shore. With tears of 


!<). Were they discouraged? — 11. What happened at the 
mouth of Connecticut river ? — 12. What peaceable compromise 
was made among the various settlers ? — 13. Describe the prin¬ 
cipal founder of Connecticut. — 1-1. What showed the affection 
of his people in England ? Did the church come to America 
'ogother ? 





.WISDOM, UNION, AND LABOR. 


71 


affection he exclaimed, w Now I live ! if ye stand 
fast in the Lord!” 

15. Associated with Hooker, both in council and 
action, was John IIaynes, a gentleman of excellent 
endowments, of unaffected meekness, and possessed 
of a very considerable estate. So desirous were the 
people of Massachusetts to detain him, that they made 
him th^ir governor; but he would not separate himself 
from his friend and pastor. 

16. Warned by the calamities of the preceding au¬ 
tumn, Hooker would not delay, although his wife was 
so ill, as to be carried on a litter. The company de¬ 
parted from Newtown early in June, driving their 
flocks and herds. Many of them were accustomed to 
affluence ; but now, they all,—men, women and little 
children,—travelled on foot, through thickets, across 
streams and over mountains,—lodging at night upon the 
unsheltered ground. But they put their cheerful trust 
in God; and we doubt not the ancient forest was, night 
and morning, made vocal with His praise. 

17. At length they reached their destined location, 
which they named Hartford. The excellent Haynes 
was chosen chief magistrate; and the soil was pur¬ 
chased of the natives. The succeeding summer was 
one of the utmost exertion. Houses were to be built, 
lands cleared, food provided for the coming winter, 
roads made, the cunning and terrible savage to be 
guarded against, and, chiefly, a church and state to be 
organized. All was to be done,—and all was accom¬ 
plished, by wisdom, union, and labor. 

15. Give an account of John Haynes. —16. Describe the 
journey of Hooker and his people? — IT. Where was their 
location ? Who was made governor ? How did they get the right 
of soil ? What had they to do ? By what means aid they ar 
cotnplish their undertakings ? 


P’T. i. 


P'D. III. 
ch. vu. 


A good 
man 


June, 

1036 

The 
journey 
across 
the wil¬ 
derness 


(iood 

conduct 

and 

success 





72 


A RIUHTKOUS WAR 


CHAPTER VIII. 

The Pequod War. 

p>t i. 1. The Pequods were endeavoring to unite the In 
dian tribes in a plot to exterminate the English, espe- 
ch.'viii* cially those of the colony, named from its river, Con¬ 
necticut. They had sought, as we have seen, the 
alliance of their former enemies, the Narragansetts, 
but through the influence of Roger Williams, Mian- 
tonomoh, the war-chief of that nation, remained true to 
*<>3« the w hites, Uncas, the Mohegan sagamore, formerly 
requod, a vassal, and of the same family with Sassacus, was 
hostile. now hig inveterate foe. 

2. The Pequods murdered Captain John Oldham, 
near Block Island. They made other attacks, and car¬ 
ried away some prisoners. They cut ofT stragglers 
from Saybrook, and had become so bold as to assault 
the fort, and use impudent and threatening language. 
Every where *hev were, or seemed to be, lurking, with 

July, purposes of murder. The whole settlement, thus con 
^rthe 3 stantly excited, was in the feverish condition of intense 
•ettiers. and continual fear. The people neither ate, slept, or 
labored,—or even worshipped God in the sanctuary, 
without arms and ammunition at hand. 

3. A general court was called on the last of May, 
at Hartford. Thirty persons had already been killed, 
and the evidence was conclusive that the savages de- 
signed a general massacre. The court, therefore, 

The righteously declared war. 

dwiJJe 4. The quota of troops from the three towns now 
wur. settled, shows the rapid progress of the settlement. 
Hartford was to furnish ninety men, Windsor forty- 
two, and Wethersfield eighteen, making one hundred 
and fifty. John Mason was chosen captain. The 


Chapter VIII.—1 & 2. What causes had the Pequod Indi 
ans given to the Connecticut people, to declare war against them ? 
What was the condition of the people ? — 3. When and where 
did the general court meet ? What did they do ? — 4. What 
troops were to be raised, and how apportioned ? 




THE PEQUOD NATION ANNIHILATED. 


73 


troops embarked at Hartford; sailed down the river and 
along the coast to Narrangansett Bay. Miantonomoh 
furnished them two hundred warriors* Uncas sixty. 
There were actually embodied of the English, only 
seventy-seven, of whom twenty, commanded by Cap¬ 
tain Underhill, were from Massachusetts. Guided by 
a Pequod deserter, they reached Mystic, one of the 
two forts of Sassacus, at dawn of day. 

5. Their Indian allies showed signs of fear, *and 
Mason arranging them at a distance around the fort, 
advanced with his own little army. If they fell, there 
was no second force to defend their state, their wives 
and helpless children. As they approach, a dog barks, 
and an Indian sentinel cries out, “Owannox, Owan- 
nox!” the English, the English! They leap within 
the fort. The Indians fight desperately, and victory 
is doubtful. Mason then seizes and throws a flaming 
brand, shouting, u we must burn them.” The light 
materials of their wigwams were instantly in a blaze. 
Hemmed in as the Indians now were, escape was im¬ 
possible ; and six hundred,—all who were within the 
fort, of every sex and age, in one hour perished. 

6. The subjects of Sassacus now reproached him 
as the author of their misfortunes, and to escape de¬ 
struction, he, with his chief captains fled to the Mo¬ 
hawks; but he was afterwards slain by a revengeful 
subject. Three hundred of his warriors, having burn¬ 
ed his remaining fort, fled along the sea-coast. Ma¬ 
son, aided by fresh troops from Massachusetts, pursued 
the fugitive savages; traced them to a swamp in Fair- 
field, and there fought and defeated them. 

7. Nearly one thousand of the Pequods were de¬ 
stroyed ; many fled, and two hundred, beside women 
and children, remained as captives. Of these, some, 
we are grieved to relate, were sent to the West Indies 
and sold into slavery. The remainder were divided be¬ 
tween the Narragansetts and the Mohegans. The two 


P’T. I 


P’D. hi. 
CH. Till. 


Route o! 
troops 
under 
Mason. 


May 26, 
Fort at 
Mystic 
destroy 
cd. 


163T 

Pequod 
defeat a< 
Fairfield. 


The 

Pequod* 


1, Give a particular account of the armament—their number, 
- commander, and route What assistance was received ? 5. 
Describe 'Mason’s arrangements—his approach—and the fate 
of the Pequods within ttye fort?—O. Of those remaining ? — 
7 How man v were destroyed? Wh»t was done with the residue? 

4* 



74 


THE FOUNDERS OF NEW HAVEN 


P’T.l. 
P’D. III. 

CH. VIII. 


First 

thanks¬ 

giving 


1639. 

Civil 

govern¬ 

ment. 


Its ar¬ 
range¬ 
ments. 


1G3?. 

Found¬ 
ers of N. 
Haven. 


Arrival 
It Bo itoa 


Sachems, Uncas and Miantonomoh, between whom 
was mutual hatred, now engaged to live in peace. 
The lands of the Pequods were regarded as conquered 
territory, and the name of the tribe was declared ex¬ 
tinct. 

8. The prowess of the English had thus put the 
natives in fear, and a long peace ensued. All the 
churches in New England commemorated this deliver¬ 
ance, by keeping a day of common and devout thanks¬ 
giving. 

9. The Avar had fallen heavily upon the colony. 
Their farming and their finances Avere deranged; byt 
order and industry restored them. In 1639, they for¬ 
mally conjoined themselves, to be one state or com¬ 
monwealth, and adopted a constitution. This ordain¬ 
ed two annual general courts, at one of which, to be 
held in May, the whole body of freemen should choose 
a governor, deputy-governor, six magistrates, and other 
necessary officers. 

10. Theophilus Eaton and John Davenport, 
puritans of much distinction in England, were regard¬ 
ed as the founders of the colony of New Haven. 
These two friends collected their associates,-and ar¬ 
rived at Boston, July 26th, 1637. Massachusetts was 
desirous of securing such settlers, but they preferred 
a separate establishment; and seeking a commercial 
station, they explored the coast, fixed on Quinnipiac, 
and in 1638, they moored their vessels in its. harbor. 

11. The company had made some little preparation 
for the settlement the preceding summer, yet many 
sufferings were to be endured. The spring was un¬ 
commonly backward; their planted corn perished re¬ 
peatedly in the ground, and they dreaded the utter 
failure of the crop; but at length they were cheered 
by warm Aveather, and surprised by the rapid progress 
of vegetation. 

12. The first Sunday after they arrived they met 

7. With their lands ? What two sachems engaged to live in 
peace? —8. On what occasion was the first New England 
thanksgiving ? — 1). When did they adopt a constitution ? What 
can you say of the court held in May ? — lO. Who were the 
founders of New Haven ? Describe their first operations ? — II. 
What was the weather, and their prospects for a crop ? 



THE THEOLOGICAL DISTURBANCE. 

and worshipped under a large tree, when Mr. Daven¬ 
port preached to them concerning the temptations of 
the wilderness. Not long after, the free planters sub¬ 
scribed, what, in distinction from a church union, they 
termed a plantation-covenant. 

13. Under this covenant they continued until the 
next year, when they assembled in a large barn be¬ 
longing to Mr. Newman, formed themselves into a body 
politic, and established a form of government. The 
governor and magistrates were to hold annually a 
general court, to regulate the affairs of the colony. 
Eaton was chosen governor. They purchased their 
lands from the natives, and gave to the place the name 
of New Haven. 


CHAPTER IX. 

Intolerance of the times—E. Island—N. Hampshire—Delaware. 

1. Ar.NE Hutchinson, a resident of Boston, at this 
time advanced religious opinions, so entirely at vari¬ 
ance with those of the Puritan settlers, that a u great 
disturbance” arose in the Bay colony. Gov. Vane con¬ 
sidered that whether her opinions were true or false, 
she had a right to enjoy them herself, and explain 
them to others. Mr. Cotton, the minister of Boston, 
and the most celebrated of all the clergy of Massa¬ 
chusetts, was also, at first, inclined to defend Mrs. 
Hutchinson: but the ministers, generally, regarded her 
doctrines, not only as false, but, as dangerous to such 
a degree, that, if let alone, they would overthrow 
both church and state. 

2 In this extremity, a synod of ministers was as¬ 
sembled at Boston. Mr. Davenport had opportunely 

12. Where did they worshiponthe first Sunday ? Where enter 
into the plantation-covenant ? — 13. What political arrangements 
did they make the next year ? 

Chaftek IX.—1. What caused a disturbance in the colony ? 
What was Gov. Vane’s view of the case? What that of the 
elergy generally ? — 2. What assemblage was held at Boston ? 


75 


P’T. 1. 


P’D. II* 

CH IX 

April 18, 
1G38. 


1G3U« 

Govern 

ment. 


Mr. 

Eaton, 

governoi 


The the 
•ological 
disturb¬ 
ance. 




70 THE FIRST UNIVERSITY OF THE NEW W01tL£ 


P’T. i. arrived from London, and Mr. Hooker, desirous to 
p JD . m pare minds for political as well as religious union, re- 
ch. ix. crossed the wilderness from Hartford. Mrs. Ilutchin- 
Mrs. h. son’s opinions were unanimously condemned by the 
foimhed. S y no( j j an d herself, and the most determined of her 
adherents were banished. 

3. The unfortunate woman, excommunicated from 
the church, became an outcast from a society, \t hich 

1638, had but now followed and flattered her. She went 
‘J first to Rhode Island, to join the settlement, which her 
1 followers had there made. From thence, she removed 
m«. h. with her family to the state of New York, where she 
eS ed.° y ~ met death in its most appalling form; that of an In¬ 
dian midnight massacre. 

4. One of the earliest cares of the Puritan fathers, 
was to provide the means of instruction for their chil¬ 
dren. At the general court in September, 1630, the 

1630. sum of four hundred pounds was voted to commence 
M g ?nia e ' a college building, at Newtown, now called Cam- 
coiiege. bridge. In 1638, Mr. John Harvard, a pious divine 
1638- fr° m England, dying at Charlestown, left to the college 
Mr. Har. a bequest of nearly eight hundred pounds; and grati- 
tequest. tude perpetuated his name in that of the institution. 
All the several colonies cherished the infant seminary, 
by contributions; regarding it as a nursery, from which 
the church and state, were to be replenished with quali¬ 
fied leaders. 

5. Rhode Island. The most respectable of the 
banished followers of Mrs. Hutchinson went south, 

fSS?* b ea( led by William Coddington and John Clarke 
ers°of The latter had been persecuted as a baptist. By the 
Obtain' * n ^ lience of Roger Williams, they obtained from Mi 
r. i. antonomoh the noble gift of the island of Aquetneek, 
called Rhode Island, on account of its beauty and 
fertility. Here they established a government, on tho 
principles of political equality and religious to’eration 
Coddington was made chief magistrate. 

2. What was done in regard to Mrs. Hutchinson ? — 3. Wha 
became of her ? — 4. What was done in regard to the education 
of the young? Who was John Harvard ? For what is he re> 
membcred ?—5. Who gave away the island of Aquetneck ? 
To whom ? What name was given to it ? On what principles 
was government established 1 





MEW HAMPSHIRE-DELAWARE. 


77 


6. New Hampshire. Another portion of the a is- pjt. i. 
ciplcs of Mrs. Hutchinson, headed by her brother-in- ~ p ■ 
law, Mr. Wheel right, went north; and, in the valley ch! ix.‘ 
of the Piscataqua, founded Exeter. It was within a 

tract of country lying between that river and the Mer- Mr. 
rimac, which Wheelright claimed by virtue of a pur- 
chase made of the Indians. This claim interfered with Indian 
that conveyed by patent to Mason and Gorges, and P* 16111, 
was accordingly disputed. 

7. In the meantime, small, independent settlements, 
were made along the water courses, by emigrants from 
Massachusetts and the other colonies; but they.did not 
flourish, for they imprudently neglected the culture of 
their lands,—present necessities being scantily supplied Hamp. 
by fish and game. In 1641, these settlements, induced tlemcSti 
by a sense of their weakness, petitioned Massachusetts 

to receive them under its jurisdiction. The general 
court granted their request, and they were incorporated 
with that colony. 

8. Delaware. Gustavus Adolphus, the hero of 

his age, projected, in 1627, a colony of his subjects 1 ® 5 *7. 
from Sweden and Finland. About ten years after- *-nd f*m. 
wards they came over headed by Peter Minuets, and tie on ti» 
settled at Christina Creek, on the west side of the 16 ^g] 
Delaware, calling that river Swedeland-stream, and 
the country, New Sweden. 

9. Though this was the first effectual settlement, 
yet the Dutch had, in 1629, purchased of the natives 
a tract of land extending from Cape Henlopen to the 
mouth of the Delaware river. A small colony con-1629, 
ducted by De Vries, came from Holland, and settled Dutc’h 
near Lewistown. They perished by the savages ; 0 

but the Dutch continuing to claim the country, dis¬ 
sensions arose between them and the Swedish emi¬ 
grants. 


6. Who founded Exeter ? Where is it ? What claim had 
Mr. Wheelwright to the land ? Who disputed his claim?— 
7. What further may be said of New Hampshire at this 
early day ?—8. What eminent person projected a colony to 
America ? Where did the Swedes and Fins settle ?—9. Had 
there been a settlement of the Dutch near ? What became 
of the Dutch colony ? 




78 


FOUNDERS OF MARYLAND. 


CHAPTER X. 

Maryland—Virginia. 

P’T.r. 1. Maryland. In 1631, William Clayborne ob- 
p, D IIL ‘ tained from Charles I. a license to traffic, in those parts 
on.*, of America, for which there was not already a patent 
1631. granted- Clayborne planted a small colony, on Kent 
island, in Chesapeake bay. 

2. George Calvert, afterwards Lord Baltimore, 
^more’s** was °f Roman Catholic faith. To enjoy his religion 
patent, unmolested, he wished to emigrate to some vacant 
(•Maine tract in America. He explored the country, and then 
'caUed° returned to England. The Queen, Henrietta Maria? 
Estate 1 daughter to Henry IV. of France, gave to the territory 
of this which he had selected, the name of Maryland, and 
sulmted Lord Baltimore obtained it by a royal patent. 

Malle London in 1632, before his patent 

France!) passed to a legal form; but his son, Cecil Calvert, the 
second Lord Baltimore, by the influence of Sir Robert 
^ ec d, obtained the grant intended for his father. By 
this patent he held the country from the Potomac to 
the 40th degree of north latitude; and thus, by a 
mere act of the crown, what had long before been 
granted to Virginia, was now taken away; as what 
was now granted was subsequently given to Penn, to 
the extent of a degree. Hence very troublesome dis¬ 
putes arose. 

4. Lord Baltimore appointed as governor his brother, 
Calvert Leonard Calvert, who, with two hundred emigrants, 
Jjjjj,* sailed near the close of 1633, and arrived at the Poto- 
1633. mac early in 1634. Here they purchased of the na- 
Arrives tives, Yamaco, one of their settlements, to which was 
634. gi yen the name of St. Mary. Calvert secured by this 
pacific course, comfortable habitations, some improved 
lands, and the friendship of the natives. 

2. What was done by William Clayborne? — 2. Why did 
Lord Baltimore wish to leave England ? Who named his terri¬ 
tory after herself ? — 3. Did the first Lord Baltimore receive the 
u patent? What did his son obtain? What country did thi» 
patent include ? — 4. Who conducted the first colony to Mary 
land ? What judicious course did he pursue ? 





TROUBLES IN MARYLAND 

5. The country was pleasant, great religious free¬ 
dom existed, and a liberal charter had been granted. 
This allowed the proprietor, aided by the freemen, to 
pass laws, without reserving to the crown the right of 
rejecting them. Emigrants accordingly soon flocked 
to the province;, from the other colonies, and from 
England. 

6. Thus had the earliest settlers of this beautiful 
portion of our country established themselves, without 
the sufferings endured by the pioneers of former set¬ 
tlements. The proprietary government, generally so 
detrimental, proved here a nursing mother. Lord Bal¬ 
timore expended for the colonists, within a few years, 
forty thousand pounds; and they, u out of desire to 
return some testimony of gratitude,” voted in their 
assembly, u such a subsidy, as the low and poor estate 
of the colony could bear.” 

7. Lord Baltimore invited the puritans of Massa¬ 
chusetts to emigrate to Maryland, offering them u free 
liberty of religion.” They rejected this, as they did 
a similar proposition from Cromwell, to remove to the 
West Indies. 

8. The restless, intriguing Clayborne, called the 
e vil genius of Maryland, had been constantly on the 
alert to establish, by agents in England, a claim to the 
country, and thus to subvert the government of the 
good proprietary. In his traffic with the natives, he 
had learned their dispositions, and wrought them to 
jealousy. In England, the authority of the long Par¬ 
liament now superseded that of the king. Of this, 
Clayborne, and other disorderly subjects of Lord Bal¬ 
timore, took advantage. Thus the fair dawn of this 
rising settlement was early overcast. 

9. Virginia. In 1621, Sir Francis Wyatt arrived 
as governor, bringing from the company in England a 
more perfect constitution for the colony. It contained 


5. What inviting circumstances drew emigrants ?—6. What may 
be said of the proprietary government ? How much did Lord 
Baltimore expend for the colony ? Did they testify any gratitude ? 
7. What did Lord Baltimore offer the Puritans ? — 8. What was 
Cluvliprne called ? What were some of his plans to injur© the 
proprietor ? — 9. Who arrived in Virginia f What did he bring ? 


79 


P’T. I. 


P’D. Ill 

CU. X. 


Genera# 
ity and 
grati¬ 
tude. 


1643 

Lord B 
invites 
the puri¬ 
tans. 


1635 , 

to 

i64a 


1621 

Sir 

Francis 

Wyatt 




80 


VIRGINIA. 


p’T. r. some seeming concessions to the people, which not 
p , D m ‘ only gratified the settlers, but encouraged emigrants; 
ch. x. and a large number accordingly accompanied Governor 
Wyatt to the province. 

10. This year, eotton was first planted in Virginia, 
Cotton and u the plentiful coming up of the seeds,” was re- 
planted, girded by the planters with curiosity and interest. 

11. Opechancanough, the brother and successor of 
Powhatan, had determined to extirpate the whites, and 

a con- regain the country. For this purpose he formed a 
spirary. conS p; raC y massacre all the English; and during 
four years, he was, secretly, concerting his plan. To 
each tribe its station was allotted, and the part it was 
to act prescribed. 

12. On the 22d of March, 1622, at mid-day, they 
rushed upon the English, in all their settlements, and 
butchered men, women, and children, without pity or 
remorse. In one hour, nearly a fourth part of the 

1622- whole colony was cut off. The slaughter would have 
mltacre b een ur d verS£ d> if compassion, or a sense of duty, had 
* 300. not moved a converted Indian, to whom the secret 
was communicated, to reveal it to his master, on the 
night before the massacre. This was done in time to 
save Jamestown and the adjacent settlements. 

13. A bloody war ensued. The English, by their 
arms and discipline, were more than a match for the 
Indians; and they retaliated in such a manner as left 

whites ^ ie c °l° n i es f° r a l° n g time free from savage molesta- 
retaiiate. tion. They also received a considerable accession of 
territory, by appropriating those of the conquered na¬ 
tives. 

14. In 1624 the London company, which had set- 
i624.tled Virginia, was dissolved by King James, and its 
di'ssSvSd rights and privileges returned to the crown. Gover- 
tuid va. nors were sent over by Charles I. the successor of 
province James, who were oppressive; and the Virginians re¬ 
sisted their authority. Sir William Berkeley was sent 
over in 1641. The colonists were, under him, con- 

9. What effect had these concessions ? — 1<>. When was cot¬ 
ton first planted in Virginia ? — 11 & 12. Give an account of 
the Indian massacre ?— 13. What was done in retaliation ?- 
II. What became of the London company ? Under whom v^s 
Virginia then ? What can you way of tho royal governors ? 





MASSACHUSETTS GIVE3 OFFENSE. 


81 


firmed in their enjoyment of the elective franchise. i»t. i. 
Great harmony prevailed, notwithstanding the assern- ~ ,p ^ 
My took a high tone in respect to their political rights; ch! «. 
boldly declaring u that they expected no taxes or im¬ 
positions, except such as should be freely voted for 
heir own wants.” 


CHAPTER XI. 

Massachusetts threatened.—The Puritans in England—V ane. 

Union. 

1. The English court began to be jealous, that 
cheir colonies, especially that of the Bay, did not in¬ 
tend to be governed by the parent country. They The 
were truly informed by some, who returned dissatis- court di» 
fied from Massachusetts, that not only was their own pl ^ d 
religion established by law, but the use of the Eng- Mass, 
lish liturgy was prohibited. Various other charges 
were made against the province,—showing that it was 
casting off dependence upon the English crown, ana 
assuming sovereign powers to itself. 

2. Much displeased, the king determined that the 
colonies should be brought to submission, both in H>34 
church and state; and he made archbishop Laud, famed tolS 
for his persecuting spirit, chief of a council, which was > iouer »- 
appointed, with full powers to govern the colony in all 
cases whatever. 

3. The Grand Council of Plymouth, as it had its 
beginning and course, so also it had its end in little 
better than knavery. We have seen that its own mem¬ 
bers, Gorges and Mason, and others, had been 
its patentees. These persons now wishing to make 

1*. Under what governor did harmony prevail? What did 
the assembly declare ? „ . . . 

Chapter XI.— 1. Of what were the British government jea¬ 
lous ? What reports concerning Massachusetts were true ? — 2. 

What did the king determine ? Who was made chief of a coun¬ 
cil ? With what powers ? — 3. On what occasion was the Grand 
Council of Plymouth dissolved? 

5 







62 


ENGLAND LOSES GOOD CITIZENS. 


P'T. I. 
P’D. III. 

CH. XI. 

Mass, ar- 
raigued. 


Dec. 

1634 . 

Mass. 

charter 

annulled. 


3000 
come to 
N. Eng¬ 
land in 

1638 . 


164©. 

Charles 
engaged 
in civil 
war. 


good certain claims to territory in Massachusetts, gave 
up their patent to the crown; petitioning for redress 
against that colony, which they asserted had forfeited 
its charter, by exceeding its powers and territorial 
limits. 

4. Willing to humble their 44 unbridled spirits,” the 
court of king’s bench, issued a writ against the indi¬ 
viduals of the corporation of Massachusetts Bay, ac¬ 
cusing them with certain acts, by which they had for¬ 
feited their charter, and requiring them to show war¬ 
rant for their proceedings. At a subsequent term, the 
court pronounced sentence against them, and declared 
that their charter was forfeited. 

5 The rapid emigration to the colonies had attract¬ 
ed the attention of the council, and they had passed 
laws, prohibiting any person above the rank of a ser¬ 
vant from leaving the kingdom without express per¬ 
mission ; and vessels already freighted with emigrants 
had been detained. But these prohibitions were in 
vain; for persecution, conducted by the merciless 
Laud, grew more and more cruel; and in one year, 
three thousand persons left England for America. 

6. Oppression, and perhaps the successful escape 
and resistance of their brethren in America, had so 
wrought upon the public mind in England, that matters 
had now come to open opposition to the government. 
In Scotland, Charles had attempted to enforce the use 
of the English liturgy. Riots had followed, and the 
Solemn League and Covenant been made, by which 
the Scottish people bound themselves to oppose all 
similar attempts. Popular opinion became resistless. 
Laud’s party was ruined, and himself imprisoned; 
while the king was engaged in a bloody civil war with 
his revolted subjects. 

7. Puritanism now reigned in England, and its dis¬ 
ciples had no inducement to emigrate. Nay, somt 

3. What evil did some of their number do to Massachusetts 1 
4. What was done in the king’s court respecting the charter of 
Massachusetts ? — 5. What laws were made respecting emigra¬ 
tion ? What effect had they ? — 6. What was now the state of 
things in Great Britain ? — 7. How did the rule of Puritanism 
in England affect emigration to America? 




THE FIRST CONGRESS OF THE NEW WORLD. 


83 


returned, among whom was Governor Vane. The 
Long Parliament had begun to rule; and its leaders 
were desirous to honor, rather than humble New Eng¬ 
land. Cotton, Hooker, and Davenport, were invited 
to go to London to attend the celebrated assembly of 
divines at Westminster. They, however, saw no suf¬ 
ficient cause to leave their flocks in the wilderness. 
England was no longer their country; but that for 
which they had suffered, though recent, was already 
as dear to these noble patriots, as the infant to the 
mother. 

8. A Uxiori was now meditated. Both internal 
peace, and external safety were to be secured. An 
essential part of the compact made, was the solemn 
promise of the framers to yield obedience to the pow¬ 
ers thus created. 

9. Two commissioners having been appointed by 
each of the four colonies, Plymouth, Massachusetts, 
Connecticut and New Haven, they met at Boston, 
May, 1643, where they drew up and signed the Arti¬ 
cles of Confederation. Rhode Island was not per¬ 
mitted to be a member of the confederacy, unless it 
became an appendage to Plymouth. This, that colony 
very properly refused. 

10. The style adopted was that of the “United Colo¬ 
nies of New England.” Their little congress, the first 
of the New World, was to be composed of eight 
members, two from each colony. They were to as¬ 
semble yearly in the different colonies by rotation, 
Massachusetts having, in this respect a double privi¬ 
lege. 

11. Although this confederacy was nominally dis¬ 
continued after about forty years, yet its spirit remained. 
The colonies had learned to act together, and when 
common injuries and common dangers again required 


P’T. I. 

P’D. III. 
ca. ii. 


The long 
Parlia¬ 
ment. 


1613 


Safety 
and peace 
in Union. 


1643. 

Articles 
of con- 
fed erac) 
signed 
Boston 


Comm:* 
sioners 
to meet 
annually 


7. What honor was paid to three of the New England clergy? 
8. What objects were to be secured by Union ? —9. What four 
colonies sent commissioners to Boston ? What important work 
did they perform ? What hard condition was exacted of Rhode 
Island ? — lO. What was the style adopted? Where was the 
littlo Congress of Commissioners to meet ? — 11. How long did 
this confederacy last ? 





84 


THE GERM OF THE CONFEDERACY. 


p>T. i. united action, modes and precedents were at hand 
Hence we regard the Confederacy of the four New 
ch. England provinces, as the germ of the Federal Union. 

11 . Why is it regarded as the germ cf the Federal Union ? 

Compare the third Map with the second, and tell the principal 
changes which have taken place in the geography in the course 
of the third period of the First Part of the history ? What are 
the principal patents which have been given ? Compare the dif¬ 
ferent maps with the history, and tell when the name of Virginia 
was first given, and to what extent of country it has, at different 
times been applied ? 


EXERCISES ON THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

What is the event which marks the beginning of this 
period ? What is its date ? Point it out on the chronogra- 
pher. 

Massasoit visits the pilgrims in 1621, and enters into an 
alliance with them. Point out this date on the chronogra- 
pher. James I. issued a charter to a company styled the 
“ Grand Council of Plymouth,” in 1620. Point out the 
place of this date. John Endicot began the settlement of 
Salem in 1628. He was appointed Governor of Massachu 
setts Bay in 1629. Point out the places of these dates. 
Three thousand persons emigrated to New England in 1635. 
Point to the place of this date. 

Roger Williams founded Providence in 1636. Point out 
the place of this date. The Pequods were defeated and 
destroyed in 1637. New Haven was founded the same 
year. Show its place on the chronographer. The college 
at Cambridge was founded in 1630. It took the name of 
Harvard in 1638. Point to the place of these two dates. 
Lord Baltimore obtained a patent of Maryland in 1631 
Point out the place of this year. What event marks the 
termination of this period ? What is its date ? Point to its 
place on the chronographer. 

Let the teacher often repeat general questions, such as— 
What is the subject of this part? Into how many periods 
is *t divided ? What is the first and last date of your lesson 
to-day? In what century is it? How mu^b time occurs 
between the first and last date ? 











































i. H. Brightly 

































































PART II. 

FROM 1643 TO 176 3. 



Meeting of Winthrop and the Commissioner* 


PERIOD I. 

FROM 

THE CONFEDERACY OF j 16-43 | THE FOUR N E. COLONIES. * 

TO 

THE NEW CHARTER jl692.j OF MASSACHUSETTS. 

CHAPTER I. 

Virginia- -Second Indian Massacre—Bacon’s Rebellion. 

1. In 1644, the aged Opechancanough once more P >i n 
attempted to cut off the scattered white population. — - 
As soon as resistance was made, the Indians were ch. t. 
struck with panic, and fled. The Virginians pursued 
them vigorously, and killed three hundred. The chief second 
was taken prisoner. He was then inhumanly wound- 
ed, and kept as a public spectacle, until he was re- 
lieved by death. 

Chapter I.— 1. What attempt was made by an Indian chief? 

Which, in this case, suffered most, the Indians, or the Virgin¬ 
ians ? How many Indians were killed ? How was the chief 
treated ? 

87 



















88 


COMMERCE-OPPRESSION. 


r'T.ii. 
P’D. I. 

CH. i. 

1649. 

Charles 
I. be¬ 
headed, 


CrODTr 

well. 


1651- 

The 

naviga¬ 

tion 

acts.” 


1660. 

Charles 

II. 


Aristo- 
wats and 
plebe¬ 
ians. 


2 Charles I. was beheaded; and Cromwell directed 
the affairs of England. He perfected a system of op¬ 
pression, in respect to trade, by the celebrated “Navi¬ 
gation Acts.” By these, the colonies were not al¬ 
lowed to find a market for themselves, and sell their 
produce to the highest bidder; but were obliged to 
carry it direct to the mother country. The English 
merchants bought it at their own price; and thus they, 
and not the colonist, made the profit on the fruits of 
his industry. 

3. At the same time, these laws prohibited any but 
English vessels, from conveying merchandise to the 
colonies; thus compelling them to obtain their sup¬ 
plies of the English merchant; of course, at such 
prices, as he chose to fix upon his goods. Even free 
traffic among the colonists was prohibited. 

4. Charles II. was restored to his father’s throne in 
1660. Berkeley, after various changes, was exer¬ 
cising, in Virginia, the office of governor. But pros¬ 
pects grew dark. Notwithstanding the loyalty of Vir¬ 
ginia, to none of the colonies had the suppression of 
the English monarchy wrought more good; and on 
none, did the restoration operate more disastrously. 

5. The Virginians were divided into two classes. 
The first comprised the few persons who were highly 
educated, and possessed of extensive domains. The 
second, and more numerous class, was composed of 
servants and laborers; among whom were some, thai 
for crimes in England, had been sent to America. A 
blind admiration of English usages, was now shown, 
in the regulations made by Berkeley, and his aristo- 
cratical advisers. 


2. In what year was Charles I. beheaded ? Who then di¬ 
rected the affairs in England ? By what were the colonics op¬ 
pressed ? What were they not allowed to do ? What werp they 
obliged to do ? How did English merchants make the profit on 
the produce of the colonists? — 3. Of whom were the colonists 
obliged to purchase their supplies ? Who would fix the prices? 
Comd the different colonies trade freely with each other ? — 4: 
What happened in 1660? Who was governor of Virginia? 
What were the prospects of Virginia?—5. Describo the two 
classes into which the Virginians were divided ? What can you 
6ay of Berkeley and his auvieers? 






VIRGINIA GIVEN AWAY. 


6. The rights of the people were on all hands re¬ 
stricted. The affairs of the church were placed in the 
hands of vestries,—corporations who held, and often 
severely used, the right to tax the whole community. 
The assembly, composed of aristocrats, made them¬ 
selves permanent, and their salaries large. The right 
of suffrage was unrestrained, but the power of elect¬ 
ing the burgesses being taken away, the meetings of 
the freemen were of little avail, for their only remain¬ 
ing right, was that of petition. 

7. A shock was now given, by which even the aris¬ 
tocracy were aroused. Charles, with his wonted pro¬ 
fligacy, gave away Virginia for the space of thirty-one 
years. He had, immediately on his accession, granted 
to Sir William Berkeley, Lord Culpepper, and others, 
that portion of the colony lying between the Rappa¬ 
hannock and Potomac; and now, to the covetous Lord 
Culpepper, and to Lord Arlington, another needy fa¬ 
vorite, he gave the whole province. 

8. On the north, the Susquehannah Indians, driven 
by the Senecas, from the head of the Chesapeake, had 
come down, and having had provocation, were com¬ 
mitting depredations upon -the banks of the Potomac. 
John Washington, the great grandfather of the hero of 
the revolution, with a brother, Lawrence Washington, 
had emigrated from England, and was living in the 
county of Westmoreland. 

9. Six of the Indian chiefs came to John Washing¬ 
ton, to treat of peace, he being colonel. He wrong¬ 
fully put them to death. “They came in peace,” said 
Berkeley, “and I would have sent them in peace, 
though they had killed my father and mother.” Re¬ 
venge inflamed the minds of the savages, and the mid¬ 
night war-whoop often summoned to speedy death the 
defenseless families of the frontier. 


C>. How was it with the rights of the people ? How in church 
matters ? How with respect to the assembly ? The right of 
suffrage ? — 7. What did King Charles give away ? What por¬ 
tion had he granted before ? To whom ? To whom was the 
whole province now given ? —8. Who was John Washington ? 
What Indians were troublesome? — 9. What provocation had 
Colonel Washington given thorn ? What said Berkeley ? 


89 


P T. 1L 

P'D. J 
CB. I 

The 
people 
stripped 
of their 
rights. 


Charles 
gives 
away 
Virginia 
for 31 
years. 

167a 


1675 

John 

Wash 

ington. 


Kills sn 
Indian 
chiefs. 



90 


BACON AND HIS PARTF. 


f t. ii. 10. The people desired to organise for self defense, 
and in a peremptory manner, demanded for their leader, 
ch.'i. " Nathaniel Bacon, a popular young lawyer. Berkeley 
re ^ use( ^- New murders occurred; Bacon assumed com- 
The * mand, and with his followers, departed for the Indian 
maf/e war * Berkeley declared him and his adherents rebels. 
Bacon 11. Bacon returned successful from his expedition, 
leader. all( ^ was elected a member for Henrico county. Popu* 
lar liberty prevailed, and laws were passed, with which 
Popular Berkeley was highly displeased. Bacon, fearing treach- 
rrevaiis er T 7 withdrew to the country. The people rallied 
around him, and he returned to Jamestown, at the head 
of five hundred armed men. 

12. Berkeley met them, and baring his breast, ex¬ 
claimed, u a fair mark, shoot!” Bacon declared that 
he came only for a commission, their lives being in 

ferkeiey danger from the savages. The commission was issued, 
b^ou. and Bacon again departed for the Indian warfare. 
Berkeley, in the meantime, withdrew to the sea-shore, 
and there collected numbers of seamen and royalists 
He came up the river with a fleet, landed his army at 
Jamestown, and again proclaimed Bacon and his party, 
rebels and traitors. 

13. Bacon having quelled the Indians, only a small 
band of his followers remained in arms. With these 
he hastened to Jamestown, and Berkeley fled at his ap¬ 
proach. In order that its few dwellings should no 
more shelter their oppressors, the inhabitants set them 

James- on fire. Then leaving that endeared and now deso- 
iurnt by lated spot, they pursued the royalists to the Rappa- 
B * c r ° t n ’ 8 hannock,where the Virginians, hitherto of Berkeley’s 
!dr> ' party, deserted, and joined Bacon’s standard. His 
enemies were at his mercy; but his exposure to the 
^ i night air had induced disease, and he died. 

Bacon 14. The party, without a leader, broke into frag- 
die »' ments. As the principal adherents of Bacon, hunted 
and made prisoners, were one by one, brought before 

lO. What leader did the people choose ? Give some acconnl 
of the first steps in the contention between the people’s leader 
and the governpr ? — 11. Proceed with the account ? — 12. Con 
tinue the relation? 13. Relate the remaining events, till the 
time of Bacon’s death ? — 14. What then happened to his party 
and principal followers 1 



GRAND COUNCIL AT ALBANY. 

Berkeley, he adjudged them, with insulting taunts, to 
instant death. Thus perished twenty of the best citi- 
zeus of Virginia. “The old fool,” said Charles II., 
who sent him orders to desist, “ has shed more blood 
than I did, for the murder of my father.” 

15. “Bacon’s rebellion” was extremely injurious to 
the affairs of the colony in England. A new charter, 
which was sent over, was not favorable to the Virgin¬ 
ians. Lord Culpepper was made governor for life. 
He cared not what he made the people suffer, provided 
he could gain money for himself. Lord Howard, the 
next governor, was of the same stamp. 

16. It was at this period, that the Five Nations be¬ 
came very powerful. They had overcome all the sur¬ 
rounding Indians, and menaced the whites. This pro¬ 
duced a grand council at Albany, in which Lord 
Howard, and Colonel Dongan, the governor of New 
Y ork, together with delegates from the northern prov¬ 
inces, met the sachems of the Five Nations. The 
negociations were friendly; and, in the figurative lan¬ 
guage of the Indians, “a great tree of peace was 
planted.” 

17. Maryland. Clayborne, in 1645, returned to 
Maryland, raised an insurrection, and compelled Gov¬ 
ernor Calvert to fly to Virginia for safety. The rebel¬ 
lion was, however, quelled. The next year, Calvert 
returned, and quiet was restored. 

18. The reign of Puritanism in England .was disas¬ 
trous to Maryland. Calvert, the governor appointed 
by the proprietor, was obliged to surrender the govern¬ 
ment ; and the Catholics, after having settled the coun¬ 
try, were shamefully persecuted in it, by the English 
authorities. Clayborne took advantage of this, and 
with one Josias Fendall, made a famous “ disturbance,” 
of which little is now known, except that it involved 
the province in much expense. 

19. Lord Baltimore was restored to his rights, by 


1«'». How did Bacon’s rebellion affect the colony in England ? 
What governors were sent over ? — 16. What Indians became 
powerful ? What council was held ?— 17. Who made trouble 
in Maryland ? 18. What did he take advantage of ? Who was 
with him ? What i3 known of “ Kendall's distorl-nnee ?” 


91 


P’T. II. 

p’dTT 

cu. i. 


161% 

Lord 

Culpep¬ 

per. 


16S& 

Lord 

Howard 


Peace 
with the 
Fire 
Nation#. 


isi.y 

Insurrec¬ 
tion in 
Mary¬ 
land. 


1652. 

Catholic# 
persecu¬ 
ted in 
their 
own pro 
vince. 




92 


P’T. LI. 


P’D. I. 

£11. II. 

I6T5. 

Death of 
Lord 
Balti¬ 
more. 


1688. 

William 

and 

Mary. 


1614. 

Dutch 
emi¬ 
grants 
found 
N. York. 


1615, 

Fort 
Orange, 
i. e. 
Albany 
founded, 


THE DUTCH SETTLEMENTS. 

Charles II., but he died soon after. His son and suc¬ 
cessor, soon found himself in trouble ; for the English 
would not allow the Catholics of Maryland to enjoy 
any political rights. At the same time the people in 
the province, wished for a greater share in the govern¬ 
ment, than the proprietor would grant. 

20. James II., who succeeded Charles, was a Ca¬ 
tholic, and he was a tyrant. He declared that there 
should be no charter governments, but that he should 
rule, according to his own sovereign will. His op¬ 
pressions were such, that his people in England, and 
even his own family, joined against him. They placed 
upon the throne, his daughter Mary, with her husband, 
William, one of the ablest statesmen of Europe 


CHAPTER II. 

New York settled by the Dutch—Taken by the English. 

1. We here, commence with the early colonization 
of a state which ranks first in the Union, in respect to 
wealth and population. In 1614, a company of mer¬ 
chants in Holland, fitted out a squadron of several 
ships, and sent them to trade to the country which 
Hudson had discovered. A rude fort was constructed 
on Manhattan Island. One of the captains, Adrian 
Blok, sailed through the East river, and ascertained 
the position of Long Island. He probably discovered 
Connecticut river. 

2. The next year the adventurers sailed up the Hud¬ 
son, and on a little island, just below the present po¬ 
sition of Albany, they built a small fort, naming it Fort 
Orange. Afterwards they changed their location, and 
fixed where Albany now stands. 


19. Who restored Lord Baltimore ? What gave trouble to 
his son? — 20. Who succeeded King Charles the II. ? What 
did he declare ? How did the English people bear his tyranny f 
Chapter II.—1. In what respects is New York the first state 
in the Union ? Did the Dutch first go there as traders, or as 
settlers ? By whom were they sent? What fort did they first 
build ? What diseovorice make ? —2. What wus their second 
fort ? 





NEW NETHERLANDS. 


93 


3. Holland was distressed by internal troubles; and rT. n. 
families wishing to settle in the new world, were now~~ p l ‘ 
Bent over. Cottages clustered around Manhattan fort, cn. n. 
which was now called New Amsterdam, and the coun- 
try, New Netherlands. Peter Minuets was made its to 
first governor. 1621 

In 1627, an envoy was sent from New Netherlands 
to New Plymouth; friendly civilities were inter- Treaty 
changed; and a treaty of peace and commeice was KiJriM 
made with the Pilgrims. 


4. A new company was made in Holland, styled “ the 
College of Nineteen.” They decreed, that, whoever 
should conduct fifty families to New Netherlands, the 
name now given by the Dutch to the whole country 
between Cape Cod and Cape May, should become the 
patroon, or lord of the manor; with absolute property 
in the lands he should colonize, to the extent of eight 
miles on each side of the river on which he should 
settle. 

5. De Vries conducted from Holland, a colony which 
settled Lewistown, near the Delaware; a small fort 
called Nassau, having been previously erected by the 
Dutch. 

In consequence of disagreements among the com¬ 
pany in Holland, Peter Minuets returned, having been 
superseded by Walter Van Twiller. Minuets became 
the leader of a colony of Swedes. 

6. Governor Keift, who had succeeded Van Twiller, 
had an inconsiderable quarrel with the Manhattan In¬ 
dians. Yet, when the Mohawks came down upon 
them, they collected in groups, and begged him to 
shelter and assist them. The barbarous Keift sent his 
troops; and at night murdered them all, men. women, 
and helpless babes, to the number of a hundred. 

7. Indian vengeance awoke. No English family 
within reach of the Algonquins was safe. The Dutch 


1029 . 

College 
of Nine¬ 
teen die 
pose of 
lands. 


1631. 

The 

Dutch on 
the Dela¬ 
ware. 


1613 

Keift’s 
barbarity 
to the 
natives. 


3. Why were families now willing to leave Holland ? Where 
did they settle ? What name give to the fort ? To the country ? 
Who was the first governor ? Where did they send an envoy ? 
'Sr. What new company was formed in Holland ? What did 
they decree? — 5. What colony was led by DeVries? What 
account can you give of Peter Minuets ? Who was the next 
governor? — O. Who the next ? How did he treat the Indians ? 





94 EARLY MOVEMENTS IN DELAWARE. 

P'T. ii. villages were in flames around, and the people fleeing 
7mT to Holland. In New England, all was jeopardy and 
ch. u. alarm. The Dutch troops defended themselves, having 
Veu _ placed at their head, Captain Underhill, who had beep 
geance of expelled from Massachusetts. At this time, it is sup 
Indian*, posed, occurred a bloody battle at Strickland’s plain, 
in Greenwich, Connecticut. The Mohawks were 
1G45. friendly to the Dutch, and, at length, peace w'as made 
Peace, by their interference. 

8. Keift, execrated by all the colonies, was remand- 
1648. ed to Holland; and, on his return, perished by ship¬ 
ment. 0 ** wreck on the coast of Wales. Stuyvesant, who suc¬ 
ceeded to his office, went to Hartford; and there entered 

stuyv^" negotiations, by which the Dutch claims to Con¬ 
sul necticut were relinquished. 

9. The Dutch had built Fort Casimir on the site of 
New Castle, in Delaware. The Sw’edes conceiving 

1664- this to be an encroachment on their territory, Rising, 
Swedes their governor, by an unworthy stratagem, made him* 
edby the self its master. In 1655, Stuyvesant, acting by orders 
Dutch. rece i ve( ] f rom Holland, embarked at New Amsterdam, 
with six hundred men, and sailing up the Delaware, 
he subjugated the Swedes. New Sweden was heard 
of no more ; but the settlers wero secured in their 
rights of private property, and their descendants are 
among the best of our citizens. 

10. Many emigrants now came to New Netherlands, 
from among the oppressed, the discontented, and the 
enterprising of other colonies, and of European na- 
tions. At length the inhabitants sought a share of 

people political power. They assembled, and by their dele- 
civ? gates, demanded that no laws, should be passed, except 
right* with the consent of the people. Stuyvesant treated 
the request rudely, and dissolved the assembly. 

11. But popular liberty, though checked here, pre¬ 
vailed in the adjoining provinces; and they conse- 

T. What was the consequence of his cruelty ? What occurred 
in Connecticut ? —8. What happened to Keift ? Who was his 
successor ? What did he do ? — t). Give an account of the con¬ 
test between the Swedes and Dutch?—lO. By what persons 
were their numbers in New Netherlands increased ? What did 
the people now seek ? How did the governor treat them ? — 11. 
Which prospered most, the places where the people’* rights 
were respected, or those where they were not ? 



NEW AMSTERDAM BECOMES NEW YORK. l J5 

quently grew more rapidly, and crowded upon the p»t. n. 
Dutch. The Indians made war upon some of their 
villages, especially Esopus, now Kingston; and New ch. m. 
Netherlands could not obtain aid from Holland. The N ew 
States General had given the whole concern into the JN I ^ r ' 
hands of 44 the Nineteen,” and they refused to make troubled 
needful advances. 

12. Charles II. had granted to his brother James, 
then Duke of York and Albany, the territory from the 
banks of the Connecticut to those of the Delaware. 

Sir Robert Nichols, was dispatched with a fleet to take N Am 
possession. He sailed to New Amsterdam, and sud- aterdam 
denly demanded of the astonished Stuyvesant, to give 
up the place. He would have defended his post if he the En g 
could. But the body of the people, preferred the Eng- septl’a, 
lish rule to that of the Dutch; the privileges of English- lf>6 i 
men having been promised them. Nichols, therefore, 
entered, took possession in the name of his master, 
and called the place New York. 

13. A part of the English fleet, under Sir George 
Carteret, sailed up the Hudson to Fort Orange, which 
surrendered and was named Albany. The Dutch fort 

on the Delaware was also taken by the English. The fort* a_ 
rights of property were respected, and a treaty was 8u e r r r «S. d 
made with the Five Nations. The whole line of coast, 
from Acadia to Florida, was now in possession of the 
English. 


CHAPTER III. 

Pennsylvania and its Founder. 

I. William Penn, the great and good man, to 
whom Pennsylvania owes its origin, was the son of 

II. What troubles were made by the Indians ? — 12. What 
territory was granted ? To whom ? Whom did he send to take 
the country ? What were the circumstances of the surrender ? 
13. What other places were taken by the English ? 

Chapter III.—1. What kind of person was William Penn I 
Of which of the states is he the founder ? 



% 


penn’s arrival. 


P’t. ii. Vice Admiral, Sir William Penn ; and was born in 
P , Dt L London, in 1644. To provide a place for his per- 
ch. in. secuted brethren, of the denomination of Friends, 
1644 . or Quakers, was the leading object in his mind, when 
William he planned a new emigration to America. 

£th“&c. 2. His father had left claims to the amount of six¬ 

teen thousand pounds against the crown; and Penn, 
finding that there was a tract yet ungranted, north of 
16 S 1 ^ord Baltimore’s patent, solicited and obtained of 
March 4 , Charles II., a charter of the country. It was bounded 
of Penn- east by the Delaware, extending westward through 
cjirania. five degrees of longitude, and stretching from twelve 
miles north of New Castle, to the 43d degree of lati¬ 
tude. It was limited on the south by a circle of twelve 
miles, drawn around New Castle, to the beginning of 
the fortieth degree of north latitude. The king gave 
to the country the name of Pennsylvania. 

3. Soon after the date of this grant, two other con- 
°Ddi-* veyances were made to Penn, by the Duke of. York; 
ware, one of which embraced the present state of Delaware, 

and was called the Territories.” The other was a 
release from the Duke, of any claims to Pennsylvania. 

4. He prepared a liberal constitution of civil gov- 
Ocpt. 9 , ernment, for those who should become his colonists. 
1682 . Having sent out three ships, loaded with emigrants, 
Pe from I. l1 * an( l consigned to the care of his nephew, Colonel 
England. Markham, he left Chester on board the Welcome, and 

with one hundred settlers, sailed for his province, his 
benevolent heart full of hope and courage. 

5. He landed at New Castle, and was joyfully re- 
Arnv«s ceived by the Swedes and Dutch, now amounting to 
Cast*" two or t ^ lree thousand. The next day, at their court- 
Oct.&L house, he received from the agent of the Duke of 

York, the surrender of the u Territories.” He then, 


I. Give an account of his birth and parentage ? What was 
his motive in planning a new colony ? — 2. Of whom did Penn 
obtain a grant ? Wnat claim had ne against the crown ? What 
was the extent of Penn’s first patent ? — 3. What other convey¬ 
ances were made to him ? — 4. How did Penn propose to treat 
his settlers in respect to government ? Whom did he send from 

England before he sailed? From what place did he sai J f I:>, 
what vessel ? With how many ? — 5. What were the cu 
etances of his first arrival ? 




ENERGY AND BENEVODENCE. 

with blended dignity and affection, assured the delight¬ 
ed throngs, that their rights should be respected, and 
their happiness regarded. 

6. In honor of his friend, the Duke, he next visited 
New York; but immediately returning, he went to 
Upland, which he named Chester. Here a part of the 
pioneers, with Markham, had begun a settlement; and 
here Penn called the first assembly. It consisted of an 
equal number from the province and the u Territories.” 
By its first act, all the inhabitants, of whatever extrac¬ 
tion, were naturalized. 

7. Penn was the first legislator, whose criminal code 
admitted the humane principle, that the object of pun¬ 
ishment is not merely to prevent crime, but to reform 
the offender. Hence, his code seldom punished with 
death. The assembly sat three days, and passed fiftv- 
nine laws ; an evidence, that the time which belonged 
to the public, was not here consumed, either in per¬ 
sonal abuse, or pompous declamation. 

8. Penn next paid a visit of friendship and business 
to Lord Baltimore, at West River. Though they dif¬ 
fered on the question of boundaries, yet friendly feel¬ 
ing pervaded the interview. 

9. Penn had given to Colonel Markham, who pre¬ 
ceded him, directions, that the natives should be treated 
kindly, and fairly; and accordingly no land had been 
entered upon, but by their consent. They had also 
been notified that Penn, to whom they gave the name 
of Onas, was to meet, and establish with them, a treaty 
of perpetual peace. On the morning of the appointed 
day, under a huge elm at Shackamaxon, now a suburb 
of Philadelphia, the Indian chiefs gathered from every 
direction, to see Penn, and to hear his tvords; which 
they regarded as those of an angel. 

1C Penn gave them instructions, and solemnly ap¬ 
pealed to the Almighty, that* it was the ardent desire 

G What place did he next visit ? Where go on his return ? 
VVhat was done in Chester ? — 7. What principle in legislation 
was Penn the first to teach ? What can you say of the labours 
done bv the assembly? Of what was this an evidence? — 
Whom did Penn visit ? 9. How did he direct that the natives 
shoal d he treated ? Qf what had they been notified ? Give an 
account uf the meeting ? 


97 


r’T.Ji 


P’D. I. 

CH. III. 

IV ames 
Chester, 

168? 


Dec. 4, 
The firs 
asseinbh 
at 

Chester 


Pass m 
three 
days SO 
laws. 


Pena 

visits 

Lord 

Balti¬ 

more. 


Penn 
meets tlr 
Indian 
Chiefs. 





BROTHERLY LOVE. 


U8 

p ’ T - iL of Jiis heart to do them good. 44 He would not call 
p>d.i. them brothers or children, but they should be to him 
CH * In * and his, as half of the same body.” The chiefs then 
1682 . g ave pledge for themselves, and for their tribes, 

Makes a uto H ye l° ve with him and his children, as long as 

,reat y the sun and moon should endure.” The treaty was 
peace * then executed, the chiefs putting down the emblems of 
their several tribes. The purchases of Markham were 
confirmed, and others made. 

11. After this, Penn went to a villa, which his 
nephew had built for his residence, opposite the site 

Penn of Burlington, and called Pennsbury. Here he gave 
,& and Ut directions for laying out towns and counties; and in 
names conjunction with the surveyor, Holme, drew the plan 
P phia. el °f his capital; and in the spirit of 44 brotherly love,” 
named it Philadelphia. 

12. Vessels came fast with new settlers, until twenty- 
two, bearing two thousand persons, had arrived. Some 
came so late in the fall, that they could not be pro¬ 
vided with house-room in the rude dwellings of the 
new city: and 44 the caves” were dug in the banks of 

Jhrongs the river to receive them. Providence fed them by 
Vrs! flocks of pigeons, and the fish of the rivers^; and the 
Indians, regarding them as the children of Onas, hunted 
to bring them game. The season was unusually mild. 

13. Penn had left beyond the ocean his beloved 
family. Letters from England spoke of the sufferings 
of his quaker brethren, and he believed that he might 

1684 exerc ^ se an influence there, to check persecution. He 
pennem- embarked on the fourth of August; and wrote on board 
^ ie an affectionate adieu to his province, which 
he sent on shore before he sailed. He said, 44 And 
thou, Philadelphia, virgin of the province! my soul 
prays for thee; that, faithful to the God of thy mer¬ 
cies, in the life of righteousness, thou mayest be pre¬ 
served unto the end!” 

SO. What did Penn say to the chiefs? How did the chiefs 
respond? Was a treaty made? — 11 . What did Penn after 
this ? — 12. What can you say of the new settlers ? — 13. Why 
did Penn return ? When did he embark ? What send on shore ? 





PENN ACTIVE IN NEW JERSEY AFFAIRS 


99 


CHAPTER IV. 

Now Jersey—its settlement, and various claimants. 

1. Previous to the surrender of the Dutch, the 
Duke of York made a grant, of that part of his patent 
lying between the Hudson and Delaware, to Lord 
Berkeley and Sir George Carteret. This tract was 
called New Jersey, in compliment to Sir George, who 
had been governor of the isle of Jersey. 

2. In 1664, before the grant to Berkeley and Carte¬ 
ret was known, three persons from Long Island pur¬ 
chased of the natives a tract of the country, which 
was called Elizabethtown, where a settlement was 
commenced. Other towns were soon settled by emi¬ 
grants from the colonies, and from Europe. Thus, 
opposite claims were created, which caused much dis¬ 
cord between the proprietors and inhabitants. In 1605, 
Berkeley and Carteret formed a constitution for the 
colony, and appointed Philip Carteret governor. He 
made Elizabethtown the seat of government. 

3. Berkeley and Carteret, at first, held the province 
as joint property, but the former, becoming weary 
with the care of an estate, which yielded him neither 
honor nor profit, sold his share to Edward Billinge. 
That gentleman, on being involved in debt, found it 
necessary to assign his property for the benefit of his 
creditors; and William Penn was one of his assignees. 

4. New Jersey was now jointly held by Sir George 
Carteret, and Penn, as agent for the assignees of Bil¬ 
linge. But Penn, perceiving the inconvenience of hold¬ 
ing joint property, it was mutually agreed to separate 
the country into East and West Jersey; Carteret re¬ 
ceiving the sole proprietorship of East Jersey, and 
Penn and his associates, that of West Jersey. 

I. What grant was made? By whom? To whom? What 
was the country called? — 2. Who had made a previous settle¬ 
ment? From whence were other towns soon settled ? . Did they 
ali agree? What was done in 1665? — 3. Which of the two 
proprietors sold his share ? To whom ? How came William 
Form to have a haml in Je^py affairs? — 4. How was New 
Jersey now field ? How and why was it divided ? 

LOFC. 


p’T. n. 

r’i>. i. 

CH. IV. 

1664. 


Eliza¬ 
bethtown 
previous* 
ly settled 


1669. 

Lord 
Berkeley 
sells hi* 
right. 


Pena 
eauses 
New 
Jersey tc 
be di¬ 
vided. 



100 NEW JERSEY SETTLEMENTS PROSPER. 

P 5 T. ii. 5. Penn divided West Jersey into one hundred 
~^, D j shares, which were separately disposed of, and then, 
oh. iv.' in that spirit of righteousness, whereby he won the 
confidence of all, he drew up the articles called u the 
The concessions.” By these, the proprietors ceded to the 
Sconces- planters, the privileges of free civil government; ex- 
■ 10 ns.” p ress iy declaring u we put the power in the people.” 
Religion was left free, and imprisonment for debt pro¬ 
hibited. In two years eight hundred new settlers came 
over, mostly quakers; persons of excellent character, 
and good condition. 

I6S3 6* In 1682, East Jersey, the property A Carteret, 
&4 qua-* being exposed to sale, Penn purchased it for twelve 
ke ^ s b t uy quakers. In 1683, these proprietors doubled theii 
Jersey, number, and obtained a new patent from the Duke of 
York. 

7. East Jersey was now free from religious intoler¬ 
ance. This was the era of those civil wars of Great 
Britain, in which the English royal officers, hunted 
the Cameronian Scots, like wild beasts. Hundreds of 
the sufferers now came to East Jersey, and there, 
bringing their industrious and frugal habits, they were 
blessed with security, abundance, and content. 

* 167S. 8. Sir Edmund Andros, when governor of New 

Andros York, under pretence of the claims of the Duke of 
Jerseys York, usurped the government both in East and West 
Jersey, and laid a tax upon all goods imported, and 
upon the property of all who came to settle in the 
country. 

9. Penn received complaints of these abuses, and 
with such strength of argument opposed the claims ol 

there the duke, that the commissioners, to whom the case 
al ‘ 0, was referred, adjudged the duties to be illegal and op¬ 
pressive. In consequence of which, in 1680 they 
were removed, and the proprietors reinstated in the 
government. 

10. Edward Billinge was appointed by the proprie- 

5. How did Penn proceed in regard to West Jersey ? — 6. Ho\ 
did Penn come to have any thing to do with East Jersey ? Hot 
< did East Jersey proprietors now proceed? — 7. What was tha 

stat* of this colony ? Who came to it ? —8. What did Sir Ed 
mund Andros ? —9. What did William Penn?—10. Whoir 
did the proprietors appoint 1 








THE DOWNFAL OF A CHIEF. 


101 


lors, governor, anil in the next year, 1681, be sum- p’t.ii. 
flioned the first general assembly held m West Jersey, yy-y- 
In 1682, the people, by the advice of Penn, amended ch.'v!' 
their government. Contrary to the wishes of the pro- 
prietors, the next year they proceeded to elect their Fi^t 

OWn governor. general 

assembly 


CHAPTER V. 

Miantonomoh—Rhode Island and Connecticut obtain Charters— 

Elliot, the Apostle of the Indians. 

1. During the reign of Puritanism in England, the 
New England colonies enjoyed a happy season of 
liberty and peace. This was occasionally interrupted, 
by fears of the savages, who sometimes manifested 
their warlike propensities. Sometimes they attacked 
and destroyed each other. 

2. Miantonomoh sought the life of Uncas, because 
he was aware that he could not make him unite in a 
conspiracy, which lie was exciting against the whites. 1643 
A Pequod whom he hired, wounded the Mohegan 
chief, and then fled to him for protection. He refused 

o surrender the assassin to the demand of the court iLc**. 
at Hartford, but dispatched him with his own hand. 

3. Miantonomoh drew out his warriors openly 
against Uncas, in violation of a treaty, to which the 
authorites of Connecticut were a party. Uncas met b ,• iosw 
and vanquished him by a stratagem, and took him h ' 0/Tl ' , 
prisoner; but he resigned him to the court. They 
deliberated, and then returned the noble savage to his 
captor. Uncas killed him,—without torture, but with 
circumstances of cannibal barbarity. 

10. What did Billinge in 1681 ? What did the people the next 
yea: ? The next after this ? 

Chatter V—I. How did the reign of Puritanism in England 
affect New England ? — 2. Give an account of the beginning oi 
the war between Miantonomoh and Uncos?—3. Of the close 
of d*c eontcflt ? 




102 


CHARTERS 


P>T. II. 
P’D. I. 

CH. V. 

166 1 . 

II. Island 
first in 
religious 
dom. 


1662 . 

Conn, 
obtains a 
charter. 


VTin- 
throp 
and the 
ring. 


1«©5. 

New 

Haven 

united 

with 

Conn. 


4. Roger Williams was now the Father of Rhode 
Island, as he had formerly been the Founder. He 
twice crossed the ocean, and at length succeeded in 
obtaining a charter, including the islands, and confirm¬ 
ing the limits of the state, as they now exist. Rhode 
Island, if not great in territory, is rich, in the fame of 
having been the first to set the example, since follow¬ 
ed by the nation at large, of entire “ soul-liberty” in 
matters of religion. 

5. When Charles II. was restored, his power was 
acknowledged in New England; but the colonies had 
melancholy forebodings. Yet the authorities of Con¬ 
necticut, by the eminent Winthrop, even at this diffi¬ 
cult period, successfully applied to the court of England 
for a charter. They plead, that they had obtained 
their lands, by purchase, from the natives, and by 
conquest from the Pequods, who made on them a war 
of extermination; and they had mingled their labor 
with the soil. 

6. Winthrop appeared before the king with such a 
gentle dignity of carriage, and such appropriate con¬ 
versation, as won the royal favor. It is said he brought 
to the mind of Charles some interesting recollections, 
by the present of a ring, which had been given to his 
grandfather as a pledge, by an ancestor of the monarch. 

7. The king granted a liberal charter, which included 
New Haven. That province, however, had not been 
consulted, and justly felt aggrieved; as a relinquish¬ 
ment of its separate existence was thereby required. 
But at length, the great expediency of the measure 
becoming fully apparent, the union of New Haven 
with Connecticut was completed. Winthrop was 
chosen governor. He received seventeen annual elec¬ 
tions. 

8. Colonel Nichols, who was sent over to command 
the expedition against New Netherlands, was one of 

4. What charter was obtained for Rhode Island ? For what 
is Rhode Island distinguished? — 5. By whom did the people 
of Connecticut apply for a charter ? Wliat reasons did they 
plead ? — 6. How did Winthrop behave ? — 7. What kind of a 
charter was obtained ? How was it \vith respect to New Haven ? 
Who was chosen governor ? — 8. What Van- you say of Colonel 
N ichois ? 




JOHN ELLIOT. lOo 

four commissioners, who had been appointed by the p>t.ii. 
king, not only for conquering the Dutch, but for hum- 
bling the colonies. The people felt much aggrieved. ch.V 
Massachusetts resisted every exercise of their power, iy ichol<) 
and two of their number, Carr and Cartwright, left 
the country in high displeasure. wufcw? 

9. This was the period of the labors of John Elliot, wri & ht * 
called the apostle of the Indians. He beheld with pity 

the ignorance and spiritual darkness of the savages, 
and determined to devote himself to their conversion. 

He first spent some years in the study of their lan¬ 
guage. The General Court of the province passed an 
order requesting the clergy to report the best means 1646 
of spreading the gospel among the natives; and Elliot E g^ t t,s 
took this occasion to meet w r ith the Indians at Nonan- meeting 
turn, a few miles west of Boston. His meetings for 
religious worship and discourse were held, whenever 
favorable opportunities could.be found or made. 

10. His efforts to teach the natives the arts and 
usages of civilized life, were also unremitted and ardu¬ 
ous ; u for civility,” it was said, u must go hand in 
hand with Christianity.” These efforts and their 
effects, exhibit the children of the forest in a most in- Indian, 
teresting point of view, and show the transforming ecm e '£ rt " 
power of the gospel. Their dispositions and lives 
underwent a real change. Some of their numbers be¬ 
came teachers, and aided in the conversion of others. 

11. In 1655, Elliot had completed his translation of 
the New Testament into the Indian language, and in 
two years more the old was added. Thus the mighty 
labor of learning the difficult tongue of the Indians, 1657 
of making from its oral elements, a written language, 

and that of translating the wffiole Bible, w r as, by zeal piet^hii 
and persevering labor, accomplished. It was the first 
Bible printed in America. But both the Indian and theBibi. 
his language are now extinct, and Elliot’s Bible is a 
mere literary curiosity. 

8 How did the people feel ? Which colony resisted ? What 
did two of the commissioners? — O. What was John Elliot 
called ? Give an account of the beginning of his labors ? — lO. 

Did Elliot teach the nah.^s any thing byt religion ? What suc- 
he ? — II. What great labor did Elliot perform in re¬ 
spect to the Dibk ? 





104 


THE GREAT INDIAN CHIEF. 


p’T. n. 12. In 1674, there were fourteen towns of “pray- 
7777 - ing Indians,” and six gathered churches. The Indian 
ch. "vi. converts had much to encounter. Their great chiefs 
Number hated Christianity. Although it made their subjects 
of pray- willing to do the right, yet it set them to reflect; and 
Indians, thus to find out, that there was a right for them to have , 
K674. as well as to do. This tended to subvert the absolute 
arbitrary sway, which the sachem, how r ever he might 
allow it to slumber, did actually possess; and which 
he naturally felt unwilling to relinquish. Of these 
chiefs, Philip of Pokanoket, was peculiarly the foe of 
the Christian religion. 


CHAPTER VI. 

King Philip’s War. — Destruction of the Narragansetts and 
Pokanokets. 

1. Philip was the younger of the two sons of Massa- 
soit. He had become embittered against the English, 
by the death of his brother, which he ascribed to 

resent-* ^ iem ; and though he was thus left sole chieftain of 
meut. the Pokanokets, yet he deeply felt his loss, and bitterly 
resented it. 

2 . The extension of the English had alarmed the 
savage nations. The new race, whom their fathers 
received, when a poor and feeble band, were now 
gradually spreading themselves over the land, and as¬ 
suming to be its sovereigns. But the natives were yet 

jeai'ou* numerous, and, by union, they might extirpate the 
and whites, and regain the country. Thus thought Philip, 
09 ie * as he secretly plotted, to bring to pass, his cruel 
designs. 


12. How many towns were there of the “ Praying Indians ?” 
What feelings and opinions had the great chiefs ? Who in par¬ 
ticular was hostile ? 

Chapteb VI.— 1 . Why was Philip embittered against the Eng 
iish ? — 2. What alarmed the savages ? What did Philip thinl 
and do 7 





king philip’s war. 

3. The Narragansetts, so long friendly, were now 
under the rule of Conanchet, the son of Miantonomoh; 
and doubtless he remembered the benefits, which his 
father had bestowed upon the whites, and their refusal 
to hear his last plea for mercy. 

4. Sausaman, one of the natives whom Elliqt had 
instructed in Christianity, gave to the English, intima¬ 
tions of Philip’s designs. Sausaman was soon after 
murdered. On investigation, the Plymouth court found 
that the murder was committed by three of Philip’s 
most intimate friends; and forthwith they caused them 
to be executed. 

5. On the 20th of June, Philip’s exasperated war¬ 
riors attacked Swansey, in New Plymouth. The colo¬ 
nists appeared in defence of the place, and the Indians 
fled. The English force marched into the Indian 
towns, which, on their approach, were deserted. But 
the route of the savages was marked, by the ruins of 
buildings, which had been burned, and by the heads 
and hands of the English, which were fixed upon 
poles by the way-side. The troops, finding that they 
could not overtake them, returned to Swansey. 

6 . The commissioners of the colonies, meeting at 
Boston, were unanimous in deciding that the war must 
be prosecuted with vigor, and each colony furnish 
means, according to its ability. Of the thousand men 
which they determined to send immediately into the 
field, Massachusetts was to furnish five hundred and 
twenty-seven, Connecticut three hundred and fifteen, 
and Plymouth one hundred and fifty-eight. Subsequently 
the commissioners voted to raise double this number. 

7. The army was sent from Swansey into the coun¬ 
try of the Narragansetts, and negociating, sword in 
hand, with that confederacy, on the 15th of July, a 
treaty of peace was concluded. It was stipulated 


3. Who was Conanchet ? What was his disposition towards 
theEnglish?— 4. How did the English become acquainted 
with Philip’s designs? What did the Plymouth court?*— 5. 
When and where did Philip begin the war ? What measures 
did the colonists pursue? —What ground did the commis¬ 
sioners take i How was the number of men, to be raised, ap¬ 
portioned ? — T. Where was the army sent ? What treaty was 
made ? 


lUfi 


P’T. II 


P’D. I, 

CH.TI. 


Sausa¬ 
man’• 
disclo¬ 
sure and 
death. 


16 ^ 5 . 

June 24, 
Swansey 
attacked. 


J rlt‘ 

Congresi 
raise an 
army. 


Compa 
the Ns*, 
to make 
peace. 


G 




BLOODY BROOK. 


too 


, ’T. II. 

P ? D. I. 
CII. vi. 


Philip 
•Hacked 
at Pocas- 
set. 


Battle at 
Brook¬ 
field. 


Sept.. 18. 
Battle of 
Bloody 
Brook. 


October. 

Spring- 

field 

burned. 


Conan- 
ehet vio¬ 
lates the 
treat'. 


among other things, to give forty coats to any of tne 
Narragansetts, who should bring Philip alive, twenty 
for his head and two for each of his subjects deliver¬ 
ed as prisoners. 

8 . The Indian king retreated, with his warriors, to 
a swamp at Pocasset, near Montaup. There, on the 
18th, the colonists attacked them, but gained no deci¬ 
sive advantage. Philip then went to the vicinity of 
Connecticut river; but to the inhabitants, every where 
in danger, and in fear, he seemed to be every where 
present. Captain Hutchinson, with a company of 
horse, was drawn into an ambush, near Brookfield, 
where he was mortally w'bunded, and sixteen of his 
company were killed. The Indians then burned the 
town. 

• 9. Intending to collect a magazine and garrison at 
Hadley, Captain Lathrop, with a corps of the choicest 
young men, selected from the vicinity of Boston, was 
sent to transport a quantity of com from Deerfield, to 
that place. They were suddenly attacked by the In¬ 
dians, and though they fought with great bravery, they 
were almost all cut off. The brook, by which they 
fought, flowed red, and to this day is called u Bloody 
Brook.’’ 1 

10. In October, the Springfield Indians, who had 
previously been friendly, concerted with the hostile 
tribes, and set fire to that town. While its flames 
were raging, they attacked Hadley. 

11. Conanchet now violated the treaty, and not only 
received Philip’s warriors, but aided their operations 
against the English. On the 18th of December, one 
thousand troops were collected from the different colo¬ 
nies, under the command of Josiah Winslow, of Ply¬ 
mouth. After a stormy night passed in the open air 
they waded through the snow sixteen miles; and about 


7. What was stipulated ? — 8. Give an account of King Philip a 
movements ? What was the condition of the inhabitants ? What 
befel Capt. Hutchinson ? —S. Give an account of Capt. La¬ 
throp, and his company? — lO. What treachery was practised 
by the Springfield Indians ? — 11. What was now the conduct 
ot Conanchet ? What number of troops went to attack him ? 
At what time, and under what circumstances did they march 7 







A NATION DESTROYED. 


107 


one o’clock, on the afternoon of the 19th, they arrived 
near the enemy’s fortress- 

12. It was on a rising ground, in the midst of a 
swamp; and was so fortified with palisades, and thick 
hedges, that only by crossing a log, which lay over a 
ravine, could it be approached. The officers led the 
men directly across the narrow and dangerous bridge. 
The first were killed, but others pressed on, and the 
fort was entered. Conanchet and his warriors forced 
the English to retire; but they continued the fight, 
defeated the savages, and again entering the fori, they 
set fire to the Indian dwellings. One thousand war¬ 
riors were killed; three hundred, and as many women 
and children, were made prisoners. About six hun¬ 
dred of their wigwams were burnt, and many helpless 
sufferers perished in the flames. 

13. The wretched remains of the tribe took shelter 
in the recesses of a cedar swamp,—covering themselves 
with boughs, or burrowing in the ground, and feeding 
on acorns or nuts, dug out with their hands from the 
snow. Many who escaped a sudden, thus died a lin¬ 
gering death. Conanchet was made prisoner in April, 
and was offered his freedom if he would enter into a 
treaty of peace. The chieftain indignantly refused, 
and was put to death. 

14. In the spring of 1676, the colonial troops were 
almost universally victorious. Jealousies arose among 
the different tribes of savages, and while great num¬ 
bers were slain, many deserted the common cause. 
Philip had attempted to rouse the Mohawks against 
the English, and had, for this purpose, killed a number 
of the tribe, and attributed their death to the whites. 
His perfidy was detected, and he fled to Montaup, 
whither he was pursued. 

15 In the midst of these reverses, Philip remained 
unshaKen in his enmity. His chief men, as also his 
wife and family, were killed or made prisoners; and, 


12. Describe the fort—the approach of the troops—the second 
atlack—the destruction of the Indians. — 13. What happened 
to the remains of the tribe ? To Conanchet ? — 14. How did 
the colonial troops succeed in 1676 ? "Where was Philip ? — 15 
Iiow did he bear his adversity ? 


P’T. H 


P’D. I. 
cn n. 


Dec. 19. 
The fori 
of the 
Nar. de¬ 
stroyed. 


Famine 
and cold 


Conan 

chet’s 

death. 


1676 

Philip 
attempt* 
to gair 
the Mo¬ 
hawks 




108 


•‘THE PRAYING INDIANS.” 

P’T. ii. while he wept bitterly, for these domestic bereavements, 
p , D j he shot one of his men, who proposed submission. 
ch. vii. After being driven from swamp to swamp, he was at 
1876 s ^ ot near Montaup, by the brother of the Indian 
Philip u whom he had thus killed. 

kiikd. 26. Of the scattered parties which remained, many 
were captured. Some sought refuge at the north. 
These afterwards served as guides, to those parties of 
hostile French and Indians, who came down and deso¬ 
lated the provinces. In this dreadful contest, New 
England lost six hundred inhabitants, and a great amount 
inPhihp’s 0 f p r0 p er ty. Fourteen towns had been destroyed, 
n. Eng- and a heavy debt incurred. Yet the colonies received 
la 60o* es no ass i stance from England; and they asked none. 
The humane Irish sent the sufferers some relief. 

17. If Philip’s war was to the whites disastrous, to 
the savage tribes it was ruinous. The Pokanokets 
and the Narragansetts henceforth disappear from his¬ 
tory. The “ praying Indians” were mostly of the Mas- 
The sachusetts confederacy; and although they suffered 
Indian much, being suspected by the red men because they 
SroJ- were Christians, and by the whites because they were 
*d. Indians, they yet had a remnant left. Elliot watched 
his scattered flocks, and exposed himself to many 
dangers on their account. The wreck of four towns 
remained from the fourteen, which the converts num¬ 
bered before the war. 


CHAPTER VII. 

The Regicides.—New Hampshire and Maine.—Charter of Mas¬ 
sachusetts annulled. 

1. The regicides, a term, which in English and 
American history, refers especially to those men who 
signed the death warrant of Charles I., were, after the 

15. How did he come to his end ? — 16. What became of liia 
followers ? How many inhabitants of New England were de¬ 
stroyed during this bloody war ? Who sent relief ? — 11. Wha 
were the consequences of the war to the Indians ? How did il 
affect the praying Indians ? 

Chapter VII.— 1. Who were tho regicides? 




THE SUPPOSED APPARITION. 109 

i«storation of his son, proscribed. Three of their p>t. ii 
number, GofTe, Whalley, and Dixwell, came to Ameri- ~ ; D { 
ca. They were at Boston and Cambridge, and under ch. ml 
romantic circumstances, were shielded from their pur- The 
suers at New Haven. At length, Whalley and Goffe three re¬ 
found refuge in the house of Mr. Russel, minister of g,cldes 
fcladley, where they lived in profound concealment. 

2. Goffe had been a military commander. Looking 
from the window of his hiding place, he saw, on a 
Sabbath day, as the people were collecting for public 
worship, a body of ambushed Indians stealing upon 
them. Suddenly he left his confinement, and appeared 
among the gathering worshippers, his white hair and 1^5 
beard, and loose garments streaming to the winds. He Goffe 
gives the alarm, and the word of command; and the Hadley ' 
men, already armed, are at once formed, and bear¬ 
ing down upon the foe. When they had conquered, 
they looked around for their preserver. He had 
vanished during the fray; and they fully believed that 

he had been an angel, sent from heaven for their de¬ 
liverance. 

3. Of the three judges, who cast themselves upon 

the Americans, not one was betrayed. The meanest The r* 
of the people could not be induced, by the price set foTbt* 
upon their heads, to give them up; and they now rest, tra >’ ed - 
in peaceful graves, upon our soil. 

4. Maine. In 1677, a controversy, which had ex¬ 
isted for some time, between the government of Mas¬ 
sachusetts, and the heirs of Sir Ferdinando Gorges, 16TT 
relative to the district of Maine, was settled in Eng- 
land, and the territory assigned to the latter. Upon Maine, 
this, Massachusetts purchased the title, and Maine be¬ 
came a province of that colony. 

5. New Hampshire. In 1679, a commission was 
•nade out by order of Charles II., for the separation ^ ^ a 
>f New Hampshire from the jurisdiction of Massa- royal 
eliusetts, and its erection into a royal province. The pror ‘ nce 


1. Which of them came to America ? Where were they ?— 
:l. During King Philip’s war, what were the circumstances of 
(Ioffe's appearing at Hadley?—3. Were either of the three 
judges betrayed? — 4. How did Massachusetts acquire a title 
to Maine ?— 5; What happened to New Hampshire in IG'79? 




110 


A TYRANT SENDS A TYRANT. 


P’T. II. 


P’D. I. 

CH. VII. 


Shows a 
free 
spirit. 


1682 . 

Mason 
sends 
>an field 
to rule. 


1679 . 

Ran¬ 

dolph. 


Charles 
II. suc¬ 
ceeded 
by Janies 
II. 

1685 . 


assembly was to be chosen by the people, the presi 
dent and council to be appointed by the crown. 
This colony now manifested, that stability of char¬ 
acter, for which, no less,than for its sublime piles of 
mountains, it is called “the Granite State.” The 
people first thanked Massachusetts for the care she 
had taken of their infant condition; and next deter* 
mined “ that no law should be valid, unless made by 
the assembly, and approved by the people. 

6 . Edward Cranfield, a needy speculator, was se¬ 
lected by Mason, and sent from England, to be the go¬ 
vernor of New Hampshire. But he could neither out¬ 
wit, nor over-awe the rugged patriots; nor with all 
the advantages of law, eject them from their lands; 
though for many years he gave them great annoyance. 

7. Charles II. made additional navigation acts, by 
which he would have entirely destroyed the commerce 
of the colonies, had they been observed.' But they 
were evaded, and opposed, especially in Massachusetts. 
Edward Randolph was sent over by the king, to see 
that these oppressive laws were executed. 

8 . James II., who declared, that there should be no 
free governments in his dominions, issued writs against 
the charters of Connecticut and Rhode Island. These 
colonies presented letters and addresses, which, con¬ 
tained expressions of humble duty. The king con¬ 
strued them into an actual surrender of their charters; 
and, proceeded to establish a temporary government 
over New England. Sir Edmund Andros was appoint¬ 
ed governor general. 

9. Sir Edmund began his career with the most flat¬ 
tering professions of his regard to the public safety 
and happiness. It was, however, well observed, that 
“Nero concealed his tyrannical disposition more years 
than Sir Edmund did months.” Soon after his arrival 


5. Why is New Hampshire called the granite state ? — 6. Who 
was selected by Mason as governor ? What was beyond his 
power to do ? — 7. How did King Charles proceed in regard to 
navigation laws ? How did the colonists ? Whom did the king 
send over ? For what purpose ? — 8. What writs did James IF 
issue ? What did R. I. and Conn.? How did the king next pro¬ 
ceed ? Who did he send over as governor general ? — 11. How 
did Sit Edmund begin ? 




THE ENGLISH REVOLUTION. 


in 


in the country, he sent to Connecticut, demanding the p>t. il 
surrender of the charter. This being refused, in 1687, ~ D I 
he came with a guard to Hartford, during the session ch.vii. 
of the general assembly, and in person required its 
delivery. sirt? 

10. After debating until evening, the charter was 
produced, and laid on the table, where the assembly Eugiand 
were sitting. The lights were suddenly extinguished, 

Hid one of the members privately conveyed it away, 1687 
and hid it in the cavity of a large oak tree. The can- 
dies were officiously relighted, but the charter was hid in 
gone; and no discovery could be made of it, or, at oakfon 
that time, of the person who carried it away. The 
government of the colony was, however, surrendered 
to Andros. 

11. Massachusetts, where Sir Edmund resided, was 
the principal seat of despotism and suffering. In 1688, 

New York, and New Jersey, were added to his juris- 16 t ^ ’ 
diction; and for more than two years, there was a 1639 
general suppression of charter governments throughout 

the colonies, and a perpetual series of tyrannical exac¬ 
tions. 

12. But the king had made himself as much detested 
at home, as his governor had abroad. The British 
nation, putting aside the fiction of the divine right of 
legitimate sovereigns, asserted that of human nature, Revoiu- 
by declaring that an oppressed people may change Engird, 
their rulers. They forced the king to abdicate, and 
completed what is called the English u Revolution,” 

by placing William and Mary on the throne. 

13. Great was the joy of New England. Even on 
the first rumor of the British Revolution, the authori¬ 
ties of Boston seized and imprisoned Andros and 
Randolph. As a temporary government, they organ- 

ized a committee of safety, of which the aged gover- * rK ' c ' 
nor, Bradstreet, accepted the presidency; though he 
knew that, if the intelligence proved false, it might 
cost him his life. 

9. Why did he go to Hartford ? — lO. What happened during 
fiis visit?— 11. What took place from 1687 to 1689? — 12 
What fiction or false principle did the English put aside ? Wha» 
right did thev assert ? What is this ©vent called ? - 7 -13. Whai 
was done in lioston ? 





NEW YORK. 


112 

r>T. ii 14. The change of government, produced by the 
- p ~- 1 removal of Andros, left New Hampshire in an unset- 
ch. vin. tied state. Mason had died in 1685, leaving his two 
N H sons heirs to his claims. The people earnestly peti- 
I6S5. tioned to be again united with Massachusetts, but their 
Mason wishes were frustrated by Samuel Allen, who had 
Alien purchased of the heirs of Mason, their title to New 
b tSe hls Hampshire. Allen received a commission as governor 
of the colony, and assumed the government in 1692. 

15. When the intelligence was confirmed, that Wil- 
Conn liam and Mary were seated on the throne, Rhode Island 
usdR.i. and Connecticut resumed their charters; but the king 
r theS e resolutely refused to restore to Massachusetts, her 
.’harters. former system of government. Andros, Randolph, 
and others, were ordered to England for trial. 


CHAPTER VIII. 

N. York.- Its Governors.—Leisler.—Quakers in Massachusetts. 

1. After the surrender of the Dutch, Colonel Nichols 
entered upon the administration of the government of 

LOTeiace. New York, which he conducted with great prudence, 
ibbt. integrity, and moderation. The people, however, con¬ 
tinued without civil rights, all authority being vested 
in the royal governor and council. Nichols returned 
to England, and was succeeded by Lord Lovelace. 

2. In 1673, England and Holland were again in¬ 
volved in war, and Holland sent over a small fleet to 

£673. regain her American possessions. This force arrived 
Dutch at New York, and demanded a surrender, which was 
Vork. * made without resistance. The Dutch took immediate 
possession of the fort and city, and soon after of the 
whole province. 


14. What took place in New Hampshire ? — 15. What hap 
pened in the other New England provinces ? Who were sent to 
England ? 

Chapter VIII.—1. How dki Colonel Nichols govern in New 
York ? — 2. What happened in 1073 ? 





ENGLISH REVOLUTION AFFECTS NEW YORK. 


J13 


3. The next year, 1674, the war terminated, and 
New York was restored to the English. The Duke 
of Y ork, to prevent controversy about his title to the 
territory, took out a new patent, and the same year 
appointed Sir Edmund Andros, governor. 

4. Andros claimed jurisdiction over that part of 
Connecticut west of the river, it having been included 
in the grant to the Duke of York. To seize it, he 
arrived off the fort, at Saybrook, with an armed force. 
The governor and council, being apprised of his de¬ 
sign, sent a few troops under Captain Bull, who con¬ 
ducted himself with such spirit, that Andros, jocosely 
declaring that his u horns should be tipped with gold,” 
made no further attempt. 

5. In 1682, Andros was removed from the govern¬ 
ment of New York. The succeeding year was a 
happy era in the history of this colony. The excel¬ 
lent Colonel Dongan arrived as governor, and the de¬ 
sires of the people, for a popular government, were 
gratified. The first general assembly was convoked, 
consisting of a council and eighteen representatives. 
Governor Dongan surpassed all his predecessors, in 
attention to affairs with the Indians, by whom he was 
highly esteemed. 

6 . The news from Europe, that the inhabitants of 
England had resolved to dethrone James, and offer the 
crown to William and Mary, raised the hopes of the 
disaffected. Among these, was Jacob Leisler, an active 
militia captain, and a favorite of the people. He was 
not, however, a man of talents, but received the guid¬ 
ing impulses of his conduct, from the superior ener¬ 
gies of his son-in-law, Jacob Milborne. 

7. By his counsel, Leisler, at the head of a few men, 
declared for William and Mary, and took possession 
of the fort of New York. His party increased to more 
than five hundred. The governor left the province, 
and Leisler assumed to administer the government. 

3. What took place in 1674? — 1. Give an account of An¬ 
dros’s attempt to take Connecticut? — 5. What happened in 
i68‘i? What the next year? —1>. What happened in New 
Yoi jc when news came of the expulsion of King James ? Who 
was Jacob Leisler ? — T. Give an account of his and Milborne’e 
ope? ations ? 


P’T. IL 
P’D. f. 

CH. Till 

IG74 

N. York 
r estored. 


1675 . 

Andros 
repulsed 
at Say- 
brook. 


1682 . 

Dongan. 

1683 . 

First 

general 

assembly 


1688 . 

Leisler. 


Leialer 


assumes 
to act II 



liam’s 

agent. 



114 


RELIGIOUS FEELING PERVERTED 


P’T. ii. Milborne went to Albany, and made himself master 
P , D j of the place. The regular authorities were against 
ch. viii. these lawless proceedings. 

8 . King William now commissioned Henry Slough- 
ter, as governor of New York. Ne v er was a gover- 

1691. nor more needed, and never was one more destitute 
urgoi- °f every qualification for the office. He refused to 
e York‘ treat ^eisler; b ut put him, and several of his ad- 
or ‘ herents to prison. Finally, that unfortunate man, to¬ 
gether with his son-in-law, perished upon the gallows. 
Their execution was disapproved by the people; and 
»Muted. their property, which was confiscated, was afterwards 
restored to their descendants. 

9. Motives derived from pure religion, are the best, 
and most effective, of all which influence human con- 

Reli duct. But when the religious feeling of men becomes 
gioils perverted, all history shows, that it then produces the 
feeling. vei y worst effects. Under the influence of this feeling, 
in its right operation, our Puritan forefathers resisted 
oppression in England, suffered hardship, and braved 
death, to enjoy their religion unmolested. 

10. But they were not free, from the common error 
of their age, which was, that all in the same commu- 
nity, must, on religious subjects, think very much 

become alike. The Puritans believed their way was certainly 
^ed ert ’ right, and they were utterly unwilling, that any should 
be among them, who should teach any thing different. 
This produced uncharitableness towards others, and 
the bad effects of the religious sentiment perverted. 

11. The denomination of Friends or Quakers, had 
arisen in England. They had heard that the Puritans 
exercised a persecuting spirit, as in the cases of Mrs. 

The Hutchinson and Roger Williams. They also thought 
^'Sua- the Puritan religion consisted too much in outward 
kers. form, and too little in inward purity. The Quakers 
believed, that they were called by a voice from a divine 

8 . Who was Henry Sloughter ? How did he proceed in regard 
to Leisler ?—9. What may be said of motives derived from 
true religion? When the religious feeling of bodies of men 
becomes perverted, how is it then ? What did our Puritan fore¬ 
fathers, under the impulse of right religious feeling ? — lO. What 
was the common error of their age? Were the Puritans free 
from it ? —11. What induced the Quakers to come to Massa 
©husetts ? 








THE DISCOVERERS OP THE NORTH-WEST. 115 

inward monitor, to go to New England, particularly p>t. i». 
to Boston, and there warn the people of their errors. ~~~ D y 
12. The Puritans, when they came, imprisoned ch.'k. 
them, and sent them away. The Quakers came again, jggQ 
and boldly denounced that, which the Puritans held 4 execu 
dearer than life. Laws were made to banish them, pro- 
hibiting return, on pain of death. The Quakers came 
back, and four were actually hanged. The Puritans ^ 
then became convinced of their error, opened their released 
prison doors, and released twenty-eight persons. 


CHAPTER IX. 

Jesuit Missionaries of France—their Discoveries. 

1. From the devotion of the Puritans, and the 
Quakers, we turn to that of the Jesuit missionaries of 
France ; and in all, we perceive “the operation of that 
common law of our nature, which binds the heart of 
man to the Author of his being.” The Jesuit mission- Reh 
aries desired to extend the benefits of Christian re- 
demption to the heathen ; yet they unfortunately united 'natural 
worldly policy with religious enthusiasm, and sought, P riuci P u 
not only to win souls to Christ, but subjects to the 

king of France, and the papal dominion. 

2. The Catholics, already in Canada, seconded their 
efforts, and in 1640, Montreal was founded, to give 
the missionaries a starting point, nearer the scene of 
their operations. Within thirteen years, the wilderness 

of the Hurons was visited by sixty missionaries, mostly 1634 
Jesuits. Making the Huron settlements of St. Louis, 
and St. Ignatius, their central station, they carried the * 0 mis _ 
gospel to the surrounding tribes; and thus visited and »iorarie» 

12. How were they treated ? 

Chapter tX. —1. When we see that different sect9 are willing 
to suffer death, in the service of God, what do we perceive ? 

What two principles of conduct did the Jesuits unite ?— 2. When 
was Montreal founded ? For what object ? Learn from the map 
t> r this period, in connection with the book, the central station 
ot the missionaries. 





116 FRENCH ATTEMPTS TO COLONIZE NEW YORK. 

p’T. ii. became the first European explorers of the southern 
p , D j portion of Upper Canada, of which they took posses- 
cw. ix. sion for the French king. 

3. One of these missionaries, Isaac Jouges, undaunt 
ed by the terrors of the Mohawk name, went among 
these savages, and was imprisoned. He escaped, but 

1646. afterwards attempted a permanent mission. Arriving 
at the Mohawk castle, he was accused of blighting the 
corn of the Indians, by spells of sorcery. Being com 
The Mo demned, he received his death blow with composure, 
hawks. jj- s j iea( j wag j lun g on the palisades of the fort, and 
his body thrown into the placid stream. 

4. Circumstances changed. The missionaries were 
received among each tribe of the Five Nations. Rude 
;hapels were constructed, where the natives chanted 

Frenca die services of the Romish church. But when the 
m i ss i° nar i es sought to bring their lives under the influ- 
°nize° ence of Christian principles, as to war and the treat- 
NY ‘ ment of prisoners, the fierceness of their character 
prevailed. They returned to their former customs, 
gave up their religion, and expelled the missionaries. 
Thus ended the attempts of the French to colonize 
New York. 

5. Father Allouez, bent on a voyage of discovery, 
early in September, passed Mackinaw, into Lake Supe- 

juiouez* pi° r * Sailing along the high banks and pictured rocks 
at Lake of its southern shore, he rested, beyond the bay of 
Superior. Keweena., on that of Chegoimegon. Here was the 
great village of the Chippewas. 

6 . A grand council of ten or twelve tribes was, at 
the moment, assembled, to prevent the young braves of 
the Chippewas and Sioux, from taking up the toma- 

indian hawk against each other. In this assembly came for- 
touncii. ward the missionary, and stood, and commanded, in the 
name of his heavenly, and of his earthly master, that 
there should be peace. 


2. What part of the country did the missionaries take posses 
sion of for the French king ? — 3. Give an account of Father 
Jouges ? — 4. Of the further attempt to convert the Indians of 
New York ? —5. Give an account of Father Allouez’s route to 
the village of the Chippewas, and show it on the map? — G 
What did Father Allouez at tills village ? 






JAMES MARQUETTE. 


117 


7. The Indians listened with reverence. They had 
never before seen a white man. Soon they built a 
chapel; and there they devoutly chanted their vesper 
and matin hymns; and the mission of St. Esprit was 
founded. The scattered Hurons and Ottawas here 
collected around the missionary. He preached to the 
Pottawotamies, the Sacs and Foxes, the Illinois, and 
the Sioux. 

8 . From each of these tribes, he gained descriptions 
of their country, their lakes and rivers, of which he 
made reports to his government. He especially dwelt 
on what he had heard of the great river “Mesipi.” 
He urged the sending of small colonies of French 
emigrants, to make permanent settlements in the west. 

9. A small company, headed by two missionaries, 
Claude Dablon, and James Marquette, founded the first 
French settlement within the limits of the United States. 
It is at St. Mary’s, on the falls between the Lakes Su¬ 
perior and Huron... Allouez founded a mission at 
Green Bay. 

10. Marquette selected a young Illinois as his com¬ 
panion, and learned from him the language of his 
nation. The Hurons heard with astonishment, that 
he had formed the bold design of exploring the great 
river of the west; notwithstanding their assertions, 
that its monsters devoured men and canoes, its war¬ 
riors never spared the stranger, and its climate was rife 
with death. 

11. Marquette walked from Green Bay, followed 
the Fox river, crossed the Portage from its head wa¬ 
ters to those of the Wisconsin; when, with no com¬ 
panion but the missionary Joliet, he embarked upon 
its bosom, and followed its course, unknowing whither 
it would lead. Solitary they floated along, till, in 
seven days, they entered, with inexpressible joy, the 
broad Mississippi. They continued to float with its 


7. How was it with the Indians ? What was the mission called ? 
8 . What information was gained, and reported?—t). What 
account can you give of St. Mary’s ? Where did Allouez found 
a mission ?— lO. What was said by the Indians to deter Mar¬ 
quette from executing his design ? — 11. Give an account of hia 
route, and trace it on the map. 


P’T. II 


P’D. I. 

CH. IX. 

St. 

Esprit 

founded. 


The 

great 
river 
heard ol 


1608. 

St. 

Mary’s 

founded. 

1669. 

Green 

Bay. 


Mar¬ 

quette’s 

boldness 


16Y3. 

Follows 
the Wi» 
consii 
the Mm. 





118 A MEMORABLE VOYAGE. 

p’T. ii lonely current, until, near the mouth of the Momgonj^ 
p . D j - they perceived marks of population. 
cii. ix. 12. Disembarking, they found, at fourteen miles 
from the river, a village of the natives. Old men met 
them with the calumet, told them they were expected, 
Indian and bade them enter their dwellings in peace. The 
courtesy, missionaries declared, by the council-fire, the claims 
of the Christian religion, and the right of the king of 
France, to their territory. The Indians feasted them, 
and sent them away with the gift of a peace-pipe, em¬ 
bellished with the various colored heads and necks 
of bright and beautiful birds. 

13. Sailing on their solitary way, the discoverers 
heard afar, a rush of waters from the west; and soon 
the vast Missouri came down with its fiercer current 
to hasten on the more sluggish Mississippi. They saw, 
and passed the mouth of the Ohio, nor stopped, till 
they had gone beyond that of the Arkansas. There 

vers the they found savages, who spoke a new tongue. They 
Missouri, were armed with guns ; a proof that they had trafficked 
with the Spaniards, or with the English, in Virginia 
They showed hostile dispositions, but respected the 
peace-pipe, the white flag of the desert. 

14. Marquette now retraced his course to the Illi- 

1674. nois,—entered and ascended that river, and beheld the 
to Green beautiful fertility of its summer prairies, abounding in 

Bay. game. He visited Chicago, and in September was again 
at Green Bay. 

15. The next year, on the banks of the little stream, 
now called by his name, Marquette retired for devo- 

1675 . tion, from the company with which he was journeying— 
qSe to P ra y> by a rude altar of stones, beneath the silent 

lies near shade. There, half an hour afterwards, his dead body 
I ck^an! wa s found. He was buried on the shore of the lake; 
and the Indian,fancies that his spirit still controls it3 
storms. 

16. As Joliet, the companion of Marquette, was 
returning from the west, to carry the tidings of their 


12 . What happened at an Indian village? —13. Describe, 
ana trace Marquette’s route, to its farthest extent ? What inha 
'itants did he find?— 14. Describe, and trace his return?- 
5. (Jive an account of the death of Marquette ? 






LA SALLE. 119 

discovery, he met at Frontenac, now Kingston, the p>t. ii 
governor of the place, the energetic and highly gifted ~ ^, D p 
La Salle. His genius kindled, at the description of ch.’ix. 
the missionary; he went to France, and was commis- 
sioned to complete the survey of the great river. La Saiie. 

17. He returned to Frontenac, built a wooden canoe, Builds 
of ten tons, and carrying a part of his company to the the first 
mouth of Tonnewanta Creek, he there built the first T “£i n ?« 
sailing vessel, which ever navigated Lake Erie. On Lake 
his way across the lakes, he marked Detroit as a suit- ne ‘ 
able place for a colony, gave name to Lake St. Clair, 
planted a trading house at Mackinaw, and finally cast naw. 
anchor at Green Bay. 

18. Here, he collected a rich cargo of furs, and sent 
back his brig to carry them to Niagara. Then, in bark 
canoes, he moved his party south, to the head of lake 
Michigan. There he constructed the Fort of the Mia- 
mis. His brig was unfortunately lost; but, with a 
small company, he steered resolutely west, accompanied 
by the Jesuit Hennepin. 

19. They reached, through many discouragements, 
by disaster, treachery, and climate, the great Illinois, 
and following its waters four days journey below Lake 
Peoria, La Salle there built a fort, which, in the bitter- 

ness of his spirit, he named Creve-coeur. Here he sent pin with 
out a party under Hennepin, to explore the sources of^ aSalle 
the Mississippi, and himself set forth on foot to return 
to Frontenac. 

20 . Hennepin followed the Illinois to its junction 
with the parent stream ; then ascended that river above 
the falls to which he gave the name of St. Anthony. 

He afterwards reported, though falsely, that he had 1080- 
discovered the sources of the Mississippi. v \ Q lea'tc 

La Salle returned to his fort on the Illinois, built a st An- 
small vessel, and the next year, he sailed down the F °S' 
Mississippi, till he reached its mouth. To the coun¬ 
try he gave the name of Louisiana, in honor of his 
sovereign, Louis XIV. 

lf». Who was La Salle ? How did he become interested, and 
what did he do ? — 17. Trace, and describe his route to Green 
g ay 7 — 18. What steps did he here take? — It*. Where did 
be go from thence ? Whom did he send out to explore ? — 20. 

IV hat was done by Hennepin ? What next by La Salle t 





120 


P’T. II. 


P’D.I. 

CH. X. 

1687 - 

La Salle 
lulled. 


Patent of 
Carolina. 

1663 . 


The 

grant ex¬ 
tended. 

1665 . 


THE GREAT PATENT OF THE SOUTH. 

21. Returning to France, the government sent him 
to colonize the country which he had visited; but hia 
fleet took a wrong direction, and he was carried, with 
his party, to Texas, where he made the settlement of 
St. Louis. Attempting to go to Louisiana on foot, b 
discontented soldier of his party, gave him his death* 
shot. Texas was regarded as an appendage to Lou¬ 
isiana. 


CHAPTER X. 

North and South Carolina.—The Great Patent.—Mr. Locke’s 
Constitution. 

1. After Charles II. was restored, the people about 
him, took advantage of his improvident good nature, 
and want of conscientious scruples. They thus gained 
large tracts of American territory— and, neither he 
who gave, nor they who received, considered, whether 
or not, it was his to give. In 1663, the king gave 
Carolina, which more justly belonged to Spain, to 
Lord Clarendon the historian, Lord Ashley Cooper 
Earl of Shaftsbury, General Monk afterwards Duke 
of Albemarle, Lord Craven, the two Berkeleys, Si? 
John Colleton, and Sir George Carteret. 

2. These noblemen next aspired to the glory of 
founding a sovereignty, which should, not only yield 
them money, but the fame of legislators; and in 1667, 
Charles granted them the whole of the country, from 
the mouth of the river St. Johns to 36° 33' north lati¬ 
tude ; and from the Atlantic to the Pacific ocean. To 
frame a government for the future empire, they secured 
the services, of the well known philosopher, John 
Locke. In the meantime, the younger Berkeley, who 
was governor of Virginia, was to extend his rule over 
the whole territory. 

21. What happened on his last return to America ? 

Chapter X.— 1. What traits of Charles II. are here mention¬ 
ed? What advantage was taken of them? What grant did h« 
make in 1663 ? To whom ?—2. What grant did he make iff 
1667 ? Show its extent on tne map f Who was to frame a cod 
•titution for this large country ? Who to be governor ? 





NORTH AND SOUTH CAROLINA. 


121 


3. But settlers were wanted; and to procure these, p>t. il 

various inducements were held out by the company. p , p " 
Two settlements had already been formed within their ch.’x.' 
precincts. One of these, near Albemarle Sound, was Settle _ 
begun, at an early day, by enterprising planters from mcnt at 
Virginia; and enjoying entire liberty, it had been aug- mark, 
mented from that and other colonies, whenever reli- 
gious or political oppression had scattered their people, n. c. 
This settlement had so increased, as to form, for con- 1063. 
venience, a simple democratic government. ^emoc-* 

4. The other colony was to the south of this, on racy. 
Cape Fear, or Clarendon river; and had been originally 
made, by a little band of adventurers from New Eng¬ 
land. They, as well as the former colony, had pur- Settlers a 
chased their land of the natives; they had occupied to 
it, and they claimed, as a law of nature, the right of £ e h a "’| st g 
self-government. 

5. In the meantime, a number of planters from 
Barbadoes purchased lands of the sachems, and settled 
on Cape Fear river, near the territory of the New 
Englanders. The two parties united. In 1667, 
they were in danger of famine, and Massachusetts 
sent them relief. They requested of the proprie¬ 
tors a confirmation of the purchase they had made ^ ^ 
of the Indians, and of the power, which they had as- ySmar 
sumed to govern themselves. As a state must have SSSj 
inhabitants, their request was partially granted; and 

one of their number, Sir John Yeamans, was appointed 
their governor. The settlement, in 1666, contained 
eight hundred persons. 

6 . Thus, the germs of liberty had, in the Carolinas, 
begun to vegetate strongly. And when the great aris- 
tocratical constitution, making three orders of nobility, *,*>93 
was sent over, in 1670, the ground was already pre- stitution 
occupied. These dwellers in scattered log cabins in ° a f b ^°^,* 
the woods, could not be noblemen, and would not be 
serfs. Eventually, the interest of the proprietors pre- 

3. What settlement was formed in the northern part ot the 
‘j ict ? Of what did it prove to be the nucleus ? — 4. Desori.be 
the settlement which proved to be the nucleus of South Carolina 
5 . What change of inhabitants took place ? Who was their hrst 
governor ? What was their number in 1666 ? — 6 . How was it 
m respect to Mr. Locke’s constitution ? 


te.U 





122 


KING WILLIAM’S WAR. 


P’T. II. 


P’D. I. 

CH. XI. 


Kim 

Gov. 

«ayle. 


I6S0. 

Charles¬ 

ton 

founded. 


1690. 

F reuch 
protes- 

tants. 


1729. 

Division 
of N. and 
8. Car. 



liam’s 

war. 


16S6 

Haron 

'Jaslinc. 


vailed over their pride. The inhabitants took theii 
own way in regard to government, and in 1693, the 
constitution of Locke was formally abrogated. 

7. William Sayle, the first proprietary governor of 
Carolina, brought over a colony, with which he found¬ 
ed old Charlestown. Dying in 1671, his colony was 
annexed to that of Governor Yeamans. In 1680, the 
city was removed to the point of land between the 
two rivers, which received the names of Ashley and 
Cooper. The foundation of the present capital of the 
south was laid, and the name of the king perpetuated 
in that of Charleston. 

8 . During the year 1690, King William sent out a 
large body of French Protestants, who had been com¬ 
pelled to leave their country, by the arbitrary measures 
of Louis XlV. To a part of these, lands were allotted 
in Virginia, on James river. Others settled in Caro¬ 
lina, on the banks of the Santee, and in Charleston. 
They introduced the culture of the vine, and were 
among the most useful settlers of the province. 

The Cape Fear colony under Governor Yeamana 
having migrated south, the unfruitful country which 
they first occupied reverted to the natives. 


CHAPTER XI. 

A French and Indian War 

1. In consequence of the English Revolution, a war 
ensued between England and France, which affected 
the American colonies of both; and is known in our 
annals, as u King William’s war.” 

2. The fisheries on the Atlantic coast were regarded 
as of prime importance; and, on this account, Acadia 
was highly valued. To protect it, the two French 
Jesuits, Vincent and Bigot, collected a village of the 
savage Abenakies, on the Penobscot; and the Baron 
de St. Castine, a bigoted French nobleman, established 

7. Describe the founding of Charleston ? — ©.Whom did King 
William send over in 1690? Where did they settle ? 

Chapter XI.— 1. What war occurred in consequence of the 
English Revolution ? — 52. Why was Acadia valued ? What 
wnp done by Frenchmen to keep it from the English ? 





MIDNIGHT MURDERS. 


123 


here a trading fort. In 1696, the fort, built at Pema- 
lid, was taken by Castine; and thus the French 
aimed, as Acadia, all Maine, east of the Kennebec; and 
they artfully obtained great ascendancy over the natives. 

3. The tribe of Pennicook, in New Hampshire, had 
lost several of their number, by the treachery of the 
whites, who had taken and sold them into slavery At 
Dover, in that state, the venerable Major Waldron, a 
magistrate, and a trader among the Indians, hospitably 
admitted two squaws to sleep by his fire. At dead of 
night, they let in a war party from without. They 
placed Major Waldron upon a long table, and then 
mocked him with a jeering call, to “judge Indians.” 
Those indebted to him for goods, drew gashes on his 
breast, saying, u here I cross out my account.” Twen¬ 
ty-three were killed, twenty-nine made prisoners, and 
the town burnt. 

4. Governor Frontenac, at Quebec, planned to send, 
through the snow, three parties. The first arrived at 
Schenectady, the night of the 18th of February, and, 
separating into small parties, they invested every house 
at the same moment. The people slept until their 
doors were broken open, and themselves dragged from 
their beds. Their dwellings were set on fire, and sixty 
of the inhabitants butchered. Twenty-seven were 
carried captive, and most of the small number which 
escaped, lost their limbs in attempting to flee naked, 
through a deep snow, to Albany. 

5. The second party of French and Indians, leagued 
for murder, were sent against the pleasant settlement 
at Salmon Falls, on the Piscataqua. At break of day— 
a day which, for fifty of their number, had no morrow, 
the peaceful inhabitants were waked to experience the 
horrors of Indian warfare, aided and directed by French 
ingenuity. The third party from Quebec, in like man¬ 
ner, destroyed the settlement at Casco Bay, in Maine. 

2 . What fort was taken by Castine ? How far did the French 
claim in Maine ? — 3. What provocation did the Pennicooks 
receive ? What shocking cruelty did they exercise ? —4. What 
three parties were sent out ? By whom ? Trace, and describe 
the route of the first party ? Describe the massacre of Schen¬ 
ectady ? —5. Trace and describe the route of the second party ? 
Of tlte third ? 


P’T II. 


P’D. I. 
CH. xi. 


I6S» 

Penni 

cooks 

attack 

Dover. 


Feb. 18. 

1690 

Schenec¬ 
tady de¬ 
stroyed. 


Destruo 
tion of 
Salmon 
Falls. 
March 
18 . 




124 


THE UNION NOMINALLY AT AN END. 


P’T. II. 
P’D. I. 

CH. XI. 

May 1. 

1691 . 

Congress 
N. Y. 


The 

“credit 

system.” 


1692 . 

New 
charter 
of Mass. 


Union in 
beart. 


6 . Fear and terror were on every side. The seve¬ 
ral governors of the provinces, convened at New 
York. General Winthrop with a body of troops, and 
Sir William Phipps, with a large fleet, were sent against 
the French. A part of the fleet was wrecked in re¬ 
turning, and both expeditions failed. 

7. Great expenses were, by these means, incurred 
by Massachusetts, and the general court authorized, 
for the first time, the emission of paper money, or 
notes of credit; making them, in all payments, a legal 
tender. 

8 . The Revolution in England produced a disagree- 
ble change, in the affairs of Massachusetts. King Wil 
liam, refusing to restore its former Government, 
granted a new charter, which extended its limits, but 
restricted its privileges. Massachusetts now embraced, 
besides her former territory, and the adjacent islands, 
Plymouth, Maine, and Nova Scotia; extending north 
to the river St. Lawrence, and west to the South Sea, 
excepting New Hampshire and New York. 

9. Almost the only privilege which the new char¬ 
ter allowed the people, was that of choosing their 
representatives. The king reserved to himself the 
right of appointing the governor, lieutenant governor, 
and secretary; and of repealing all laws within three 
years after the passage. As Plymouth, the oldest, and 
Massachusetts, the principal member of the New Eng¬ 
land confederacy, were now placed under a royal go¬ 
vernor, the union was nominally at an end. But it 
was already firmly cemented in the hearts and habits 
of the people. 

6 . What measures were taken in the congress of gover¬ 
nors ? What expeditions were undertaken ? — 7. What means 
did Massachusetts take to procure money ? — 8 . How did the 
English Revolution affect Massachusetts ? What course did King 
William take ? How did the new charter affect Massachusetts 
in regard to territory ? What did that province now embrace J 
9. How did the new charter affect the liberties of the people I 
What power had now the king of England ? Why could not 
the confederacy remain as it had been ? In what respeet* b*ti 
the union become already cemented ? 




EXERCISES ON THE CHRONOGRAPHER. I2S 


EXERCISES ON THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

What event marks the beginning of this period? What P ’ T * U 
is its date ? Point it out on the chronographer. p, D j 

The Navigation Acts were passed in 1651. Point to the 
place of this date. The time of “ Bacon’s rebellion” was 
1676. Show its place on the chronographer. New York 
was founded in 1614, and Albany in 1615. Point to the 
places of these dates. New Amsterdam was surrendered to 
the English in 1664. What is the place of this year? 

In 1682, William Penn made his celebrated treaty with the 
Indians. Point out the place of this year. New Jersey was 
first settled in 1664. Point out the place of this date. Con¬ 
necticut, including New Haven, obtained a liberal charter in 
1662. Rhode Island had also obtained one in 1651. Point 
to the places of these dates. Elliot completed his transla¬ 
tion of the Bible in 1657. Point to the place of this date. 

King Philip was killed and his war terminated in 1676. 

Point out the place of this date. 

Sir Edmund Andross was made governor of New England 
in 1686. The charter of Connecticut was hid in the charter- 
oak, 1687. Point out the places of these years. The first 
General Assembly of New York met in 1683. Point out 
the place of this date. 

The great patent of Carolina was granted in 1663, and 
the grant extended in 1667. Point out the places of these 
two dates. Charleston was founded in 1680. What is the 
place of this date ? Schenectady was destroyed in 1690. 

Point to the place of this year ? At what epoch does this 
period terminate ? What is its date ? What is its place on 
the chronographer ? 

The teacher can, at his option, select other dates, and re¬ 
quire the pupils to locate them on the chronographer. 




Childs Sc. 

































































































Landing of Sir William Phipps. 


PERIOD II. 


PROM 

THR NEW CHARTER jl692, j OP MASSACHUSETTS. 

TO 

THE FIRST SETTLEMENT | olr GEORGIA BY OGLETHORPE. 

CHAPTER I. 

Sir William Phipps—Cotton Mather—Salem Witchcraft.— 
Schools.—Yale College. 

1. The new charter was received at Boston, May p»t. ii 
14th, 1692. It was brought over by Sir William p , D I j 
Phipps, who brought also his commission, as royal ch.i. 
governor. He was nominated by the influence of his May J4 
pastor, Cotto^ Mather, who received him with great lf>92. 
joy. Phipps was a native of Pemaquid, in Maine He c ^ t " r< 
was made apprentice to a trade; but being active and sirWm. 
enterprising, he went to England; and, at length, ac- pp 
quired riches and a title, by recovering, with a diving 

bell, the treasures of a Spanish wreck. 

2. The delusion, with respect to witchcraft, was 
now at its height. The first settlers brought it with ^jng 
them from the mother country. Laws, making witch- 

Chapter I. —1- Where was the new charter received? 

By whom brought over ? By whose influence was he nominated 
for governor 1 — What delusion existed ? Give some account 
of this delusion ? 


127 














128 


THE DAYS OF SUPERSTITION. 


P’T. ii. craft a capital crime, existed in England, and were 
P , D IL early enacted in Massachusetts. In Springfield in 1645, 
ch. i. some individuals were accused and tried, but acquitted. 
Persons at Boston, Charlestown, Dorchester, and Cam¬ 
bridge, were tried, and some actually executed for the 
supposed offence. But it was at Salem, where this 
delusion produced its most fatal effects. 

3. At first, it was old women only, who were sus¬ 
pected of having leagued with the devil, to inflict upon 

Convic- the persons who complained, the various torments, 
hisufiT w hi c h they asserted, that they felt. The magistrates 
ciont of the people’s choice, had, with Bradstreet, their 
(rounds, governor, previous to the arrival of Phipps, discoun¬ 
tenanced these persecutions; but the new authorities, 
under the influence of Cotton Mather, pursued a course 
which placed the accused in situations, where u they 
had need to be magicians, not to be convicted of 
magic.” 

4. The unhappy persons were confronted with 
those who accused them, and asked, “ Why do you 
afflict these children ?” If they denied the fact, they 
were commanded to look upon the children, who 
would instantly fall into fits, and afterwards declare 
that they were thus troubled by the persons appre- 

aa«ecu h en( ied. On evidence no better than this, were 
twenty persons executed. 

5. The general court, on assembling, took ground 
against these proceedings, and abolished the special 

The court > by which these persons had been condemned. 

' rhls court was organised by Phipps, and presided over 
against by Stoughton, the lieutenant-governor. The public 
.pedal Y erC ^ ddres J sed on the subject, through the press, by 
court, the independent Calef, of Boston; and the eyes of men 
were at length opened. Those who had been impris¬ 
oned were set free; and the memory of the transaction 
soon became, what it still continues to be, a source of 
national sorrow and humiliation. 


Who were first accused? How was it with the people’s 
magistrates, in respect to prosecutions for witchcraft ? By whom 
were they upheld? —4 How did the prosecutions proceed? 
How many persons erjffered death? —5. By what court had 
these persons been condemned ? How was shown the power ol 
the press to do good ? ^ ‘ u ' 






EDUCATION ATTENDED TO. 


129 


6 . Not one of the colonies enjoyed a repose so p>t. il 
uninterrupted as Connecticut; and therefore none had,— 
in this respect, such advantages for showing the bent ca.i. 
of the Puritan mind, in regard to the improvement of 

the human race, by the right training of the young. 

7. As early as 1646, the general court took the mat-1646 
ter in hand. “To the end,” say they, “ that learning e'en. ct 
be not buried in the graves of our forefathers, the Lord cl Conn ‘ 
assisting our endeavors, it is ordered, that ail the 
townships with fifty householders, shall keep a school, m 
and pay for the same in such way as they see fit. And famiiieN 
further, that if any town has one hundred household¬ 
ers, they shall keep and maintain a grammar school, 
where young men can be fitted for a university.” 

8 . New Haven had also provided by law for com¬ 
mon schools, and in 1654, Mr. Davenport proposed 
the institution of a college, and the town gave lands 

for the object. Governor Hopkins, of Connecticut, y^ 
who, for several years, was alternately with Haynes, Colle s e * 
the chief magistrate of that colony, dying in London, 
bequeathed, for such an institution, four or five hun¬ 
dred pounds. The school was located at Saybrook. 

9. The clergy of Connecticut, feeling the need of a 
college, nearer than at Cambridge, to furnish learned 

men as ministers, ten of their number, obtained from i^oi. 
the general assembly, a charter of incorporation; toge- charter 
ther with an annual grant of £120. Thus constituted e ndow- 
as trustees, tney held their first meeting at Saybrook; ment9> 
chose officers, and made laws for the infant university. 

10. The location was inconvenient, and more money 
being subscribed, to fix the college at New Haven than 
at rival places, it was removed thither, and received at 

the same time, accessions,—of books for its library College 
already begun, and in its funds. The most liberal of 
the oonors was Elihu Tale, a native of New Haven, Haven. 


O. How was it with Connecticut in respect to education ? — T. 
What did the general court order in 1646 ? — 8. What did Mr. 
Davenport propose in 1654 ? What can you say of Governor 
Hopkins ? Where was the school first located ? — 9. What was 
obtained for it ? By whom ? Where did the ten trustees hold 
their first meeting? What did they do?—IO. Why was the 
college removed ? Why placed at New Haven ? 



130 


A MANCEUVRE. 


P’T. ii, who had made a fortune in India. His name is pre- 
p , D jj* served, in grateful remembrance,.by that of the college 
ch. n. II. Colonel Fletcher, governor of New York, was 
empowered to take command of the militia of Con¬ 
necticut. The colony, alarmed, immediately despatch- 
Oov. ed General Winthrop to England, as an agent, to re- 
monstrate with the king and council. Colonel Fletcher 
tempt, however, went to Hartford, in 1693; and, in his ma¬ 
jesty’s name, demanded the surrender of the militia to 
his command. 

12. Captain William Wadsworth, the man by whom 
the charter ' vas hid, paraded his company; but as an 
1693 atten( ^ ant °f Fletcher began to read his commission, 
Oct* 26 .* the captain gave command to “drum;” and when 
c’a^am Fletcher called out “silence!” the captain raised his 
Wads- 1 voice higher in a second order, “ drum, drum, I say.” 
worth - At length Fletcher gave up in despair; perhaps fearing, 
if he persisted, that Wadsworth would, in good earn¬ 
est, fulfil his threat, and “ make daylight shine through 
him.” 


CHAPTER II. 

European Politics.—Peace of Ryswick, which closes King Wi] 
liam’s War.—Queen Anne’s War soon begins. 

1. King William’s war had been feebly pursued. 
Settlements on Oyster river were, however, destroyed 
by the French and Indians, and the fort at Pemaquid, 
p^icTof w hich Sir WiUiam Phipps had rebuilt by the special 
Ryswick. direction of the sovereigns, had been taken. In 1697, 
peace was made at Ryswick, in Germany, by which 
it was stipulated that all places captured during the 
war should be restored. Thus had the barbarous ap- 

lO. From whom receive its name ? — 11. How was Connec¬ 
ticut now alarmed ?. What measures were taken by Fletcher ? 
12. What by Captain Wadsworth? What was the result ? 

Chapter II. —1. What settlements had been destroyed 1 
What fort taken ? What was done in 1697 ? What was stinu 
lated ? 






QUEEN ANNE’S WAR. 131 

peal to arms been to no other purpose but that of raul- p>t. il 
tiplying human woes. But the parties profited little p ~~ 
by the lesson. In May, 1702, the contest began, ca.nT 
which is known in American history, as u Queen 
Anne’s war.” 

2. The eastern Indians now devastated Maine from 
Casco to Wells. Deerfield, in Massachusetts, was sur¬ 
prised at midnight, February, 1704, by a party of 
French and Indians, under Heurtel de Rouville. The ^ 
sentinel of the fort being asleep, and the snow of such 

a depth as to allow them to pass over the palisades, 8ur j riie « 
they silently entered, and scalped and murdered, or French 
secured as prisoners, the wretched inhabitants. Only In ^ g< 
a small number escaped by flight. Forty-seven were 
Killed, and one hundred and twenty carried captive to 
Canada. 

3. Early in the assault, the house of the Rev. John 
Williams, the minister of the place, was attacked by 
about twenty Indians, who, after the murder of two of 

his children, secured as prisoners, himself, his wife, Hams 
and his remaining children. Mrs. Williams, on the family 
second day, faltered in the march, and, according to 
the Indian custom, was cruelly put to death. 

4. Roused by these inhumanities, the veteran war¬ 
rior, Benjamin Church, mounted on horseback and 
rode seventy miles to offer his services to Dudley, 

now governor of Massachusetts, in behalf of his dis- 1^04 
tressed fellow citizens. He was sent with five hun- ^dian 
dred soldiers to the eastern coast of New England, to menu 
attack the enemy in their own settlements; and, as- de3 e ^° y ' 
cending the Penobscot and St. Croix rivers, he destroy¬ 
ed several of their towns, and took a considerable 
number of prisoners. 

5. In 1705, Vaudreuil, now governor of Canada, it05 
proposed to Governor Dudley, a treaty of neutrality. Pris <>- 
Arrangements were accordingly made for an exchange ranged 
of prisoners; and thus a large proportion of those 


I. What object has been answered by the war ? Was war soon 
made again? What war?—2. What can you say of the eastern 
Indians? Describe the assault upon Deerfield.—3. What hap¬ 
pened to Mr. Williams and his family?—4. Who went against 
the Indiana ?— 5. What was done in 1705? 




132 


PEACE OF UTRECHT. 


P’T. II. 
P : D. 11. 

CH. 11. 

1710. 

English 
take Port 
Royal. 

1713. 

Peace of 
Utrecht 
closes 
Queen 
Anne’s 
war. 


1710. 

Palatines 
settle in 
the pro¬ 
vince. 


1714. 

George I. 


Mass, 
takes in 
all 

Maine. 


Father 

Rasies 

war. 

1717, 

to 

1721. 


taken at Deerfield, were finally released. Among the 
number were Mr. Williams, and some of his children. 
One young daughter remained, married, and raised a 
family in the tribe which adopted her... In 1710, Port 
Royal was taken from the French, and its name, in 
honor of the queen, was changed to Annapolis. 

6 . Queen Anne’s war was closed by the treaty of 
Utrecht, by which Acadia was ceded to the English. 
For more than ten years, this war had exposed the 
frontiers to continued attacks from a savage foe. Agri¬ 
culture was necessarily neglected, a heavy public debt 
incurred, and a state of general depression ensued. 

7. Some Palatines of Germany, having been reduced 
to great indigence, by the wars in that country, went 
to England to solicit charity of Queen Anne. This 
princess having obtained for them, grants of land in 
America, about six or seven thousand arrived, during 
the year 1710, and planted themselves in the provinces 
of New York, Pennsylvania, Virginia, and Carolina. 
In 1714, Queen Anne dying, George I., ascended the 
throne of England. 

8 . After the treaty of Utrecht, by which France 
ceded to England, the whole of Acadia, the general 
court of Massachusetts extended its jurisdiction to the 
utmost bounds of the province of Maine; and, enter¬ 
prising fishermen and traders, not only revived the 
desolated villages, but on the eastern bank of the Ken¬ 
nebec erected new forts, and planted new settlements 
around them. 

9. Father Rasies, a Jesuit missionary of France, had 
for many years ministered, in a rude chapel at Nor- 
ridgewock, on the Kennebec, among his savage con¬ 
verts of the Abenakies. The Indians under his charge 
began hostilities against the English, by burning Bruns¬ 
wick. The authorities of Massachusetts had ascer¬ 
tained, by getting possession of the papers of Father 

5. What place was taken in 1710? — 6. When was Queen 
Anne’s war closed ? What were some of its bad effects 1 — 7. 
What persons were sent over ? By whom ? At what time ? 
To what place? Who succeeded Queen Anne? — 8. Whtu 
was the condition and prospects of Maine ? — 9. Give an account 
of Father Rasies? Where did the Indians, acting under his 
directions, begin their warfare ? 




THE LAST OF THE JESUIT MISSIONARIES. 

Rasies, that both he, and the governor of Canada were r»T. n 
in the counsel of the savages, and were the instigators p , D n 
of their depredations. A party from New England, in ch. hi. 
August 1724, destroyed Norridgewock, and put to R ^ s!es 
death the aged Jesuit. He was the last of that devoted w* 
order, who, in the wilds of America, had labored to stroyed 
gain at the same time, a spiritual kingdom for a hea¬ 
venly Master, and a temporal one for an earthly sove¬ 
reign. 

10. The Indians now found, that, though instigated 
by the French, they were not supported by them; and 
their sachems, at St. John’s, concluded a peace with the Aug. 6. 
colonists; which, as French missions were now at an w f t ^ ac t e ht 
end, proved durable. English trading houses flourish- eastern 
ed, and the eastern boundary of New England remained Indians * 
undisputed. 


CHAPTER 111. 

Fletcher.—Piracy.—The Jerseys united, and joined with New 
York. 

1. Governor Sloughter, of New York, dying in 
1691, Colonel Fletcher received the commission 

of governor. Fletcher was a good soldier, and having ^okind 
fortunately secured the friendship of Major Schuyler, Fletcher 
he was, by his advice, enabled to conduct the Indian 
affairs of the colony, to the acceptance of the people. 1603 
Episcopalian ministers were, by the influence of the 
governor, settled in several parishes, and a religious oopacy. 
order was thus introduced, which, at this day, forms so 
respectable a portion of the population of the state. 

2. In 1698, the earl of Bellamont, succeeded Gover- BeHa _ 
nor Fletcher. During the late wars, the seas were mo&t 

9. How did the colonists proceed? — lO. What made the 
1 ndians willing; to conclude a peace ? What followed this peace ? 

Chapter 111.— 1. Whom did Fletcher succeed ? At what time ? 

What enabled him to conduct well the Indian affairs ? What 
was done by hia mfVence in respect to religion ? — 2. Who suc¬ 
ceeded him ? 






134 THE JEllSEYS UNITED. 

P’T. ii. infested with English pirates. Bellamont was particu 

--larly instructed “ to put a stop to the growth of piracy. 

P cH.’ni!' As no appropriation of money had been made by go- 
Sends vernmen h a private adventure against the pirates was 
out to agreed on, and one William Kidd, undertook the expe- 
Jj^Kidd* dition, and sailed from New York. He soon turned 
wh ° pirate himself. After some time, he burnt his ship, and 
piraS returned to the colonies. There is a vague tradition 
still existing, that he brought large quantities of money, 
1699. which he caused to be concealed in the earth. He was 
apprehended at Boston, sent to England for his trial, 
and there condemned and executed. 

ThesJer* Such disagreements arose in West Jersey, that 
seys uni- the proprietors surrendered the right of government to 
joined”to crown - Queen Anne united it with the east pro 

n. y. vince; and New Jersey, as the whole was now called, 
169§. was to ru ^ ec ^ jointly with New York, by a royal 
Lord governor, having a separate council and assembly of 
bury, representatives. The queen appointed, as governor of 
1708. two provinces, the worthless lord Cornbury. In 
Lovelace. 1708, she removed him and appointed Lord Lovelace. 

4. After a short administration, Lovelace was suc- 
1*710. ceeded by Sir Robert Hunter, and he, in 1719, by 
Hunter. p e t er Schuyler, who so often acted as the mediator 
between the whites, and Indians. Commissioners were 
Schirjder at appointed to draw the line of partition 

’between the provinces of New York, New Jersey, and 
Connecticut. 

1720. 5. In 1720, Mr. Burnet succeeded Schuyler. Hu 

Burnet, instituted measures to stop the trade between New 
° 3 ° York and Canada; and by this means displeased the 
1722. merchants. A trading house was built at Oswego, 
1727 d w *“ c ^ wa3 ’ * n 1727, converted into a fortress. Burnet 
Mont- * was superseded in the government, by Colonel Mont¬ 
gomery. gornery. 


' 2 . How did he happen to employ Kid ? Give an account ot 
William Kid? — 3. What happened in West Jersey? What 
was the whole now called ? How was it to be governed ? Whom 
did Queen Anne make governor? What did she do in 1708 ? — 
•I. YVho were the successors of Lovelace ? — 5. How did Gov¬ 
ernor Burnet incur the displeasure of the merchants ? What did 
they do ? 




THE TRIALS OF A GOOD MAN. 


iii5 


6. On his death, the command devolved on Rip p«t. ii. 

Van Dam, an eminent merchant. During his admin- —-- 

iso-ation, the French erected a fort at Crown Point, P C JJ;^ 
which commanded Lake Champlain, and which was 
within the acknowledged limits of New York....George Dam. 

I. died in 1727, and was succeeded by his son, 17 27 
George Ii 


CHAPTER IV. 

Pennsylvania.—Penn’s second visit.—Maryland. 

1. After William Penn’s arrival in England, he 
became one of the most influential persons in the Penn jn _ 
kingdom. The influence, which he possessed with fluentiai 
King James, was never used for selfish purposes ;,but a cour 
mainly to obtain benefits for distressed Quakers, and 

laws in favor of general toleration. 

2. When James became an exile in France, Penn 1692. 
was suspected, by his successor, of holding with him D ®j? r t £* d 
a treasonable correspondence; and, upon vague charges govero- 
like this, he was a number of times imprisoned. In 
1692, the government of Pennsylvania was taken from 

him; and Fletcher, of New York, appointed by the 
crown, to be its governor. 

3. After strict scrutiny, the conduct of Penn was 
found to be irreproachable; and in 1694, he was re¬ 
stored to the favor of the king, and reinstated in his 
government: but not immediately returning to Penn¬ 
sylvania, he appointed the worthy Thomas Lloyd, his 
deputy governor. 


6. Who was Burnet’s successor? What did he permit? 
What happened in England in 1727 ? 

Chapter IV.—1. How was it with Penn after his return to 
England ? Was William Penn a selfish man ? — 2. After the 
English Revolution, by which James was made an exile, what 
happened to Penn ? What became,at this time,of Pennsylvania ? 
3 Was Penn found guilty ? What happened in 1694 ? 






L3G 


DELAWARE SEPARATED FROM PA. 


P’T. II. 
P’D. II. 

CH. V. 

1699. 

His 

second 

visit. 


1701 . 

Grants 
se-v pri¬ 
vileges. 


1703 . 

The 

Territo¬ 
ries a 
separate 
province. 


1716. 

■*Lord 
Balti¬ 
more re¬ 
instated. 


French 
Hi treat¬ 
ed. 


4. In 1699, Penn visited his colony. Finding grea 
complaint and disaffection respecting the government, 
he granted, in 1701, a new and liberal charter. To 
the assembly, it gave the right of originating bills; to 
the governor the right of rejecting laws passed by the 
assembly,—of appointing his own council,—and of ex¬ 
ercising the whole executive power. This charter was 
accepted by the assembly; although it did not satisfy 
the discontents of the people. 

5 . The Territories, afterwards called Delaware, re¬ 
jected the charter altogether; and in 1703, they were 
allowed to form a separate assembly; Penn still ap¬ 
pointing the same governor, over both provinces. 
Having settled a government, which has given him the 
glory of being one of the greatest of lawgivers, Penn 
went to England, no more to visit his beloved province. 
The executive authority was administered by deputy 
governors appointed by himself. 

6. In the year 1716, the government of Maryland, 
which since the accession of William and Mary, had 
been held by the crown, was restored to Lord Balti¬ 
more, the proprietor. It continued in his hands, and 
those of his successors, until the American Revolution. 


CHAPTER V. 

The Huguenots.—War with the Spaniards-—Tuscaroras ana 
Y amassees. 

1. The English settlers in Carolina, treated with 
harshness and intolerance, the French Huguenots. 
They, on their part, bore this ill usage, with meek¬ 
ness and forbearance; so that after a few years, they 
were admitted to the privileges of citizens... J ohn 


What in 1699 ? What in 1701 ? What powers were given 
by the charter ? — 5. What is said of The Territories ? What 
did Penn then do ? — 6. What happened in 1716 ? 

Chapter V.—1. Who were ill treated? By whom f How 
wtw their ill usage borne ? 





SOUTHERN INDIANS HOSTILE. 


137 


Archdale, one of the proprietors, was sent, in 1695, as 
governor of North and South Carolina, with power to 
redress alleged grievances. Having restored order, 
he left the country the next year. 

2. About this time a vessel from Madagascar, touch¬ 
ing at Carolina, the captain presented Governor Arch¬ 
dale with a bag of seed rice, giving him, at the same 
time, instructions as to the manner of its culture. The 
seed was divided among several planters. From this 
accident arose the cultivation of this staple commodity 
of Carolina. 

3. The proprietary governor, invested with arbitrary 
powers, resided in the southern province, and governed 
the northern by his deputy. But the deputy governor, 
rfiough his powers were ample, could never execute 
them, beyond the limits of the peoples’ will. 

4. On the breaking out of Queen Anne’s war, an 
attempt was made by Governor Moore, of South Caro¬ 
lina, against the Spanish province of St. Augustine. 
The expedition was unsuccessful, and so heavy was 
the expense, that, to pay the debt incurred, the assem¬ 
bly, for the first 6me, resorted to the expedient of a 
paper currency, 

5. The Spaniards, aided by the French, and com¬ 
manded by Le Feboure, in a fleet of five ships, next 
invaded Charleston. Their attack was met with such 
spirit, that they retired with loss. 

6. In 1712, the Tuscaroras, and other Indians of 
North Carolina, formed a horrible plot for extermina¬ 
ting the entire white population. They entered, by 
surprise, the houses of the poor Palatines of Germany, 
who had recently settled on the Roanoke, and mur¬ 
dered many families. The remaining inhabitants, col¬ 
lecting into a camp, kept guard night and day, until 
aid could be received from South Carolina. 


P’T. 11 


P’D. 1! 
ch. v. 


1695. 

Rice in¬ 
troduced 
from 
Africa. 


Too 
much 
liberty in 
N. C. 


1702 . 

The fir»t 
paper 
currency 
of S. C 


1706. 

Spanish 

invasion 

repelled 


1712 

War 
with th* 
Tusci^c 


1. What was done by the proprietors ? — 2 . How was the 
culture of rice introduced ? — 3. Where did the governor of the 
Carolinas reside ? How did his deputy succeed in governing 
North Carolina? — 4. What account can you give of the expe¬ 
dition against St. Augustine ? What was done to defray the 
expense ? —5. Give an account of the Spanish invasion ? — <4. 
V\ nat happened now to the northern province of Carolina ? 



138 


THE INDIANS CHASTISED. 


P’T. II. 
P’D. II. 

CH. V. 

They are 
pursued 
and de¬ 
bated by 
Barnwell. 


9.715. 

War 
with the 
Yama- 
sees in 
8. C. 


Battle ol 
Salt- 
catchers. 


The Ifa- 
masees 
settle in 
Florida. 


Evils of 
proprie¬ 
tary gov 
eminent. 


7. That colony sent to their relief, six hundred 
militia, under Captain Barnwell.' He penetrated the 
wilderness, attacked the Indians, killed three hundred, 
and took one hundred prisoners. Those who sur¬ 
vived, fled to the chief town of the Tuscai >ras; but 
here Barnwell’s troops surrounded them. After 
•great losses, they sued for peace. The Tuscaroras 
soon after left their country, and united with the Iro¬ 
quois ; making the sixth nation of that confederacy. 

8. In 1715, the Yamassees, instigated a combination 
of all the Indians from Florida to Cape Fear against 
South Carolina. The warriors of the Creeks, Appala¬ 
chians, Cherokees, and other tribes engaged, exceeded 
six thousand. The southern Indians fell suddenly on 
the traders settled among them, and, in a few hours, 
ninety persons were massacred. Some of the inhabi¬ 
tants fled precipitately to Charleston, and gave the 
alarm. 

9. Formidable parties were also penetrating the 
northern frontier, and approaching Charleston. These 
were repulsed by the militia, but their route was mark¬ 
ed by devastation. Governor Craven, at the head of 
twelve hundred men, marched towards the southern 
frontier, and overtook the strongest body of the enemy, 
at a place called Saltcatchers, where a bloody battle 
was fought. The Indians were totally defeated, and 
driven from their territory. They were received by 
the Spaniards, and settled in Florida. Nearly four 
hundred of the Carolinians were slain in this war. 

10. The legislature, in the distressed condition of 
tiie colony, applied to the company for aid and protec¬ 
tion, which was denied. For temporary relief, they 
next made large emissions of paper money. Direc¬ 
tions were given, by the proprietors, to the governor, 
to reduce the quantity in circulation. The assembly 
then resolved to appropriate the lands, from which the 


Y. Did the southern province make exertions ? What did 
Capt. Barnwell ? What became of the Tuscaroras ? — 8. What 
formidable combination was formed ? Who were the instiga¬ 
tors ? What was their force ? What was their first outbreak f 
0. How did they proceed ? Where were they defeated ? By 
whom ? How many Carolinians were destroyed by these Indi. 
arm ? — lO. What was done in the distress of the colony 1 






REVOLUTION IN CAROLINA. 


139 


Indians had been driven; but the proprietors refused P’T. ii 
to sanction this necessary proceeding. They also P , D 7i 
encouraged their officers in oppressive measures. v. 

11. The people were determined, no longer to sub¬ 
mit to sucli tyranny. The governor, Johnson, was ^ ^ 
informed, that if he would rule under the king, he caroiki 
could retain his office, but not otherwise. Johnson 
refused, and endeavored to suppress the spirit of revolt; choose » 
but it had diffused itself beyond his control; and, at s cverno1 
last, the people elected Moore, governor of the province. 

12. The colonists stated their situation by agents 
in England, when it was decided, that the proprietors 

had forfeited their charter; and that both the Carolina? c ^ e n 
should be taken under the royal protection. Nichol- anoints 
son, was appointed governor; and, early the following Joq.° 
year, he arrived at Charleston, where he was received 
with every demonstration of joy. 

13. Peace was made between Great Britain and Hls 
Spain. Treaties were held with the Cherokees and g° od ad - 
Creeks, in which boundaries were settled. Governor tion. 
Nicholson encouraged literary institutions. 

14. The revolution was completed, by an agreement 
between the crown and seven of the proprietors; where- ^^9 
by, for a valuable consideration, they surrendered their n. aud 
right and interest, not only in the government of these 
provinces, but also in the soil. North and South Caro- rated 
lina were, at the same time, erected into separate 
governments. 

IO. IIow did the company of proprietors treat the people ? — 

11. What were the people now resolved on ? What did they 
let Gov. Johnson know ? What reply receive ? Whom did they 
elect ? — 12 . What decision was made in England ? Who wa 9 
Bent as governor ? — 13. How did he administer the govern 
ment T — 14. How was tliis revolution in Carolina completed f 


\ 




140 


THE TWO BROTHERS. 


CHAPTER VI. 

Extension of the French Empire.—New France. 

P’T. ii. 1 Pensacola was settled by three hundred Span* 
p. D — iards from Vera Cruz. Scarcely were they established, 
ch.' vi. when a fleet, under Le Moine d’Iberville, a Canadian 
1699 Frenchman, who had been distinguished as a discoverer 
Pensaco- and a warrior, appeared along their coast, carrying 
iasettled, several hundred persons, mostly from Canada. 

2. The company at first erected their huts on Ship 
Island, near the entrance of Lake Borgne. After three 
weeks, d’Iberville proceeded with forty men, entered 
Feb. 3. the mouth of the Mississippi, and sailed up the stream, 
vine en- probably to Red river. On his return, he passed through 
ter* the the bay, which bears his name, and the lakes which he 
Mlss ' called Maurepas and Pontchartrain, to the bay of St. 
Louis. On the small bay of Biloxi he erected a fort, 
and around it his few emigrants w r ere planted. 

1702- Leaving them under the command of his brother, 
Mobile Bienville, he went to France. The climate proved 
founded. f ata j to num b ers , and in 1702, the chief fortress was 
transferred to the western bank of the Mobile, where 
w r as made the first European settlement in Alabama. 

4. In 1716, Bienville went up the Mississippi, and 
£716. built Fort Rosalie, on the site of Natchez,—the oldest 
founded* European settlement of the grand valley, south of the 
Illinois. False ideas of the wealth of Louisiana had 
been spread in France, for purposes of land specula¬ 
tion; and in 1718, three ships came over, bearing 
^New' e *ght hundred emigrants, who founded a city, and in 
Orleans honor of the regent of France, named it New Orleans, 
founded, gy OCCU p anC y ? as well as by discovery, France 
laid claim to Louisiana. 

Chapter VI.—1 . When was Pensacola settled ? What fleet 
soon appeared ?—2. Where did the company first stop ? Where 
did d’Iberville then go? Describe, and trace on the map, his 
route and return. Where were his emigrants planted ?—3. 
With whom did he leave the command? To what place was 
the settlement transferred?—4. What was done in 1716? To 
what cause was the settlement of New Orleans owing? On 
what did Fiance found her gi eat claims? 


I 





THE SEEDS OF THE REVOLUTION. 


141 


5. The French built a fort at Niagara. A colony cf p>t. il 
one hundred was led to Detroit, as early as 1701, by 
De La Motte Cadillac, and another in 1712, by Anthony cii. rn. 
Crozat, who had obtained from Louis XIV., a patent 
for the exclusive trade of Louisiana. Since the dis¬ 
coveries of the Jesuits, the French had been in pos¬ 
session of the various western routes from the St. New 
Lawrence to the Mississippi. Chicago, Vincennes, I ' raiiCe * 
and Kaskaskia, were, at the close of this period, grow¬ 
ing settlements. 


CHAPTER VII. 

Controversy in Massachusetts, respecting a fixed salary for the 
royal governor. 

1. The free institutions of the colonies, again 
alarmed the English government. Massachusetts was 
ever the least submissive to the royal will. A contro- 
versy between that colony and the parent state now Mass, 
began, which led to the war of the revolution. The trouble * 
main subject was a fixed salary for the royal governor, »ubj M t 
which the English sovereign directed that officer to re¬ 
quire; but which, this colony, fora series of years, re¬ 
solutely refused to pay. 

2. Massachusetts, to defray the expenses of the war, 
had made such large emissions of paper money, that 
gold and silver were banished from the province. The 
paper depreciated, and the usual commercial evils en- ine»ts, 
sued. The attention of the colony being directed to 
remedy these evils, a public bank was instituted; in Pubi;c 
which the faith of the government was pledged for the Bank 
value of the notes. The profits accruing from the 

5. What other places were founded by the French soon after? 

Chapter VII.—1. Which of the colonies was most prone to 
dispute the royal will ? What did the English government in¬ 
struct their governors to require ? IIow did the colony resist this 
demand?—2. Give an account of the institution of a public 
bank. 




1.42 


ROYAL GOVERNORS TROUBLED. 


Gov. 

Shute 

makes 

bad 

worse. 


tvzs- 

Burnet 
made 
governor 
of Mass, 
and 
N H. 


p’T. ii. bank, were to be applied for its support. Fifty thou 
P’d Ti san( ^ P oun ds, in bills of credit, were issued. 
ch. vii. 3. The bank, however, failed of its desired effect 
Governor Shute now succeeded Governor Dudley ; and 
^ , by his recommendation, another emission of bills of 

I?©*>. cre dit was made, to the amount of one hundred thou¬ 
sand pounds. The consequence of this was, rather to 
heighten, than allay the existing difficulties; as it was 
found, that the greater the quantity of this factitious 
substitute for money, the less was its value. 

4. In 1728, Mr. Burnet, who had been removed 
from the magistracy of New York, was appointed to 
that of Massachusetts and New Hampshire. He was 
instructed by his sovereign to insist on a fixed salary. 
The general court resisted, and postponed a decisive 
answer. They voted Governor Burnet the unusual 
sum of one thousand seven hundred pounds; three 
hundred for his travelling expenses, and fourteen hun¬ 
dred for his salary. He accepted the appropriation for 
his expenses, but rejected that for his salary. 

5 . The people of Boston took a lively interest in 
the dispute, and the governor, believing that the gene- 

SHourt ra ^ c °urt were thus unduly influenced, removed them 
to Salem. Continuing firm to their purpose, he kept 
the court in session several months beyond the usual 
time, and refused to sign a warrant on the treasurer for 
the payment of the members. 

6. In April, 1729, after a recess of about three 
months, the general court again convened at Salem, 
but proving refractory on the subject of the salary, 
the governor adjourned them, and they met at Cam¬ 
bridge in August. Unable to make any impression, 
Burnet felt so severely the difficulties of his position, 
that he sickened with a fever, and died on the 17th of 
September. 

7. His successor, Mr. Belcher, who arrived at Bos¬ 
ton in August, 1730, renewed the controversy*, but the 


from 
Boston to 
Salem. 


1129 . 

Burnet 

dies. 


3. What was the effect of emitting so much paper money?—4. 
Who was made governor of Massachusetts in 1728? What was 
clone by the governor, and the court, in reference to a fixed 
salary?—5. What removal did the governor make?—G. What 
was done respecting the salary in 1729? What efi'eot had these 
troubles on the governor? 



VERMONT. 


143 


court, after two or three sessions, succeeded with him, 
(and by consent of the crown,) in a policy which they 
had vainly attempted with Burnet, that of paying him 
a liberal sum for present use, without binding them¬ 
selves lor the future. 

8. In 1719, more than one hundred families emi¬ 
grated from the north of Ireland, and settled in the 
town of Londonderry, in New Hampshire. They in¬ 
troduced the foot spinning-wheel, the manufacture of 
linen, and the culture of potatoes. 

9. A phenomenon, singular at the time, and not yet 
satisfactorily explained, alarmed the people of New 
England in 1719. This was the Aurora Borealis , first 
noticed in the country, on the night of the 17th of De¬ 
cember. Its appearance, according to the writers of 
the day, was more calculated to excite terror than later 
appearances of the same kind. 

10. In 1723, a fort was built on Connecticut river, 
in the present town of Brattleborough, under the di¬ 
rection of lieutenant governor Dummer, of Massachu¬ 
setts, and hence it was called Fort Dummer. Around 
this fort was commenced the first settlement in Ver¬ 
mont. 

11. About this period, a new colony was projected 
in England, to settle between the Savannah and Alta- 
maha rivers. This tract was within the limits of the 
Carolina grant, but unoccupied by European settlers. 
The patriotic deemed it important, that this region 
should be planted by a British colony, otherwise it 
might be seized by the Spaniards from Florida, or the 
French from the Mississippi. At the same time, a spirit 
of philanthrophy was abroad in England, to notice the 
distresses of the poor, especially those shut up in 
prisons, and to provide for their relief. 

12. Actuated by these generous motives, a number 
of gentlemen in England, of w r hom James Oglethorpe 

7. How was the controversy settled?—8. What emigrants 
settled in New Hampshire? "What did they introduce?—9. 
What can you say or the Aurora Borealis of that day?—10. 
When and where was the first settlement made in Vermont? 
? 1 . What new colony was projected in England ? Why did the 
patriotic in England favor the project ? What benevolent spirit 
was abroad ?—12. Who was to be the leader of the enterprise? 


P’T. II 

P’D. IT. 

CH. VII. 

1730 


1719 

London¬ 

derry 

settled. 


Aurora 

Borealis. 


1723 

First set¬ 
tlement 
in Ver¬ 
mont. 


Plan ot s 
new 
colony. 


Ogle¬ 

thorpe 


* 




144 


GEORGIA. 


p’T. ii. was the most zealous, formed a project to settle this 
tract, by suc.i of the suffering poor, as might be wii- 
ca. Tix. ling to seek, in the new world, the means of subsis¬ 
tence. 

13. To this company, the territory between the Sa¬ 
vannah and Altamaha, now, in honor of the king, 
H32. denominated Georgia, was granted; and, with its set- 
tlement, was completed, that of the thirteen veteran 
colonies, which fought the war of the revolution; and 
whose emblematic stars and stripes, still decorate the 
banner of American Independence. 

13 . What may be said of the colony which Oglethorpe and 
his company settled * 


EXERCISES ON THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

What event marks the beginning of this period ? What 
is its date ? Point it out on the chronographer. 

Queen Anne’s war began in 1702. What is the place of 
this date ? Massachusetts extended its jurisdiction over 
Maine in 1714. What is the place of this year? New 
York and New Jersey were ruled by one governor in 1698. 
Point out the place of that year. Penn granted a new char¬ 
ter to Pennsylvania in 1701. Point to the place of that 
year. 

The cultivation of rice was begun in Carolina, in 1695 
Point to the place of this date. Paper money was first mad» 
in South Carolina, in 1702. Show the place of this year 
In 1729 North and South Carolina were erected into sepa 
rate governments. Point to the place of this date. Mobile 
was founded by the French, in 1702, Natchez in 1706, and 
New Orleans in 1718. Point out the places of these dates 
Vermont was first settled in 1723. Point out the place of 
this date. 

What event terminates this period ? What is its date ? 
Point out its place on the chronographer. 

Let the teacher, as before, select other dates, and require 
the pupils to locate them on the chronographer. 
































































































































Oglethorpe’s Council with the Indian chiefs. 

PERIOD III. 


r ROM 

THE FIMT SETTLEMENT OP | 1733, | OEOROIA BY OGLETHORPE. 

TO 

*HE PEACE OF PARIS, WHICH }l763.{ CLOSES THE FRENCH WAR. 

CHAPTER I. 

Georgia and Carolina engaged in war with the Spaniards of 
Florida.—The Slave Trade.—War of the French with the 
Chickasaws. 

1. Oglethorpe prepared for the settlement of p ’ T - II * 
Georgia, by the assistance of a corporation, consisting pm. in 
of twenty-one persons, who were called “Trustees CH - *• 
for settling and establishing the Colony of Georgia.” 21 
He embarked in November, 1732, with one hundred trusteea ‘ 
and sixteen emigrants for America. 

2. Large sums of money had been subscribed, which Supplie# 
were applied to the purchase of clothing, food, arms, how fur. 
agricultural utensils, and transportation for such indi- Ulshed 
gent persons as should be willing to cross the Atlantic, 

and begin a new settlement. 


1. Whose assistance had Oglethorpe ? At what time did lie 
embark ? Wi.a how many ? —2. For what purposes was money 
raised ? 

147 







148 


FIRST SETTLEMENTS IN GEORGIA. 


P’T. II. 


P’D. HI. 

CH. i. 

Feb. 1. 

1733 . 

Ogle¬ 

thorpe 

arrives. 

Council 
of chiefs. 


50 acres 
given to 
each 
settler. 


Scotch 

and 

Germans. 


1736. 

Civil 

govern¬ 

ment. 


buJds 
3 forts. 


3. The company arrived at Yamacraw Bluff, after¬ 
wards Savannah, on the first of February, 1733. Here 
Oglethorpe built a fort. His next care was to have a 
good understanding with his neighbors, the powerful 
chiefs of the Creeks, Cherokees, Choctaws, and Chick- 
asaws. Oglethorpe invited them to meet him in a 
general council at Savannah. By means of an inter¬ 
preter, he made them the most friendly professions; 
which they reciprocated,' and these amicable disposi¬ 
tions passed into a solemn treaty. 

4. Georgia was soon increased by five or six hun¬ 
dred emigrants; but most were idle, and many vicious. 
In order to procure a more efficient population, eleven 
townships of 20,000 acres each, were laid out on the 
Savannah, Altamaha, and Santee rivers, and divided 
into lots of fifty acres each. One of these was to be 
given to every actual settler. 

5. This arrangement proved so attractive, that a 
large number of emigrants soon arrived. Highlanders 
from Scotland, built the town of Inverness, afterwards 
Darien, on the Altamaha; and Germans, a town which 
they called Ebenezer, on the Savannah. 

6. The charter granted to the trustees of Georgia, 
vested in them, powers of legislation for twenty-one 
years; and they now proceeded to establish regulations 
for the government of the province, in which the inte 
rests of humanity were regarded, more than those 
of trade. 

7. In 1736, Oglethorpe erected three forts, one on 
the Savannah, at Augusta; another called Frederica, in 
the vicinity of the Scotch settlement on the island of 
St. Simons; and a third, named Fort William, on Cum 
berland island. The - Spaniards remonstrated, and in 
sisted on the evacuation of the country, as far as the 
thirty-third degree of north latitude. 

3. Where and when did the company arrive ? What was firs 1 
done ? What was Oglethorpe’s next care ? What powerful 
nations sent their chiefs to the council ? What was done at the 
council ? — 4r. How was the settlement increased ? W hat was 
done to procure a more efficient population? — 5. What effect 
had this arrangement ? What town was built by Scotch High¬ 
landers ? What by Germans ? — 6. What was done in relation 
to government? — 7 . What three forts did Oglethorpe next 
build ? What ground was lakcn by the Spaniards ? 




OGLETHORPE. 

8. Oglethorpe about this time returned to England. 
He was appointed commander-in-chief of the British 
forces in Carolina and Georgia, and sent back with a 
regiment of six hundred men. 

9. England, having declared war, Oglethorpe twice 
invaded Florida. His second expedition proved wholly 
unsuccessful, and produced the unfortunate results of 
an increase of the public debt, and a temporary distrust 
between the people and their general. The same year, 
Charleston, in South Carolina, was destroyed by fire. 
To relieve the suflferers, the British parliament gener¬ 
ously voted £20,000. 

10. In May, 1742, a fleet was sent from Ilavanna, 
from which, debarked a Spanish army at St. Simons. 
Oglethorpe had collected troops and posted himself at 
Frederica. He was not in sufficient force openly to 
attack the enemy; but was himself attacked by a 
party of Spaniards. His troops, particularly the High¬ 
landers, under Captain McIntosh, fought bravely— 
repulsed, and slew two hundred of the enemy at u the 
Bloody Marsh.” 

11. Oglethorpe next attempted to surprise the inva¬ 
ders, by marching to attack their camp in the night. 
A traitor, who discharged his gun, and then ran into 
the Spanish lines, defeated his plan. But Oglethorpe 
made the Spaniards believe, by a stratagem, that the 
soldier was sent to them by him, to advise them to 
remain. Some ships from South Carolina appearing 
in sight, the Spaniards thought they were going to fall 
into a trap; and they embarked in such haste, that their 
artillery, provisions, and military stores, fell into the 
hands of the Georgians. 

12. Georgia, in its early settlement, was distin¬ 
guished by the peculiar humanity in which it was 
founded. Oglethorpe u sought not himself, but others;” 


8. What appointment had Oglethorpe ? — 9. What two expe¬ 
ditions did he undertake ? What bad results occurred ? What 
misfortune happened to Charleston? What generous act is 
rt corded here ? lO. Give an account of the Spanish invasion? 
Who repulsed the Spaniards ?—11. By what stratagem were 
they induced to retire ?— 12. What was the conduct of Ogle¬ 
thorpe t 


149 


P’T. II. 


P’D. Ill, 

CH. I. 


1740 

Og. is 
unsuc¬ 
cessful. 


Charles¬ 

ton 

burned. 


1711 

Juue. 
Georgia 
invaded 
by the 
Span¬ 
iards. 


A strata 
gem 
makes 
them 
retire. 


Charac 
ter of 
Ogle¬ 
thorpe. 




150 


THE OLD FRENCH WAR. 


P’T. ii. and, for ten years, he gave his disinterested service 
p, D jjf without claiming so much as a cottage or a farm. 

■’ll. ii.' 13. The eloquent Whitfield, with the two Wesleys 
Whit- the three founders of the sect of Methodists, sympa* 
field and thized with Ogrlethorpe in his benevolence: and each 
We«H spent some time in America, assisting him in his en- 
le y®* terprise. Whitfield founded, near Savannah, a house 
for orphans. In 1752, the Trustees, wearied with a 
Trustees t rou b] esome an j profitless charge, resigned their office, 
Georgia. and Georgia became a royal province. 

14. Louisiana, after having been for fourteen years 
under a company of avaricious speculators, formed at 
Paris, reverted to the French monarch; and Bienville 
was appointed governor. He found the Chickasaws 
very troublesome, as they favored the English, rather 
than the French. The Natchez, under their influence, 
Natchez committed murders, for which the whites had 
de- wholly destroyed them. Bienville ascended the Tom* 
M The d * beebee to attack the Chickasaws. He was to be aided 
chicka- by a French army from the Illinois. They came first, 
'stro/a ant ^ the Chickasaws destroyed them. When Bienville 
French arrived, he found the Indians more than a match for 
* rtaJ ‘ his force, and immediately retired down the stream. 


CHAPTER II. 

Old French War.—Capture of Louisburg.—French and English 
claims to the Basin of the Mississippi. 

1. In 1744, war was again proclaimed between Eng¬ 
land and France. Louisburg, the capital of the island 
of Cape Breton, had been fortified with great cate 
*nd expense, and was called, from its strength, the 
Dunkirk of America ; while, from its position, it com- 

S'L What eminent ministers of the gospel were with him ? 
A 7 'hat change was made in 1752 ?—14. Under whom had Louisi¬ 
ana been ? To whom did it revert ? Whom did he appoint ? (Jive 
an account of the attack upon the Chickasaws, and its result. 

Chatter Ii. —1. In what year was *he “ Old French War V 
What can you say of Louisburg ? 





PEACE OF AIX LA CHAPELLE. 151 

mantled the navigation of the St. Lawrence, and the p>t. u. 
fisheries of the adjoining seas. pmUT 

2. Governor Shirley, of Massachusetts, now medi- ch.' ii. 
tated an attack on this fortress. He laid open his de¬ 
signs to the general court of the colony, under an oath 

of secrecy. The plan being thought too great, too 
hazardous, and too expensive, it was apparently aban¬ 
doned ; but an honest member, who performed the 
family devotions at his lodgings, inadvertently disco¬ 
vered the secret, by praying for the divine blessing on 
the attempt. 

3. The people approving the project, with which 
hey became thus accidentally acquainted, were clamo- 
r ous in its support. It was revived by the court, and 

after a long deliberation, the vote in its favor was car- 1T-C5 
ried by a single voice. Troops were immediately raised com” 
by Connecticut, Rhode Island, and New Hampshire, ““Jj 1 
to aid those of Massachusetts. The command of these rlp^r 
forces w as given to Colonel William Pepperell, a mer- 
chant of Maine, who sailed on the 25th of March, 
and arrived at Casco on the 4th of April. 

4. A British naval force, under Admiral Warren, 
having been applied to, joined the armament; and the ^nac, 
whole arrived at Chapeau Rouge Bay, on the 30th of to Ji«« 
April. By a series of the most unprecedented good great 
luck, and by almost incredible exertions, the fortress feat * 
was taken, and with it the whole island of Cape Breton. 

5. Peace was proclaimed in 1748, and a treaty, 
signed at Aix la Chapelle, by commissioners from Eng- 
gland, France, and Spain, the basis of which was the 174 s. 
mutual restoration of all places taken during the war: Peace of 
and Louisburg, to the grief and mortification of the chapeUc 
colonies, reverted to the French. Its capture, had, 
however, done credit to their military prowess; as it 

had been, by far, the most brilliant exploit of the entire 
war. 

2. YVhat plan was formed byGovernor Shirley ? What did he 
in reference to it ? How did the general court receive it ? How 
did it come to the knowledge of the people ? —3. What did they 
think of it ? What was finally done by the court ? From what 
states was an army raised ? Who commanded ? — t. What na¬ 
val force joined them ? What was the result of the combined 
effort ? — 5. On what basis was peace made at Aix la Chupolle t 




152 


?’T. II. 


P’D. III. 

CII. II. 

Did not 
settle 
differ¬ 
ences. 

Extent of 
New 
France, 
as stated 
, by 
French 
geogra¬ 
phers. 

British 
claim the 
same ter¬ 
ritory. 


4750. 

Ohio 

company 

formed. 


Hostile 
Pleasures 
of the 
French. 


Gov. 

Dinwid- 

die 

alarmed. 


CONFLICTING CLAIMS. 

6. The blood and treasure of the many, had again 
been spent without result, and peace was concluded 
without a proper settlement of differences. This was 
especially the case in regard to the American claims 
of the contracting powers. 

7. The French laid claim to all the lands occupied 
by the waters flowing into the St. Lawrence and the 
Lakes; and all watered by the Mississippi and its 
branches; and, in the west, and on the north, they 
were erecting fortresses, with an intent to unite and 
command the whole of this vast territory. 

8. The British, on the other hand, asserted a right 
to the entire country, as may be seen by their early 
patents, to which they gave an extension from the 
Atlantic to the Pacific. These conflicting claims, it 
was clearly foreseen, must soon lead to another war. 

9. A number of gentlemen, mostly in Virginia, of 
whom Lawrence Washington was one, procured in 
1750, an act of the British parliament, constituting 
them “the Ohio Company,” and granting them six 
hundred thousand acres of land, on, or near, the Ohio 
river. They caused the tract to be surveyed, and 
opened a trade with the Indians in the vicinity. 

10. This becoming known to the French, the gov¬ 
ernor of Canada complained to the authorities of New 
Vork and Pennsylvania, threatening to seize their tra¬ 
ders, if they did not quit the territory. Several of 
their number were accordingly taken, and carried to 
the French fort at Presque Isle. 

11. Dinwiddie, the governor of Virginia, alarmed 
at these movements on the part of the French, had 
sent a trader among them as a spy, who returning, in¬ 
creased his fears, by vague accounts of the French 
posts near Lake Erie, without gratifying his curiosity 
as to the number or object of their forces. 

ti. Were these subjects of differences remaining unsettled ? — 
7. What part of America was claimed by France ? What were 
they doing to unite and command this territory ?— 8. What was 
claimed by the British ? Was there any prospect of a peaceable 
settlement of these differences? —». Who were the Ohio Com¬ 
pany ? What grant had they ? What did they do in reference 
to it ? — lO. Wfiat course did the French take ? — 11. Who 
was governor of Virginia ? What report was brought to him ? 





THE CHILD WASHINGTON 


1 5'J 


12. Dinwiddie determined, although the season was P’T. ii. 
advanced, to send immediately a trusty person, to 
require the French Commandant to quit the territory; ch.hi,’ 
and also to bring such an account of his strength and 
position, that if he refused peaceably to retreat, some He~* 
feasible method of ejectment by force might be adopt- ^vS 
ed. A young man of twenty-two, an officer of the mi- * n g t0 “ 
litia, was chosen. His figure was commanding, his f °ficuit f 
air inspired respect and confidence. His name was dut y- 
George Washington 


CHAPTER III. 


George Washington—His birth, parentage, and education—His 
conduct in places of trust, private, and public. 

1. Lawrence Washington, the grandfather of 
George, and Augustine Washington his father, had 
continued the family residence in Westmoreland coun- John, 
ty, Virginia, where his great grandfather John, already 
mentioned, had fixed liis seat: and there he who is Augus- 
now regarded as the father of his country, was born on georgk 
the 22d of February, 1732. In 1734, his father re- 
moved to Stafford county, opposite to Fredericksburg 1^32 
on the Rappahannock ; little thinking that his playful 

boy, then but two years old, was marked by Provi¬ 
dence for a career so elevated. 

2. In 1743, Augustine Washington died, and left to 
each of his sons valuable landed estates. To Law¬ 
rence, his eldest, he bequeathed the beautiful tract or 1743 
the bank of the Potomac; and to George, the lands j^nce 
and mansion where he died. George was the oldest °^ nr 
offspring of a second marriage;and his excellent mo- nm. 
tlier, Mary Washington, was, by his father’s will, his 


12. What plan did he adopt ? Who was chosen ? 

Chapter III.—I. What was the name of George Washing¬ 
ton’s father ? His grandfather ?' His great-grandfather ? When 
and where was he bom ? Hew old was he when his father 
removed to Stafford county ? — 2. What occurred on the death 
of his father ? How old was George ? Who was his guardian ? 




154 


THE BOY, TO BOYS AN EXAMPLE. 


P’T. II. 
P’D. III. 

CH. III. 


His early 
moral 
charac¬ 
ter. 


His 

activity. 



ins. 

A sur¬ 
veyor 
among 
the 

moun- 

!ains. 


sole guardian. It was under her maternal guidance, 
and in the common school, that Washington developed 
those physical, intellectual, and moral elements, which 
formed his greatness. 

3. When in school he was pains-taking, and exatd 
in the performance of his exercises; and he was, at 
the same time, so true in his words, so righteous in 
his actions, and so just in his judgments, that his 
school-mates were wont to bring their differences be¬ 
fore him for decision. Superior also in bodily health, 
and vigor, he excelled in athletic sports, and adventu¬ 
rous exploits. He loved the military; and tradition 
reports, that the first battles, in which he commanded, 
were the mimic engagements, which he taught to his 
school-fellows. 

4. He learned to read and to write well; and he tho¬ 
roughly mastered arithmetic. This was all, which the 
school helped him to acquire. Of himself he prac¬ 
ticed composition; and he happily formed a style suited 
to the lofty tone of his moral sentiments, and the di¬ 
rectness and energy of his character. The higher 
mathematics he learned with pleasure and mental profit, 
his object being to prepare himself for the occupation 
of surveyor. He set carefully down in his books, his 
diagrams, his observations on manners, and his rules 
of behaviour. Nothing was too laborious, or too 
tedious for his determined mind. 

5. To survey the great estates of Lord Fairfax, then 
residing in Virginia, he first began his career of active 
life. Though a boy of just sixteen, he was intrusted 
with what would have been an arduous and difficult 
duty, to a sound and able man. Among the forest 
wilds of the Alleghanies, the young surveyor fre- 


2. What were his advantages ? —3. What was his character 
as a school boy?—4. What did he learn in school? What 
important exercise did he practice by himself? Did he early fix 
upon something which he could follow, to obtain an honorable 
support ? What did he learn, in order to prepare himself for his 
chosen occupation ? What did he do, that lie might retain, and 
be the wiser for what he had learned? Did he°not find such 
labor too tedious ? — 5. Was he trusted with important business 
when young ? By whom ? What business was it ? Where did 
he practise uis profession t 





GOOD CONDUCT GAINS CONFIDENCE. 


155 


quently ranged alone; but on the summits he rejoiced p>t. ii 
in the beauty of the earth and sky; and m the valleys p , D nj " 
he examined well, all rare and curious things. ch.iii. 

6. He had often no bed to lodge in, and no roof to 
shelter him. With his own hands he dressed the game 
which his musket had procured. Sometimes, how- „ 

• 1 ii 7 He garni 

ever, lie shared the wigwam, and the unpalatable lare property 
of the native. But these hardships were an important h “ d r 
preparation, for the service he had afterwards to per¬ 
form. His employment also was lucrative; and he 
discharged its duties in a manner, that made men regard 
him, as a youth of extraordinary promise. 

7. He was only nineteen, when he was made ad¬ 
jutant general of the Virginia militia, with the rank of 
Major. About this time, he accompanied to the West Made 
Indies, his brother Lawrence, now declining with a withtm* 
pulmonary disease. His voyage was advantageous to of Ma J°' 
himself, from his great observation and industry; but 

his brother’s disease remained, and he died during the 
next year. By his will he left George his executor; estate 
and gave him a title to the Mount Vernon estate. 

8. Maj. Washington was next placed over one of the 
lour divisions into which Dinwiddie had portioned the 
militia of “ the Dominion” the style then given to He set. 
Virginia. It was at this period, that he was chosen by cross tlx 
the governor, as his envoy to the French. The seat of w ^ e d s * r ' 
government for Virginia, was Williamsburg. Thither Oct. 31 . 
Washington repaired, and was furnished with a letter 17*53 
from Dinwiddie, to St. Pierre, the French command¬ 
ant, requiring him with threats, to withdraw from the 
territory belonging to the English sovereign. 

9. Washington departed on the 31st of October, 
to traverse more than five hundred miles, much of the 
way, a pathless, as well as a wintry desert. His route 

5. Through what scenes did it lead him ? — 6. What hardships 
did he encounter ? Were these on the whole to his advantage ? 

In what way ? — T. What promotion had he at the age of nine¬ 
teen ? What happened in reference to his brother ? — 8. What 
w as Virmuia called at that time ? Into how many divisions was 
it portioned in regard to the military ? What was Washington’s 
public position, when Dinwiddie selected him as envoy ? What 
his first step after accepting the appointment ? What was the 
purport of the governor’s letter ! — tt. What tim« in the year did 
Washington set out ? To go how far ? 







156 


PERILOUS JOURNEY 


P’T. II. 

P’D. III. 
cII. in. 

Nov. 14. 
Cumber¬ 
land- 


From 
Cumber¬ 
land to 
the Fork. 


Nov. 24. 
At Logs- 
town lie 
meets the 
Half- 
king. 


His re¬ 
ception 
at the 
French 
camp. 


Lay through Fredericksburg, Alexandria, and Winches- 
ter, to Will’s Creek, since Cumberland. Here, taking 
leave of every vestige of civilization, and having pro¬ 
cured Mr. Gist, agent of the Ohio company, as inter¬ 
preter and guide, his party of eight plunged into the 
recesses of the wilderness. 

10. They passed through snow and storms, over 
mountains, and then down among thickets, into flooded 
valleys. Coming upon the Youghiogeny they followed 
it to the Monongahela, and that, to its junction with 
the Alleghany. “The Fork,” as the site of Pittsburg 
was called, was then a desert; but Washington noticed, 
and afterwards reported it, as a suitable place for a fort. 

11. From the Fork, he went down the river twenty 
miles, to Logstown, where he was to deliver friendly 
greetings from Dinwiddie, to the great chief of the 
southern Hurons, Tanacharison, or the Half-king; 
whose friendship was courted both by French and 
English. The chief asserted that the land in question, 
belonged neither to the English nor the French; but 
the Great Spirit had given it to the Indians, and allowed 
them to make it their residence. After a friendly coun¬ 
cil Tanacharison and three of his principal men, ac¬ 
companied Washington a hundred miles, to the en¬ 
campment, at French Creek. 

12. Here St. Pierre, who had been but a few days 
in command of the post, received him with the cour¬ 
teous bearing and hospitable attentions of the French 
gentleman. But to Dinwiddie’s request, that he would 
leave the territory which belonged to the British, he 
replied, that it did not become him to discuss treaties; 
such questions should rather be addressed to the gov¬ 
ernor-general of Canada, the Marquis du Quesne; he 
acted under his orders, and those he should be careful 
to obey. 

13. The return of Washington in the dead of win¬ 
ter, was full of startling and perilous adventure. Once 


5). Trace and describe the first part of his route ? — 111. Do- 
scribe his journey to the “ Fork.” — 11. Describe his progress 
and adventures, till he reached the French camp?— 12. Ilow 
was he received by St. Pierre ? What reply was given to the 
Governor’s letter ? 




THE FRENCH WAR BEGINS. 


157 


a treacherous guide, aimed his musket at him, but it r>-r. 11 
missed fire; and once, on the Alleghany river, he and ~ j n 
his guide* having made in a day, with one poor hatchet, cn m. 
a miserable raft, they, at sunset, trusted themselves upon The per 
it, to cross the swollen river, amidst large masses of ^of 
floating ice. It came down upon them, and threw ington’; 
them from their raft into ten feet water. But they returu - 
saved themselves by swimming to an island. 

14. Major Washington arrived at Williamsburg, on 
the 16th of January, having been absent only eleven 
weeks. The energy and prudence,with which he had f a e n tu ™ 
met and overcome dangers, and the ability,which he 1754 . 
had manifested in the discharge of his trust, sunk deep 

into the minds of his countrymen. *His written reports 
were published with applause, not only through the 
colonies, but in England. 

15. Troops were now raised in Virginia; and Wash- H54. 
ington was made lieutenant colonel, and intrusted with 

the command. In April, 1754, he marched into the 
disputed territory, and encamped at the Great Mead- ° rce 
ows. He there learned that the French had dispossessed French 
the Virginians of a fort, which, in consequence of his build 
recommendation, they were erecting at the Fork, and 
which the French finished, and named Fort du Quesne. 

16. He was also informed, that a detachment of 
French troops, had been sent against him, and were 
encamped but a few miles west of the Great Meadows. 
Surrounding their encampment, he surprised, and de- p^y- 
feated them. The commander de Jumonville was kill- 22 pViso 
ed, with ten of his party. On his return to the Great Mea- M ™ r! ^ 
dows, he erected a small stockade called Fort Necessity. 

17. With less than four hundred men, Washington 
marched to dislodge the enemy from Fort du Quesne ; French 
but after proceeding thirteen miles he learned that they 

Uad been reinforced from Canada, when he retired. 


13. What adventures did Washington meet with on his return? 
1-1. How long was he absent ? What qualities had he manifest¬ 
ed. which made a deep impression ? W T hat was thought of his 
written reports ?— *5. Under what circumstances did he march 
into 1 he same country again? Where encamp? What did he 
hear ?— 10. Give an account of a French party, headed by de 
Jumonville? What did Washington build at Great Meadows? 
17. What did he set out to do 1 Why did lie desist, and turn back? 




158 


A PRELUDE TO UNION. 


P’T. II. 
r»D. III. 

CH. IV. 

W54. 

July 3. 


Attempt 
to unite. 


1754. 


Plan 

suits 

neither 

party. 


Brad- 
iock as¬ 
sembles 
Le gov 

ernors 


Unable to continue nis retreat, from a failure of ex 
pected munitions, he entrenched his little army within 
Fort Necessity. A party of fifteen hundred French, 
soon followed and assaulted the entrenchments. After 
a brave resistance, Washington surrendered the fort, 
receiving for the garrison, the honors of war. 


CHAPTER IV. 

Congress at Albany.—Convention of governors in Virginia. 

Braddock. 

1. The British government, in prospect of war, pro- 
posed to their American colonies, to form a union. 
Delegates from each of the New England provinces, 
New York, Pennsylvania, and Maryland, accordingly 
met at Albany. After deliberating, they accepted a 
plan of confederation, which was drawn up by Ben¬ 
jamin Franklin, on the 4th of July, 1754. TWs 
was just twenty-two ygars before that great statesman 
signed the Declaration of Independence. 

2. But the plan -was disliked in England, because it 
gave too miiah power to the people; and in America, 
because it gave too much power to the king. Thus 
was shown how widely different, even at that period, 
were the views of the British and the Americans. It 
was this difference of opinion, which finally led to the 
American Revolution. 

3. General Braddock was dispatched from England 
with fifteen hundred men. On his arrival in America, 
he requested a convention of the colonial governors 
to assemble in Virginia, to concert with him a plan of 

IT. Why did he stop at Fort Necessity ? What happened at 
the fort ? 

Chapter IV.—1. What proposal was made by the British 
government ? What was done in consequence ? What plan did 
the delegates accept ? — 2. How was it received in England ? 
How in America ? What did this show ? What did it lead to 1 
3. How many men were now sent ever ? Under whom ? What 
did he request ? 




braddock’s rash conduct. 


159 


military operations. Four expeditions were here re- pt. ii 
solved upon, the first, against Nova Scotia, the p , D [H " 
second, against Fort du Quesne, the third, against ch. iv. 
Crown Point, and the fourth, against Niagara. 

4. The expedition against Nova Scotia was com¬ 
manded by generals Monckton and Winslow. The 
fleet which conveyed the troops, sailed from Boston. 

The army distinguished themselves by bravery and 
good conduct, and with the loss of only three men, 
put the British in full possession of Nova Scotia. 

5. General Braddock commanded the expedition 
against Fort du Quesne. On his arrival, he engaged 
Washington, now a colonel, to become his aid. By ^Tad-^ 
his advice, Braddock, in marching his army across the dock’s 
wilderness, lefi his heavy baggage behind, under the gl^theii 
.care of Colonel Dunbar, with an escort of six hundred march - 
men; and at the head of twelve hundred select troops, 

lie proceeded by more rapid marches, towards Fort du 
Quesne. 

6. Braddock was not deficient in courage, or mili¬ 
tary skill; but he was wholly ignorant of the mode 

of conducting warfare in American woods ; and he Brad- 
held the opinions of the colonial officers in contempt. CO nZma» 
Washington had, however, ventured to suggest the ex- aQd «»»- 
pediency of employing the Indians; who, under the 2 K£ s 
H alf-king, had offered their services, as scouting, and 
advanced parties. Braddock not only disdained the 
advice, but offended the Indians by the rudeness of his 
manner. Thus he rashly pushed on, without knowing 
the dangers near. 

7. It was noon, on the 9th of July, when from the 
height above the right bank of the Monongahela, 
Washington looked back upon the ascending army, 
which, ten miles from Fort du Quesne, had just crossed P caran« 
the stream for the second time. Every thing looked 
more bright and beautiful, than aught he had witnessed vmy 

3. What expeditions did this convention agree on? — 4. Give 
an account of that against Nova Scotia ? — 5. Who commanded 
the second expedition? In what capacity did Washington ac¬ 
company him? What measures did he take by Washington’s 
advice ? —t>. What can you say of Braddock ? What whole¬ 
some advice had he, which he despised ? — 7. How did Brad- 
tlock’s army appear to Washington, on the morning of July 9th 2 




; go 


f’T. II. 
P’D. III. 

OH. IV. 


They fall 
into an 
Indian 
ambus¬ 
cade. 


Wash¬ 
ington’s 
wonder¬ 
ful pres¬ 
ervation. 


Brad- 
dock 
killed. 
64 offi¬ 
cers, 600 
privates, 


PROVIDENTIAL PRESERVATION. 

before. The companies, in their crimson uniform 
with burnished arms and floating banners, were march¬ 
ing gaily to cheerful music, as they entered the forest. 

8. Suddenly there burst upon them the Indian war- 
whoop, and a deadly fire, from o’pposite quarters, and 
from unseen foes. Many fell. Panic-stricken, their 
ranks broke, and they would have fled, but Braddock 
rallied them; and, a bigot to the rules of European 
warfare, he constantly sought to preserve a regular 
order of battle. Thus he kept his men, like sheep 
penned in a fold, fair marks for a foe, beyond their 
reach; and, in the only spot, where the Indians, far 
inferior in numbers, could have destroyed them. They 
lay on each side of the way, concealed in two 
ravines. 

9. The Indians, singling out the officers, shot down 
every one on horseback, Washington alone excepted. 
He, as the sole remaining aid of the general, rode by 
turns over every part of the field, to carry his orders. 
The Indians afterwards asserted,that they had specially 
noticed his bearing, and conspicuous figure, and re¬ 
peatedly shot at him; but at length they became con¬ 
vinced that he was protected by an Invisible Power, 
and that no bullet could harm him. After the battle 
was over, four balls were found lodged in his coat. 
Two horses had been killed under him; but the ap¬ 
pointed guardian of his country, escaped without a 
wound. 

10. Braddock, who had been undismayed amidst 
continued showers of bullets, at length received a mor¬ 
tal wound. Upon his fall, the regular troops fled in 
confusion. Washington formed, and covered their 
retreat with the provincials, whom Braddock, in his 
contempt, had kept in the rear. The defeat was total; 
sixty-four officers out of eighty-five, and nearly half 
the privates, were killed or wounded. 

11. The army made no halt till it met the division 


8. How was the scene reversed ? What was Braddock’s con* 
duct ? Where were the Indians concealed ?—9. What is very 
remarkable concerning Washington during this battle ? — lO. 
What was the fate of Braddock? What was the condition of 
the army ? What the loss ? 



DIESKAU’S REVERSE 


161 


under Dunbar, forty miles in the rear. There, Brad- 
dock died. The whole army continued to retreat till 
it reached Fort Cumberland, one hundred and twenty 
miles from the place of action. Colonel Dunbar, with¬ 
drew the regulars to Philadelphia, leaving the whole 
frontier of Virginia open to the depredations of the 
French and Indians. 


CHAPTER V. 

Remainder of the campaign of 1755.—Campaign of 1756. 

1. The troops destined for the expedition against 
Crown Point, amounted to more than four thou¬ 
sand. They arrived at Albany the last of June, 
under the command of General William Johnson, and 
General Lyman. Here they were joined by a body 
of Mohawks, under their sachem, Plendrick. 

2. Lyman advanced with the main body of the army, 
and erected Fort Edward, on the Hudson, for the secu¬ 
rity of the batteaux, provisions, and artillery; which 
were forwarded from Albany, by Johnson. Towards 
the last of August, Johnson removed his force, and 
encamped at the south end of Lake George. Here he 
was engaged in preparing to cross the lakes. 

3. In the mean time, the Baron Dieskau led against 
this force, an army from Montreal. He encountered 
the Americans near their camp, and was at first suc¬ 
cessful ; but the fortune of the day changed. His 
army was defeated and fled; and himself, pale, and 
bleeding with mortal wounds, was found,sitting against 
a tree in the woods. 


11. Describe the retreat of the army ? 

Chapter V.—1. What was the third expedition of the cam- 

? aign ? How many troops ? Where were they on the last of 
une? Under whose command? Who joined them? — 2 . In 
what direction did the two divisions of tne j\rmy move ? — 3. 
Who commanded the French army ? Give an account of Ids 
operation*. 

b 


p>r. n 


P’D. ni. 

CH. V. 

Dunbar 
in com¬ 
mand. 


June, 

1755 . 

Johnson 

and 

Lyman 


Erect Kl. 
Edward 


i taron 
Dieskau 
attack* 
and de¬ 
feats a 
detach¬ 
ment. 

Is defeat 
ed by th« 
main 
body. 






162 THE BEST TITLE, A GOOD CHARACTER. 

PT.ii, 4. Johnson, in representing this affair to the British* 
P’d TiT ma ^ e no mention of General Lyman, but obtained for 
cn* v. himself £5,000, and a baronetcy. The public impres- 
John- sion was, that the reward belonged,at least, equally to 

nors\a?~ kyiMfi. 

pish his 5. The poor dispirited remains of Dieskau’s army 
° h ter! C halted at French mountain, where they were,the next 
day, cut off by a detachment from Fort Edward. Their 
The re- dead bodies were thrown into a small lake,since called 
tta the ° f W tlie Blood y P° n d.” May the time soon come, when 
French the pure waters of our mother earth, shall no longer 
des e d 0y be dyed by the blood of her children, barbarously shed 
by each other’s hands! 

6. The success at Lake George revived the spirits 
of the colonies; but Sir William Johnson, did not fol- 

sirWm. l° w ll P success, by proceeding to reduce Crown 
Johnson Point; but he erected, at the scene of his exploit, on 
th e aS c2i- the southern shore of Lake George, a fort, which he 
P a >gn- called William Henry. Leaving six hundred men, to 
garrison the forts, the remainder of the troops returned 
to their respective colonies. 

7. The enterprise against Niagara was undertaken 
by Governor Shirley in person. He did not arrive at 

1T35 Oswego until the 21st of August, and he there waited 
Aug. 2 i* for supplies until the season was too far advanced for 
loses^tiie cross i n g Lake Ontario. Leaving seven hundred men, 
cam- under Colonel Mercer, to garrison the fort, he returned 
to Albany, and so ended the fourth expedition. 

8. By the destruction of Braddock’s army, the fron¬ 
tiers of Pennsylvania, and Virginia, were left to the 
mercy of the savages. Washington, at the head of his 

iJdiaS’ regiment, did his utmost to defend them; and he strenu- 
vT afui ousl y ur g e d that offensive measures should be again 
Pa. n adopted, and especially against Fort du Quesne, which 
he knew was their place of gathering. 


4. Who gained money and a title, but lost in character ? — 5 
What became of the remains of the French army ? —6. Did Sir 
William Johnson follow up his success? What disposition was 
made oi the army ? — 7. What happened in regard to the fourth 
expedition? — S. What after these failures, was the condition oi 
the frontier states ? 



MASSACRE AT FORT WILLIAM HENRY. 


158 


CHAPTER VI. 

Campaigns of 1757 and 1758. 

1. Thus in the campaign of 1756, little was done. p>t. ii. 
That of 1757 is only memorable in our annals, for' 'j n 
the dreadful massacre at Fort William Henry. Mont- ch. vi. 
calm, who succeeded Dieskau, had early concentrated 

his forces, amounting to nine thousand regulars, Cana- M 0n t-‘ 
dians and Indians, on the shores of the Champlain, at 
Ticonderoga. Passing up Lake George, he laid siege * lc ^m. 
to Fort William Henry, which was commanded by Henrj 
Colonel Monroe, a British officer. General Vr ebb was 
at the time, lying at Fort Edward, with the main Brit¬ 
ish army, four or five thousand strong. 

2. Monroe, being vigorously pressed, while he de¬ 
fended himself with spirit, earnestly entreated General 
Webb for aid. But he entreated in vain, and necessity Aug. a. 
compelled him, on the 2d of August, to surrender. Monro* 
By the articles of capitulation, Montcalm engaged that a Jtes. 
the English should be allowed to leave the fort with 

the honors of war; and, in order to protect them from 
the Indians, that an escort should be provided to con¬ 
duct them to Fort Edward. 

3. But the Indians who served for plunder, attacked 
the British in the camp; and the French commander 
either could not, or would not, protect them. They Th?m^ 
rushed forth, and were pursued. They threw all their gacre * 
money and clothes to the Indians. Not satisfied, the 
savages pursued them, naked and flying, with toma¬ 
hawk and scalping knife. A few reached the camp of 
Webb, and some were found bleeding in the woods. 

But of these, many in their agony, had lost their 
reason. 

Chapter VI.— 1. For what is the campaign of 1757 memor- 
ablo ? Give an account of Montcalm, and his army. What was 
the condition of the British forces, and who were commanders ? «. 

*2. What was the situation and conduct of Monroe? What of 
Webb ? What was stipulated by Montcalm ? — 3. Did he keep 
bis engagement ? Mention some of the circumstances of the 
massacre. 




164 PITT AND WOLFE. 

P’T ii. 4. The manner in which the war had been conduct- 
,, ?r)< m ed, dissatisfied the people both of England and America; 
oh. vi. and brought forward as prime minister, the greatest 
The statesman of the British annals, William Pitt, after 
\Vm r war< ^ s E a, d of Chatham. So powerful was his elo- 
Pitt.* quence and so austere his patriotism, that he controlled 
at length, the energies of the government, and the 
spirit of the people. 

5. In a circular letter, which he addressed to the 
governors of the provinces, he promised them, that an 
effectual force should be sent against the French, and 
\1-75S. he exhorted them to use their utmost exertions to raise 
P on the 1 * men *heir respective colonies. Animated by this 
colonies. call, the colonists renewed their efforts, and increased 
their army to twenty thousand. A large force was 
A f5oooo a ^ 4 S ° S6nt fr° m England ; so that there was now on foot, 
in Ame- an army far greater than had ever before existed in 
nca. America. These troops, amounting in. all, to fifty 
thousand men, were in readiness for action early in 
the spring. Three expeditions were resolved on, 
against Louisburg, Crown Point, and Fort du Quesne. 
J Loui? A regular siege, the best conducted of any which 
buresur- had ever been laid in America, placed, on the 26th of 
renders. j u ly^ the fortress of Louisburg, again in the hands of 
the British. It was by gallant conduct during this 
prisoners siege, that James Wolfe began his career of military 
sent renown. With Louisburg, the whole island of Cape 
the At- Breton, and that of St. John’s, fell under the power of 
lactia the British. 

7. General Abercrombie, at the head of sixteen 
thousand men, proceeded against Ticonderoga and 
Crown Point. He crossed Lake George, and debark- 
juiy 6. ing at its northern extremity, he attempted, with un- 
srombie skilful guides, to pass the three miles of dense wo »ds, 
proceeds which lay between his anny and Ticonderoga. As he 
a Ef approached that fort, a detachment of the French fell 

4. What was the state of the public mind in regard to the war 
What statesman was brought forward ? What was his charac¬ 
ter?— 5. What circular aid he send to America? What was 
done in consequence ? What was the number of the army ? 

What expeditions were resolved on ? — 6. How did the attack 
on Louisburg succeed? What can you say of James Wolfe ? 
T. Describe the movements of General Abercrombie. 




FRONTENAC AND DU QUESNE TAKEN. 


165 


upon him, and an engagement ensued, in which the t t il 
assailants lost three hundred men, and among others, ~ 
the amiable Lord Howe. ch. vi. 

8. Abercrombie, learning that reinforcements were 
daily expected by the French, without waiting for his Th „ BrI 
artillery, made a brave but imprudent assault upon the tish lose 
fort, and was repulsed with the heavy loss of nearly 2,(m 
two thousand, killed and wounded. He then retired 

to his former quarters, on the south side of Lake 
George. 

9. Here he consented, at the solicitation of Colonel 
Bradstreet, to detach him with three thousand men, 
against Fort Frontenac. With these troops, who were 4u ^ 
mostly provincials, he marched to Oswego, embarked Crfonei’ 
on Lake Ontario, and landed on the 25th of August, f t r r * d ' t 
within a mile of the fort, and in two days forced the ,akes Ft - 
important fortress of Frontenac, to surrender. As this lac. 
fort, afterwards named Kingston, contained the military 
stores which were intended for the Indians, and for 

the supply of the south-western troops, its destruction 
contributed to the success of the expedition against 
Fort du Quesne. 

10. To General Forbes, with eight thousand men, 

was assigned the capture of Fort du Quesne. He com- General 
mitted a great error. Against the expostulations and mak^a 
entreaties of Washington, he made a new road by " ew R roa , d 
Kaystown, instead of taking that already made by tow*!' 
Cumberland. The consequence of this was, that il 
was so late before the army arrived near du Quesne, 
that the men suffered incredible hardships. The fort 
was, however, reached, and found deserted. General d 
Forbes died, on his return, in consequence of fatigue Q- -mo 
and exposure. The fort was repaired, and named Fort 
Pitt. The neighboring Indians were now glad to make 
peace. 

7. What was the fate of Lord Howe? — 8. What was the 
result of Abercrombie’s operations ? —9. What detachment was 
sent out? Trace and describe Bradstreet’s route. What did he 
client ? — 20. What army had General Forbes ? What was his 
declination ? What error did he commit ? What was the con¬ 
sequence ? What can you say respecting the fort ? What re¬ 
specting General Forbes ? W hat of the Indians ? 




166 


pitt’s great plan. 


P’T II. 

P’D. III. 
cn. VII. 

1759 . 

Pitt’s 
flan em¬ 
braces 
three 
objects. 


July 6. 
Prideaux 
killed in 
besieging 
N iagara. 


Pitt 

sustains 

Wolfe. 


Provides 
him a 
choice 
army. 
June. 
He lands 
on the 
Isle of 
Orleans. 


CHAPTER VII. 

The Campaign of 1759. 

1. The successes of the preceding campaign em* 
boldened Mr. Pitt, to form for this, the great design of 
dispossessing the French of their American territory. 
The campaign of 1759, had for its object, nothing less 
than the entire reduction of Canada. The army was 
divided into three parts. The first division, under 
Wolfe, was to make a direct attempt upon Quebec. 
The second, under Amherst, was ordered to take Ti- 
conderoga and Crown Point, and then proceed north¬ 
erly ; and the third, under Prideaux, consisting of 
provincials and Indians, was to reduce Niagara, then 
to go down the St. Lawrence, and, with the second 
detachment, conquer Montreal; then join, and aid 
Wolfe, at Quebec. 

2. Prideaux besieged Niagara on the 6th of July. 
He was killed by the bursting of a shell, and the 
command devolved upon Sir William Johnson, who 
took the fort with six hundred prisoners. All com¬ 
munication between the northern and southern pos¬ 
sessions of the French was thus barred, and the quiet 
behaviour of the Indians secured. 

3. Pitt had discerned the extraordinary qualities of 
Wolfe, while he was yet obscure; and to him he now 
confided the command against Quebec. His subordi¬ 
nate officers were carefully chosen. He was provided 
with a choice army of eight thousand men, and a 
heavy train of artillery. 

4. His army debarked, late in June, upon the Island 
of Orleans. Here Wolfe reconnoitered the position 
of his enemy, and saw the difficulties which surround- 


Chapter VII.—1. What bold design had Mr. Pitt formed? 
How was tAe army divided, and what wa3 each division expected 
to do? — 3. What was the fate of General Prideaux? Who 
effected his part of the great plan ? —3. What preparations did 
Pitt make to ensure Wolfe’s success ? —'l. Where did Wolfe’s 
army debark ? 



wolfe’s position and efforts. 167 

ed him. Quebec rose before him, upon the north side p>t. ii. 
of the St. Lawrence. Its upper town and strong forti- p , D m ' 
fi cations, were situated on a rock, whose bold and ch.'vu. 
steep front continued far westward, parallel with the 
river, and presented a wail, which it seemed impossible 
to scale. 

5. From the north-west came down the river St. 
Charles-entering the St. Lawrence just below the 
town, its banks high and uneven, and cut by deep Difficul . 
ravines. Armed vessels were borne upon its waters, tiesofhi> 
and floating batteries obstructed its entrance. A few P° sltl0n * 
miles below, the Montmorenci leapt down its cataract 

into the St. Lawrence. Strongly posted along the 
sloping bank of that majestic river, and between its 
two tributaries, the French army, commanded by 
Montcalm, displayed its formidable lines. 

6. Wolfe took possession of Point Levi, erected and 
opened heavy batteries,which swept the lower town; uy 
but the fortifications of Quebec remained uninjured. 

7. The English general next landed his army below 

the Montmorenci; but Montcalm would not leave his att *[* kj 
entrenchments. Wolfe then crossed that stream, and Mont- 
attacked him in his camp. But he was obliged to re- c n a e 5 
tire, with the loss of four hundred of his men. He Mont ™‘ 

renci. 

then recrossed the Montmorenci. 

8. Here he was informed that his expected succors 
were likely to fail. Amherst had found Ticonderoga 

and Crown Point vacated, and was preparing to attack French 
the French forces, on the Isle aux Noix. Prideaux at Mon¬ 
having lost his life, his plans were carried out by Sir yfaSS? 
William Johnson. But the enemy were in full force cors. 
at Montreal; and from neither division of the British 
army, could the commander at Quebec, now hope for 
any assistance. 

9. Wolfe was severely tried. His mind was un 
broken, but his bodily health, for a time, failed. 


4. What was the appearance of Quebec from this place ? - 
5. Where was the French army posted ? — 6. From what place 
did Wolfe open batteries upon Quebec ? With what effect ? — 7. 
Where did Wolfe attack Montcalm ? What was he forced to 
do ? — 8. What intelligence did he now obtain ? — 9. How did 
it affect him ? 




168 


THE HEIGHTS OF ABRAHAM. 


p»t. ii. When, however, he was again able to mingle with the 
army, every eye was raised to him with affection and 
ch. vii.’ hope ; and he formed yet another, and a bolder plan. 
lTSd 10* Pursuant to this, Wolfe broke up his camp a‘ 
* Montmorenci, and returned to Orleans. Then em- 
He re- barking with his army, he sailed up the river several 
‘urnsto miles higher than his intended point of debarkation, 
r eau». gy this movement he deceived his enemy, and gained 
the advantage of the current and tide, to float his 
boats silently down to the foot of the rock, which he 
intended to scale. 

11. Wolfe was the first man who leaped on shore. 
The rapidity of the stream was hurrying along their 

the plains boats, and some had already gone beyond the narrow 
° f ham ra " ^ an ding-place. The shore was so shelving, that it was 
8e P t. 13. almost impossible to ascend; and it was lined with 
French sentinels. 

12. Escaping these dangers at the water’s edge, they 
proceeded to scale the precipice. The first party who 

Battle reached the heights, secured a small battery, which 
Hd l h*s crowne d them; and thus the remainder of the army 
tfA^ra* ascended in safety; and there, on this lofty plain, 
ham - which commands one of the most magnificent pros¬ 
pects which nature has formed, the British army 
drawn up in a highly advantageous position, were, in 
the morning, discovered by the French. 

13. Montcalm, learning with surprise and deep re- 
^ 600 ; gret, the advantage gained by his opponent, left his 
French strong position, crossed the St. Charles, and intrepidly 
Prison- led on the attack. Being on the left of the French 
*ts i,ooo. h e was 0 pp 0se( l to Wolfe, who was on the right of 

the British. In the heat of the engagement both com¬ 
manders were mortally wounded. 

14. The wound, with which Wolfe fell, was the 
third, which he had received in the battle. He was 

Wolfed removed from the field; but he watched it with intense 
anxiety, as faint with the loss of blood, he reclined 
his languid head upon the supporting arm of an off cer. 


lO. What were his first movements in reference to hi3 new 
plan? — II. Who was first on shore ? What difficulties were 
there met? — 12. What others occurred in scaling the heights ? 
13. Wlmt were the arrangements of Montcalm ? 




ENGLAND CONQUERS CANADA. lfc*9 

A cry was heard, “they fly, they fly!” “Who fly!” ?>t. ii, 
he exclaimed. “ The enemy,” was the reply. “ Then,” 
said he, “ I die content;” and expired. Not less he- ch.Vii.’ 
roic was the death of Montcalm. He rejoiced, when Death a 
told that his wound was mortal; “For,” said he, “I Mont- 
sliall not live to see the surrender of Quebec.” 

15. After the battle, the affairs of the English were 
conducted with great discretion by General Town- Septi j 8 ‘ 
shend; whereas, the French, appear to have yielded Quebec 
at once to their panic. The capitulation of Quebec was ,ur e 7£ 
signed September 18th 1759, five days after the battle. 

16. General Townshend returning to England, Gene¬ 
ral Murray was left in command with a garrison of 
5,000 men. The French army retired to Montreal; 

and M. de Levi, who had succeeded Montcalm, being, <o rejgu 
in the course of the winter, reinforced by Canadians ue “ 
and Indians, returned the following spring, with a 
force of 6,000 to Quebec. General Murray left the 
fortress, and the Heights of Abraham became the scene 
of another battle more bloody, though not equally im¬ 
portant in its consequences with the first. 

17. The armies on each side sustained the loss of 
1,000 men. The battle was not decisive, but the 2ll 0 ’ f b *“ 1 * 
advantage was on the side of the French, who main- Heights 
tained their ground while the English retired within °^ ra ' 
the fortress. Here they were closely invested until 

they received reinforcements, when M. de Levi, aban¬ 
doning all thoughts of obtaining possession of Quebec, 
returned to Montreal, where Vaudreuil, the governor, 
assembled all the force of Canada. 

18. In the mean time, General Amherst had made 
arrangements for assembling before this place all the 
British forces, from Lake Ontario, Lake Champlain, 

and Quebec. Here they fortunately arrived within *urren- 
two days of each other, and immediately invested the er# * 

8 1. How was it with Wolfe, when he was told of the flight 
of his enemy ? How was it at the same time with Montcalm ?— 

15 Did the French give up Quebec immediately after the battle! 

_3 (; What was the position of the contending armies during 

the winter?—What was done in the spring?— IT. What was 
the loss in the second battle of the Heights of Abraham ?—What 
military operations followed it ?—1^. How and when did the 
capture of Montreal take place? 






ITU 


CHEROKEE WAR. 


P : T. II. 


P’D. III. 
sa tiii. 


8760 . 


Chero- 
keesin 
arms. 

Mont¬ 

gomery 

defeated. 


Grant 

burns 

their 

towns. 


English 

less 

popular 
with the 
Indians 
than the 
French. 


place. Vaudreuil found the force too strong to be re¬ 
sisted and on the 8th of September, he surrendered 
Montreal, Detroit, Mackinaw and all the French 
possessions in Canada. 


CHAPTER VIII. 

Wars with the Indians. 

1. The French had stirred up the Cherokees to war. 
Colonel Montgomery, at the head of an army, wen! 
to their country to chastise them. He was at firsl 
successful; but the Indians afterwards attacked him in 
a thicket near Etchoc, and so cut up his army, that he 
was obliged to return. The next year, an army under 
Colonel Grant, fought and conquered the Cherokees 
on the same spot. He pursued them to Etchoc, burned 
their huts and laid waste their country. The Indians, 
thus put in fear, ceased their midnight fires and mur¬ 
ders, and made peace. 

2. Interesting events, closely connected with the 
cession of the French territory, were already in pro¬ 
gress among the savages of the north-west. The mis¬ 
sionaries, and traders of that nation had wisely won 
the hearts of the Indians. Said one of their orators, 
“ when the French arrived, they came and kissed us. 
They called us their children, and we found them 
fathers.” When the more haughty, and less attentive 
English were preparing to take possession of the wes¬ 
tern ports, Pontiac, the highly gifted chief of the Ot- 
tawas, who sought, like Philip, to regain the primitive 
independence of his race, made use of the attachment 
of the red men to the French, to unite them in a gene 
ral conspiracy against their conquerors. 


18. What other posts were surrendered ? 

Chapter VIII.—1. Give an account of the war with the 
Cherokees.—2. What difference did the Indians find between 
the manners of the French and the English ? Who was Pontiac / 




Pontiac’s war. 


171 


3. Pontiac thought, that as the English had expelled 
the French, if the Indians could exterminate them be¬ 
fore they were fully established, they would again be 
lords of the forest. The plan of Pontiac was not infe¬ 
rior in boldness, to that formed by Pitt for the final 
conquest of Canada. It was no less than a simulta¬ 
neous attack upon all the British posts near the lakes. 
Pontiac, by his inventive genius, his eloquence, and 
his energy, had acquired such power over the north- 
v\cstern tribes, that all was arranged without dis¬ 
covery. On the 7th of July, 1763, nine of the British 
forts were actually surprised and captured by the In¬ 
dians. 

4. Maumee and Mackinaw were among the places, 
which were thus taken, and the garrisons surprised and 
slaughtered. Detroit was attempted, but the strata¬ 
gem of Pontiac was there betrayed, by a compassionate 
squaw. But for some time, he held the place in siege. 
His allies, however, grew weary of the war, and peace 
was concluded. 

5 . During this period, pious Moravians having been 
expelled from Germany, came over to America, with 
the design of devoting themselves to the conversion of 
the native Indians. Their principal seat was in Penn¬ 
sylvania. Their most important villages, were Bethle¬ 
hem, and Nazareth. Their missionaries, male and fe¬ 
male, w'ent forth to the western part of Connecticut, to 
central New York, and through Pennsylvania, to Ohio. 
They lived among the savages, calling them their breth- 

' ren and sisters. Thus they won their confidence, and 
several hundreds of them, manifested the transforming 
power of the gospel, by the change of their barbarous 
dispositions and practices, for such as were pious, kind, 
and gentle. 

6. George III. succeeded to the throne of England 

o © 


P’T. n. 
P’D. III. 

CH. ><U. 


1762 . 

Pontiac 
contrives 
a daring 
scheme 


1763 . 

July 7. 
Nine of 
the Brit 
ish posts 
captured. 


Pontiac’s 

stratagem 

fails 

at Detroit. 


1746 . 

The Mo¬ 
ravians 
among 
the most 
faithful 
of mis¬ 
sionaries 


3. What were his views? What his plan of operation? How far 
did he succeed ?—4. What two places are mentioned, which were taken 
6 y surprise ? Where w as Pontiac’s plan revealed, by the compassion of 
awoniar 5. What was the object of the Moravians, in •ommg to this 
country? Where was their principal seat? Their vulages ? Where 
did their missionaries go ? How did they treat the natives J How was 
B with those Indians who received the gospel ? 




172 


PEACE OF PARIS- 


P’T. ii. soon after the capture of Quebec; and Mr. Pitt, re- 

-signing in October, 1761, the earl of Bute was the 

ch^tih! following year made prime minister. The first ob- 
October J ect new ^ministration was to restore peace. 

176 l! Scarcely was this accomplished, when Lord Bute 
Pitt resigned his place, which was given to Mr. George 
esigc8 ’ Grenville. 

Lord 7 . The definitive treaty was signed at Paris, in Feb* 
u ' ruary, 1763, by which England obtained from France 
all her possessions in America, east of the Mississippi, 
excepting the island of New Orleans; the navigation 
1 * 763 . river being left open to both nations. From 

Peace of Spain she obtained Florida, in exchange for Havana, 
Pan*. had been captured during the war. France, 

at the same time, gave to Spain the territory of Lou¬ 
isiana. 


, 6. Who became lung of England ? What can you say of 

Mr. Pitt ? Who succeeded him ? Who next was prime min¬ 
ister ? — 7. When was the treaty of peace signed ? What did 
England obtain from France ? What from Spain ? Which party 
received Louisiana f 


EXERCISES ON THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

What event marks the beginning of this period ? What 
is its date ? Point it out on the chronographer. 

Georgia was invaded by the Spaniards in 1742. Point out 
the place of this date. The Ohio Company was formed in 
1750. Point to the place of this date. Governor Dinwid- 
die sent George Washington on an embassy to the French 
commandant in 1753. Point out the place of this year. 
Braddock was defeated in 1755. Show the place of this 
/ear. 

In 1757 occurred the massacre at Fort William Henry. 
Point out the place of that date. In 1758, Louisburg, Fort 
Frontinac, andFortDuQuesne, were taken from the French. 
Point out the place of that year. General Wolf took Que¬ 
bec in 1759, and Canada surrendered in 1760. Point out 
the places of these dates. At what epoch does this period 
terminate? What is its date? Point to its place on the 
chronographer. 

Let the teacher, after giving these exercises, go back intc 
former periods, giving dates, and requiring the pupils to 
locate them. 





OFFICERS IN THE FRENCH WAR. 


173 


On account of the liability of young persons to be¬ 
come confused in the history of wars, concerning the 
side to which officers mentioned belong, we shall, in 
the principal wars, viz., the French, the Revolutionary, 
*nd the War, of 1812, give separate lists of the most 
distinguished officers of each belligerent. 


FRENCH WAR, FROM 175'' TO 1763.* 


American Officers. British Officers 


French Officers. 


George Wash¬ 
ington. 
Winslow, 

Sir William John¬ 
son,! 

Lyman, 

Shirley, 

Mercer, 

Bradstreet, 

Forbes. 


Braddock, 

Monckton, 

Dunbar, 

Monroe, 

WOLFE, 

Abercrombie 

Lord Howe, 

Amherst, 

Prideaux, 

Townsend, 

Murray. 


Marquis Du 
Quesne, 

St. Pierre, 

De Jumonville, 

Dieskau, 

Montcalm, 

De Levi, 
Vaudreuil. 


* The British and Americans were in this war united, and 
both against the French. 

f Sir William Johnson was born in Ireland, but came t c 
America in early life. 





Quebec 


Rivers 


Three 


ST. LAV. r * 


Monti 


'SBritish Jinny 
1759 


Ft. Front enac 


Ticonderogav 

'r /r Fort) J 
IV'im.HenryV 

MnhatvkJi 


iswego 


■Niagara 


‘'t.'EdwardW 


Stanwix 


iplt French Camp visttcd 


P frovideiice, 
vHartford 


Rhinebeel 

Shekom 1 


by Washington , 1753. 


> ^vVXNazarethj 
^Tdahonj’® e 
W Bethlehem* 1 


te >r> 

Aston 


rentoi 


yPraddock't Field' 


Winchester 


^ Alexandria*) 3 
a? J Mt. Ccmon a £^ 

redericks-j^ 7 
)/ burgw, 

J —) 

W estmoreland "> 


Long. W.from Greenwich 


WM ISLE 
^ OF 
W ORLEANS 
British Army 


■ QUEBEC 

Heights of Abraham % 

British*****. 

Army ,J 


ISkeensboro ( 

sfi ^ > S 

• ^ \ Concord 


w MAP N? 7. 


1763. 


Williamsburg 

Longitude W.from I Fashington [ 

lo „ 


Longitude E. 
























































































PART Ill 


FROM 1763 TO 1 789. 



Death of General Wolfe. 

PERIOD I. 


FROM 

THE PEACE | | OF PARIS. 

TO 

THE DECLARATION ^ | Of INDEPENDENCE. 

CHAPTER 1. 

Causes of the Revolutionary War. 

1 . We come now to trace the causes by which p’t.il 
England lost her colonies, and America gained her p , D , 
ndepender.ee. We should always remember that there ch. i. 
is a Great First Causf, —even God, our Creator and The 
Ruler. We should observe with thankfulness, by o™* 
what steps, He led our forefathers, and how He made caim. 
diem a way across the deep, and gave them a place, 
wherein to plant a great nation. In His providence, 
die time was approaching, when the bonds were to be 
severed, which bound this country to the parent land. 

Chapter J.—1. In tracing the causes of things, what should 
*re always remember ? What should we observe with thankful¬ 
ness ? What in reference to the Great First Cause, can we say 
.if the separation of our country from England f 










176 


CAUSES OF THE RE VOLUTION. 


F’T. in. 2. But the First Cause, uses, as His agents, the 
options an( J wills of men, which guide their conduct. 
ch.' i. The men in Great Britain, who took at this time, the 
Second lead in the government, had haughty and wrong no¬ 
causes. tions, of the power, which England had a right to exer¬ 
cise over her distant colonies. They forgot, that the 
American people were children of the same forefathers 
with themselves, and heirs of the same political rights 
P/ide They held the Americans in comparative contempt, as 
*ijhness” those whose labors and money, must, if they demanded, 
°«de e &i ven to th em ; without, or against their owner’s 
consent. 

3. Had the rulers in England, undertaken to oppress 
the people there in the same manner, they would have 
rebelled; much more the Americans. They, as we 
have seen, had grown up in their new countries, with 
a deep sense of the rights of the people. Toil and 
danger had made them strong and brave. When they 

other* saw ^at ru ^ ers * n Great Britain, had determined on 
manly making them submit to their unrighteous will, they 
natkm!’ became alarmed. They resolved, that they w r ould first 
endeavor, by petitions, to bring them to a better mind. 
If after that, they persisted in their oppressions, they 
would refuse to submit; and if force was employed 
against them, repel it by force; trusting, that a righteous 
God, would aid their cause. 

4. During the French war, the English wanted the 
Lord services of the Americans; and, besides, those were 
Gren- in power, who opposed the high government party. 

e ’ But the war was no sooner at an end, than this party 
took the lead, with Lord Grenville at its head. 

4 * 5. In 1764, Lord Grenville gave notice to the Ameri- 

Pr< t£e Ses can a o ents i n London, that it was his intention to draw 
itampact a revenue from the colonies, and that he should, in the 
ensuing session of parliament, propose a duty on stamps 

‘Z. What does the First Cause use as his agents, or as second 
causes ? What opinions were held by the leading men in Great 
Britain ? What did they forget ? What did they hold concern¬ 
ing the Americans ? — 3. Of what had the Americans a deep 
sense ? What had made them strong and brave ? YVhen did 
they become alarmed ? What did they resolve l —-t Why did 
t.he British oppress the Americans less, during the French war? 
W^at happened as soon as it was ended ? — 5. What notice was 
given by Lord Grenville ? 




DEBATES IN PARLIAMENT. 177 

6. The colonial agents in London informed their p’T.iii 
respective colonies of the intended system of taxation. P>D j 
Massachusetts instructed her agents, to deny the right ch. i.‘ 
of parliament to impose taxes upon those, who were not Mass 
represented in the house of commons. The house of Va., and 
burgesses )f Virginia appointed a committee to prepare take b£i<i 
an address to the king and parliament. The assembly g rouud 
of New York also sent petitions, which, in a spirit 
more bold and decided, than those from any other 
colony, asserted their own rights, and the limitations 

of British power. 

7. Associations were formed in all the colonies to 
encourage home manufactures, and prohibit, as much Societie , 
as possible, the use of British goods. The tendency of injure 
this judicious measure, was to make the colonists less trade! 
dependent, and, bj| operating injuriously on the British 
merchants, to make them a party against the ministry. 

8 . Notwithstanding the opposition, which, in truth, 

was not unexpected, Lord Grenville, introduced into 1765 
the British parliament, his plan for taxing America, to 
commence with duties on stamps. In the house of opposed, 
commons, the project, though ably supported, met 
with ardent and animated opposition. 

9. “Children planted by your care!” exclaimed 
Colonel Barre, in answer to one who spoke against colonel 
the Americans. u No! Your oppressions planted them Barre’j 
in America! They fled from your tyranny to an un- ofth? 
cultivated land, where they were exposed to all the A ™”* 
hardships to which human nature is liable. 

10. They nourished by your indulgence! No! 

They grew by your neglect! When you began to 

care about them, that care was exercised in sending vices an^ 
persons to rule over them, whose character and con- 
duct has caused the blood of these sons of liberty to 
recoil within them. They protected by your arms! 

They have nobly taken up arms in your defense! 


G. What was done by Massachusetts, on being informed of 
the intention of Lord Grenville ? What by Virginia? What by 
New York ? — T. What were formed ? What was the tendency 
of the measure ? — 8. How, in the first place, was Lord Gren¬ 
ville’s project received? — 9. Repeat a part of Col. Barre’s 
speech. — 10. Relate the succeeding part, 

0 




ITS 


MEASURES OF OFFENSE. 


P’T. III. 


F’D.J. 

CH. I. 

1^65 

March 

22 . 

Stamp 

Act 

passed. 


All law 
papers 
must be 
«>aniped. 


Courts of 
admi¬ 
ralty. 


Trial by 
Jury sus¬ 
pended. 


Act for 
quar¬ 
tering 
troops. 


Patrick 

Henry’s 

resolu¬ 

tions. 


The people of America are loyal, but a people jealous 
of their liberties, and they will vindicate them.” 

11. Neither the eloquence of Colonel Barre and 
others, nor the remonstrances of the colonists, could 
prevent the passage of the stamp act. Of three hun¬ 
dred, who voted in the house of commons, only fifty 
were against it; in the house of lords there was not 
a single dissenting voice; and the royal assent was 
readily obtained. 

12. By this act, no written instrument could be legal, 
unless the paper was stamped on which it was drawn; 
and this stamped paper was to be purchased, at an ex¬ 
orbitant price, of the agents of the British govern¬ 
ment. 

13. Provision was made for the recovery of penal¬ 
ties for the breach of this act, as of^,ll others relating 
to trade and revenue, in any admiralty, or king’s ma¬ 
rine court, throughout the colonies. These courts 
proceeded in trials, without the intervention of a jury. 
This act, suspending trial by jury, and making the 
colonists liable to be called to trial, for real or sup¬ 
posed offences, to distant provinces, was highly dis¬ 
pleasing to the Americans. 

14. Anticipating opposition to these measures, par¬ 
liament passed laws for sending troops to America, 
and obliging the inhabitants of those colonies to which 
they should be sent, to furnish them with quarters, 
and all necessary supplies. 

15. Great was the grief and indignation caused in 
America by the news of the stamp-act. The Virginia le¬ 
gislature, called the house of burgesses, was in session. 
The eloquentPATRicK Hexry introduced the five cele¬ 
brated resolutions, which constituted the first public op¬ 
position to the odious act. The last of these declared in 


11. Did the Stamp Act pass ? At what time ? With whai 
majority ? — 12. W r hat was this stamped paper to be used for 1 
Of whom was it to be bought ? At what kind of price ? — 13. 
If the law was violated, before what courts were offenders to be 
tried? How did these courts proceed in trials? Why were 
these laws offensive to the people ? — 11. What other act offen¬ 
sive to them was passed ?— 15. What legislature was in ses 
sion when news of the Stamp Act arrived ? What was the first 
public opposition to the Stamp Act ? 





THE UNION BEGINS. 


179 


express terms that they were not bound to obey any p^t. hi 
law imposing taxes, unless made by their represcnta- - 


CHAPTER II. 

Congress at New York.—Repeal of the Stamp Act. 

1. Before the proceedings in Virginia had become 
known in Massachusetts, the general court of that 
colony had assembled, and adopted measures to pro¬ 
duce a combined opposition to the oppressive measures Dcie- 
of parliament. Letters were addressed to the assem- 
blies of the other colonies, proposing that a congress, nine 
composed of deputies from each, should meet to con- colou,efc 
suit on their common interest. Delegates were accord¬ 
ingly elected from Massachusetts, Rhode Island, 
Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, 
Delaware, Maryland, and South Carolina. 

2. On the first Tuesday in October, the delegates 

met at New York. They drew up a declaration, in 1765 
which they asserted that the colonists were entitled to 
all the rights and privileges of natural born subjects contine* 
of Great Britain; especially of an exclusive right to l g r e,T 
tax themselves, and the privilege of trial by jury ; and 
that the late acts of parliament had a manifest tendency Petitio* 
to subvert these rights and liberties. The congress 
then prepared petitions to the king, and to both houses pallia 
of parliament. - m#n 

3. As the day approached on which the stamp act 

was to take effect, the popular feeling against it in- Odious 
creased. This law was so framed, that the evil intended ^the* 
as a penalty for disobedience, was no less than the * taic ? 
suspension of the whole machinery of the social order, * 

Chapter II. —1. What was proposed in the legislature of 
Massachusetts ? What letters sent ? What colonies elected 
delegates 't — 2. When and where did the first continental 
congress meet ? What account can you give of the “ Bill 
of Rights,” or the declaration drawn up? What petitions did 
the congress prepare ? — 3. What evils did the British intend to 
bring upon the country, if the people refused to buy the stamped 
paper ? 





180 


P’T.III. 


P’D. I. 

CH. II. 


Auqust 
imposss 
ble for 
any offi¬ 
cer to 
distri¬ 
bute 
tumps. 


A me¬ 
thod to 

C revent 
eiruse. 


I76G. 

January 

Parlia¬ 

ment’s 

declara¬ 

tion. 


OPPOSITION TO THE STAMP ACT. 

and the creation of a state of anarchy. Neither trade 
nor navigation could proceed; no contract could be 
legally made; no process against an offender could be 
instituted; no apprentice could be indented; no stu¬ 
dent could receive a diploma, nor even could the es¬ 
tates of the dead be legally settled, until the stamp 
duty was paid. 

4. Measures were taken to make the situation of all 
concerned in its collection, so unpleasant, that no one 
might be found hardy enough to engage as an officer. 
At Boston, the populace broke the windows, and de¬ 
stroyed the furniture of Andrew Oliver, the proposed 
distributor of stamps, who then formally pledged him¬ 
self to have no concern in the execution of the ob¬ 
noxious statute. In New Haven, Mr. Ingersoll, was 
obliged to declare the same resolution, not to become 
a distributor. Similar scenes occurred in other places. 
Governor Hutchinson, of Boston, suffered heavy losses 
by the violence of the mob. 

5. The first of November, tbs day on which the 
act was to take effect, was ushered in by the tolling of 
bells, as for a funeral procession, and signs of mourn¬ 
ing and sorrow appeared in all the colonies. The 
proceedings of the courts of justice were suspended, 
in order that no stamps might be used; and those en¬ 
gaged in disputes were earnestly and effectually ex¬ 
horted, by the leading men, to terminate them by 
reference. 

6 . The authorities in England, were, however, at a 
loss how to proceed ; for they saw that measures must 
be taken, either to repeal the obnoxious statute, or 
oblige the Americans to submit to it, by force of arms. 
In January, 1766, the petitions of congress, were laid 
before the house of commons. After their Examina¬ 
tion, a resolution was introduced by General Conway, 
now in the ministry declaring that parliament “ had 
full power to bind the colonies, and people of America 


What measures were taken to prevent the law from going 
into operation ? — 5. How was the day observed on which it was 
to take effect ? What was done in respect to courts and dis- 
putes? — ii. What did the British authorities now perceive ? 
What resob’tion was adopted ? 




NEW TAXES. 


181 


in all cases whatsoever,” which, after an animated de¬ 
bate, was adopted. 

7. The next day, the new ministry, bent on a repeal 
of the stamp act, examined Dr. Franklin before the 
house of commons. He gave it as his opinion, that 
the acts of parliament for taxing America, had alienated 
die affections of the people from tlm mother country, 
tnd that they would never submit to tjie stamp duty, 
jnless compelled. 

8 . The resolution to repeal that act, was opposed 
by Lord Grenville and his adherents, who weie an¬ 
swered by Mr. Pitt. That great statesman maintained, 
that taxation was no part of the governing or legisla¬ 
tive power, which parliament had a right to exert over 
the colonies; and concluded with a motion, 44 that the 
stamp act be repealed, totally, absolutely, and imme¬ 
diately.” 

9. The bill for its repeal, at length passed the com¬ 
mons, and was sent to the house of lords, where it 
met with much opposition. But the cause of the 
colonies was ably advocated by Lord Camden. 44 Taxa¬ 
tion and representation,” he said, 44 are inseparable— 
it is an eternal law of nature : for whatever is a man’s 
own, is absolutely his own ; no man has a right to take 
it from him without his consent. Whoever attempts 
to do it, attempts an injury; whoever does it, commits 
a robbery.” The bill for repeal at length passed the 
house of lords, but with it was another, in which the 
declaration was repeated, that 44 parliament had a right 
to bind the colonies in all cases whatsoever.” 

7. Who was examined before the house of commons ? What 
opinion did he give ? — 8. Who opposed the repeal of the Stamp 
Act? W ho advocated it ? What motion did he make? — D. 
Was the repeal opposed in the house of lords ? Who advocated 
it ? On what principle ? What was finally done in the house 
of lords ? 


P’T. 1 L 

P’D. I. 
ch. it. 

Feb. 10 
Dr. 

Franklin 

exim- 

ined. 


Repeal 
advo¬ 
cated by 
Mr. Pitt. 


Passes 
the com 
inons; 

Lord 

Camden. 


March 

18, 

Passes 
thehouss 
of lords 



182 


THE RIGHT TO OPPRESS ASSERTED. 


CHAPTER III. 

Second attempt to tax America.—Opposition. 

p’T. in. 1. Although the repeal of the Stamp Act gave joy 
p >D i to the colonists, yet, while a principle was at the same 
ch.‘hi* time asserted, upon which any future ministry, with 
the sanction of parliamentary authority, might oppress 
, , . them, they continued a jealous watch over the British 

Colonies ' J J 

jealous government. 

watch- 2. General Conway recommended to the colonies 
fui. to make compensation to those who had suffered in 
attempting to enforce the Stamp Act. This referred 
W ai. ch particularly to the Boston alfair. The assembly of 
Mass. Massachusetts at first refused to make any compensa- 
Se'riot' tion to the sufferers ; but they finally consented, though 
dons^the * n a manner highly displeasing to the British govern 
noters. ment; for the same act which made the appropriation 
for the damage, gave a pardon to those by whom it 
was done. 

3. In July, another change took place in the British 
Jn.y. ministry, and a cabinet was formed under the direction 
powe*?. Mr. Pitt, now Earl of Chatham. The proceedings 

of the Americans had given great offense to the British ; 
and they were condemned by many who had hereto¬ 
fore espoused their cause. 

4. In May, 1767, Charles Townshend, then chan¬ 
cellor of the exchequer, influenced by Lord Grenville, 
brought into parliament a second plan for taxing A me- 

ParuZ* rica, by imposing duties on all tea, glass, paper, and 
mentim- painter’s colors, which should be imported into the 
^xes." colonies. This bill passed both houses of parliament 
without much opposition. Another was passed, ap¬ 
pointing the officers of the navy, as custom-house 
officers, to enforce the acts of trade and navigation. 


Chapter III.— 1 . How did the news from England affect the 
colonies ? •—2. What did General Conway recommend ? What 
was done in Massachusetts ? — 3. What change occurred in tha 
British ministry ? — 4. What new plan was proposed for taxing 
America ? What was done in parliament in reference to it! 
What other a t passed ? 




THE UNION OPPOSED BY THE BRITISH. IS3 

5. These acts revived the feelings which the P’T. m 
Stamp Act produced. In Massachusetts, the as- “^dTiT 
scmblv sent a petition to the king. They also ad- ch. m. 
dressed circulars to the other colonial assemblies, 
entreating their co-operation, in obtaining the redress 
of their grievances. 

0. The British ministry viewed this measure as an 
attempt to convene another congress; and they had 
always dreaded the effects of voluntary colonial union, 
independent of the crown. Governor Bernard required 
the assembly to rescind the vote by which the circu- the **- 
lars were sent to the other colonies. The assembly sembly * 
refused to rescind the vote, and the governor dissolved 
it. But, instead of intimidating, this measure did but 
exasperate the people. 

7. In June, the custom-house officers seized a sloop j U ne 10 . 
belonging to John Hancock, a merchant of eminence, 

and a patriot much beloved by the people of Boston, cock’* 
They assembled in crowds, insulted and beat the ofii- sloop ' 
cers, and compelled them to leave the town. 

8 . The assembly of Massachusetts had not con¬ 
vened, since its dissolution by Governor Bernard. A 
report was circulated, that troops were ordered to go ™nor 
march into Boston. A town meeting was called, and refine* tc 
the governor was earnestly entreated to convoke the 2> e m- 
assembly. His reply was “that he could not call b b- 
another assembly this year, without further commands 
from the king.” A convention of the people was then 
proposed, and accordingly held, on the 22d of Sep- ge t 
tember. The members petitioned the governor, that l P C on- 
an assembly might be convened; but he refused, and ’ ,<ntlon * 
called them rebels. They transmitted to the king a 
respectful account of their proceedings, and dissolved, 

after a session of five days. 

9. Orders were given to General Gage, the com- 

5. What measures were taken in Massachusetts ? —6. What 
was the view of the British concerning the Union ? What did 
Governor Bernard require ? What ground was taken by the 
assembly? What was the consequence? — 7. Where, and on 
what occasion, were the custom-house officers insulted and 
beaten ? — 8. What did a town meeting in Boston request of the 

S ovemor ? What was his reply ? What was then proposed and 
one? 



184 


MEASURES MUTUALLY HOSTILE. 


P’T. hi. mander-in-chief of the British troops in the colonies, 
P> D< i to station a force in Boston, to overawe the citizens, 
ch. in. and protect the custom-house officers in the discharge 
Sept. 28 . of their duty. Two regiments were accordingly or- 
gimenu" ^ered from Halifax, and escorted by seven armed ves- 
come sels, they arrived at Boston on the 28th of September. 
mm™ The ^ eet to °k a station which commanded the town, 
to Bos- and the troops marched into Boston. The select men 
n ‘ refusing to provide them with quarters, the governor 
commanded the state house to be opened for their re¬ 
ception. Though outward violence was restrained by 
this measure, yet hostile dispositions were increased. 

10. The proceedings in Massachusetts were declared 
by the British parliament, to be “ illegal, unconstitu- 
1T69. tional, and derogatory to the rights of the crown and 
eningat- to parliament.” Both houses, in a joint address to the 
^Great° f king, recommended vigorous measures, and besought 
Britain, him to direct the governor of Massachusetts Bay, to 
make strict inquiries, as to all treasons committed in 
that province since the year 1767, in order that the 
persons most active in committing them, might be sent 
to England for trial. 

10. The house of burgesses in Virginia met a few days 
Met after this address was received in the colonies. They 
with passed resolutions, in which they boldly denied the 
Tfrgi- n right of the king to remove an offender out of the 
ma - colony for trial. When the intelligence of these pro¬ 
ceedings reached the governor, he suddenly dissolved 
the assembly. The members assembled at a private 
house; elected their speaker, Peyton Randolph, mode- 
TVbur- rator, and proceeded to pass some decided resolutions 
gesses against impcrting British goods. These were intro- 
them- duced by Colonel Washington, who had been a mem- 
inde'pcn- b er °f ^ ie house since his resignation. The example 
dent of was extensively followed. 

ortation 11 • The assembly of Massachusetts convened. They 
refused to proceed with business while the state house 


9. What orders were given to General Gage ? What force* 
were brought to Boston, and where placed ? — IO. What new* 
was received from England ? What was done by the legislature 
of Virginia ? I l ad Washington been in any public capacity aiuo« 
his resignation ? What was now done by him ? 



AFFRAY. 


185 


was surrounded by an armed force. The governor 
would not remove it, but adjourned them to Cam¬ 
bridge. Considering the establishment of a standing 
army in time of peace, as an invasion of their natural 
rights, they refused to make any of the appropria¬ 
tions of money which the governor proposed, and he 
again prorogued them. In August, Governor Bernard 
was recalled, and the government left in the hands of 
lieutenant governor Hutchinson. 

12. Some of the inhabitants of Boston insulted the 
military, while under arms; and an affray took place, 
in which four persons were killed. The bells were 
instantly rung; the people rushed from the country to 
the aid of the citizens; and the soldiers were obliged 
to retire to Castle William, in order to avoid the fury 
of the enraged multitude. The soldiers were tried 
and acquitted. 

13. In England Lord North was appointed to the 
ministry. He introduced a bill into parliament, which 
passed on the 12th of April, removing the duties which 
had been laid in 1767, excepting those on tea. But 
they still claimed the right of taxing the colonies.. In 
Rhode Island the people rose and destroyed the Gas- 
pee, an armed British schooner, which had been sta* 
tioned in that colony, for the purpose of enforcing the 
acts of trade. 


11. Were the British able, by their armed force, to frighten 
.he assembly of Massachusetts, to make laws to please them ? 
Why did they refuse to make appropriations of money ? What 
change occurred respecting governors?—12. Give some ac¬ 
count of the affray with the military ? — 13. What now occurred 
m England ? Did the Americans refuse to obey the British, to 
;vtve ino money to be paid in these taxes, or to maintain their 
rights ? What vessel was destroyed ? 


P’T.IIL 


P’D. I. 

CH. III. 

nto 

May. 
Assem¬ 
bly of 
Mass.ad* 
journec 
to Cam 
bridge. 


March 5. 

Affray 
with the 
British 
troops. 


1711 . 

Tanuary 

Lord 

.North 

tempo¬ 

rizes 

1772 

Jnne. 

The 

(jaspes 

•lestroy- 

ed. 




THE BOSTON TEA PARTY 


.-86 


CHAPTER IV. 

Seizure of Tea.—Boston Port Bill.—Arrival of British Troops 

F’T. hi 1. The non-importation agreements which had been 
—— made and rigidly observed, in respect to the article of 
ch.'it. tea, now began to affect the commercial interest of 
Great Britain. Parliament passed an act^llowing the 
May East India Company to export to America, its teas, 
madTin f ree °f a B duties in England; thus enabling them to 
England reduce its price in the colonies. Tea was accordingly 
ing P te£ shipped from England in large quantities. Resolutions 
were extensively adopted, that the tea should not be 
received on shore, but sent back to England. 

Boston!- 2. In Boston, several men disguised as Indians, went 
an J^ ut on board the ships during the night, and threw their 
ir to the car g oes i nto t ^ ie water * Three hundred and forty-two 
11 sea. e chests of tea were thus broken open, and their con¬ 
tents thrown overboard. 

3. The parliament of England, in order to punish 
tue inhabitants of Boston, and oblige them to restore 

ment the value of the tea, passed a bill in March, 1774, 
'pon of e u interdicting all commercial intercourse with the port 
Boston, of Boston, and prohibiting the landing and shipping 
of any goods at that place,” until these ends should 
be accomplished. 

4. General Gage was made governor of Massachu- 
surTof setts > * n the pl ace °f Hutchinson. He had been re- 
Hutchin- moved from his office, in consequence of unpopularity 

occasioned by the exposure of letters, which had been 
written by him, during the years 1767 and 1768, to 
the leading men of Great Britain. These had tended 
greatly to increase the prejudice of parliament against 
the colonies. 


Chapter IV.—I. What agreements had been made in regard 
to tea? Were they observed ? What did they affect? What 
act did parliament pass ? What was accordingly sent from Eng¬ 
land ? What resolutions adopted ? — 2. What daring exploit 
was performed at Boston ? — 3. What was done by the British 
to retaliate ? —4. What change was made in Massachusetts ? 



BOSTON. 


187 


P’D. I. 

CH. IT, 


Boston 
port bill 
cause# 
excite¬ 
ment. 


Ap 

ral c 


ene- 

con- 

gress. 


5. On the arrival of the port bill in Boston, a meet- p>t. hi. 
ing of the inhabitants was held, who declared that the 
u impolicy, injustice, and inhumanity of the act ex¬ 
ceeded their powers of expression!” The assembly May ]a 
convened at this place, but was removed by the gov¬ 
ernor to Salem. It was here resolved, that a congress, 
composed of delegates from all the colonies, ought to 
be elected, to take their affairs into the most serious 
consideration. They nominated five eminent men, as 
their representatives to such a congress; and directed 
the speaker of the house to inform the other colonies 
of their resolution. 

6. The governor sent an officer to dissolve the 
assembly, in the king’s name, but as the members bfy S diso 
would not permit him to enter the hall, he read the be y» th* 
order aloud on the staircase; but it was not obeyed uSity, 
until the members had finished their most important 
business. 

7. Governor Gage had believed that the advantages 
arising to the trade of Salem, from shutting up the port 
of Boston, would render its inhabitants more favor¬ 
able to the royal government; but the people of that 
town declared, u that nature, in forming their harbor, 
had prevented their becoming rivals in trade; and that 
even if it were otherwise, they should regard them¬ 
selves lost to every idea of justice, and all feelings of 
humanity, could they indulge one thought of raising 
their fortunes upon the ruins of their countrymen.” 

8. The cause of the people of Boston was espoused The Bo* 
by all the colonies, and their wants were supplied by 
contributions. The people of Marblehead generously the 
offered them the use of their harbor, their wharves, 

and warehouses. 

9. When, in May, 1774, the house of burgesses in 
Virginia, received the news of the Boston port bill, 
they proclaimed a fast. Lord Dunmore, the governor, 


Noble 
conduct 
of the 
ile oj 
era. 


5. What was done on the arrival of the port bill ? What im¬ 
portant resolution \^as passed at Salem; and what consequent 
measures taken ? —In what manner did the assembly treat 
the royal authority? — 7. What generous part did the inhabi¬ 
tants of Salem take ? —8. What those of Marblehead ? — 9. 
What was done by the Virginians respecting the troubles in Bos- 

iCil ? 





CONGREHG AT PHILADELPHIA. 


188 

P’T. iii. at once prorogued them. They, however, formed ah 
p , D j association, and voted to recommend to the colonies 
ch. v.' a general congress. The first of June, the day on 
The vir- which the port bill was to take effect, was devoutly 
|inian 9 observed, in Virginia, as a day of fasting, humiliation 
k K a and prayer, to implore that God would avert the evils 
which threatened them, and “give them one heart* 
and one mind, firmly to oppose, by all just and propel 
means, every injury to the American rights.” 


CHAPTER V. 


Congress at Philadelphia. 


1774. 

Sept. 4. 
First 
continen¬ 
tal con¬ 
gress. 


12 colo¬ 
nies rep¬ 
resented. 


Ran¬ 

dolph, 

president 


Approve 
the con¬ 
duct of 
Muss. 


1. On the 4th of September, 1774, the proposed 
congress convened at Philadelphia. In this body, the 
most august and important which had ever assembled 
upon the American shores, all the colonies, except 
Georgia, were represented j and all parties, struck with 
its array of splendid talents and stern patriotism, looked 
forward to results with deep interest and great expec¬ 
tation. 

2. Their first measure was to choose, by a unani 
mous vote, Peyton Randolph, Esq., of Virginia, as 
president. They decided, that each colony should 
have one vote. They chose a committee of two from 
each province, to draw up a u Bill of Rights They 
approved of the conduct of Massachusetts, and ex¬ 
horted all to perseverance in the cause of freedom. 
They addressed a letter to General Gage, entreating 
him to desist from military operations; lest a differ¬ 
ence, altogether irreconcilable, should arise between 
the colonies and the parent state. 


9. What petition did they offer to the Almighty ? 

Chapter V. —1 . When and where did the continental con¬ 
gress first convene ? How many colonies were represented ? — 
‘i. What was their first measure ? What did they decide ? 
Whom choose ? What approve ? What exhort 7 What en 
licut 7 






WISDOM, TALENT AND CONFIDENCE. 189 

3. By a non-importation compact, they agreed and p’t. hi. 
associated for themselves and their constituents , u under P , D r 1 
the sacred ties of virtue, honor, and love of liberty, 55 ch. v 
not to import, or use any British goods, after the first 

of December, 1774. They agreed to encourage agri- sanction 
culture, arts, and manufactures in America. Commit- Station 
tees were to be appointed in every place, to see that acts, 
this agreement was observed. 

4. Finally, they determined to continue the con¬ 

gressional union, until the repeal by parliament, of Resolve 
oppressive duties—of the laws restricting their rights t^The 
of trial by jury, and of the acts, against the people of colonial 
Massachusetts. un,OI1 ‘ 

5. In the several addresses which were drawn up 
by their committees and accepted, congress fully met 
the high expectations which were entertained of that 
body of men, of whom Lord Chatham declared, u that, ^High 
though he had studied and admired the free states of te^ofa 
antiquity, the master spirits of the world, yet, for so- con g re,fc 
lidity of reasoning, force of sagacity, and wisdom of 
conclusion, no body of men could stand in preference 

to this congress.” 

6. The petition to the king entreated him, in lan¬ 
guage the most respectful and affectionate, to restore 
their violated rights. ' Their grievances, they said, 
were the more intolerable, as they were born heirs of 
freedom, and had enjoyed it under the auspices of his 
royal ancestors. u The apprehension,” say they, u of able ap- 
being degraded into a state of servitude, from the pre- taking 
eminent rank of English freemen, while our minds 
retain the strongest love of liberty, and clearly foresee 

the miseries preparing for us and our posterity, excites 
emotions in our breasts which we cannot describe.” 

7. They express a hope, that the royal indignation This p«. 
will fall on those designing and dangerous men, who, dl !|Sj, 
by their misrepresentations of his American subjects, ed V 
had, at length, compelled them, by the force of accu- D ^* w 

____son. 

3. What was agreed in the non-importation compact? — 4. 

They determined to continue the union till the repeal of what 
acts ? — 5. What was Lord Chatham’s opinion of this congress ? 

— Ci. Give some account of their petition to the king ? — 7. With 
what language did this potilion close ? 






190 the crisis approaches. 

P’T. in. mulated injuries, too severe to be longer borne, thus 
puTT *° ^i stur h his majesty’s repose; a conduct extorted 
ch.vi “from those” who would much more willingly bleed 
in his service. 

8. Not less moving was the appeal to their fellow- 
subjects of England. u Can any reason,” they ask, w be 

a rea- given, why English subjects, who live three thousand 
apJeaL miles from the royal palace, should enjoy less liberty, 
than those who are three hundred miles from it ?” 

9. In the memorial to their constituents, they pre- 
HaHo sente ^ an account of the oppressive measures of par- 
their liament since 1763. They applaud the spirit which 
tuents they had shown in defense of their rights, and en¬ 
courage them to persevere, and be prepared for all 
contingencies; hinting that those might occur,which 
would put their constancy severely to the test. 

C °rifr ss 10- The congress rose on the 6th of October. Al- 
Oct. 6. though their powers were merely advisory, yet their 
^recced- decisions received the approbation of the colonial as- 
mgs a»- semblies, and carried with them all the force of laws. 

proved. 


CHAPTER VI. 

War approaches.—Massachusetts.—British Parliament. 

1. There were however, a few persons, who fa- 
whip voured the cause of Great Britain. They were called 
tories. tories, and were regarded as traitors by the great body 
of the people; who, in opposition to tories, were called 
whigs. These party names were derived from England. 
^torei 7 2. The magazines of gunpowder and other military 
»iied. stores, at Charlestown and Cambridge, were seized by 

8. What question did they put to their fellow-subjects in Eng¬ 
land 1 — 9. What was the subject of their memorial to theii 
constituents ? — IO. When did Congress rise ? What were theii 
powers ? What weight had their decisions ? 

Chapter VI. —1. What description of persons favoured th 
cause of Great Britain ? - - 2. What was done by the assembl 
of Massachusetts? 





TRUTH SPOKEN IN VAIN. 


191 


order of Gen. Gage. An assembly was called in Mas- i”T. iil 
sachusetts ; but its sittings were countermanded by the ~pm7iT 
governor. The representatives then met at Salem, cii.yi. 
resolved themselves into a u provincial congress,” ad- October, 
journed to Concord, and chose John Hancock their The * s ' 
president. of Mass. 

3. They then resolved, that, for the defense of the 
province, a number of the inhabitants should be en- congres* 
listed, to stand ready to march at a minute’s warning. 

In November, they sent persons to New Hampshire, Minute 
Rhode Island, and Connecticut, to request their co¬ 
operation, in order to raise an army of 20,000 men, to 
act in any emergency. 

4. The British parliament convened. The king, in 
his speech, informed the members, that a most daring 
resistance to the laws still prevailed in Massachusetts, 
which was encouraged by unlawful combinations in The king 
the other colonies; and, finally, he expressed his firm 
determination to withstand any attempt to weaken or inflexi- 
impair the royal authority; and in these sentiments ble * 
the two houses expressed, in their answer, a decided 
concurrence. 

5. When the British ministry brought the American 
papers before parliament, Lord Chatham rose. u The 
way,” he said, u must be immediately opened for re¬ 
conciliation. It will soon be too late. They say, 
you have no right to tax them, without their consent. 

They say truly. Representation and taxation must Lord 
go together—they are inseparable. This wise people £ h ^ n 0 ^J 
speak out. They do not hold the language of slaves, of Ame- 
They do not ask you to repeal your laws, as a favor; nca * 
they claim it as a right. They tell you, they will not 
submit to them; and I tell you, the acts must be re¬ 
pealed, and you must go through the work; you must 
declare you have no right to tax—then they may trust Mea. 

VOU.” proposed 

6. But his plan for conciliatory measures, was nega- 
tived by a large majority. Petitions from the mer- jected. 


3. What did they resolve ? To what states send ? — What 
was the tone of the king’s speech ? What of parliament’s reply ? 
-•5. Give some account of Lord Chatham’s speech? 




192 


PAULI AM ENT MISJUDGE. 


P’T. hi. chants of London, and other commercial places, m 
Tm i. f avor of America, were referred, not to the regular 
cn.vi. committee, but to one, called by the friends of the 
Colonics colonies, u the committee of oblivion.” Dr. Franklin, 
refused a and the other colonial agents were refused a hearing 
earmg ' before parliament, on the plea, that they were ap¬ 
pointed by an illegal assembly; and thus was put to 
silence, the voice of three millions of people, yet in 
the attitude of humble suppliants. 

7. Both houses of parliament concurred, by a large 
majority, in an address to the king, in which they de- 

Biind-^ clare, u that the Americans had long wished to become 
n6 t he independent, and only waited for ability and oppor- 
ruicrs. tunity, to accomplish their design. To prevent this,” 
they said, “ and to crush the monster in its birth, was 
the duty of every Englishman; and that this must be 
done, at any price, and at every hazard.” 

8. On the 10th of February, a bill was passed, by 
which the colonies of Massachusetts, Connecticut, 
New Hampshire, and Rhode Island, were restricted in 

1 ^ 75 . their trade to Great Britain and its West India posses- 
F Pariia’ s * ons ’ an< ^ were also prohibited from fishing on the 
ment at- banks of Newfoundland. The same restrictions were 
1 dmde° soon a ^ ter exten ded to all the colonies, excepting 
the New York and North Carolina. It was expected that 
colonies, fljggg prohibitions would prove particularly distressing 
to the inhabitants of New England, as an idea pre¬ 
vailed, that they depended on the fisheries for their 
subsistence, and must, if deprived of them, be starved 
into obedience. 


6. Did his speech produce any effect ? What petitions were 
offered ? How treated ? Who was refused a hearing ? What 
may be said of all this ? — 7. What address was made by parlia¬ 
ment ?— 8. What acts did they pass ? What was expected from 
these acts ? 





BLOOD IH SHED AT LEXINGTON. 


193 


CHAPTER VII. 

The War begins by the Battle of Lexington. 

1. A second provincial congress having assembled 
n Massachusetts, ordered military stores to be 
collected, and encouraged the militia and minute-men 
to improve themselves in the use of arms. 

2. General Gage having learned that a number of 
field pieces were collected at Salem, despatched a party 
of soldiers, to take possession of them, in the name of 
the king The people of Salem assembled in great 
numbers, and, by pulling up a drawbridge, prevented 
their entering the town, and thus defeated their object. 

3. A large quantity of ammunition and stores was also 
deposited at Concord, about twenty miles from Bos¬ 
ton. These General Gage resolved to seize, or destroy; 
and, with that view, he sent a detachment of ouu men, 
under the command of Colonel Smith and Major 
Pitcairn. 

4. When the British troops arrived at Lexington, 
within five miles of Concord, the militia of the place 
were drawn up. The advanced body of the regulars 
approached within musket shot, when Major Pitcairn, 
riding forward, exclaimed, u Disperse, you rebels!— 
throw down your arms and disperse.” Not being 
obeyed, he discharged his pistol, and ordered his men 
to fire. They fired, and killed eight men. The militia 
dispersed, but the firing continued. The detachment 
then proceeded to Concord, and destroyed or took 
possession of a part of the stores. 

5. They then began their retreat. The colonists 
pressed upon them on all sides. They went to Lex¬ 
ington, where they met Lord Percy, with a reinforce- 

Chapter VII.—1. What did the legislature of Massachusetts 
order to be collected ? — 2. Where and for what did Gen. Gage 
•send out a party of soldiers? Did they succeed ? — 3. To what 
other place did he send a detachment ? For what purpose ? — 
4. How did the battle of Lexington commence? Did tho Bri- 
u«h take the stores ? — 5. Describe their retreat ? 

9* 


P’T. Hi 
P’D. I. 

CH. VII. 


1775. 

Feb. 26. 
Attempt 
to 

destroy 
stores at 
Salem. 


April 18 
800 men 
sent to 
Concord. 


April 18 
Battle of 
Lexing¬ 
ton. 


Retreat 
of the 
British 




194 


THE SPIRIT-STIRRING TIME. 


P’T. Hi. ment of 900 men. They however, continued theii 
p> Di i retreat: but from every place of concealment—a stone 
ch. vii. fence, a cluster of bushes, or a barn, the concealed 
British provincials poured upon them a destructive fire. At 
luss, 273, s Uns et, the regulars, almost overcome with fatigue, 
Atneri- passed Charlestown Neck, and found, on Bunker’s Hill, 
can 88.° SB> a rest i n g place for the night; and the next morning, 
under the protection of a man of war, they entered 
Boston. 

6. Blood had now flowed, and no language can 
portray the feelings which the event excited. Couriers 

G t were dispatched in every direction, who gave, as they 
excS- rode at full speed, their news, to be taken up and 
meut ‘ carried in like manner to other places; and thus, m an 
special increasing circle, it spread like electric fluid thoughout 
Spread* land. The messenger, if he arrived on Sunday, at 
the news, once entered the church, and proclaimed to the breath¬ 
less assembly—war has begun ! Every where the cry 
was repeated, u war has begun!” and the universal re¬ 
sponse w r as “ to arms, then—liberty or death !” 

7. The legislatures of the several colonies convened, 
At my appointed officers, and gave orders to raise troops. 

collected £ ver y where, fathers were leaving their children, and 
Boston, mothers sending their sons to the field; and an army 
of 20,000 was soon collected in the neighborhood of 
Boston. 

British 8. General Gage was now so closely besieged in 
besieged g oston? that although the British had the command 
Boston, of the sea, his provisions became scarce. 

9. To gain possession of Ticonderoga and Crown 
'taking P°‘ n b individuals in Connecticut, borrowed of the le- 
ricomfe- gislature of that colony, eighteen hundred dollars. 
‘cS>wn d They then proceeded to Bennington to secure the co- 
Point. operation of u die Green Mountain Boys.” 

Green 10. This was an appellation given to the hardy 
M tai*n freemen who had settled in that vicinity by the au- 
Boys. thority of New Hampshire, and who had manifested 

8. Describe the state of the public mind, and the manner of 
spreading the news ? — 7. What was done in the several states 1 
—-8. Wnat was the situation of Gen. Gage ? — 9. What enter 
prize was set on foot in Connecticut ? What steps taken ? — 10 
Who were the Green Mountain Boys ? 






NORTHERN FORTS TAKEN. 


195 


their resolution in defense of their lands from the f>t. iii 
sheriffs of New York; that state claiming over them a P , D l 
jurisdiction, which they would not allow. At the ch.vii. 
head of this determined band, were Colonels Ethan Ethan 
Allen, and Seth Warner. They gladly engaged in the 
enterprise. Troops were soon raised, and the com- Seth 
mand was entrusted to Allen. Warnet 

11. In the meantime, Benedict Arnold, with the m- Bencdie 
trepid boldness of his character, had, in Boston, formed Arnold * 
and matured the same design, and was on the march 

to execute it, when lie was surprised to find that he ^Ty 10 
had been anticipated. Becoming second in command They 
to Allen, they marched together at the head of three t?co” 
hundred men from Castleton, and reached Ticonde- 
roga on the 10th of May. They surprised and cap- Crown 
turfed that fortress, and took peaceable possession of Pomt * 
Crown Point. 

12. Arnold, having manned and armed a small 
schooner found in South Bay, captured a sloop-of-war Arnold 
lying at St. Johns. The pass of Skeensborough, now seizes a 
Whitehall, was seized at the same time, by a detach- 
ment of volunteers from Connecticut. One hundred 
pieces of cannon, and other munitions of war were 
obtained in this fortunate expedition. 

13. The continental congress again assembled at 
Philadelphia on the 10th of May, and Mr. Hancock 

was chosen President. Bills of credit to the amount issue 
of three millions of dollars were issued for defraying 
the expenses of the war; and the faith of the u Twelve 
United Colonies” pledged for their redemption. Lord 

14. Lord Dunmore, the Governor of Virginia, Du °^ or * 
showed his distrust of the people by seizing and con- other 
veying to an armed vessel in James’ River, some go n v 0 e r ^ 
powder belonging to the colony. Patrick Henry at- retire. 


lO. Where had they settled ? Under what state ? What other 
state claimed jurisdiction over them? Would they allow it? 
Whom did they defend their lands against ? Who was the com¬ 
mander of the force sent against Ticonderoga ?— 11. What 
other person had formed the same design ? Did they capture the 
forts? At what time? — 12. What other feat was performed 
by Arnold?— 13. When and where did congress next assem- 
Oie ? What bills of credit issue? —14. What was the affair 
ji Virginia respecting the powder? 



196 


BOSTON IN A CRITIC AL POSITION. 


P’T. hi. tempting to retake it, Lord Dunmore paid him its value 
~p, D j in money. He then proclaimed Henry and his party 
oh. mi. rebels. Letters of Lord Dunmore to England were 
intercepted. The people became so incensed, that 
Dunmore fearing for his safety, fled to a man-of-war 
named the Fowey, lying atYorktown. The gover¬ 
nors of North and South Carolina also, abandoned 
1775 their provinces. In North Carolina, the people of 
First de- Mecklenburg county, having on the 20th of May, as- 
ciarati’n sembled at Charlotte, passed resolutions embodying 
pend’ce' the bold declaration of Independence,— the first made 

*Meck- E Africa. 

lenburg — 

Co., N. 

Carolina 

CHAPTER VIII. 

Battle of Bunker Hill.—Washington. 

1. In May, the British army in Boston received a 
May 95. powerful reinforcement from England, under Generals 
Clinton ^ owe ? Clinton, and Burgoyne. General Gage now 
and Bur- proclaimed martial law throughout Massachusetts. He 
goyne ’ however offered pardon to all rebels, who would re- 
June 12 . turn to their allegiance, except Samuel Adams and 
John Hancock. He agreed to permit the people of 
mation. Boston to depart; but after a portion had gone, he 
changed his policy and kept the remainder. 
iate 9 v, hi» 2. Learning that the British threatened to penetrate 
promise. into the country, congress recommended to the coun¬ 
cil of war to take such measures as would put them 
on the defensive, and for this purpose, a detachment 
June^of one thousan i men, under Colonel Prescott, was 
Amen- 5 ordered, on the night of the 16th of June, to throw 
fortify ll P a breastwork on Bunker’s Hill, near Charlestown. 
Breed’. By some mistake, the troops entrenched themselves 
Hm ‘ on Breed’s Hill, nearer to Boston. They labored with 
such silence i nd activity, that by return of light they 

14. How did Lord Dunmore dispose cf himself? How waa 
it with other rc yal governors ? 

Chapter VIII. — 1 What arrival was there in Boston ? What 
did Gen. Gage now proclaim ? What agree to do? Hew vio* 
late his promise ? — 2. What did congress recommend ? Whal 
was accordingly ordered? What was done in regard 1o en¬ 
trenchments. 







THE MAN FIRST IN WAR. 

iiad nearly completed a strong redoubt, without being 
observed. 

3. At dawn, however, the British, discovering the 
advance of the Americans, commenced a severe can¬ 
nonade from the ships in the river; but this not in¬ 
terrupting them, General Gage sent a body of about 
three thousand men, under Generals Howe and Pigot. 
They left Boston in boats, and landed under the pro¬ 
tection of the shipping in Charlestown, at the extreme 
point of the peninsula, then advanced against the 
Americans. 

4. They set fire to Charlestown, and amidst the 
glare of its flames glittering upon their burnished 
arms, advance to the attack. The Americans await 
their approach in silence, until they are within ten 
fods of the redoubt—then taking a steady aim, and 
having advantage of the ground, they pour upon the 
British a deadly fire. They are thrown into confu¬ 
sion, and many of their officers fall. They are thus 
twice repulsed. Clinton now arrives ; his men again 
rally; advance towards the fortifications, and attack 
the redoubt on three sides at once. 

5. The ammunition of the colonists failed. Cour¬ 
age was no longer of any avail, and Colonel Prescott, 
who commanded, ordered a retreat. The Americans 
were obliged to pass Charlestown neck, where they 
were exposed to a galling fire from the ships in the 
harbor. Here fell General Joseph Warren, whose 
death was a severe blow to his mourning country. 

6. On the fifteenth of June, congress elected, by a 
unanimous vote, George Washington, who was 
present, and who had, from their first meeting at Phi¬ 
ladelphia, been a delegate from Virginia, to the high 
office of general and commander-in-chief of the army 
of the United Colonies. When his appointment was 
signified to him by the president of congress, he was 


3. What measures were taken by the British to dislodge the 
A rnericans ? — -l. Give some further description of the battle of 
Bunker’s Hill ?—5. Give some account of the retreat of th* 
Americans? What general was killed? Learn from the side 
note the number of killed and wounded on each side. — G. 
VVitfU important office was now created ? How was it filled f 


197 


P’T. III. 


P’D. I. 

CH. VIII 


June 17, 
British 
cross 
from 
Boston. 


Burn 

Charles¬ 

town 


1775 

June 17. 
British 
loss, 
1054. 
Ameri¬ 
can, 453. 


June 15 
Wash¬ 
ington 
elected 
commas 
der-in- 
chief. 

Wash 

’-ngton’i 





198 


CONDITION OP’ THE ARMY 


P’T. III. 


P’D. I. 

CH. Till. 


His di»- 
mterest- 
eduesa. 


He joins 
the army 
at Cam¬ 
bridge. 


His 

great ex¬ 
ertions. 


Dr. 

Franklin 
the first 
post¬ 
master- 
general. 

Posts 
from Fal¬ 
mouth 
to Sa¬ 
vannah. 


deeply penetrated with a mingled sense of the high 
honor which he had received, and the responsibility 
of the station to which he was raised. 

7. He declined all compensation for his services; 
for as money could not buy him from his endeared 
home, and as he served his country for justice, and 
the love he bore to her cause, he would not allow his 
motives to be misconstrued. He stated that he should 
keep an exact account of his expenses; and those, 
congress, he doubted not, would discharge. 

8. Soon after his election, Washington set out for 
the camp at Cambridge. He found the British army 
strongly posted on Bunker’s and Breed’s hill, and 
Boston neck. The American, consisting of 14,000 
men, were entrenched on the heights around Boston, 
forming a line which extended from Roxbury on the 
right, to the river Mystic on the left, a distance of 
twelve miles. 

9. Washington perceived, that although the people 
were ardent in the cause of liberty, and ready to en¬ 
gage in the most desperate enterprises, yet there was a 
total want of discipline and military subordination 
among the troops. The army was scantily supplied 
with arms and ammunition, and their operations re¬ 
tarded, by a want of skilful engineers. He set him¬ 
self with astonishing energy and judgment, to the 
labor of bringing order out of confusion. 

10. During this session of congress, also, the first 
line of posts for the communication of intelligence 
through the United States, was established. Benjamin 
Franklin was appointed, by a unanimous vote, post¬ 
master-general, with power to appoint as many depu¬ 
ties as he might deem proper and necessary, for the 
conveyance of the mail from Falmouth, in Maine, to 
Savannah, in Georgia. 

7. How was it respecting a compensation for his services ? — 
8. Where did Washington join the army ? What was its num¬ 
ber ? —D. What was the condition of the army ? — iO. What 
was the beginning of our present post-office system ? Who was 
the first postmaster-general ? Through what line was the mad 
to be conveyed ? 





INVASION OF CANADA. 


199 


CHAPTER IX. 

Invasion of Canada.—Death of Montgomery. 

1. While the British army was closely blockaded P’T. ill 
in Boston, congress conceived the design of sending a pmTu 
force into Canada; as the movements of Sir Guy Carle- CH * IX - 
ton, the governor of that province, seemed to threaten Ameri- 
an invasion of the northern frontier. Two expedi- ge nd n t 9 wo 
tions were accordingly organized and dispatched, one parties 
by the way of Champlain, under Generals Schuyler c^ada! 
and Montgomery, the other by the way of the river 
Kennebec, under the command of Arnold. 

2. Gen. Schuyler, though he rendered faithful ser¬ 
vice, did not on account of his health go to Canada. 
Montgomery showed himself an able officer. On the 

3rd of November he took St. Johns, and proceeding s ^3o h ni 
to Montreal, Sir Guy Carleton abandoned the place, 

About this time Col. Ethan Allen, who was an officer 
in the army, was, in a rash adventure, made prisoner. 

He was loaded with irons and sent to England. 

3. Arnold with 1000 men had with incredible per¬ 
severance penetrated the wilderness of Maine. He ar¬ 
rived at Point Levi on the 9th of November. On the 5rooid 
13th he crossed and occupied the heights of Abraham, before 
but his army was reduced to 700 men, and Carleton (iuebec 
was now in Quebec with 1500. He retired to Point 

aux Trembles to await the other division of the army. 

4. Montgomery’s arrival was on the first of Decem¬ 
ber. He found himself in a situation far more critical 
and embarrassing than that of Wolfe, sixteen years 
before. His army was wasted, so that the united ° ad 

i J . position 

force was less than a thousand; and these were en- of Wort 
feebled by fatigue amidst the rigors of a Canadian g oro *“" 

Chapter IX. —1. Who was governor of Canada? What two 
expeditions were set on foot ? —2. How did the western division 
under Montgomery proceed ?—!1. How did the eastern under 
Arnold ? — 4. W'hat time did Montgomery join Arnold ? What 
was his situation ? 



200 


FALL OF MONTGOMERY. 


P’T. m. winter, which had already set m with uncommon 
'p, D L severity. 

ch. ix. 5 . He attempted to batter the walls of Quebec. He 
made piles of ice on which to mount his cannon; but 
Despc- the strong walls remained uninjured. With the advice 
rate „ of all his officers he took then the desperate resolution 
of storming the city. As the day dawned, and in a 
snow-storm, the army in four divisions, made the at¬ 
tempt Two were to make feigned movements in 
order to divide the attention of the troops in the city; 
while Montgomery and Arnold, at the head of the 
ot ^ er t wo ? ma( le real attacks in opposite points, in¬ 
death of tending to meet. Arnold had forced his way. Mont- 
^ery gomery was cheering on his men, when he received his 
death-shot. Arnold was wounded and retired. The 
enterprise failed, with the loss of 400 men killed or 
made prisoners. 

6 . The treatment of Carleton to his prisoners, did 
A oid honor to his humanity. Arnold, wounded as he was, 
block- retired with the remainder of his army, to the distance 
Quebec ^ lree m ^ es below Quebec; where, though inferior 

in numbers to the garrison, they kept the place in a 
state of blockade, and in the course of the winter, re¬ 
duced it to distress for want of provisions. 

7. Orders were given to the British naval comman- 
1T75. ders, to lay waste and destroy all such sea-ports, as 
°Fd- 8 * had taken part against Great Britain. In consequence, 
mouth Falmouth, now Fortland, was burned by the orders 
burned. captain ]y[ owa tt of the British navy. This so ex- 
Efforts as P erate d people, that they now put forth new 
oi an ex- efforts. They collected military stores; they pur 

chased powder in all foreign ports where it was prac- 
pie. ticable, and, in many colonies, commenced its manu¬ 
facture. They also began more seriously to turn 
Dec 13 their attention to their armed vessels. 

Congress 8 . Congress resolved to fit out thirteen ships, and 
8 t ships! 3 ra * s8 two battalions of marines. They framed articles 

5. What attempts did he make? What desperate assault? 
At what time ? What are some of the circumstances ? What 
the final result ? —6. Where was Arnold during the winter ? — 
1. What orders were given to the British naval commanders! 
What place was burnt ? What effect had this on the people ? 





DEBATES IN PARLIAMENT 


201 


of war for the government of the little navy, and es- p»r. m 
tablished regular courts of admiralty, for the adjudica- p , D j" 
tion of prizes. The American privateers swarmed cn. ix.* 
forth. Alert and bold, they visited every sea, and an¬ 
noyed the British commerce, even in the very waters 
of their own island. 

9. Lord Dunmore, still on board the king’s ship, 
issued a proclamation declaring martial law, and pro- 
mising freedom to such slaves as would leave their Lord 
masters, and join his party. Several hundred negroes 

and royalists obeyed the call, when, leaving his ships, makes an 
he occupied a strong position near Norfolk. The as- attempt ' 
sembly sent 800 militia to oppose his movements. Dec 7 
On the 7th of December they were attacked by the is de¬ 
royalists and negroes, but they repelled the assailants, feated< 
and gained a decisive victory; after which, they oc¬ 
cupied the town of Norfolk. 

10. Lord Dunmore, with his remaining forces, again 
repaired to the ships, where, in consequence of the 
many royalists who joined him, he became reduced to 
great distress for want of provisions. In this situa- Burns’ 
tion he sent a flag to Norfolk, demanding a supply. N °^ olk 
The commander of the provincials refusing to comply, abandon* 
he set fire to the town, and destroyed it. This availed mtoion.” 
him little. Assailed at once by tempest, famine, and 
disease, he with his followers, sought refuge in the 
West Indies. 

11. The last hope of the colonies for reconciliation, 
rested in the petition of congress to the king, which 
had been emphatically styled u The Olive Branch.” It 
was sent over by Mr. Penn, a descendant of the pro- 
prietor of Pennsylvania, and a former governor of that 
colony. The king, instead of responding to its af- Brawl* 
fectionate language, accused the Americans in his 
speech, of rebellion; and declared that they took up 
arms to establish an independent empire. 


8. How did Congress now make a beginning with regard to a 
public navy ? How was it with the American privateers ? — 9. 
What were Lord Dunmore’s movements in Virginia? How 
was he opposed ? — lO. What was his last act in the dominion? 
Did it avail him ? — 11. What was the last petition of congress 
to the king called ? By whom was it sent ? How was it jecoived ? 


10 




202 


FOREIGN MERCEJ\ARIES. 


P’T. III. 


P’D. I. 

CH. IX. 

The 

icing and 
the par¬ 
liament* 
hostile. 


Dec. 

Severe 

laws. 


England 

hire9 

merce¬ 

naries. 

The 

last 

Wrong* 


12. He recommended that vigorous measures should 
be taken to subdue them, and such also as were likely 
to weaken them by division. Large majorities in both 
houses answered the king’s speech, by the same ac¬ 
cusations against the colonies, and the same determi¬ 
nation to reduce them to obedience, by measures of 
coercion and distress. Thus, with a folly which En¬ 
glish patriots now deplore, was the w Olive Branch” 
contemptuously rejected; and thus the last hope of 
honourable peace was crushed. 

13. An act was soon passed prohibiting all trade 
and commerce with the colonies; and authorizing the 
capture and condemnation of all American vessels 
with their cargoes, and all others found trading in any 
port or place in the colonies, as if the same were the 
vessels and effects of open enemies; and the vessels 
and property thus taken were vested in their captors; 
and the farther barbarous item was added, that the 
crews were to be treated, not as prisoners, but as 
slaves. 

14. About the same time, England made treaties 
with the landgrave of Hesse Cassel, and other German 
princes, hiring of them 17,000 men, to be employed 
against the Americans; and it was determined to send 
over, in addition to these, 25,000 English troops. 
By the passage of this act, the hiring of foreign mer¬ 
cenaries, and the rejection of this last petition, Great 
Britain filled up the measure of her wrongs to Ame¬ 
rica, and sealed her final separation from her colonies. 


12. What did the king recommend? How did parliament 
reply ? What is now thought of the conduct of these rulers by 
wise men and patriots of their own nation ? — 13. What severe 
law was passed ?— 14k What number of men did England hire 
of the German princes ? Do you think the slave-holders in the 
United States would for money set their negroes to kill people, 
that >*kher they or their nation had any quarrel with ? 




WASHINGTON ENTERS BOSTON. 


2o:< 


CHAPTER X. 


Washington enters Boston.—Disasters in Canada. 

1. Although Britain was preparing so formidable 
a force, yet the American army was not only reduced 
in numbers, but at the close of the year 1775, was 
almost destitute of necessary supplies. The terms of 
enlistment of all the troops had expired in December; 
and although measures had been taken for recruiting 
the army, yet on the last day of December, there were 
but 9,650 men enlisted for the ensuing year. 

2. Gen. Washington, finding how slowly the army 
was recruited, proposed to congress to try the in¬ 
fluence of a bounty; but his proposal was not acceded 
to until late in January, and it was not until the middle 
of February, that the regular army amounted to 
14,000. In addition to these, the commander-in-chief, 
being vested by congress with the power to call out 
the militia, made a requisition on the authorities of 
Massachusetts, for 6,000 men. 

3. Washington had continued the blockade of Bos¬ 
ton during the winter of 1775-6, and at last resolved 
to bring the enemy to action, or drive them from the 
town. On the night of the 4th of March, a detach¬ 
ment silently reached Dorchester Heights, and there 
constructed, in a single night, a redoubt which me¬ 
naced the British shipping with destruction. On the 
morning of the 17th, the whole British force, with 
sucli of the loyalists as chose to follow their fortunes, 
get sail for Halifax. As the rear of the British troops 
were embarking, Washington entered the town in 
triumph. 

4. The plans of the British cabinet embraced, for 
ihe campaign of 1776, the recovery of Canada, the re- 

Chapter X. — 1. What was the condition of the American 
nrmy at the clo 3 e of ’75 ?— 2. What did Washington recom¬ 
mend ? What was done ? —3. What took place at Boston in 
March ’76 ? — 1. What did the British mean to do in the course 
of the ycai t 


P’T. Ih 
P’D. 1 

OH. X. 

The 

army 

small 

and 

ill-ap¬ 

pointed. 


A bountj 
given. 

Militia 

called 

out 


177a 

March 4 
Dorches¬ 
ter for¬ 
tified. 

The 
British 
evacuate 
Boston, 
Mar. 17 


British 
have 3 
objects 
for the 
cam¬ 
paign. 






204 


ITNFORTTjN ATE RETRE AT 


P’T.III. 


P’D. I. 

CH. X. 


Arnold 

nefore 

(Quebec. 

Is badly 
lituated. 


ITVG- 

A disas¬ 
trous 
retreat, 
May 5. 


June. 
Ameri¬ 
cans eva¬ 
cuate 
Canada. 


Sir Peter 
Parker 
sails to 
attack 
Charles¬ 
ton. 


Sulli¬ 
van’s is¬ 
land for¬ 
tified. 


iune 28. 
British 
are re¬ 
pulsed. 


duction of the southern colonies, and the possession 
of New York. This last service was entrusted to 
Admiral Howe, and his brother, General Howe; the 
latter of whom succeeded General Gage, in the com¬ 
mand of the British troops. 

5. Arnold had continued the siege of Quebec, and 
had greatly annoyed the garrison; but his army had 
suffered extremely from the inclemency of the season, 
and from the breaking out of the small-pox. Not¬ 
withstanding the garrison of Montreal had been sent 
to reinforce him, he had scarcely 1,000 effective men. 

6. General Thomas now arrived and superseded 
Arnold. He made several attempts to reduce Quebec, 
but the sudden appearance of the British fleet obliged 
him to flee with such precipitation, that he left his 
baggage and military stores. Many of the sick also 
fell into the hands of Carleton, by whom they were 
treated with honourable humanity. 

7. One after another, the posts which had been con¬ 
quered by the Americans, fell into the hands of the 
British, and before the close of June, they had re¬ 
covered all- Canada. The Americans lost, in this un¬ 
fortunate retreat, about 1,000 men, who were mostly 
taken prisoners. 

8. The British fleet, destined to the reduction of the 
southern colonies, sailed, under Sir Peter Parker, to 
attack Charleston, where they arrived early in June 
The marines were commanded by General Clinton. 

9. An intercepted official letter had given the alarm 
to the Carolinians. On Sullivan’s island, at the en¬ 
trance of Charleston harbor, they had constructed a 
fort of the palmetto tree, which resembles the cork. 
This fort was garrisoned by about 400 men, com¬ 
manded by Colonel Moultrie. On the morning of the 
28th of June, the British ships opened their several 
broadsides upon it, but their balls were received by 
the palmetto wood, and buried as in earth. Moultri 

5. How was Arnold situated in the spring? — 6. Who was 
his successor ? What was ho forced to do? — 7. Mention soma 
of the circumstances of the unfortunate close of the invasion of 
Canada. — 8. What fleet went to attack Charleston ? — 9 Ilow 
was Charleston defended ? 





INDEPENDENCE PROPOSED. 


205 


defended the fortification with such spirit, that it has p>t. hi. 
ever since been called by his name. - 

10. Once during the day, after a thundering dis- p c ’®' *• 
charge from the British cannon, the flag of the fort j^g 
was no longer seen to wave; and the Americans, who 
watched the battle from the opposite shore, were, 
every moment, expecting to see the British troops 
mount the parapets in triumph. But none appeared; j*>pcr 
and, in a few moments, the striped banner of America ]£® ov fl e ” 
was once more unfurled to their view. The staff had 
been carried away by a shot, and the flag Jhad fallen British 
upon the outside of the fort. A serjeant, by the name ^ ai y^ b 
of Jasper, had jumped over the wall, and, amidst a ' ° r 
shower of bullets, had recovered and fastened it in its 
place. At evening, the British, completely foiled, 
drew off their ships, with the loss of two hundred 
men. 

11. Washington had early apprehended that the enemy 
would endeavour to get possession of New York. He 
had, therefore, detached General Lee from Cambridge, 

to put Long Island and New York in a posture of de- head - 
fense. Soon after the evacuation of Boston, the com- luveS 
mander-in-chief followed, and, with the greater part of York - 
his army, fixed his head-quarters in the city of New 
York. 

12. On the 7th of June, Richard Henry Lee, of 
Virginia, made a motion in congress, for declaring the 
colonies free and independent. While the propo- 
sition was pending, individuals, public presses, and 
legislatures, sent from every quarter of the country to gress. 
Philadelphia, a voice approving such a measure. 

13. On the 14th of June, the legislature of Connec¬ 
ticut passed resolutions, instructing their delegates in Ju £ e he 14, 
congress, to propose to that body to declare the Arne- f ee iingoi 
rican colonies free and independent states, absolved 

from all allegiance to the king of Great Britain. The by con 
reasons, they state to be—the taking away their just nectlcut 
rights—the contemptuous refusal to listen to their 

10. Mention serjeant Jasper’s exploit. What was the Bri¬ 
tish loss ? — 11. What did Washington apprehend ? What ar¬ 
rangements make? — 1*. What proposal was made in Con- 
gress ? 






20(3 


P’T- III. 


P’D. I. 

CH. X. 

1776 . 


July 4. 

Indepen¬ 

dence. 


THE FOURTH OF JULY. 

M humble, decent, and dutiful petitions”—the endea¬ 
vour to reduce them to abject submission, by war and 
bloodshed, subjecting their persons to slavery, and 
hiring foreign mercenaries to destroy them ;—so that 
no alternative was left, but either to submit to wha* 
must end in the extreme of wretchedness, or, appeal 
ing to God, to declare a total separation. 

14. The sentiments which Connecticut had thus 
embodied, pervaded the whole country. Congress, 
therefore, on the 4th of July, 1776, declared to the 
world, that u these United Colonies are, and of right 
ought to be, Free and Independent States.” 

13. How had the Connecticut legislature expressed the senti¬ 
ments of the nation ? — 14. What was done on the 4th of July ? 


EXERCISES ON THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

What event marks the beginning of this period ? What 
is its date ? Point to it on the chronographer. The Stamp 
Act was passed in 1765. Point out the place of this event. 
The first continental congress assembled in 1774. Point to 
the place of this date. The battle of Lexington was fought 
April 18th, 1775, and the battle of Bunker Hill June 17th. 
Point to the place of these dates. 

Congress again assembled at Philadelphia, May 10th, and 
Washington was appointed commander-in-chief June 15th, 
1775. Point out tne year of these dates. The British evac¬ 
uated Boston, March 17th, 1776. When doe 3 this period 
terminate ? What event marks its terminstion ? Point out 
sts place on the chronographer. 





WAR OF THE REVOLUTION. 


American Officers , 
American Officers . } e citizens of the u. 8. 

at the opening of the war. 

WASHINGTON French. 

Allen, 

La Fayette, 

Warner, 

,D’Estaing, 

Arnold, 

Rochambeau, 

Prescott, 

De Grasse, 

Warren, 

Putnam, 

Schuyler, 

Montgomery, 

Yiomesnil. 

Thomas, 

English. 

Moultrie, 

Hale, 

Sullivan, 

Lee. 

Stirling, 

Mifflin, 

Wooster, 

Herkimer, 

St. Clair, 

Gates, 

Polanders. 

Kosciusko, 

Pulaski. 

Morgan, 

Prussian. 

Stark, 

Lincoln, 

Greene, 

James Clinton,* 

Steuben. 

Boyd, 

German. 

Pickens, 

Ashe, 

Buford, 

Huger, 

De Kalb. 

Sumpter, 

Irish 

Marion, 

Wayne, 

Conway. 

Lee, 

Ilayne, 


Ledyard, 

Scotch. 

Hamilton. 

Paul Jones. 


* Only once mentioned in this book. 


207 

British Officers 

Gage, 

Pitcairn, 

Smith, 

Lord Percy, 
Lord Dunmore, 
Gen. Howe 
(Sir William), 
Gen. Clinton 
(Sir Henry) 
Burgoyne, 
Pigot, 

Carleton 

(Sir Guy), 
Lord Howe 

(Admiral),* 
De Heister 

(German) 
Try on, 

Frazer, 

St. Leger, 

Baum, 

Cornwallis, 

Donop, 

Campbell, 

Prevost, 

Tarleton, 

Arnold, 

Lord Rawdon 
Andre, 

Leslie, 

Balfour, 

Stuart, 

Arbuthnot, 

Philips. 

* Admiral Lord Howe 
and General Sir William 
Howe, were brothers to 
each other, and to that 
Lord Howe who was 
killed ui the Freuet wo/ 










MAP 


White,Plains 
Oct-\\28. 


1776 


Amer.j Left 


) British Camp 
/ Oct. 21./ 

New 

Rochelle 


Charier 


iassffucttmoST 

.i»»v«rHsE.X “ - 

WtnvJfir- 


3 ) E. Chester 


k l West { 
C /Chester' 


g VWp.. 

American Right 
Wing 




Dorchester 


Q a wanus 


allabout Bay, 


OTONj 


^ Jamaica 


JFla6,a»^ 

--- —<f? 


Fort Johnson 


'.-•hr. 


(Crown Point 


Fort Ticonderoga 


Encampment 1776 & 1779 •Morristown 


) Newark} 

Spingfield • 

Elizabeth T.J 
Co, .£h ;*jains a 


Baskenridge, 


Eastonl 


Pluckemin 


Quibble T 


Heller 


^ J^5vl 

«,|Princeton -/ w Lj 

•Maidenhead ^^|/|| 
.•Trenton ^Freehold or Monmouth}' 

B * ’ Jl 

“^•Borden T. «*H|I ( 


Pennington 


'White* y* 
Marsh r 


1% 

Bristol ^ 


Fort 

Edward 


German 
(r - •Town 


A1U ^ 

Valley Forge 
Encampment 
1777-8. 

Fort Afigj; 

Cbetter'Sfffi^ 


Saratoga 


'Burlington 


Wilmington 










































# 


♦ 


/ 



Waihington taking Command. 

PERIOD II 


FROM 

THE DECLARATION £ | OF INDEPENDENCE, 

TO 

THE COMMENCEMENT OF jl'T'SQ. ^ THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT. 

CHAPTER I. 

I<ord Howe attempts pacification.—American disaster at Long 
Island. 

1. Considered as a step in the great march ofP’T.m. 
human society, no one can be fixed upon of more P , D . n 
importance, than the solemn promulgation of the wri- CH * *■ 
ting, which contained the grievances of America, and j u i y 6. 
declared her independence. It embodied the universal 1776. 
wrongs of the oppressed; sent forth a warning voice deration 
to the oppressor; and declared the common rights of 

all mankind. world. 

2. The signing of this declaration, by the members 

of the American congress, who were the leading men wio* 
of the nation, was doing that, which, if Great Britain {£^2 
should prevail, would subject every signer to the deci9io « 


Chapter I.— 1. Why may the Declaration of Independence 
be properly regarded as an era in the history of mankind ? — 2 . 
Why did tho people of the United States consider the signing of 
the declaration as their final decision ? 

10 209 











210 


GREAT DISPARITY OF FORCE. 


P’T. III. 


P’D. II. 

CH. II. 


July 2,to 
July 12. 
British 
in great 
^orce at 
Staten 
Island 


Lord 
Howe 
attempts 
peace¬ 
able ex¬ 
pedients 
too late 


Grand 
plan 
of the 
British 


V/ash 

lugtou’s 

army. 


penalty of death. As these patriots had thus exposed 
themselves for the sake of their country, all now re¬ 
garded the grand decision as unalterably made. 

3. The British troops from Halifax, under the 
command of General Ilowe, took possession of Staten 
Island on the 2d of July; and those from England, 
commanded by Admiral Howe, joined them at that 
island on the 12th. These, with other English, and 
several Hessian regiments, would make up an army of 
35,000 of the best troops of Europe. 

4. Lord Howe, who was a man of kind disposi¬ 
tion, hoped that the Americans, would be so much 
afraid of this great force, that they would submit, 
without his employing it against them. He took 
various measures to appeal to the people against the 
decision of Congress, but he did not succeed. Per¬ 
ceiving Washington’s great influence, he wrote him a 
letter, directing it to Mr. Washington. The General 
sent it back unopened; for he said that he was not 
addressed in his public capacity; and as an individual, 
he would hold no intercourse with the enemies of his 
country. 

5. General and Admiral Howe now determined to 
attack New York. From this point they might, they 
hoped, proceed with their grand scheme, which was 
to divide New England from the south. Carleton, 
with 13,000 men, was to make a descent from Canada, 
by the way of Lake Champlain, and form a junction 
with Howe, who was to ascend the Hudson. 

6. Thirteen thousand of the militia were ordered to 
join the army of Washington, which, thus increased, 
amounted to twenty-seven thousand; but a fourth of 
these were invalids, and another fourth were poorly 
provided with arms. From these and other causes, 
the force fit for duty did not exceed ten thousand; and 
of this number the greater part was without order or 
discipline. 

3. IIovv large a British army was in or near the United States? 
— What hopes had Lord Howe? What measures did he 
take? What occurred between him and Washington?—5, 
What appears to have been the grand scheme of the English? 
What city did they wish to make tneir head quarters? — 6. What 
van the number and condition of Washington’s army? 






DISASTROUS BATTLE. 


2l I 


7. These inconveniences proceeded, in part, from 
want of money, which prevented congress from paying 
regular troops, and providing for their equipments ; and 
partly from parsimonious habits, contracted during 
peace, which withheld them from incurring, with 
promptitude,the expenses necessary to a state of war; 
while their jealousy of standing armies inspired the 
hope, that they could, each year, organize for the oc¬ 
casion, an army sufficient to resist the enemy. 

8. On the 22d of August, the English landed with¬ 
out opposition on Long Island, between the villages 
of New Utrecht and Gravesend. They extended 
themselves to Flatlands, distant four miles from the 
Americans, and separated from them by a range of 
wood-covered hills, called the heights of Gawanus, 
running from east to west. 

9. Washington had made the best disposition of his 
forces in his power, to guard the city of New York. 
The main army was on the island of New York, with 
detachments sent out to the most exposed points. Of 
these, the largest was on Long Island, extending 
from Wallabout Bay westward, and under command 
of Generals Putnam, Sullivan, and Stirling. They 
were opposed to the vastly superior force of the 
British, under the experienced Generals Clinton, Percy, 
Cornwallis, and Grant, and the Hessian commander, 
de Heister. 

10. Over the heights of Gawanus, there were but 
three roads. With such a force opposed to them, how 
could the American generals neglect to guard these 
passes, and watch them closely ? Yet one of these roads, 
the most easterly, or Jamaica road, was left so care¬ 
lessly guarded, that while a part of the British army 
were taking up the attention of the Americans, with a 
great noise and show of attack, another portion march- 

T. From what did this unhappy state of things proceed f —8. 
Where did the English army land ? How were they arranged ? 
--9. W hat disposition of his troops was made by Washington ? 
- lO. What carelessness were some of the American officers 
guilty of ? W hat disaster was the consequence ? What was the 
loss on both sid«s in the battle of Brooklyn?'" 


P’T. Ill 


P’D.IL 

CH. i. 

1776 

Its infe¬ 
riority 
to the 
British. 


Aug. 22. 
British 
land on 
L. Island. 


The two 
■ armies 
are op¬ 
posed. 


Aug. 27 
Defeat al 
Brook 
lyn. 


Am. lost 
probably 
2000. 
British 

loss'*00. 


* N. B. Tl.c <)iM!Stiou* nometiu.es refer to the siJe L.oter' 





212 


NEW YORK RELINQUISHED. 


, 1 . il. irig easterly passed the heights through that road, and 
p . n thus placed the Americans between two fires. They 
ch. ii. could not then win the battle, though they fought 
bravely. It proved the most bloody and the most 
disastrous defeat of the whole war. 

11. In the height of the engagement, General Wash¬ 
ington crossed to Brooklyn from New York. He saw 
with anguish that his best troops were slaughtered or 

Wwiii- taken prisoners. Had his object been his own glory, 
ington’s } ie would probably have drawn all his troops from the 

anguish. x. j i 

encampment; and also called over all the forces from 
Sis pru- New York, to take part in the conflict: but victory 
dence having declared in favour of the English, his judgment 
J pos»*et- f decided, that the courage with which it inspired them, 
,ion * and the superiority of their discipline, destroyed all just 
hope of recovering the battle. And, with true heroism, 
he preserved himself and his army, for a happier 
future. 

12. On the night of the 28th, Washington cau¬ 
tiously w.thdrew the remainder of his troops from 

A hI re^' Brooklyn to New York; to Which place the detach- 
ment from Governor’s Island, also retired. Finding, 
^ troop*, however, a disposition in the British to attack the 
0 city, and knowing that it would be impossible to de¬ 
fend it, he removed his forces to the heights of 
Harlaem. 


CHAPTER II. 

Disasters following the defeat on Long Island. 

Capt 1. About this time, Captain Hale, a highly inte 
H utedas y 0lin g officer from Connecticut, learning that 

"*» u spy. 39 Washington wished to ascertain the state of the British 

10. At what time, year, month and day, did the Americana 
meet this dreadful reverse ? Show the position of the armies by 
the map.—11. What was Washington’s conduct ? — 12. Whal 
changes in the position of his army did he now make f 

Chapter II.— 1. Who was Captain Hale ? On what service 
wua he sent ? 





THE PROSPECT DARKENS. 


213 


army on Long Island, volunteered for the dangerous 
service of a spy. He entered the British army in dis¬ 
guise, and obtained the desired information; but being 
apprehended in his attempt to return, he was carried 
before Sir William Howe, and by his orders was exe¬ 
cuted the next morning. At the place of execution, 
he exclaimed, u I lament that I have but one life to lay 
down for my country.” 

2. On the 15th of September, the British army took 
possession of the city of New York. Gen. Howe 
again attempted to negotiate; but he could not pro¬ 
mise the Americans independence, and they would 
listen to no other terms. Still the prospects of the 
country were alarming. Until the check at Brooklyn, 
the Americans had flattered themselves, that Heaven 
would constantly favor their arms. They now al¬ 
most despaired of divine protection. The militia 
abandoned their colors by hundreds, and entire regi¬ 
ments deserted, and returned to their homes. In the 
regular army desertions were common. Their en¬ 
gagements were but for a year, or for a few weeks; 
and the hope of soon returning to their families in¬ 
duced them to avoid dangers. Every thing appeared 
to threaten a total dissolution of the army. 

3. Washington strove earnestly, with exhortations, 
persuasions, and promises, to arrest this spirit of dis¬ 
organization. If he did not succeed according to his 
desires, he obtained more than his hopes. To con¬ 
gress he addressed an energetic picture of the deplor¬ 
able state of the forces, and assured them that he must 
despair of success, unless furnished with an army that 
should stand by him until the conclusion of the strug¬ 
gle. To effect this, a bounty of twenty dollars was 
offered at the time of engagement, and portions of un¬ 
occupied lands were promised to the oflicers and 
soldiers. 


P’T .III. 


P’D. II. 

CH. II. 


Sept. 15. 
British 
enter N. 
York. 


Ameri¬ 
cans dis¬ 
pirited 
by de¬ 
feat. 


1776. 

Militia 

desert. 


The 

regular 

army 

insubor¬ 

dinate. 


Congress 
offer a 
boiniy. 


1. Where? What was his fate? — 2. When did the British 
enter New York? Would the Americans submit after their de¬ 
feat at Brooklyn ? What effect however, had it on their minds ? 
What on the army? — 3. What was the conduct of the com¬ 
mander ? What did he represent to congress ? What did 
they do ? 




214 Washington’s retreat through n. jersey 


P’T.ill. 

P’D.II. 

CH. IX. 


Wash¬ 
ington 
adopts 
the Fa¬ 
bian 
policy. 


Oct. 28. 
Battle of 
White 
Plains. 


30th. 
W. with¬ 
draws. 


Loss of 
forts 
Wash¬ 
ington 
*n<l Lee. 
Am. loss 
2000. 
W. at 
Newark. 


Wash¬ 
ington’s 
little 
army 
I streat. 


4. But although Washington hoped ultimately tc 
reap the benefit of these arrangements, yet time must 
intervene; and his present prospect was that of a 
handful of dispirited and ill-found troops, to contend 
against a large and victorious army. In this situation 
he adopted the policy to harass and wear out his 
enemy, without risking any general engagement. By 
this policy, Fabius Maximus had, two thousand years 
before, preserved Italy, when invaded by Hannibal. 
Washington has, therefore, been called u the American 
Fabius.” 

5. A skirmish occurred, on the 16th of September, 
between a British and American detachment, in which 
the Americans had the advantage. The British sought 
to get possession of the two roads leading east, from 
which direction Washington received his supplies. To 
keep one of these roads open, Washington removed 
his camp to White Plains. Here the British attacked 
him, but though there was bloodshed on both sides, 
the enemy failed of their object. Washington re¬ 
mained, till on the night of the 30th, when he with¬ 
drew to North Castle. Leaving here 7,500 men under 
Gen. Lee, he crossed the Hudson, and took post near 
Fort Lee. 

6. On the 16th of November, occurred the disas¬ 
trous loss of Fort Washington ; with the 2000 Ameri¬ 
can troops, which composed its garrison. The gar¬ 
rison of Fort Lee on the opposite bank of the Hudson, 
under the guidance of Gen. Greene, evacuated the fort, 
and joined Washington; who, with the main army, 
had removed to Newark in New Jersey. 

7. Washington retreated across New Jersey, and 
was leisurely followed by a British army under Lord 
Cornwallis. They entered Newark the day on which 
Washington left it; and pursued him as he passed on 
through New Brunswick, Princeton, and Trenton. 

4. What policy did Washington adopt? — 5. What occuried 
on the ICth of Sept. ? What on the 28th of Oct. ? What on the 
30th? — 6. What forts were taken by the British? What num¬ 
ber of American prisoners ? Where was Washington ? W ho 
joined him ? — 7 . Give an account of Washington’s memorable 
retreat through New Jersey? Show the scene of operations on 
the map. 



THE TIME THAT TRIED MEN’S SOULS. 


216 


Here, at the Delaware, the British expected to seize 
their prey; but with a diligence and energy far ex¬ 
ceeding theirs, the Americans had just crossed over,— 
the last boats with the baggage, being still on the river 
when the enemy appeared on the opposite bank. 

8. Cornwallis had no boats in which to cross the 
river. He arranged his army along the eastern bank, 
from Mount Holly to Trenton, and waited for the 
Delaware to freeze. The British commanders had an 
army of at least six-fold numerical strength to that of 
Washington; and nothing but their own inertness, and 
his great and skilful exertions, hindered their over¬ 
taking him. This seems one of those cases, in which 
we can see clearly an interposing Providence. 

9. Feeble as was the American army when Wash¬ 
ington commenced his retreat, it had hourly dimin¬ 
ished. His troops were unfed amidst fatigue ; unshod, 
while their bleeding feet were forced rapidly over the 
sharp projections of frozen ground; and they endured 
the keen December air, almost without clothes or 
tents. Washington, with the firmness of the comman¬ 
der, united the tenderness of the father;—he visited the 
sick,—paid every attention in his power to the wants 
of the army,—praised their constancy,—represented 
their sufferings to congress,—and encouraged their des¬ 
pairing minds, by holding out the prospects of a better 
future. 

10. The distress of the Americans, was increased 
by the desertion, of many of the supposed friends of 
their cause. Howe, taking advantage of what he con¬ 
sidered their vanquished and hopeless condition, of¬ 
fered free pardon to all, who should now declare for 
the royal authority. Of the extremes of society, the 
very rich and the very poor, numbers sued for the 
royal clemency^ but few of the middle classes de¬ 
serted their country in its hour of peril. 


8. What arrangements did Lord Cornwallis make ? What was 
the difference in the strength of the armies ? What in the energy 
and diligence of the commanders? — 9. What was the condition 
of tne American army? What the course of Washington ?- 
IO. How were the distresses of the army increased? 


P’T. III. 
P’D. II. 

CII. II. 


Ineffici¬ 
ency l>f 
the 

British. 


a Hd 

Dec. 

Distress 

ofWash- 

ington’s 

army. 

He be¬ 
comes 
truly the 
“Father 
of his 
coun¬ 
try.” 


Thetim* 

that 

“tried 

men’s 

souls.” 



216 


AN EMERGENCY. 


FT. III. 


P’D. II. 

CH. III. 

Gen. Lee 
insubor¬ 
dinate. 

Made 

prisoner. 


1T76. 

A criti¬ 
cal mo¬ 
ment im¬ 
proved. 


Dec. 26 
and 27. 
Wash¬ 
ington at 
Trenton. 

Am. loss 
12. Two 
were 
frozen. 


CHAPTER II. 

American successes at Trenton and Princeton 

1. Washington, in this emergency, called in 
distant detachments of the army; and fifteen hundred 
militia, under Gen. Mifflin, joined him. He had or¬ 
dered Gen. Lee to go north, for certain important 
objects; but Lee thought that better uses might be 
made of the army under his command; and disobey¬ 
ing his orders, he had lingered among the mountains 
of New Jersey. Here a party of British cavalry sur¬ 
prised and took him prisoner. Gen. Sullivan con¬ 
ducted his forces to Washington’s camp. 

2. With these reinforcements, the American army 
amounted to about 7,000 effective men. A few days, 
however, would close the year, and the period of en¬ 
listment for a considerable portion of the soldiers 
would expire with it. The cause of America de¬ 
manded that important use should be made of the short 
space which intervened. At this critical moment, 
Washington, perceiving the inactivity of his enemy, 
struck a capital blow for his country. 

3. He determined to recross the Delaware, and at¬ 
tack the British posts at Trenton and Burlington. 
The main body of the army, commanded by Wash¬ 
ington in person, effected the passage, though with 
suffering and danger; for the night was intensely cold, 
and the river filled with floating ice. The troops 
marched in two divisions, but both arrived at Trenton 
at the same moment. The Hessians, under Colonel 
Rahl, were surprised, and their commander slain 
Prisoners, to the number of 1,000, were taken by the 
Americans, who immediately re-crossed the Delaware 


Chapter III.—1. What measures did Gen. Washington take 
to increase the exhausted army? What did Lee ? What became 
of his forces ? — 2 . What was now the number and condition of 
the American army? What did Washington perceive, and the 
cause of the country demand ? — 3. Give an account of the affaij 
at Trenton ? 




217 


“ GREAT NEWS FROM THE JERSEYS P 

Two days after the action, Washington crossed his p’T.iil 
whole army over the Delaware, and took quarters at P , D Tf 
Trenton. CH - »»• 

4. Howe was thunderstruck at this astonishing re¬ 
verse. Cornwallis, leaving a part of his troops at 
Princeton, immediately proceeded towards Trenton, Jan 1 
with the intention of giving battle to the Americans, British 
and arrived, with his vanguard, on the first of January. 

5. Washington knew the inferiority of his force, 
and was sensible, too, that flight would be almost as 
fatal to the republicans as defeat. About midnight, 
leaving his fires burning briskly, that his a r my should 

not be missed, he silently decamped, and gained, by a jan, 3. 
circuitous route, the rear of the enemy. At sunrise, 1 Von' 
the van of the American forces met, unexpectedly, two 
British regiments, which were on the march to join Am. loss, 
Cornwallis. A conflict ensued: the Americans gave Jj 
way:—all was at stake. Washington himself, at this perhaps’ 
decisive moment, led on the main body. The enemy <0 ’ 
were routed, and fled. Washington pressed forward Prison- 
towards Princeton, where one regiment of the enemy m 
yti remained. A part of these, saved themselves by 
flight; the remainder were made prisoners. Thus had 
he again accomplished his object. 

6. Thrilling were the emotions, with which, these 
successes were hailed, by a disheartened nation. Even 

to this day, when an unexpected and joyful event is o™ 
to be related, the speaker, who perchance knows not JO ' 
the origin of the proverb, exclaims, u Great news from 
the Jerseys!!” 

7. On hearing the cannonade from Princeton, Corn¬ 
wallis, apprehensive for the safety of his New Bruns¬ 
wick stores, immediately put his army in motion for ^ n a ;£ 
that place. Washington, on his approach, retired to fogton 
Morristown. When somewhat refreshed, he again Morri* 
took the field; and having gained possession of New- w* n 
ark, Woodbridge, Elizabethtown, and indeed of all the 
enemy’s posts m New Jersey, except New Brunswick 

4. What movement was made by the British? — 5. What 
second bold stroke was struck by Washington ? What effect had 
these successes on the nation? — T. What movements were noxt 
made by the two armies ? 




21S 


GREATNESS UNALLOYED. 


p’T. in. and Amboy, he retired to secure winter-quarters at 

p>D iT M°ni stown - 

ch. iv. 8. Washington’s military glory now rose to its 
meridian. Indeed, nothing in the history of war 
Was h- shows a leader in a more advantageous point of light, 
mgten’s than last events of this campaign, did the corn- 
menu manding general.—Hannihal made war for revenge* 
Caesar and Napoleon for ambition; Washington fjr 
justice,—for the rights of his country, and of mankind. 


CHAPTER IV. 


High 
charac¬ 
ter of the 
old eon- 
press. 
Their 
difficul¬ 
ties. 


Franklin, 
Deane & 
Lee. 


April 96. 
Try on 
turns 
ihutbiury. 


Difficulties and exertions of Congress.—Campaign of 1777. 

1. Congress in the mean time were surrounded 
with difficulties which would have utterly discouraged 
men of weaker heads, or fainter hearts. They were 
without any power, except the power to recommend. 
They had an exhausted army to recruit, and this, not 
merely without money, but almost without credit; for 
the bills, which they had formerly issued, had almost 
entirely lost credit. 

2. To raise money they authorized a loan,—they 
created a lottery,—and they sent three commissioners 
to France to borrow of that government. These com¬ 
missioners, Benjamin Franklin, Silas Deane, and Ar¬ 
thur Lee, were also, if possible, to prevail upon the 
French government, to acknowledge the American in¬ 
dependence. 

3. On the 25th of April, 2,000 men, under Gover¬ 
nor Try on, major of the royalists, or tories, having 
passed the sound, landed between Fairfield and Nor¬ 
walk. The next day, proceeding to Danbury, they 
compelled the garrison, under Colonel Huntington, tc 

9. What was now Washington’s reputation? 

Chapter IV.—1. What was the situation of Congress ? —2. 
What did they do to raise money? Whom send to France 1 
For what objects? — 3. Give an account of Gov. Tryon’s exno 
diffiih ? 






LA FAYETTE. 


2.9 


retire; and not only destroyed the stores, but burned p>t.iii. 
the town. p , D jj‘ 

4. Meantime, 800 militia had collected to annoy cu.iv.' 
tliem, on their return; of whom 500, under Arnold, 

took post at Ridgefield, to attack their front, while ITT?. 
200, under General Wooster, fell upon their rear. 

Both parties were repulsed. Wooster was slain; and 
Arnold retired to Saugatuck, about three miles east of u>u,’i 7 o 
N orwalk. The enemy having spent the night at 4m> l0 ® 
Ridgefield, set fire to it, still retreating, although con¬ 
tinually harassed by Arnold’s party, now increased to 
1,000. At Campo, between Norwalk and Fairfield, 
they took refuge on board their ships. 

5. The British had collected at Sag Harbor, on Long 
Island, large magazines of forage and grain. Colonel hour. 
Meigs left Guilford, on the 23d of May, with 170 
mcn, destroyed the stores, burned a dozen brigs and 
sloops, and returned without loss. 

6. Congiess had, with great judgment, selected Dr. 
Franklin as one of the mission to France. A profound 
knowledge of human nature, had given to this philo- Franklin 
sopher a manner possessing a peculiar charm, at- 
tractive to all, however different their taste or pursuits. Fiwe. 
He exerted these powers so successfully, that he ex¬ 
cited great interest at the court of France for the 
American cause. 

7. Several gentlemen of rank and fortune came for¬ 
ward and offered their services. The most distin- La Fay- 
guished of these, was the Marquis de la Fayette, a 
young nobleman, who, although he had every thing to offer 
attach him to his own country, yet took the resolution vice? r 
to risk his life and fortune, for the cause of American 
liberty, and human rights. 

8. After the disastrous battle of Long Island, he was Magna- 
told of the despairing state of the country, then so 
poor, that it could not provide him a conveyance, ette. 


4. Give an account of the retreat of the British, and show it 
on the inap ? —5. Give an account of Col. Meigs’ exploit? — 6. 
What kind of man was Dr. Franklin? What effect aid he pro¬ 
duce?— T. Who made offers of service? — 8. What trait of 
magnanimity can you relate of La Fayette ? How was he re¬ 
ceived in the United States? 



220 


BURGOYNE BENT WITH AN ARMY. 


P’T. hi. “ Then,” said La Fayette, u this is the moment whcr. 

-I can render the most essential service.” He provided 

P ch’. t!* a vessel for himself. His arrival caused heartfelt joy. 

Washington received him as a son; and Congress 
I??’?’* ma( ]e him a major-general. 

9. Washington removed the main army from Mor¬ 
ristown, to a strong position on the heights of Middle- 

Mo^ brook. Gen. Howe, crossed the Hudson and appearing 
»ent3 of before Washington’s camp, vainly endeavoured to draw 
wmS° him out. Affecting to retreat in haste, Washington 
June, pursued, when Howe turned upon him; but the Ame¬ 
rican general regained his camp, a skirmish only hav¬ 
ing ensued. 

10. The British had taken Rhode Island in Decem- 
juhrio. ber. On the 10th of July, the British commander, 
Barton’s General Prescott, was made prisoner by a daring party 
exploit, of forty country militia, under Col. Barton. General 

Prescott was surprised at night, and taken from his bed.. 


CHAPTER V. 

Burgoyne’s Invasion. 

1. The grand British plan, as has been mentioned, 
™ e d was to send an army to Canada, which should invade 

ph*n to by the way of Lake Champlain; while a force from 
tempted. New York should go up the Hudson to act in con¬ 
cert. It was supposed the east might thus be divided 
from the south. 

2. General Burgoyne was sent from England with 
May* an arm y? an d arrived at Quebec in May. Burgoyne’s 
Bur_ army consisted of 7,173 British and German troops, 
*ent besides several thousands of Canadians and Indians. 
Ter * His plan of operation was, that Colonel St. Leger 


9. Give some account of the two armies ? — lO. Give an ac¬ 
count of the capture of Gen. Prescott. 

Chapter. V.—1. What was now the grand scheme of the Bri¬ 
tish ?— 2. Who was sent over to effect it? Wha* forces had 
Burgoyne? What was his flan of operation? 





BURGOYNE INVADES. 


221 


should proceed with a detachment by the St. Law¬ 
rence, Oswego, and Fort Stanwix, to Albany. Bur- 
goyne, proceeding by Champlain and the Hudson, was 
to meet St. Leger at Albany, and both, to join General 
Clinton from New York. Burgoyne moved forward 
with his army, and made his first encampment on the 
western shore of Lake Champlain, at the river Boquet. 

3. St. Leger had united with Sir John Johnson, and 
having nearly 2,000 troops, including savages, they 
invested Fort Stanwix, commanded by Col. Ganse- 
voort. General Herkimer, having collected the militia, 
marched to the relief of Gansevoort. He fell into an 
Indian ambuscade on the 6th of August, and was de¬ 
feated and slain. St. Leger pressed upon the fort. 

4. General Schuyler, who commanded the northern 
forces, dispatched Arnold to its relief. On hearing of 
his approach, the Indians, having previously become 
dissatisfied, mutinied and compelled St. Leger to re¬ 
turn to Montreal... Burgoyne advanced to Crown 
Point, from whence he proceeded to invest Ticonde- 
roga, which was garrisoned by 3,000 men under Gen. 
St. Clair. Up to this period, a circumstance respect¬ 
ing this fort seems strangely to have been overlooked. 
It is commanded by an eminence near, called Mount 

'Defiance. The troops of Burgoyne got possession of 
this height on the 5th of July, and St. Clair, finding 
the post no longer tenable, evacuated it on tne same 
night. 

5. The garrison, separated into two divisions, were 
to proceed through Hubbardton to Skeenesborough. 
The first, under St. Clair, left the fort in the night, 
two hours earlier than the second, under Colonel 
Francis The stores and baggage, placed on board 
200 batteaux, and convoyed by five armed galleys, 
were to me6t;the army at Skeenesborough. 

6. General Frazer, with 850 of the British, pursued 


3. Describe the route oLSt; Leger ? When, and by whom, 
was the battle of Oriskany fought ?_. What was the Amer-can 
i'oss ? — 1 . By what means was St. Leger forced to return J By 
what means aid Burgoyn^get possession of Ticonderoga?~-5. 
What arrangements were made for the retreat of St. Clair’s 
army ? — 6. Give an account of.the disaster at Hubbardtuu ? 


P’T. III. 
P’D. II; 

CH. V. 

June 20. 

Bur¬ 
goyne at 
the river 
Boquet. 


Battle ol 
Oriskany 
Herki¬ 
mer’s de¬ 
feat. 

Am. low, 
400. 
Aug. 6. 


Aug. 22. 
St.Legef 
returns 
to Mon¬ 
treal. 


Jure 30. 

liur- 
goyne at 
Crown 
Point 


July 5. 
The Bri¬ 
tish iak« 
Ticon- 
deroga. 



222 DISASTROUS RETREAT 

P’T. ii. and attacked the division at Hubbardton, whose real 
p, p IL was commanded by Colonel Warner. The Ameri- 
ch. v. cans made a brave resistance, but the British, in the 
heat of the action, receiving a reinforcement, the re- 
’ publicans were forced to give way. They fled in 
Ata^oss ever y direction, spreading through the country the 
r terror of the British arms. Many of the wounded 
Nearly’ perished in the woods. 

1000 . 7 . A part of the stores and armed galleys, which 

B £i30 8 ’ had been sent up the lake, fell into the hands of the 
British. St. Clair, on hearing of these disasters, struck 
into the woods on his left. He was joined by the 
8t!<?iair, remnant of the vanquished division, conducted by 
fTeS Colonel Warner. After a distressing march, he 
ward. reached the camp of General Schuyler, at Fort Ed¬ 
ward. Warner, with a detachment, remained in Man- 
Aug. 13 . Chester. Burgoyne took possession of Skeenesborough. 
bchu’-ier Schuyler, with the American army, retired from Fort 
at tL er Edward to Saratoga, and from thence to the islands at 
h*w k . mouth of the Mohawk. 

8. General Schuyler had obstructed the roads, by 
breaking the bridges, and, in the only passable defiles, 
tnore^o- b y cutt ing immense trees on both sides of the way, to 
puiar, fall cross and lengthwise... General Gates was ap- 
pointed to supersede General Schuyler in the com-* 
schuy- mand. Lincoln, Arnold, and Morgan, were sent north, 
which encouraged volunteers to join the army. The 
celebrated patriot of Poland, Kosciusko, was_also in 
the army, as its chief engineer. 

July 30 . 9. Burgoyne, having with much labor and time, 

o U -nc °P ened a way for his army, arrived at Fort Edward on 
reaches the 30th of July, but he was in want of supplies. 
^ r ^ d ~ Learning that there was a large depot of provisions at 
Bennington, he sent 500 men, under Lieut. Col. Baum, 
Col. a German officer, to seize them. General Stark, with 
a bod y New Hampshire and Vermont militia, was 
aiugtoii. on his march to join General Schuyler. He met the 

T. What became of St. Clair’s division ? Of Col. Warner’s f 
Where was now Burgoyne ? Where was Gen. Schuyler? — S. 
What popular officers now joined the army? — 9. What de¬ 
tachment did Burgoyne send out? Where was Gen. Stark? 
Give an account of the battle of Bennington. 




THE GREEN MOUNTAIN BOYS. 223 

British force four miles from Bennington. Baum was p>t. iii. 
killed, and his party defeated. The militia had dis- P , D n 
persed, to seek for plunder, when a British reinforce- cu.'t.' 
ment of 500 men arrived. The Green Mountain 1777- 
Boys, under Colonel Warner, appeared at the same Aug—6. 
time, and the British were again defeated, and com- 
pelled to retreat. 

10. Miss M^Crea of Fort Edward, was engager m 
marriage to Capt. Jones, an officer of Burgoynes 
Irmy. She left her father’s house by stealth, anu 101 
/his wrong step, she paid a direful penalty. The In¬ 
dians whom she accompanied, and whom Capt. Jones 

had first sent, met in the woods a second party, whom m u r h d e er 
he had unwisely dispatched to aid the first. They ^Mi* 
quarreled ; each determining to conduct the lady to re * 
their employer. The first party, finding the second 
likely to succeed, tied her to a tree and shot her. 

11. When this tragic affair became known; it greatly ge t ^ 
excited the minds of the people against the Bri- c&te* 
tish, who had thus let loose the cruel savages upon “gST 
the land ; and there was now a general rising,and rush * ga . 
to the camp of Gates. The army thus reinforced,—en¬ 
couraged by the victory of Bennington, and now 
amounting to 5,000, Gates left the encampment at the 
islands, and advancing to Stillwater, occupied Behmus 
heights. 

12. On the 12th, Burgoyne crossed the Hudson, s- F t. is 
and on the 14th, encamped at Saratoga, about three g ®ur- 
miles distant from the American army. An obstinate Seated 
and bloody battle occurred at Stillwater on the \9th. ^‘r! 
Both sides claimed the victory; but the advantage was ^ ? 
clearly on the side of the Americans. Skirmishes, British 
frequent and animated, occurred between this and the 

7th of October, when a general battle was fought at to g a.‘ 
Saratoga. 

13. The Americans made the attack. The battle 
was fierce and desperate. The British gave'way in 

-.-—--- 7—7 sides. 

lO. Relate the story of Miss M'Crea ? — 11. What effect did it 
produce on the public mind ? What advance movement wa3 rru.c£ 
by Gates ? — 12. What by Burgoyne ? Where did the armies 
meet and contend ? Which had the advantage? When and where 
*vas a great and decisive battle fought ? — l«‘l. Why could not 
Burgoyne retreat ? What did he do on t le 17th of Oct. ? 




224 


burgoyne’s surrender 


p’T. in. fifty minutes. That short time decided great pver.ts. 
p,^' jj The loss was severe in killed and wounded, on both 
ch.* vi.' sides. The British lost Gen. Frazer. Arnold had 
gtyyy greatly distinguished himself in the battle, and wa? 

’ severely wounded... Burgoyne made efforts to retreat • 
F kmed. 1S b llt he was hemmed in by a foe, whose army con¬ 
stantly increasing, now amounted to four times his 
own wasting numbers. He capitulated on the 17th o« 
October. 

14. The whole number surrendered, amounted to 
5,762 men. There also fell into the hands of th* 
whole Americans, 35 brass field pieces, and 5,000 muskets 
^9 ooo*’ I* was stipulated that the British were to have free 
Part passage across the Atlantic; but they were not to serv? 
aertion." a g a fti in North America, during the war. On hearing 
of the defeat of Burgoyne, the British garrison at Ti- 
Gamson conderoga returned to Canada, and not a foe remained 
retrlatto in the northern section of the Union. Sir Henry 
Canada. Clinton had sailed up the Hudson; but as Burgoyne 
had failed, he returned to New York; having fir*! 
barbarously burned Esopus, now Kingston. 


CHAPTER VI. 

Battle of Brandywine.—British in Philadelphia.—Germantown. 

Uowe 1. Admiral and Gen. Howe, intent on the capture 
lands at of Philadelphia, left Sandy Hook on the 23d of July 
Eikton. They W ere long at sea. At length they were heaii* 
k $' f 5 ’ °i? sailing up the Chesapeake. They disembarked their 
marehes troops, amounting to 18,000, at the head of the Bay 
Washington crossed the Delaware and marched to op 
pose them. Approaching the enemy, he encampe^ 


14. How many men were surrendered? How many piecca 
of artillery? What did Sir Henry Clinton ? 

Chapter VI.—1. Trace on the map and describe the course 
of Admiral Howe’s fleet ? What course did Washington take? 







BRITISH ENTER PHILADELPHIA 


225 


P’T.IIL 
P’D. IL 

OH. VI. 

111V. 


on the rising grounds which extend from Chad’s Ford; 
and there, the shallow stream of the Brandywine, 
being between the armies, he awaited an attack from 
the British commander. 

2. Early in the morning, the hostile army com¬ 
menced the assault Washington had made, and 
partly executed, a plan which would probably have 
won the day; but in the heat of the action, his judg¬ 
ment was misled by false intelligence, and he lost the ^ndy 


battle. Gen. Green here distinguished himself; as did 
the brave Polander, Pulaski. Gen 


wine. 

La Fayette, en<- 


deavouring to bring back the flying, to face again the ^ ss > 
enemy, received a wound m the leg. When in his Am. loss, 
old age, the country for whom he here shed his blood, 1,30 °’ 
conveyed him home an honored guest, returning from 
her shores, the new war-ship which carried him to 
France, was named from this battle, the Brandywine. 

3. Congress, finding themselves insecure in Phila¬ 
delphia, adjourned to Lancaster, to which place the 
public archives and magazines were removed. A de¬ 
tachment of the British army, under Cornwallis, en¬ 
tered the American capital, while the main body, under 
Howe, took post at Germantown. The American 
army encamped at Skippack creek. Washington, 
knowing that Howe was weakened by detachments, 
left his camp at seven in the evening of Oct. 4th, and 
at dawn succeeded in giving the British a complete 
surprise. They at first retreated in disorder. Several 
companies having thrown themselves into a stone 
house, annoyed the Americans. A thick fog came on, 
and unable to distinguish friend from foe, confusion 
arose in the American ranks, and they lost the battle. 

4. Congress had made it death to any citizen to Howe »* 
furnish the enemy with food; and such was the spirit 

of the people, and the vigilance of the commander, 
that Howe now found his army in danger of starva- 


lept. 

The 

British 

enter 

Phila. 


Oct. 4. 
Ger¬ 
man¬ 
town. 
Am. loss 
k. 200. 
w. 600, 
pris. 400 


2. Give an account of the battle of Brandywine ? Mention the 
loss on both sides? What officers distinguished themselves? 
What vessel was named after this battle ? — 3. What movement 
did Congress make ? When did the British troops enter Phila¬ 
delphia? Where were Generals Howe and Washington? De 
ocnbe the battle of Germantown ? 

11 





226 


P’T. Ill, 


P’D. II. 

OH. VI. 

mr 

Ft. Mer¬ 
cer. 

Hessians 
lost 500. 

Opens 
.lie navi¬ 
gation. 


ec. 11. 
Wash¬ 
ington’s 
winter- 
quarters 
at Valley 
Forge. 

The 
distress 
of the 
army. 


The pa¬ 
per mo¬ 
ney be¬ 
comes 
bad. 


THE SUFFERERS OF VALLEY FORGE. 

tion. To prevent this, he must open the navigation 
of the Delaware, which had been obstructed by sunken 
ranges of frames, and by forts on Mud Island, Red 
Bank, and other places. Howe removed his army to 
Philadelphia; and to open the navigation, he sent Col. 
Donop with a detachment of Hessians. They at¬ 
tacked Fort Mercer on Red Bank, and were repulsed 
with heavy loss. At length, however, the British sent 
against it such a force, that the Americans evacuated 
it. The British fleet then passed up the Delaware to 
Philadelphia. Much of the American shipping in the 
river was burnt; and the remainder fell into the hands 
of the enemy. 

5. Washington now retired to winter-quarters at 
Valley Forge. The huts for the camp were not com¬ 
pleted, when the magazines were found to contain 
scarcely a single day’s provision. As to clothing,— 
they were destitute, almost to nakedness. Barefooted, 
on the frozen ground,—their feet cut by ice,—they 
left their tracks in blood. A few only had a blanket 
at night. Straw could not be obtained, and the sol¬ 
diers, who, during the day, were benumbed with cold, 
and enfeebled by hunger, had at night no other bed 
than the damp ground. Diseases attacked them; and 
the hospitals were replenished, as rapidly as the dead 
were carried out. 

6 . This melancholy state of the army was owing to 
the condition of the finances. Congress had carried 
on the war thus far, by making a great quantity of 
paper money. That is, they had issued notes in the 
name of the government, promising to pay the holders 
such and such sums. If the government had possessed 
gold and silver enough actually to pay these notes, 
whenever they were presented, then they would have 

4. What was the condition of the British army? What was 
now Howe’s object? What measures did he take ? Did he suc¬ 
ceed ? — 5. Where did Washington make winter-quarters ? As 
to the condition of the army, had they food ? Had they clothing ? 
Had they shoes ? What was their lodging at night ? W hat tlie 
state of their health ? — G. How had congress thus far carried 
on the war ? Giv' some account of the “continental money” as 
their bills were turned. Why did people become unwilling to 
tuko it 1 




THE CALMNESS OF A RIGHTEOUS MIND. 

been good money, like the bills of good banks. But 
they had no specie; and the country became over-run 
with this paper. People began to think it doubtful 
whether it ever would be redeemed; and then they did 
not wish to take it. Its market value had depreciated 
to one-quarter : that is, for an article, valued at one 
dollar, must be paid of this money four dollars. 

7. But the people, who had such articles to sell, 
as the army needed, would not sell them, and 
take for pay this paper money at par. Congress on the 
other hand would not allow their agents to part with 
it below par, and the country was so poor, they had 
nothing else to give/ The consequence was, that they 
could not now provide either food or clothing, for the 
army. The pay of the officers w r as not sufficient to 
provide them the necessaries of life. Those who had 
fortunes were spending, or had already spent them. 
Those who had not, were in a state of actual suffering. 
Many resigned;—not merely the worthless,—but 
often, the bravest and the best. 

8 . Amidst the grief and care, to which the 'Com¬ 
mander was thus subjected, a cabal was stirred up, to 
prejudice the minds of the people against him; and 
thus to get his office for Gen. Gates. The most ac¬ 
tive agent of the plot, was Gen. Conway. Even con¬ 
gress so far gave way as to appoint this man inspector- 
general. Washington, in the calmness of his righteous 
mind, turned not aside from his public duties, to notice 
his private enemies. But the people took his part; 
and, the more for this magnanimity. The army were so 
indignant, that at length, all who had been engaged in 
the plot, whatever had been their former services, were 
now afraid of their resentment, and kept out of the 
way. Gen Conway’s office, was given to the Baron 
Steuben, a Prussian officer. 

9. Laws were passed which meliorated the con¬ 
dition of the army. The officers were allowed lialf- 

6 How much had it now depreciated ?—7. Why could not the 
government agents procure things needful for the army ? How 
was it with the officers?—8. How was the commander now 
treated ? How did this vile treatment affect Washington;--the 
people, and the army? 


227 


F T. Ill 


P’D. II. 

CH. VI. 

ntr 

1-4 be¬ 
low par. 


Congress 
have no 
other 


The 

army 

suffers. 


Shame- 
fur cabal 
C»ainat 


An ex¬ 
ample of 
magyce- 
imity. 




228 PRANCE ACKNOWLEDGED AMERICA. 

>t. in. pay for seven years after the close of the war. .. The 
p’D. ii. Americans were successful in the depredations, which 
cn. vi. their swift sailing privateers made upon the British 
officers commerce. With these they boldly scoured every sea, 
P TO f ^ ded even those about the British islands. Since 1776, 
they had already captured 500 of the British vessels... 
ofAm* Early in the season, Sir Henry Clinton arrived in Phil- 
priva- adelphia, to supersede Sir William Howe. 

10. The news of the capture of Burgoyne caused a 
deep sensation in Europe. The English people were 
astonished and afflicted. The French acknow- 

W78- LEDGED THE INDEPENDENCE OF^HE UNITED STATES. 

E in 6 per- d A treaty of alliance was made, on the 6th of February, 
piexity. by which it was stipulated that France and the United 
France States should make common cause; and that neither 
treaty 4 P ar ty should make either peace or truce with England 
with the without the consent of the other; and neither party lay 
u> s ‘ down their arms, till the independence of the United 
a French Lates was secured. The American commissioners, 
minister Franklin, Deane, and Lee, were received at the court 
a, T iv f* of France as the representatives of a sister nation. M. 
treaty. Gerard was appointed minister to the United States. 
Dr. Franklin, still in France, was the following Sep¬ 
tember, made minister plenipotentiary. 

11 . The British now sent over three men, Carlisle, 
Eden, and Johnstone, under pretence of treating for 
peace; but, in reality, to plot secretly against the go¬ 
vernment established in the United States; and to draw 
off influential individuals, by direct bribery, and the 

a promises of wealth and titles for the future. Johnstone 
worthy a offered to Gen. Reed, if he would aid the royal cause, 
Jation ten thousand pounds sterling, and any office in the co¬ 
lonies within the king’s gift. w I am not,” said the 
patriot, “ worth purchasing; but, such as I am, the 
king of England is not rich enough to buy me.” 

9. What law was passed ? What success had the American 
privateers? By whom was Howe superseded? How did the 
English receive the news of Burgoyne’s capture ? What import* 
ant result did the news produce in France ? — to. What arrange¬ 
ments were now made by France and the United States? — f 3. 
What plan did the British government now resort to ? Ifow did 
Gen. Reed reply to the offer of Johnstone ? — 12. How did con¬ 
gress treat those emissaries? 




D’ESTAINt* AND SULLIVAN. 


229 

12. In some instances, Johnstone had the indiscre- p>t. iij. 
tion to write. The offended patriots brought forward p , p ^ 
his letters, which contained the evidence of his base ca m, 
ptrigues, and Congress indignantly forbade all farther 
communication. 


CHAPTER VII. 

Battle of Monmouth.—Seat of war transferred to the South. 

1. The British army, on the 18th of June evacuated 
Philadelphia, and, marching through New Jersey, now 
directed their course to New York. Washington left 
Valley Forge, and adding to his army the New Jersey June ^ 
militia, hung on the rear of the enemy, and brought Battie~of 
them to action at Monmouth or Freehold. The ad- ^ 0 ° u n t ' n . 
vantage was on the side of the Americans. In the Br ^ 0 {j >ss * 
beginning of the battle, Gen. Lee was guilty of an in- Am. noi 
advertence which endangered the whole army. Wash- ® omuch * 
ington rebuked him sternly; for which, Lee afterwardi 
wrote him insulting letters. A court martial censured 

Lee, and suspended him from his command. 

2. The French now fitted out a fleet, which under 
the Count d’Estaing, left Toulon on the 18th of April, 
and arrived in America in June. Washington, in order 
to derive the utmost advantage from the presence of 
the French fleet, directed an expedition against the 
British forces at Newport, in Rhode Island. He de- Suiiivaa 
tached a force of 10,000 troops under the command 

of Gen. Sullivan. By concert with Sullivan, d’Estaing 
arrived off Newport, on the 25th of July. 

3. On the 9th of August, Sullivan landed on the 
north end of Rhode Island. On the 10th, the fleet ol 


Chapter VII.—1. What did the British army on the 18th o» 
J une ? Give an account of the battle of Monmouth. — 2. Wha. 
was now done by the French? What plan was conceived b> 
Washington? — 3. What was done by Gen Sullivan? What 
caused the fuilure of the expedition ? 




230 


GEORGIA IN BRITISH POSSESSION. 


P’T. iii. Lord Howe appeared in sight, and d’Estaing left Sulli- 
p, Dt ii van to give chase to the British admiral. The crafty 
ch. vii. Howe led him on, and both fleets were soon out of 
Ill'S, sight. When he returned he was in so shattered a 
Admiral condition, that he left Sullivan, in spite of his remon- 
strances, to his fate. He narrowly, by good general 
d’Es- ship, escaped falling with his whole army into the 
Quaker hands of the British. An engagement occurred be* 
Hiii. tween the hostile armies, at Quaker Hill. These affairs 
Br 266 . SS ' caus ed Washington much trouble, as they irritated the 
Am. loss, Americans against the French... In June occurred the 
Jun g massacre at Wyoming, a well known delightful val- 
Massa- ley on the banks of the Susquehannali. The perpe- 
Wyom- trators were a body of tories and Indians, led by Oolo¬ 
ng- nel John Butler, a tory, and Brandt, a half-blooded 
Sayan- Indian. 

nah. 4 . i n their military operations, the enemy now 
Dec. 27 . placed their principal hope of success, in conquering 
Am. loss the southern states. Sir Henry Clinton sent to Georgia 
k. iso, 2,500 men, commanded by Col. Campbell. Savannah 
much ar- being unprepared for defense, he defeated the Ameri- 
cans, and then took possession of the city. That part 
w. take* °f the American army which escaped, retreated into 
winter- South Carolina.. .Washington took winter-quarters at 

quarters. J^fj^^ebTOok.. 

1TT9. 5. The capital of Georgia being already in pos¬ 

session of the British, they soon overran the adjacent 
country. Gen. Prevost, commander of the troops at 
St. Augustine, pursuant to the orders of Clinton, left 
Georgia Florida, and, after having in his way taken Sunbury, 
overrun, the only fort which held out for congress, he arrived 
at Savannah, where he took the command. The 
whole of Georgia was now under the authority of the 

Tories royalists. 

^dto’ 6- There were tories at the south, though not so 

rise.-- 

3. What was the loss in the battle near Quaker Hill ? Of 
what party were Butler and Brandt the leaders ? Of what mas- 
sacre were they the perpetrators ? — 4. What did t he enemy 
now regard as their principal plan of operations ? What fore® 
waa sent from New York? To what place? What was the 
American loss at Savannah ? Where did the remainder of the 
army go? — 5. Give an account of the British movements in 
Georgia ? — <». Were tlieio tories in the couth ? 





THE SOUTH. THE SEAT OF WAN. 


231 


many as the British had been led to believe. To p>t. in 
encourage them, they moved up the river to Augusta. P , D n 
They sent out many persons to persuade them to take cn. vii 
up arms immediately, promising them revenge on their 
opposers, and great rewards. The royalists rose, Co «. 
put themselves under the command of Col. Boyd, Picken* 
and, moving towards the British army, pillaged, burnt thetoriw 
and murdered on their way. A Carolinian force, near 
under Col. Pickens, met them, and after severe AugUila ‘ 
fighting, totally defeated them. 

7. Gen. Lincoln now took command of the southern Lincoln 

forces, at Charleston. Intending to recover the upper at the 
part of Georgia, he detached Gen. Ashe, with 2,000 south * 
men, of the Carolina militia, to take post at a strong 1H9. 
position, on Briar creek. Here he was completely sur- 
prised by Gen. Prevost. The militia lied, without Briar c. 
firing a shot; but many of them were drowned in the r ^ S j 
river, and swallowed up in the marshes. 1600 . 

8. Again the British were masters of all Georgia. 

Gen. Prevost now proceeded to organize a colonial ., revost 
government... He defeated the Americans under Gen carries, 
Moultrie, and compelled them to evacuate Black 
Swamp and Purysburg, in which they had placed May ii 
garrisons. On the 11th of May he appeared before eharie* 
Charleston; but Gov. Rutledge, and Gen. Lincoln, ton - 
successfully defended the city. 

9. In May, Sir H. Clinton sent out from New York 
a fleet, with a corps of 2,000 men, under Gen. Mat¬ 
thews, to ravage and subdue Virginia. Portsmouth, 
Norfolk, Suffolk, and Gosport, were barbarously 
burned. Failing in the grand object of produc- Br.ish 
ing a revolt, Clinton recalled his troops to New *”J a - 
York... The British again planned to cut off in pari «r.«rai 
the eastern states from the others, by getting the en- ' " us 
lire command of the waters of the Hudson. Gen. 

Clint m succeeded in taking the important forts at 


G. What happened to a party in arms ? — T. Who received the 
sommand of the southern army ? What did he do ? What de¬ 
tachment did he send out ? What was its fate ? What was the 
American loss ? — 8. What were now the British operations in 
Georgia and Carolina? What happened at Charleston? — 1*. 
1 escribe the descent made by Gen. Matthews upon Virginia* 




232 


SCENES OF DESTRUCTION. 


P’t.iii. Stony and Verplank’s Points. The British, however, 
p, D £ were not more than six weeks in possession, before 
ch. via. they were surprised at Stony Point by a detachment 
W?9. of the American army, ably commanded by Gen. 
wlylie’ Wayne. His assault of Stony Point, was one of the 
it stony most brilliant successes of the war. Washington re- 
Br P 7os,, moved the artillery and munitions, dismantled and 
A.m°k> 3 s abandoned the fort. 

m io<r 10. The Connecticut privateers cut off the supplies 
rryonin of the British at New York. Clinton sent a detach 
Conn, ment under Try on to New Haven, which destroyed 
several all the shipping in that port. Tryon then burned 
towns. Fairfield, Norwalk, and Greenwich... To chastise the 
Indians, Gen. Sullivan, with 3,000 troops, proceeded 
Sullivan* U P ^ Susquehannah. At Wyoming he was ioined by 
defeats a reinforcement of 1,600 men, under the command of 
the &nd ieS James Clinton, of New York. The Indians and roy- 
mdians. alists, under their ferocious leaders, Johnson, Butler, 
and Brandt, had advanced to Newtown, and there 
thrown up an entrenchment. Sullivan attacked and 
defeated them, and laid waste their countrv. 


CHAPTER VIII. 

Campaigns of 1779, and 1780.—The British conquer the South. 

Oct 3. 1. By previous concert, the French fleet, and the 

tunate" army of Lincoln were to co-operate against the British 
jj|“- force, under Prevost, now at Savannah. A bombard¬ 
ment of ment was commenced by the allies. Fifty-three pieces 
^uah* 1 " cannon, and nine mortars, sent an incessant shower 
of balls and shells, and the city was on fire in many 


9. What happened on the shores of the Hudson? —10. What 
provocation had Conn, given to the British? How were the In¬ 
dians chastised ? 

Chapter VIII.—1. What now were the French engaged in ? 
What course was taken by d’Estaing? What did the allies 
agree to attempt ? Give an account of the bombardment of Sa¬ 
vannah. 




BAD MONEY MAKES BAD MEN. 


233 


places. The burning roofs fell upon the women, the p>r. hi. 
children, and the unarmed multitude; and everywhere Tumi. 
were seen the crippled, the wounded, and the dying, ch. »ui. 
But the fort remained uninjured. It was then re- 1779 . 
solved to assault the town. The flower of the com- Fr. ios», 
bined armies were led to a bloody and unsuccessful 
attack, by the two commanders, d’Estaing and Lin- 40 a. 
coin. Count Pulaski here fell. The allies, totally 
defeated, raised the seige. 

2. On the coast of Great Britain, Paul Jones, a na¬ 
tive of Scotland, but commanding a small fleet in the 
service of the United States, attacked Capt. Pearson, Paul 
the commander of an English fleet in convoy of mer- Jone>’ 
chant ships. This fierce battle occurred in the night; 
with the horrible circumstances of magazines of pow- victory 
der blowing up,—vessels taking fire, and sinking,—and 

the most shocking carnage. In some of the vessels, 
more than three quarters of the officers and men were 
killed Jones finally prevailed. 

3. At the close of this year, a dollar in specie could 
scarcely be obtained for forty in continental bills. But, 
the paper was fluctuating in its value. Hence a set of 

men arose, who preferred speculating on this currency, im m “ 
to honest industry; and often in the changes which 
occurred, the worthless amassed sudden wealth, while by a flue- 
many deserving persons of moderate fortunes, sunk at currency 
once to poverty. The honest individual of private 
life, will be surprised to learn another reason of the England 
depreciation of American paper. England, on this oc- CO f“£ r ‘ 
ttasion, turned counterfeiter. Her ministers sent over, money, 
md her generals distributed whole chests of spurious 
Dills, so perfectly imitated, as scarcely to be distin¬ 
guished from the true. 

4. Washington took winter-quarters at Morris- 8irH 
town.. .Sir Henry Clinton, with 7,00Q men, sailed in Clinton 
December from New York, and soon after his land- 

. __ . men at 

1. Give an account of the assault? — 2. Who was Paul 80U th 
Jones? Give some account of his sea-fight? — 3. What was 
Dow the condition of the country in regard to the currency? 

What effect had it on the morals of the people ? What had 
England done to aid in depreciating the currency ? —4. Where 
was Washington ? Where did Sir Henry Clinton go? 

11 



234 


CHARLESTON TAKEN. 


pt. in. mg, menaced Charleston. Gen. Lincoln removea 
p . D n thither with his army; and in conjunction with Gov. 
ch. tiii. Rutledge, tried every measure to put the city in a pos- 
1780. ture of defense. But they had great difficulties to en¬ 
counter. The militia had been disbanded ; they were 
wd Rut- dispirited, and afraid to enter Charleston on account 
ledge, of the small-pox, which was there prevailing, 
discour- 5. Clinton commenced the seige on the 1st of April, 
agemenu. On the 14th, a detachment of the American army, undei 
Huger’* Gen. Huger, was defeated at Monk’s corner. Thus 
Monk’s 1 only retreat of the army of Lincoln was cut off. 
corner. On the 7th of May, Fort Moultrie was given up 
May 12 . Gen. Lincoln then surrendered his army; which con- 
Lincoln sisted of seven general officers, ten continental regi- 
dershfs ments, and three battalions. Four hundred pieces of 
whok artillery, and four frigates fell into the hands of the 
army * enemy. 

6. After taking possession of the capital, Clinton’s 
next object was to make himself master of the whole 
state. A corps of Carolinians, under Col. Buford, 
were in arms. Col. Tarleton, noted for rapid move¬ 
ment and unrelenting cruelty, was sent against him at 

cimton the head of a body of cavalry. He came up with 
s. c. him at Waxhaw, defeated him, and barbarously slew 
his men, after they had laid down their arms, and 
while they were crying for quarter. 

Many Carolinians flocked to the royal standard. 
Cimton wrote to England, that u South Carolina was 
English again.” He published a full pardon to all who 
;une 10 . should immediately return to their duty. But they 
t^Ty must ta ^ te ll P arms support of the royal cause 
° ' Gen. Clinton distributed his army into the most im¬ 

portant garrisons, and leaving Lord Cornwallis in the 
command of the southern department, he returned to 
New York. 

7. The winter had been so severe, that all the waters 


4. What was the condition of Charleston in regard to defense 
against invasion? — 5. What advantages were gained by the 
British previous to the 8th of May ? What was surrendered ? — 
6. What was Clinton’s next object ? Who were in arms ? Give 
an account of Tarleton ? Of the engagement? W hat was at 
this time the position of affairs : n South Carolina? 



PROKPECrS BRIGHTEN. 

*bout New York were frozen.. .Springfield, in New 
Jersey had been burned by the Hessian army. 

8. Congress now decided, that in future, the con¬ 
tinental bills should pass, not at the value indicated by 
the note, but at such a rate as people were willing to 
allow. ... In Carolina, and Georgia, the British treated 
all those who adhered to the republic, with great se¬ 
verity. Against their agreement, they were about to 
compel them to fight in their armies. They then said, 
“ If we must fight, it shall be for America and our 
friends, not for England and strangers.” 

9. The women of Carolina, refused their presence 
at every scene of gaiety. Like the daughters of cap¬ 
tive Zion, they would not amuse their conquerors. 
But, at every hazard, they honored, with their atten¬ 
tion, the brave defenders of their country. Sisters en¬ 
couraged their brothers,—the mother her son, and the 
wife her husband; and their parting advice was, 
“prefer prisons to infamy, and death to servitude.” 

10. In every part of the nation that fire of patriot¬ 
ism rekindled, which burned so brightly, in the be¬ 
ginning of the revolution. The militia and the men 
of capital, came forward with alacrity. The women, 
with Martha Washington at their head, formed an in¬ 
dustrious society, to make clothing for the soldiers. 
All seemed ready to contribute, in such ways as they 
could, to the common cause. 

11. At this period, La Fayette, who, by leave of 
Congress had visited France, returned with the cheer¬ 
ing intelligence, that a considerable body of French 
troops had embarked for America. The fleet soon 
arrived, bearing 6,000 soldiers, under the command of 
the Count de Rochambeau. To prevent contention, 
it was arranged that Gen. Washington should be the 


7 . Was the winter of 1779-80 severe? What was done in 
New Jersey by the Hessians ? —8. How were the men of the 
south treated ? What did they say ? — 9 . What was the con¬ 
duct of the women of the south ? — lO. How did the same spirit 
manifest itself throughout the nation —11. At what time did 
the French squadron arrive ? What number of troops came 
over? Who commanded the French troops ? Who commanded 
the whole allied army ? 


235 


P’T. III. 


P’L>. IL 

OH. VIII 

Congress 
sanctions 
the de¬ 
precia¬ 
tion of 
their 
bills. 
South¬ 
ern pa¬ 
triots. 


1780 . 

Heroism 
of the 
women 
of South 
Carolina. 


Renewal 
of pa¬ 
triotism. 


The wifc 
of the 
com¬ 
mander. 


La Fay¬ 
ette re¬ 
turns. 


July 10. 
AFr. 
squadron 
arrives. 





236 


DEFEAT AT CAMDEN. 


P’T. m. commander-in-chief of all the forces, both French and 

р , D n American. 

cH. 'vni. 12. The insolence of the British troops had aroused 
1^80 P eo pl e °f North and South Carolina. Among 
the partisan officers, who headed the resolute par- 
^InceM ^ es which were formed, none rendered such distin- 
<iud men. guished services as Cols. Sumpter and Marion. Their 
men were such as were contented to serve their 
country, half-clothed, half-fed, and half-armed, rather 
than submit to lose the rights of freemen. Frequent 
skirmishes with the British, at length, furnished mus¬ 
kets, and cartridges; and Col. Sumpter, whose num- 
Sumpter bers now amounted to GOO men, assaulted the strong 
theBr^t P ost of Rocky Mount, where he was repulsed; he 
Hanging then attacked, and destroyed a British regiment at 
Bock * Hanging Rock. 

Baron de 13. A few regular troops, under the command of 
tersJNr! the Baron de Kalb, had been sent from Maryland to 

с. witba defense of Carolina. At Deep River they were 
and is joined, on the 25th of July ? by Gen. Gates, who had 

^°Gatcs b . y been appointed to the command of the southern army. 
He advanced towards South Carolina with a force, now 
He is amounting to about 4,000 men. Multitudes flocked to 
joined by j 0 j n Gates, among whom were whole companies, 
which had been levied for the service of the king. 

Aug . 16 . 14. Lord Rawdon, who had the command of the 

ftMed'at British forces of Carolina, had concentrated them at 
Camden. Camden, where he was joined by Cornwallis. The 
Am. loss, hostile armies, each making an attempt to surprise the 
B^°°ioss, other, met in the darkness of night. Waiting, by mutual 
324. consent, for the dawn, they drew up their men for the 
fight. The American militia fled, and the regulars 
could not sustain the unequal strife. Gen. Gregory 
Death of was killed in this disastrous and bloody battle; the 
u Kalb. Baron de Kalb was mortally wounded. All the artil- 

12 . What distinguished partisan officers appeared at the south? 
What kind of men composed their parties ? Who was successful 
at Hanging Rock 1 — 13 . Who was sent from Maryland ? Who 
joined him? How large was the southern army? How was 
the army further enlarged?— 14 . Where and under whom 
were the British forces ? Describe the meeting of the armies-- 
the arrangements of the generals? Describe tne battle of Cam 
den. When did it occur ? What was the lose? 




EXTRAVAGANCE LEADS TO DISHONESTY. 


237 


lery, baggage, and stores, fell into the hands of ihepvr.m. 

enemy. -- 

15. After this disastrous defeat, Gen. Gates retreated ch.‘zx.' 
to North Carolina, leaving the British triumphant in 
the south. Col. Sumpter, on learning the defeat of 
Gates, retired with 300 men to North Carolina. Tarje- 
ton, with his legion, surprised him on the banks of defeat* 
Fishing Creek. Sumpter, with a few of his men, 
escaped; but most of them were taken by Tarleton, 
and put to the sword. Marion, who about this time Creek * 
was promoted to the rank of brigadier general, still Marion! 
kept the field. 


CHAPTER IX. 

Arnold’s Treason. 

1. Arnold did not fully recover from the wounds 
which he received in the battle of Saratoga. Not 
being able to take the field, he was, by his own request, 

made commandant of Philadelphia. Here, he indulged Arnold 
in high play, and extravagance of living; by which he extrSa* 
expended more than his income. When he found e ant - 
that this was the case, had he possessed the good sense 
and moral courage to retrench his expenses, and give 
up the vicious habit of gaming, much disgrace and 
sutTering might have been spared. 

2. But instead of this, he kept on in these expen¬ 
sive courses; and set himself to devise expedients, to Extravt 
get the required money. In presenting his accounts gance 
to the government, he made dishonest charges; and 
when they were challenged, he attempted to carry 

15 . What did General Gates? What officer yet made head 
ai South Carolina? What misfortune did he meet? Who yet 
xept the field ? 

Chapter IX.— 1. Give an account of Arnold? When he 
found his expenses exceeded his income what ought he to have 
done ? — 2. Into what measures did his extravagance lead him ? 

How were his dishonest accounts received? 





238 


ARNOLD AND ANDRE. 


P’T.III. 
P’D. II. 

CH. IX. 

ITSO. 

Revenge 

and 

treason 

follow. 

The 
price of 
himself 
and his 
country’s 
blood. 

He ob¬ 
tains the 
com¬ 
mand at 
West 
Point. 

Major 

Andre. 


Sept. 21. 
They 
have a 
personal 
inter- 


Andre is 
taken by 
three 
soldiers. 


them through, by bluster and bravado. In the end 
these accounts were disallowed; he was tried, for his 
disrespectful language and behaviour to those in an 
thority; and by the sentence of a court martial, repri¬ 
manded by Washington. 

3. Revenge was now added to avarice; and Arnold 
addressed a letter to Col. Robinson at New York, 
opening, by this means, a negotiation with Sir Henry 
Clinton, in which he sold himself to the British to do 
their bidding, for the sum of ten thousand pounds, 
and a commission in the British army. 

4. Instigated by Clinton, he sought and obtained of 
Washington the command of the fortress at West 
Point. His first measure was to scatter the army, so 
that it might be easily cut off by the British. Major 
Andr6, the young and interesting aid-de-camp of Gen 
Clinton, had been by him intrusted to plan with Arnold, 
how the army might be put into the power of the Bri¬ 
tish. 

5. To concert their last measures, Andre met Arnold 
a little below Stony Point. They spent the whole 
night in conference; and when the day dawned, their 
arrangements were not all concluded. Andre was kept 
in close concealment through the day, and at night he 
prepared to return. By the entreaties of Arnold, he 
was prevailed upon to change his uniform for a com¬ 
mon dress. 

6 . It became necessary for him to proceed towards 
New York by land. He took a horse from Arnold, 
and a passport, under the name of John Anderson. 
Having safely passed the American guard, and reached 
Tarrytown, near the British posts, three soldiers of the 
militia crossed his way, and he passed on. One of 
them thought the traveller had something peculiar in 
his appearance, and called him back. Andre inquired, 
“where are you from?” “From below,” (intending 


2. What was done by a court martial ? — .*5. What did Arnold’s 
fierce passions next lead him to? For what did he sell himself? 
4 . What command did he obtain ? Why did he scatter the 
army? Whom did Sir Henry Clinton authorize to plan with Ar¬ 
nold the delivery of the army? — 5. Relate the circumstances ol 
the interview ? — 6. Relate the circumstances of Andre’s sei 
zvre ? 




ANDRE IMPRISONED. 


239 


to dc understood from New York,) replied the soldiers. p>t. hi. 
tt So am I,” said the self-betrayed Andre. The soldiers “ 7 ^— 
arrested him. ch.’ii.* 

7. Andre plead earnestly to be released, and offered 
large sums of money ; but the humble patriots spurn¬ 
ed the bribe, and were deaf to the entreaty. Their Pa -J ™ in 8 
names were John Paulding, David Williams, and Isaac liams, 
Van Wert. They searched his person, and found pa- ^1“ 
pers in his boots, in the hand-writing of Arnold, which 
disclosed the treason. They immediately conducted 



Andre to Col. Jameson, the officer, who commanded They 
the advanced guard, near Peekskill. This officer could ta ( ^ t |^ ia 
not be persuaded that his general was a traitor, and he nearer 
permitted Andre to write tD him. Arnold seized a 
ijoat and escaped. 

7 . What (jid Andre ? What were the names of the three who 
eked him ? What further happened to Andre and Arnold ? 



































240 CORNWALLIS IN THE CAROLINAS. 

P’T. in. 8 . Washington summoned a court martial, of which 
P , D IL Greene and La Fayette were members. Andre appear- 
ch. ix. ed before his judges with a noble frankness. He dis¬ 
guised no fact, and resorted to no subterfuge. His 
judges, according to the usages of war, were com- 
Oct. 2 . pelled to sentence him to death as a spy. He vvaa 
Uon C of accordingly led from his prison to the gallows, 

Andre. 9. After the battle of Camden, Lord Cornwallis 
marched into North Carolina. He had sent before 
Defeat^of C°l* Ferguson with a body of troops. They had 
the Br.at committed such shocking outrages, that the people, 
Moun- highly exasperated, had collected in great numbers, 
tain, under several commanders, the principal of whom 
B SoiT were Campbell and Shelby. They attacked Ferguson 
on a woody eminence, called King’s Mountain. He * 
was killed and his party totally defeated. 

10. This was a severe blow to Cornwallis, and ren¬ 
dered his situation in North Carolina precarious. 
Cols. Sumpter and Marion were on the alert, and his 
'liTr? troops were in continual danger of being surprised by 
treats to these active leaders. He therefore retired to South 
s ' c * Carolina, and stationed his army at Winnsborough. 
A Biac r k at Tarleton was sent in pursuit of Sumpter. He 

stocks' attacked him at Blackstocks, but was compelled to 
Dec 2 . retreat. Sumpter being dangerously wounded, his 
Gate,i _* forces were disbanded. Gen. Gates was now super- 
•ededby seded by Gen. Greene. This officer found the army at 
Greene. Charlottetown. 

Arnold ^* en ' Leslie, with 1,500 men, having joined 

makes a Cornwallis at Winnsborough, his hopes of reducing 
descent North Carolina and Virginia were renewed. Arnold, 
Virginia, whom the British had made a brigadier-general, had 
been sent to the Chesapeake. He landed 1600 men in 
Virginia, and commenced, what now seemed his favo¬ 
rite employment, the devastation of his country. 

8. What course did Washington pursue ? What was the fate 
of Andre? — 9. Describe the operations of the British? Who 
had committed outrages ? Who were the leaders of the people ? 
Describe the affair of King’s Mountain ? — lO. Why did Corn¬ 
wallis now retire to South Carolina?— 11. G ve an account o r 
the affair at Blackstocks ? By whom was Gates superseded I 
, Where did Green find the army ? — 12. What can you relate o; 

Arnold ? . 




THE GREATNESS OF A MAN OF BUSINESS 


241 


CHAPTER X. 


Robert Morris.—Revolt of the Pennsylvania line.—Cornwallis 
at the South. 

1. It is scarcely possible to conceive a situation 
more trying than that of the American Congress. 
They were striving, not for conquest, but for ex¬ 
istence; their powerful foe was in full strength, in the 
heart of their country; they had great military opera¬ 
tions to carry on, but were almost without an army, 
and wholly without money, as their bills of credit had 
ceased to be of any value. 

2. But instead of sinking in despair, they redoubled 
their exertions. They directed their agents abroad to 
borrow, if possible, from France, Spain, and Holland. 
They resorted to taxation, and they determined on in¬ 
troducing thorough reform, and strict economy. They 
accordingly appointed as treasurer, the excellent Ro¬ 
bert Morris, of Philadelphia. By a national bank, to 
which he obtained the approbation of congresss, he 
contrived to draw out the funds of wealthy indivi¬ 
duals ; and by borrowing, in the name of the govern¬ 
ment from this bank, and pledging freely his private 
credit, he once more put the government in funds. 
Franklin had obtained from Louis XVI. a gift of six 
millions of livres; and his guarantee to the States 
General of Holland, which, on this security, lent tr 
congress the sum of ten millions of livres. 

3. Before these measures had imparted vigor to the 
fainting republic, an event occurred which threatened 
its subversion. The Pennsylvania line, amounting to 
near 1,500 men, were suffering the extremity of want. 
A violent tumult broke out on the night of the 1st of 
January. The soldiers declared that they would 
march, with arms in their hands, to the hall of con¬ 
gress, and demand justice. It was in vain that their 


P’T. Ill 

P’D. II 

CH. X. 

its©* 

Perplexi¬ 
ties of 
congrvss. 


They lay 
a direct 
tax to 
raise 
money. 

Morris 
founds 
the first 
national 
bank. 


F ranklia 
obtains - r 
money 
from 
France ’ 
and 

Holland. 


ltsi 

Jan. 1. 
Revolt oi 
*he Pa. 
line 


Chapter X.—1. What difficulties had congress to encounter? 
— 2. What course did they take? Whom did they make trea¬ 
surer ? What measures did Morris adopt? What had Franklin 
obtained ? —3. Give an account of the mutiny of Jan. 1781 ? 

1 * 




242 REVOLT QUELLED.-THE COWPENS. 

P’T. hi. officers attempted to appease them. Their most po» 
p , D n pular leader, La Fayette, was constrained to quit the 
ch.'j.’ camp. Gen. Wayne presented himself boldly among 
with a pistol in his hand, but they menaced his 
life, and pointed their bayonets, as if to execute their 
Jan - threats. 

k pacific 4. Sir Henry Clinton, informed of these affairs, seni 
advised three American loyalists, to make them the most 
tyWash- tempting offers. The commissioners of congress of- 
"amT fered them at the same time, the earliest possible pay- 
by°con- nient °f arrears, an immediate supply of necessary 
gress. clothing, and an oblivion of past conduct. The mu- 
Clinton’s tineers accepted these proposals; and congress, in due 
emissa- time, fulfilled the conditions. The Pennsylvanians 
hanged, then delivered up the emissaries of Clinton, who were 
New immediately hanged. The troops of New Jersey next 
Jersey erected the standard of revolt. Washington marched 
!3t against them with so powerful a force, that he com- 
andare pelled them to submit; and chastising their leaders 
ilhed. with severity, the army was no longer disturbed by 
sedition. 

5. Gen. Greene separated the southern ermy, which 
separate* consisted of 2,000 men, into two parts; and at the 
* e head of one division he encamped at the confluence 
*°ariny n of Hicks’ creek with the Pedee; while Col. Morgan, 
divisions* at t ^ ie h ea d of the other, moved by his direction into 
j?.n. 17. the western part of the state. 

the Cow- 6- Cornwallis detached Tarleton, who finding Mor- 
Br PC 'ios 8 an ’ s division at a place called the Cowpens, attacked 
r 8oT’ with his usual impetuosity. After one of the severest 
tffk 1O 60 an( ^ ^est engagements of the whole war, the 

wounded British were entirely defeated, with heavy loss. 

Morgan 7 - Cornwallis pursued the victorious party. Each 
pursued army made exertions to reach the fords of the Ca- 
wt tawba, before the other. Morgan succeeded ; having 
crossed the river two hours only, when the British 

3. What was done to overawe and what to appease the mu¬ 
tineers ? — 4r. What did Sir H. Clinton ? How was the difficulty 
settled ? What was done to Clinton’s emissaries? What hap¬ 
pened in regard to the troops of New Jersey? — 5. How did 
Gen. Greene proceed in regard to the southern forces ? — ti. 
Relate the affair of the Cowpens, mentioning the loss? 7 
Give an account of the race between tho two armies ? 






THE FAMOUS RACE. 


243 


appeared on the opposite bank. Night came on, p>t. in. 
heavy rain fell, and Cornwallis was obliged to wait ~ p n 
three days before the subsiding waters allowed him to oh. «.* 
pass. Greene here joined Morgan, having left Gen 1781. 
Huger in command. Another race was begun, from Another 
the Catawba to the Yadkin. Again the British com- from Ce tht 
mander arrived just as the Americans had crossed, and 
again the waters rose, so that he could not immedi- Vadkk. 
ately follow them. 

8 . Gen. Greene marched to Guilford, where he was 
joined by the forces under Gen. Huger. Cornwallis Feb. y. 
proceeded to the Dan; intending, by reaching these 
fords before the Americans, to prevent their commu- unit*, 
nication with Virginia. In this, also, he was disap¬ 
pointed. 

9. Greene’s army had been augmented to 4,400. 

He now advanced upon his enemy, and took post at 
Guilford Court House, about eight miles from the Bri¬ 
tish general. The armies met on the 15th of March. Mar. is. 
The American regulars fought for an hour and a half, 

with great bravery, and in some instances forced the c. h. 
British to give way. They were, however, at length A T,imT 
compelled to retreat, but it was only step by step, and Br - 
without breaking their ranks. Cornwallis, after a few P more. 
days repose, marched towards Wilmington; and from 
thence into Virginia, to co-operate with Arnold, in 
subduing that state. Greene proceeded towards Cam¬ 
den in South Carolina. 


CHAPTER XI. 

Campaign of 1781.—Battle of Eutaw Springs.—Cornwallis taken. 

1. Lord Rawdon, whom Cornwallis had left to 
command in Carolina, fixed his head-quarters at Cam- 

8. Where was General Greene joined by the forces under 
Huger? Give a further account of the movements of Corn¬ 
wallis ?—9. Give an account of the battle of Guilford Court 
House. Where did Cornwallis then go ? Where did Greene 1 






244 


HOBKIRK’s HILL.-EUTAW SPRINGS. 


P’T.Iil. 


P’D. II. 

CH. XI. 

1781. 

Battle of 
Hob- 
kirk’s H. 
loss near¬ 
ly 300 on 
each 
side. 

Rawdon 
leaves 
Camden. 
May 10. 


Hostili¬ 
ties sus¬ 
pended. 


Execu¬ 
tion of 
Col. 
Hayne. 


Sept. 8. 
Battle of 
Eutaw 
Springs. 
Br. loss, 
1 , 000 . 
Am. 600. 


den. Gen. Greene advanced to Hobkirk’s Hill, within 
a mile of Camden, where he entrenched his army. 
Here the Americans carelessly suffered themselves to 
be surprized in the night by Lord Rawdon. By good 
generalship, Greene came near defeating the British; 
but the advantage in the encounter, was at last with 
the enemy. Greene retired five miles, and encamped. 

2. Rawdon however, found his army weakened, 
and the inhabitants, in every direction, rising against 
him. On the 10th of May he evacuated Camden, and 
retreated towards Charleston. In two months, most 
of the upper forts of the British, were either aban¬ 
doned or taken by the Americans. Marion, Sumpter, 
and Lee, took three of the forts, and 800 prisoners. 

3. Lord Rawdon now established his camp at Orange¬ 
burg. Greene pursued him; but finding his position 
covered by the windings of the Edisto, he bent his 
march, on the 16th, to the heights which border the 
Santee. The season proved uncommonly hot and 
sickly, and the contending armies, by tacit consent 
suspended their operations... A tragic scene occurred 
about this time at Charleston, which greatly irritated 
the Carolinians. Col. Isaac Hayne was executed, 
without even the form of a trial, by order of Lord 
Rawdon and Col. Balfour. 

4. Gen. Greene crossed the Congaree, and descended 
along its right bank, intending to attack Col. Stuart, 
who had succeeded Lord Rawdon in command. This 
officer fell back upon Eutaw Springs, and thither Gen. 
Greene pursued him. The armies engaged on the 
8 th. The battle of Eutaw Springs, is memorable as 
being one of the most bloody, and valiantly contested 
fields of the war; and also for being the last of any 
note that occurred at the south. Greene’s army in 
the first encounter, routed the British, but they found 

Chapter XI. —1. How were the armies in South Carolina 
now situated ? Give an account of the battle of Hobkirk’s Hill? 
— 2. What was Rawdon’s situation after the battle ? 3. Where 
did each army now move, and where rest for a season ? What 
measure of the British incensed the Carolinians? — 4. Give an 
account of the movements of the armies ? Give an account of 
the battle which now occurred ? Why was the battle of Eulaw 
Springs memorable ? 




CORNWALLIS AT YORKTOWN. 245 

in their flight a house, and other sheltering objects, p’t.iii. 
where they made a stand and rallied. Greene with- ~; D j" 
drew, bearing to his camp 500 prisoners. He with his c«. xx.* 
officers received the thanks of Congress. The British I'VSl- 
no longer dared to keep the open country, but retired 
to Charleston. The whole of South Carolina and country. 
Georgia, except their capitals, was recovered. La Fay _ 

5. La Fayette, at the head of 1,200 light infantry, ette 8ea * 

was now dispatched by Washington towards Virginia, t0 Va ’ 
while a French fleet from Rhode Island, was sent out Mar lg 
to cut off the retreat of Arnold from the Chesapeake. NaVaT 
But Clinton sent Admiral Arbuthnot, who fought the p^and 
French off Cape Henry, and obliged them to return. English 
Clinton, sent Gen. Philips, with 2,000 men, to assist eets * 
Arnold. La Fayette arrived in time to save Richmond; Man _ 
but he witnessed from that place, the conflagration of Chester 
Manchester, on the opposite bank of the James. burned. 

6 . Cornwallis went to Petersburg, and was there met 
by Arnold. He then moved the whole army into the 
interior of Virginia, hoping to overrun and subjugate 

the state. He harassed the country by sending out his and 
light troops, especially those under Tarleton. They 
on one occasion, came near taking prisoner Mr. Jef¬ 
ferson, then governor of the state. But he secreted 
himself, and escaped. 

7. Cornwallis was suddenly recalled to the sea- sir h. 
coast, by an order from Sir Henry Clinton. Fearing Clinton 
that the Americans and French meditated an attack on corn- 
New York, he had directed Cornwallis to embark 
T000 of his troops for that city. He marched with his 
his army to Portsmouth, where he received counter order * 
orders. Clinton having had a reinforcement, he be- 
lieved he could dispense with further aid; but he or- W aiiu 
dered Cornwallis to remain upon the coast. This 
general marched to Yorktown, which he proceeded to towa 
fortify. 

8 . Washington had learned that a French fleet 
with a large force under the Count de Grasse was to 

*, What was now the condition of the British in South Caro¬ 
lina ? — 5.-6. W hat was done in and near Virginia ? — 7. Why 
was Cornwallis recalled to the sea-coast ? Where did he fortify ? 

What fleet did Washington expect? 







146 SECRECY AIDS GREAT SCHEMES. 

p»t iii arrive in the Chesapeake. He concerted measures with 
—— Count Rochambeau, the French commander in the 
ch.' xi.' United States. The allied force was concentrated in 
1781 . the neighbourhood of New York. Sir Henry Clinton 
Wash- believed they meant to attack him there. He was sur- 
1 grand 9 prised to learn that Washington had directed their 
ma “* u ‘ march south, through New Jersey; but supposed it a 
feint to draw his army from their defenses. The allied 
anniesgo f° rces had gone to take Cornwallis; and had so got 
to take the start of Clinton, that he could not now hinder 

Corn- ,i 

wait is. them. 

De 9. The Count de Grasse, with twenty-five sail of 
Grasse the line, entered the mouth of the Chesapeake, only 
'ami* oue hour before Washington arrived at the head of 
blocks Elk, and immediately performed the part assigned to 
cLsa* him, by blocking up the mouths of the York and 
neake. James rivers; thus cutting off all communication be¬ 
tween the British at Yorktown and New York. A 
French squadron from Rhode Island got safely by the 
British fleet, and brought the artillery necessary for the 
siege. 

1783 10. Clinton, vainly hoping to make a diversion in 

Sc t 6 favor of Cornwallis, sent the traitor Arnold, lately 
Art returned from Virginia, to ravage Connecticut. The 
woVtt garrison of fort Griswold, in Groton, near New Lon¬ 
don, being attacked, made a resolute defense. At length 
they were overpowered. As the British entered, an 
The t officer inquired, “ who commands this fort ?” u I did,” 
rison* said Col. Ledyard, “ but you do nowand presented 
his sword. The monster took it, and plunged it in 
his bosom. Scarcely was there a father of a family, 
in the little town of Groton, but was that night 
butchered ; and almost its entire population became 
Un&<« widow's and orphans. New London was then burned. 

11 . By the aid of the French fleet, Washington had 


8. With whom did Washington take counsel? Where were 
the allied forces concentrated? What did Clinton suppose?, 
What in the mean time did Washington do ? — 9. What fleet 
arrived? Where? When? What did it perforin ? How were 
the allies supplied with artillery ? — lO. What .aversion did Clin¬ 
ton attempt to make in favor of Cornwallis? Relate the 
of fort GnswiOld ? What was the trr*tor’s next exploit? 



THE FINISHING STROKE. 


247 


effected the removal of his army and stores from the p>t.iii 
head of Elk. The whole force amounted to 16,000; - >D n ~ 
7,000 of whom were French. The allies commenced ch.’xu 
their works at Yorktown, on the night of the 6th of 
October. On the 14th, two redoubts in advance of 
the English main works were taken; the one by the 
Americans under La Fayette and Col. Hamilton, and 
the other by the French, under the Baron Viomesnil. doubu 

12. Cornwallis had confidently expected aid from ,akea ’ 
Clinton, but becoming discouraged, he made an effort 17S1. 
to escape, by crossing the river in the night. His Corn- 
army were to embark in three divisions :—a part had 
already crossed, and landed at Gloucester Point; a part 
were upon the river; the third division alone had not 
embarked. The air and the water were calm, and his 
hopes of escape were high. In a moment, the sky 

was overcast, and a tempest arose. The very elements 
seemed armed against him, as if he was checked by 
an Invisible Power, which watched over the American 
people. At dawn, the besiegers opened a destructive 
fire upon him, and he was glad, when the abating 
tempest allowed, to return to his almost dismantled 
fortifications. October 

13. Seeing no hope, the general on the 17th, Numb« 
sent a flag to Washington, and the terms of sur- 
render were immediately agreed on. A sloop, laden 7 , 000 . 
with such persons as Cornwallis selected, was to be Ca g 0 “ on 
allowed to pass, without search or visit, to New York. To the 
The whole remaining British force was to be surren- 2 fr!^tei 
dcred to the allies; the land army, with its munitions, 20tr * n » 
to the Americans; the marine, to the French. 

14. This event caused a burst of joy throughout i 
America. Nor did the people, or the civil rulers, 
amidst the honors, which were showered upon the devout. 


II. How was Washington enabled to remove his army and 
stores ? What was the number of the combined army ? What 
was done, and by whom, on the night of the 14th ? 12. \V nat 

reflections might Cornwallis naturally make ? — 13. What step 
did Cornwallis now take ? What were the most important of the 
terms of surrender ? What was surrendered to the Americans ? 
What to the French ? How did this surrender affect the 
Americans f 






248 


VERMONT. 


F’T. III. 
P’D. II. 

CH. XII. 

l?si. 

La Fay¬ 
ette re¬ 
turns to 
F ranee. 


Situa¬ 
tion of 
Ver¬ 
mont. 


im 

Declares 
itself in¬ 
depend¬ 
ent. 


Exhaus¬ 
tion of 
Iliell.S. 


American and French commanders, forget to acknow 
ledge their supreme obligation, to the Great Com 
mander and Ruler, of armies, and of nations. 

15. Gen. La Fayette, who had sought America in 
her adversity, left her as soon as prosperity dawned 
upon her fortunes. He embarked about this time for 
France; leaving deep, in the hearts of a grateful peo 
pie, the remembrance of his virtues and his services. 


CHAPTER XII. 

Vermont.—Measures of Peace.—Fears and discontents ol tfte 
Army happily quieted. 

1. Vermont was, at this period, an independent 
nation. Its territory was first settled by grants from 
New Hampshire, and afterwards decided, by the Eng¬ 
lish government, to belong to New York; and had 
that state given quiet possession of the soil to those 
individuals who had purchased, and cultivated farms 
under New Hampshire, Vermont would now have been 
a part of its territory. But the attempt having been 
made to eject those settlers by force, they forcibly re¬ 
sisted. The inhabitants met in convention, in 1777 
and declared the New Hampshire grants to be an inde¬ 
pendent state, under the title of “New Connecticut, 
alias Vermont;” the first appellation,and the ungrace¬ 
ful “ alias,” being afterwards dropped. Their affairs 
were, at first, managed by several of the leading men, 
called “a Council of Safety.” Their first legislature 
met at Windsor, in March, 1778. 

2. It was most fortunate for America that the result 
of the last campaign had been favorable; for such was 


14. What did they remember to acknowledge ? — 15. Where 
was now the most generous of the defenders of America? 

Chapter XII.—1. What was Vermont ? Under what stato 
had the first settlements been made i What state afterwards 
laid claims to the settlements? How did the setifers proceed? 
By whom were their affairs first managed? 




PEACE. 


249 


the extreme poverty of the government, that iJ seems p>t. hi. 
impossible that another could have been sustained. ~ p , D n 
The several state governments wholly failed of paying ch. mi! 
their taxes; alleging the utter inability of the people 
to meet further taxation. 

3. The people of England had also felt very severely 
their great expenses; and on hearing the disasters 
which had attended their arms, they murmured against 

the government for continuing the war. The house FeJ> 
of commons, moved by this expression of feeling, as Padia- 
well as by the eloquent speeches of Gen. Conway, 
and others, voted, u that they should consider as ene- measure 
mies to his majesty and their country, all who should peace, 
advise, or attempt, a further prosecution of offensive 
war on the continent of America.” 

4. To be ready for overtures of peace, congress ap- Frank- 
pointed as their agents four distinguished men, already AdTms, 
in Europe,—Dr. Franklin, John Adams, John Jay, and Lauren* 
Henry Laurens. Mr. Adams procured, from the states to treat 
of Holland, on the 19th of April, the recognition of pe ^f c 
American Independence. On the 8th of October, he April 19 
obtained a treaty of amity and commerce; and, not Holland 
long after, a loan of money; to the great relief of his n £°S 
exhausted country. 

5. On the 20th of January, 1783, preliminary arti- «nce. 
cles of peace were signed at Versailles. The defini¬ 
tive treaty was deferred until the adjustment of affairs 
between England and France, and was not signed 
until the 3d of September. The terms granted to^SS 
the Americans by this treaty, in respect to the extent sept. 3 . 
of territory, and right to the fisheries, were equal to 
their most sanguine expectations. It was a treaty ty is 
which made America, independent, in fact, as w T ell as si s ned * 
in name. 


2. What was the condition of the United States at the close 
of the war? —3. What was the state of public feeling in Eng 
land ? What resolution passed in parliament ? — / t. What men 
were chosen by congress ? For what purpose ? What was pro¬ 
cured from Holland ? By whom ? —5. When were the prelimi¬ 
naries of peace signed, and where ? What was deferred ? Till 
wftat time? What can be said of the terms of the treaty as re¬ 
gards the United States ? 


12 




250 


THE MORAL SUBLIME. 


*»T. III. 


?’D. II. 

H. XII. 

Discon¬ 
tents 
amour 
the offi¬ 
cers. 


A. rebuke. 


IY83. 


The 

New- 

burg 

address. 


Wash¬ 
ington, 
exhibits 
the su¬ 
blime of 
his cha¬ 
racter. 


April 19, 
War 
closes 
after 
put eight 
/ears. 


6 . The officers of the army feared, that if they 
should disband, themselves and their services would 
be forgotten. Some were ambitious ; and thought that 
if a monarchy should succeed, they might become 
dukes or earls. A letter was addressed by one of 
these to Washington, endeavouring, in a smooth 
and artful strain, to persuade him, that a monarchy was 
the most desirable form of government, and himself a 
suitable man for king. Washington replied, that u he 
viewed such ideas with abhorrence, and must repre¬ 
hend them with severity.” 

7. But the discontents of the army remained; and 
Washington repeatedly urged congress to attend to 
their just claims. While the army were lying at New- 
burg, an anonymous paper, able, but seditious, was cir¬ 
culated. The advice it contained, was that the officers 
should cease to petition congress, but march with 
arms in their hands, and demand justice. Washing¬ 
ton had foreseen such a crisis, and had remained with 
the army. His monitory voice was heard, as he ex 
liorted the officers not to tarnish their fame, pure anci 
bright as it was; but to believe and trust, that their 
country would yet be grateful for their devotion and 
services. To congress, Washington wrote; and in the 
most forcible language, presented the claims, and great 
merits, of those, who had breasted the common danger, 
and gained for all, the inestimable prize. 

8 . Congress used their utmost exertions to meet 
the exigency. They commuted the half-pay, which 
had been pledged, for a sum equal to five years’ full 
pay. The officers were satisfied, and the army peace¬ 
ably disbanded. ... On the 19th of April, just eight 
years from the battle of Lexington, the joyful cer¬ 
tainty of peace was proclaimed from head-quarters to 
the American army. On the 25th of November, the 

6. What fears had the officers of the army ? What ambitious 
project had some of them ? What letter was addressed to Wash- 
mgton ? How did it affect his mind ? — 7. Give a further account 
of the discontents of the army? What paper was circulated? 
What did it propose? How did Washington meet this crisis? 
To what did he exhort the officers? How did he write? — 8. 
What did congress? What did then the officers? What hap¬ 
pened on the 19th of April ? What on the 25tb of November ? 




shays’ rebellion. 


2 51 


British troops evacuated New York, and a detach¬ 
ment entered it from the army of the new Republic. 

9. On the 4th of December, Washington parted 
from his officers at New York. A day was ap¬ 
pointed at Annapolis, where Congress were sitting, and 
in the presence of a large and deeply affected audi¬ 
ence, he resigned his offices, and commending his 
country to the protection of God, retired to Mount 
Vernon, followed by the benedictions of America, and 
the admiration of the world. 


CHAPTER XIII. 

Depression subsequent to the war.—Shays’ Rebellion.— 
Constitution formed. 

1. At the close of the war, debts encumbered 
the general and state governments. Heavy burdens 

. were necessarily laid upon the people, who were so 
poor as to be often nearly destitute of the necessaries 
of life. The distress of the country at length produced 
insurrections. 

2. In August, nearly 1500 insurgents assembled 
under arms at Northampton. They took possession 
of the court-house, to prevent the sittings of the court, 
and the issuing of executions. The next month a 
similar scene occurred at Worcester. The leader 
was Daniel Shays. At the head of 300 men he 
marched into Springfield, and barred the court-house 
against the supreme court. Gen. Shepard at the head 
of 1200 men, was sent to Springfield; where the mul¬ 
titude refusing to lay down their arms, he fired upon 
them, and killed three men. The rioters fell into con¬ 
fusion, and soon dispersed. Fourteen only were 


9. What occurred on tne 4th of Dec. ? On the 23rd ? 
Chapter XIII.—1. What was the condition of the country? 
What was the consequence of this extreme depression ? — 2. Re¬ 
late the circumstances of Shay’s rebellion. How was it quelled? 
How was the affair finally disposed of? 


P'T. lit 
P’D.II. 

CII. XIII 

17S& 

Dec. 23. 
Wash- 
inytoa 


1784 . 

Distres¬ 
ses, dis¬ 
content* 
and in¬ 
surrec¬ 
tions. 


1787. 


‘ShajrV 

rebellion 

Gen. 

Lincoln 

sends 

Gen. 

Shepard 




252 


THE AMERICAN CONSTITUTION. 


P’T.III. 

P’D. II. 
Cli. xin. 

Defects 
in the 
govern¬ 
ment. 

Articles 
of confe¬ 
deration. 

1TS6. 

Dele¬ 
gates 
meet 
from five 
states. 




Consti¬ 
tution 
framed 
at Phila. 


Honest 
differ¬ 
ence of 
opinion. 


Points in 
the slave 
question 
agitated 
and com¬ 
promised 


sentenced to death, and these were afterwards par* 
doned. 

3. The articles of confederation, although they had 
served, during the pressure of danger, to keep the 
several parts of the nation together, were now found 
inadequate. Congress had no authority to enforce its 
ordinances; an<l now, that the pressure of public 
danger was removed, they were contemned an.l disre¬ 
garded. A convention of delegates, from five of the 
middle states, met at Annapolis, in 1786, who came to 
the conclusion, that a thorough reform of the existing 
government, would alone be effectual for the welfare 
of the country; and Congress passed a resolution, re¬ 
commending a general convention of delegates, to be 
holden at Philadelphia. 

4. In May, 1787, the convention met, and instead 

amending the articles of confederation, they pro¬ 
ceeded to form a new constitution. Their debates 
were long and arduous. Much honest difference of 
opinion existed; in particular, where the strength of 
the new government came in question. On the one 
hand it was contended, that, if the government was, 
made too weak, a state of anarchy, and consequent 
revolution, would ensue; on the other, that if it were 
made too strong, America would lose those blessings 
of liberty, which she had bled to obtain; and only 
make an exchange of foreign, for domestic oppression. 
Those in favor of holding the states strongly united, 
were called, at this time federalists, and their oppo¬ 
nents, anti-federalists. 

5. Other points of dispute arose, which were still 
more dangerous, because they divided parties by geo¬ 
graphical lines. The most difficult of these, regarded 
the representation, in congress, of the slave-holding 


3. Why was the government, as it then existed, found made. 

S uate ? Where did a convention meet ? At what conclusion 
id they arrive ? What resolution was passed by congress ? — 
‘l. What important assemblage convened in May, 1787 ? Wba 
did they proceed to do ? In what respect was there an honest 
difference of opinion in the minds of the framers of the constitu¬ 
tion ? What was maintained by each side ? Who were called 
federalists, and. who anti-federalists ?— >. What other point of 
dispute was there ? 



THE LEGISLATIVE POWER. 


253 


states. The slaves were at length allowed to be p>t. in. 
reckoned, in settling the quota of direct taxes and P , D n 
representatives, as equal to three-fifths of an equal ch. hu, 
number of free white inhabitants. That these great 
difficulties were compromised, holds up this conven¬ 
tion, as an example to future times, of the triumph of 
strong patriotism and honest zeal for the public wel¬ 
fare, over party feeling and sectional prejudice. 

6. The supreme authority, in whose name the con¬ 
stitution is promulgated, is that of “the people of the Its da “ a “' 
United States;” the objects for which they ordain and f r0 m 
establish, and bind themselves to obey its precepts, pe ‘^* „ 
are u to form a more perfect union, establish justice, 
insure domestic tranquillity, promote the general wel- jk c °k‘ 
fare, and secure the blessings of liberty to themselves 

and their posterity.” 

7. The legislative power of the Federal Union, is 
vested in a senate and house of representatives, the 
latter to be chosen for two years, by electors qualified 
to choose representatives to the state legislatures;— 
each to have been for seven years an inhabitant of the 
United States, and at least twenty-five years of age. present- 
Representatives are to be appointed in each state, ac- ed io b wer h * 
cording to the number of the inhabitants; though there houie - 
must never be more than one representative to thirty 
thousand people. Lest the congress ‘should become 

too numerous, the apportionment is varied, once in 
ten years ; or after the taking of each census. 

8. The senate is composed of two members from 
each state, to be chosen by the state legislatures. 

The term of service is six years; but the first senate The 
was to be so chosen, that one-third of the members present 
had two years to remain in office, another four, and 
another six; so that, thereafter, no more than one-third 

of the senate should be composed of new members. 


5. How was it disposed of ? What may we say of this con 
mention? — 6. What is the supreme authority in which the con 
stitution is promulgated ? What are the objects for which it waa 
established ? — In what is the legislative power vested ? How 
are representatives chosen—and for what time ? By whom ? How 
are they apportioned ?— 8. Of how many members is the senate 
composed ? 




254 


P’T. III. 


P’D. II. 
;h. xiii. 

Presid¬ 
ing offi¬ 
cers. 

Tim*. 


The re¬ 
presen¬ 
tatives 
have the 
purse. 


The exe¬ 
cutive 
the 

sword. 

The ju¬ 
dicial 
power. 


Impeach¬ 

ment. 

1787. 
The 
North 
West 
erected 
into a 
territory 

Three 

states 

relin¬ 

quish 

claims. 


THE EXECUTIVE, AND JUDICIARY. 

A senator must have been an inhabitant of the coun- 
try nine years, and be not less than thirty years of age 

9. The house of representatives choose their pre¬ 
siding officer, who is called the speaker. The senate 
are presided over by the vice-president of the United 
States. Congress must sit as often as once a year, 
and the ordinary sessions commence on the first 
Monday in December. 

10. All bills for raising a revenue must originate in 
the house of representatives. While the executive bea-rs 
the public sword, the branch nearest the people 
carries the purse. ... The executive power is vested 
in a president and vice-president; each chosen for 
a term of four years; each to be a native born citi¬ 
zen, and to have attained the age of thirty-five. The 
president is commander-in-chief of the army and navy 
when in actual service. With the consent of two- 
thirds of the senate, he is vested with the power to 
make treaties, to appoint ambassadors, judges of the 
supreme court, and many other officers. 

11. The judicial power is vested in one supreme 
court, and such other courts as congress may establish. 
The judges retain their offices during good behaviour. 
They as well as the president and vice-president, 
may be impeached by the house of representatives, 
and tried by the senate. 

12. Towards the close of this period, Virginia, North 
Carolina, and Georgia, extended to the Mississippi. The 
great tract north of the Ohio river was formed by 
Congress into the North West Territory. 

The original charters of Connecticut, Massachu¬ 
setts. and Virginia, gave to these states title to 
large portions of its lands ; but, Congress had pre¬ 
viously compromised with these states, and extinguish- 

8 . What their term of office ? — 9. Who chooses the presid¬ 
ing officer of the house of representatives ? What is he called ? 
Who is the presiding officer of the senate? How often must 
they sit? — lO. What bills must originate in the house of re¬ 
presentatives? Who bears the sword ? Who the purse? Where 
is the executive power vested ? What is requisite to make a 
person eligible ? What power has the president ? How are 
treaties made ? — 11. Where is the judicial power vested ? By 
whom are iinpeacluncnts made ? Who tries them ? 




EXCLUSION OP SLAVERY FROM THE N. W TERRITORY. 253 


ed their claims; except to certain specified reserva- P ’ T - 111 
tions. Connecticut had a large reservation in the north P’D. u. 
east part of Ohio; by means of which, she obtained Conftf 
the nucleus of her school fund. sc - fund 

13. The bill for the erection of the North West glave 
Territory passed Congress in l^T. While it was pro¬ 
pending, Mr. Jefferson introduced and carried an 
amendment, forever excluding slavery from that ex- n.w 
tensive region. ... A territorial government was here First 
first introduced into the American system. The gene- ^ rrl ^ 
ral government appoints for the territory its executive, 
and high judicial officers, while the people exercise, 
by an assembly of delegates, the legislative power. 


EXERCISES ON THE CIIRONOGRAPHER. 

What event marks the beginning of this period ? What is its 
date ? Point out its place on the chronographer. 

Point out on the chronographer the place of the following 
events according to their dates : The Americans were defeated at 
the battle of Long Island, Aug., 1776. They defeat the Hessians 
at Trenton, Dec., 1776, and the British at Princeton, Jan., 1777. 
Dr. Franklin was sent on a mission to France, and Lafayette of¬ 
fered his services to Congress, in 1777. Burgoyne surrendered 
to General Gates, Oct., 1777. France made a treaty with the 
United States, in 1778. The battle at Savannah, and the naval 
victory of Paul Jones, occurred in 177C. Arnold’s treason was 
1780. Cornwallis’ surrender at Yorktown, Oct., 1781. The 
treaty of peace was signed Sept. 3d, and Washington resigned 
Dec. 23. 1783. The N. W. Territory was erected, 1788. 





81 Longitude West 79 from Greenwich 77 


Baltimore 


Annapolis 


Vernon, 


Petersburg 


Portsmouth 


r^\^j r - r "Tron 
s Guilford 


lsborough 


^(uoflajs Salisbury 


RamaeysC 


Gowan’s Ford 
'^King’s Ml. 


\ Cowpen9( '| 
Blackstock ^ 

\%, Winnsboro 

M sy^o \ U 

r/-,S Nnietys-^ V. 


Hanging'- 

•Rook 


,®Camden V-jJ 
yj-High Hiller ( 
| ol San lee A 

Jj 1 TV A' 

\+ A 'cUon't 

I 

,ne Monks^\J 
^ s #\ 

. ; \Torner ^gJm 


Ft. Granby d4' t. 

C 

Orangeburg 


ugusta 


Eutaw fcprt 

rHudson’s 
S Ferry | ^ 


Purysburg" 

Savannah' 


Sunbury 


'rovideni 


Woodstock 


Litchfield 


jKELODJ 
Varsvick 
i / _ * 


C O N N E < 

S Wethersfield' 


Danbury! 

Ridgefield 

l^® 

Norwalk* % 


St. Mar, 


1,0 IS G I s1 ' 


A’EVV YORK 


Lon.6 W. from Washington 4 


MAP N°- 9 
1779. / 














































































PART 1 v 


FROM 1789 TO 1841. 



Washington’! Inauguration. 


PERIOD I. 


ntoM 

THE FINAL ADOPTION OF | l'YSd, j THE FEDERAL CONSTITUTION, 
TO 

THB PURCHASE | 1803. | OF LOUISIANA. 

CHAPTER 1. 


Organization of the new Government.—The Funding System.— 

Party lines strongly drawn. 

1. When Washington retired at the close of the war, P’T. i> 
he had fully intended to pass the residue of his days in p» D . j 
domestic retirement. The first summons, which he CH * *• 
received to quit his delightful retreat, was when the 17 $? 
legislature of Virginia chose him first delegate to the Wash 
convention, which framed the constitution. With re- ington 
luctance he consented to the pleas of friendship, and “J? 
the call of public duty. He was made president of dent of 
the convention by a unanimous vote. 

Chapter I.— 1 . What had been Washington’s intemion when 
lie left the army ? What was the first time he was induced to 
violate it? Of what body was lie made president ? How? 

257 
















258 THE GOVERNMENT ORGANIZED, 

r’T. iv. 2. The constitution being adopted, the universal 
p , D j voice of the nation called him forth, to organize the 
ch. i. government. A special messenger from the president 
umni- congress, brought him the official intelligence of 

mousij his election, and in two days he set out for New York, 
prerident. where congress first convened. 

3. The ceremony of his inauguration was witness- 
ed, with inexpressible joy. He made an address to 

1789. con gress, m which he offered his “ fervent supplica¬ 
tions to the Almighty Being, whose providential aid 
Ifinau-' can supply every human defect, that his benediction 
gurated would consecrate to the liberties and happiness of the 
at N ’ Y ' people of the United States, a government instituted by 
themselves; and would enable every officer to execute 
with success, the functions allotted to his charge.” 

4. Congress made it their first object to establish 
^lay^du- 8 a revenue, sufficient for the support of government, 

tics on an( i f or the discharge of the debt, contracted during 
chandise the revolutionary war. For this purpose, they laid 
^ageT" c ^ ut i es on the importation of merchandise, and on the 
The first to nnage of vessels. ... The first appointed under the 
seoreta- constitution as the heads of departments, were, Thomas 
n ferson f Jefferson, secretary of state, Alexander Hamilton of 
Hamii- the treasury, and General Knox of the department of 
Tno" war. The small navy was assigned to the care of the 
latter. 

5. During this session it was proposed to amend the 
Consti- constitution. Congress agreed upon twelve new arti- 
tu ud'd C ^ es ’ w hi°h were submitted to the respective state 

ameu e i e gi s i atures . an d beiiig approved by three-fourths of 
these bodies, they became a part of that instrument. 
1790 ^ r * Hamilton, early in the second session brought 

Hamii- forward his celebrated report, which was drawn up 
funding a masterly hand He showed the importance of 
ryttcin. public credit, and proposed, assuming or funding, not 
only the public debt, amounting to fifty-four millions 

2. By what vote was he elected president of the U. S.? Where 
did Congress at this time meet? Did their messenger wait long 
for Washington ? — 3. Give some account of his inauguration ? — 
4r. What did Congress make their first object? Who were 
made heads of departments? — 5. What was done respecting 
the constitution?—fi. Give an account of Mr. Hamilton’s sys¬ 
tem of funding the public d-ebln ? 




TUB FUNDING SYSTEM. 259 

of dollars, but also the state debts, estimated at twen- p’T. iv. 
ty-five millions; and of making permanent provision 
for the payment of the interest, by imposing taxes on ch.'i.' 
certain articles of luxury, and on spirits distilled within 
the United States. 

7. The debates on this report produced an irritation 1790 . 
of feeling, which, in the event, shook the foundation 

of the government; and they may fairly be said, to be 
the origin of that violent party spirit, which, under Heated 
the names of federalists and republicans, for thirty debate* 
years arrayed one part of the American community pa ‘J y 
against the other. Mr. Hamilton’s plan was finally animosi 
adopted; and at the same time, a law passed fixing tl **‘ 
the seat of government where it now is. The debt 
funded, amounted to a little more than seventy-five 
millions of dollars; upon a part of which, an inte¬ 
rest of three per cent, was paid, and on the remainder, 
six per cent. 

8. Rhode Island had refused to send delegates to 
the convention, which formed the constitution; and 
neither that state, or North Carolina, had accepted it 

at the time of its adoption. North Carolina acceded to a ^ R c j 
it in November, 1789; Rhode Island in May, 1790. ... accede to 
An act was passed, accepting the cession of the claims Station! 
of North Carolina to a district, west of that state; and 
a territorial government was established by congress, 
under the title of u the Territory of the United States, 
south of the Ohio.” 

9. Kentucky was separated from Virginia, and also 1791 
erected into an independent government, receiving its 
name from its principal river. ... A national bank was, a. na- 
during this session, recommended by Mr. Hamilton, 

and passed through congress, although it met a violent 
opposition from the republican party. After deliberate 
investigation, the president was convinced of its con¬ 
stitutionality and utility, and gave it his signature. 


T. What effect did its introduction produce in congress? Was 
adopted ? What other law passed at the same time ? — 8. 
What two states at first refused to adopt the constitution? When 
did they agree to it ? What territory was taken from N. C. ? - 
t). What was done respecting a national bank ? 




2(30 


p’T. n 

P’D. i. 
ca. ii. 

Feb. 18. 
V ermont 
admitted 
to the 
union. 
Oct. 

P* umber 
of repre- 
senta - 
ti^es, 1 to 
33,000. 


Shock¬ 
ing dis¬ 
orders. 


W6T 

A mis¬ 
sion on 
the Alle¬ 
ghany 
river. 


THE MORAVIANS. 

The bank was established at Philadelphia, with a 
capital of ten millions of dollars. 

10. Vermont was this year admitted as one of the 
states of the union. ... In 1791, the first census of the 
United States was completed. The number of inhabit¬ 
ants was 3,929,000, of whom, 695,000 were slaves. 
The revenue amounted to 4,771,000 dollars, the exports 
to 19,000,000, and the imports to about 20,000,000 .. 
In October, the second congress apportioned the num¬ 
ber of representatives, according to the census. After 
much disagreement, they fixed the ratio at one for 
every thirty-three thousand inhabitants 


CHAPTER II. 

The Moravians.—The Indians of the North West. 

l After Pontiac’s treacheries, the Moravian con¬ 
verts, in danger of perishing from the indiscriminate 
fury of the whites, went in a body to Philadelphia, 
and were sheltered by the governor in a prison; yet, 
even there, some of them were murdered. Soon after 
this, Zeisberger led a party, who rested, for a time, on 
the Alleghany river. The French war caused them to 
remove \ and they next settled on the banks of the 
Ohio, near Beaver Creek. A still more inviting coun¬ 
try being offered them by the chiefs of the Delawares, 
they removed to the banks of the Muskingum. Here 
they had several flourishing towns, among which were 
Leichtenau and Salem. 

2. But the missionaries were endangered by the 
jealousy of the chiefs, which operated now, as in the 
time of Elliot. The most powerful man of the Dela- 

10. In what year was Vermont admitted to the Union? What 
in 1790 was the number of inhabitants ? The amount of reve¬ 
nue ? Of exports? Of imports? What the ratio of apportionment 

Chapter II.—1. What happened to some of the Moravian 
converts in Philadelphia? What progress did the misoionariea 
aftorwards make ? 





INDIAN MARTYRS. 


20 l 


wares, Capt. White-Eyes, a person of great and good p>t. iy. 
qualities, was, however, convinced of the importance of “ p , D L ' 
civilization. He saw how much better off were the ch. ii. 
Europeans, and even the Christian Indians, than were 17174 , 
his own people. Christianity, he regarded as the prin¬ 
cipal cause of the great difference. The constancy 
and talents of this chief sustained the missionaries 
against alarming opposition, and brought the nation to Eyes’ 
favour them. u Let us,” said one aged chief to an- 
other, u do a good work before we depart, and leave a stand, 
testimony to our children.” The chiefs solemnly de¬ 
termined in council, and promulgated the decree, that 
the Delawares, as a nation, would receive the word 
of God. Great prosperity followed. Zeisberger had 
made a spelling-book of the Delaware tongue, and 
was gathering the children into schools. 

3. The war of the revolution came on, and the I’yj'G. 
missionaries and their converts, were, with their prin¬ 
ciples of peace, placed in situations of the utmost dif¬ 
ficulty^. At length, the unconverted Indians could be 
restrained no longer. They would fight, and were 
determined that the Moravian converts should take Oct. 
arms also. Because the missionaries refused consent, Jjjjj 
they forced them away. Hundreds of their converts ship* on 
followed them to a barren spot on the Sandusky river. ^uskyT 
Winter came on, and they suffered from hunger and 

cold. 

4. A party of their Indian brethren and sisters, went 17S2. 
back to the Muskingum, to gather the corn from their 
deserted fields. This party consisted of ninety-eight 
persons. They were at Licktenau and Salem. An 
armed party of American marauders, possessed with A party 
the superstitious belief, that the Indians, like the Ca- g£bjci 
naanites of old, were all to be destroyed by the chosen Muskin. 
race, which, in their opinion, were themselves, hear- s 11 **' 
ing of this party, came upon them unawares; and, by 
fraud and religious pretences, disarmed and made them 
prisoners. They were then put to a cruel death; for 

2 . Relate circumstantially what happened among the Dela¬ 
wares ? — 3 What changes did the war of the revolution cause 
among the Moravians and their converts ? — 4r. What plan was 
attempted by a party of 98 of the Indian converts ? 




zm 


P’T. IV. 


P’D. I. 

CH. 11. 

1781 . 


Har- 

mar’s 

defeat. 


1 * 92 - 


Oct. 

St. 

Clair’s 

defeat. 


A mint. 

1793 . 

Wash¬ 
ington’s 
ltd inau- 
gniation. 


ST. CLAIR.-MI2HIKINICAUA. 

which these innocents prepared, by a night spent in 
prayer and praise. Two lads, alone escaped the mas¬ 
sacre. 

5. The missionaries were forcibly taken, and carried 
to Detroit. They gathered their faithful converts again, 
on the Huron River. After the peace, the savage 
tribes being still hostile, they went towards their flou¬ 
rishing settlements in Pennsylvania. They had bap¬ 
tized 720 of the Indians. 

6. After the treaty with Great Britain, that nation 
refused to deliver up Detroit and other posts in the 
western country; alleging that the Americans had 
not fulfilled certain stipulations of the treaty. These 
posts became the rallying points of the combined sa¬ 
vage tribes, who under Michikiniqua, the chief of the 
Miamies, called u the Little Turtle,” now ravaged the 
frontiers of the United States. Pacific arrangements 
were attempted by the president, but without effect. 
On their failure, Gen. Harmar was sent from Fort 
Washington on the site of Cincinnati, with a force 
amounting to 1,400 men. In an engagement near 
Chilicothe, he was defeated with loss. 

7. Gen. St. Clair, in October of the following year, 
with 1,400 men, marched into the wilderness, near to 
the Miami villages. He and his officers were asleep, 
while at dead of night the savage chieftains assembled 
in council. At dawn, the terrified Americans were 
roused by the war-whoop. The carnage was inde¬ 
scribable. Not more than one-quarter of the Ameri¬ 
cans escaped, and their whole camp and artillery, fell 
into the hands of the savages. 

8. Kentucky was admitted to the Union in 1792. 
A mint was established by congress; and the division 
and value of the money, to be used throughout the 
country, was regulated by statute, and called “Fe¬ 
deral money.” ... Gen. Washington was again elected 


4. What wicked transaction is here related? — 5. What fur 
ther account is given of the Moravians? — 6. What did the Bri¬ 
tish refuse to do after the peace? What did these forts become ? 
What party was first defeated by the Indians? Where? — 7 
Give an account of St. Clair’s defeat? —8.. What was done m 
1792? 





INSOLENCE OF THE FRENCH REPUBLIC. 


263 


president, and in March, 1793, was inaugurated. John p>t. iv. 
Adams was also re-elected vice-president. — — 

9. The party-spirit, which had already agitated the c H . n. 
whole Union, raged with increased violence. The 1793 . 
democratic or republican party, were charged by the 
federalists with abetting all the crimes of the French 
revolutionists, who had just beheaded their king; while 

the federal party were accused by the democratic, of 
being in favour of monarchical principles, and under 
the influence of Great Britain. 

10. Information was received of the declaration of 
war by France, against Great Britain and Holland, 
Washington was an American, and he did not choose 
to involve his country in the contests of Europe. He 
accordingly, with the unanimous advice of his cabinet, >ngton>s 
issued a proclamation of neutrality. This measure tSy. 
contributed, in a great degree, to the prosperity of 
America; whose proper maxim was, and is, u Friend¬ 
ship with all, entangling alliances with none.” 

11. M. Genet, who was appointed by the French re¬ 
public, arrived in Charleston, S. C. The flattering Arrival 
reception he met with, induced him to take the pre- ofGenet * 
sumptuous measure of attempting to induce the Ame- Congresi 
rican people to embark in the cause of France, what- 

ever might be the determination of their government. cuUve. 
This turned many against him. The conduct of the Feb. 1 . 
administration towards M. Genet was approved by 1794 . 
congress. France, at the request of the president, an- 
nulled his powers, and he was succeeded by Mr. 
Fauchet. 

12. At Pittsburg a meeting of citizens was held, and 

an opposition to the law of congress, laying a duty on in Pa. 
distilled spirits, agreed on. The marshal of the district, Ocl 
was seized by armed men, and compelled to enter into Lee sent 
an engagement to refrain from executing the duties of 
nis office; and other public officers were maltreated, surgent* 


9. What was the state of parties? — IO. With what powers 
wa? France at war? What course did Washington take? What 
is tne proper maxim of America? — 11. What was done by the 
French minister ? What part did congress take ? By whom was 
Genet succeeded? — 12. Give an aecoun' efthe whiskey iusur- 
\ccliun in Pa. ? 



264 


wayne’s war. 


P’T.IV. 


pm. i. 

OH. II. 


1794 . 


Mutual 
eom- 
plaiuu 
of the 
British 
and 

Ameri¬ 

cans. 


April. 
Mr. Jay 
sent to 
England. 


The 

Little 

Turtle’s 

opinion 

of 

Wayne. 

Wayne’s 
victory. 
Aug. 50. 


The number of the insurgents was calculated at seven 
thousand. Washington, made requisitions on the go¬ 
vernors of New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland, and 
Virginia, for 15,000 militia. These under command 
of Gov. Lee of Virginia, marched into the revolted 
district. Such salutary terror was inspired, that no 
farther opposition was attempted. 

13. A war between the United States and England 
was, at this time apprehended. The Americans were 
accused of preventing the loyalists from regaining pos¬ 
session of their estates, and British subjects from re¬ 
covering debts, made before the war. On their part, they 
complained of the arrogant pretensions of England, in 
regard to navigating the sea; and also, that the military 
posts, of the western wilderness, were still retained, 
contrary to the treaty; and that the Indians were, by 
their garrisons, incited to make incursions upon the 
frontier settlements,—and sheltered in the forts, as they 
returned from midnight burning and murder. 

14. Congress passed bills laying an embargo for 
thirty days—for erecting fortifications—for raising a 
provisional army, and for organising the militia. To 
avert, however, if possible, the calamity of another 
war, Mr. Jay was sent to England, to negotiate with 
the British government. 

15. Gen. St. Clair was succeeded by Gen. Wayne, 
to whom the Indians gave the name of the “ Black- 
Snake.” Many had forsaken the alliance, and the 
Little Turtle believing that the Indians would be de¬ 
feated, would have persuaded them to peace. u We 
shall not surprise them,” said he, u for they have now 
a chief who never sleeps.” But the council over¬ 
ruled his opinion. Wayne attacked, and completely 
routed the confederacy, near the mouth of the river 
Au Glaize. The British at the neighbouring fort who 
had incited the Indians, now refused to shelter them. 
By this means they lost all influence with them, and 
the savages made peace. 

13. Why was a war with England apprehended ? — 1 Wha. 
laws were passed by congress ? Who was sent to England ? For 
what?— 15. Give an account of Gen. Wayne's operations at 
the west ? 





jay’s treaty. 26 fl 

16. Mi Ta), having negotiated a treaty with Great P’t.jv, 
Britain, returned in the spring of 1795. liis treaty p , D L 
provided that the posts, which the British had retained^ - ch. u. 
should be given up to the Americans, and compensa- Nov> 19 
tion made for illegal captures; and that the American 1?94 
government should hold £600,000, in trust for the t J r ^* 
subjects of Great Britain to whom American citizens with o. 
were indebted. But it did not prohibit the right of Bntai “’ 
searching merchant vessels, which was claimed by the 
British. 

17. While the senate were debating with closed 
doors, a member had given an incorrect copy to a 
printer. It was circulated with rapidity, and produced 
great irritation. The senate, after much debate ac- 
cepted the treaty. The president received addresses nate.and 
from every part of the Union, praying him to with- ‘by 1 w 
hold his signature; but Washington believing the con¬ 
ditions to be the best which, under existing circum¬ 
stances, could be obtained, signed it in defiance of 
popular clamor. . . . Treaties were also made with the 
western Indians, with Algiers, and with Spain. By 

the latter, the Mississippi was made the western 
boundary, and a right to the navigation of the river 
and to the use of New Orleans as a place of deposit, 
was secured to the United States.... In 1796, Tennes¬ 
see was admitted to the Union. 

18. The French government tried various means to 
flatter and cajole the Americans into aiding them in 
their European wars; but finding a steady system of Frauo* 
neutrality maintained, they began depredating on the 
American commerce ; their cruisers being encouraged 

in capturing the vessels of the United States. 

19. As tne period for a new election of the presi¬ 
dent of the United States approached, Gen. Washing¬ 
ton publicly signified his determination to retire to 
private life. He received addresses from every part 

16 . When did Jay’s treaty arrive? What were its provi¬ 
sions ? — IT. What happened while the treaty was before the 
senate ? What was the consequence, and what was done in re¬ 
ference to the treaty? What other business was transacted at 
this time in congress? —18. What was the conduct of the 
Fiettch ? — 59. What determination liatl Washington made ? 






a father’s counsel. 


366 


F’T.IV. 


P’D. I. 

CH. III. 

1 ^ 96 . 


Wash 
ington's 
& re well 
address. 


i 79T 

Mar. 4. 
Adams 
presi¬ 
dent, 
lefferson 
•ice-pre¬ 
sident. 

Insult 
from 
<f ranee. 


of the country, which though expressing regret at the 
loss of his services, yet congratulated him on the as 
tonishing increase of national wealth and prosperity* 
during the period of his administration over a country, 
which was more indebted to him, than to any other 
human being, for its very existence. 

20. On retiring Washington published a Fare 
well Address / in which he called on his countrymen to 
cherish an immovable attachment to the national union. 
He recommended the most implicit obedience to the acts 
of the established government, and reprobated all ob¬ 
structions to the execution of the laws,—all combina¬ 
tions and associations, with the design to overawe the 
constituted authorities. Good faith and equal justice 
should be observed towards all. Honesty, no less in 
public, than in private affairs, is the best policy. Reli¬ 
gion and morality are the pillars of human happi¬ 
ness. These great truths, with others, were taught 
us, as parting piecepts, by our parental friend, whose 
fame, for wisdom, gathers brightness as time passes on. 


CHAPTER Ill. 

America resents the indignities of France.—Adams’s Adminis 
tration.—J efferson’s. 

1. The party candidates for president, were Tho¬ 
mas Jefferson on the part of the republicans, and John 
Adams on that of the federalists. Mr. Adams was 
elected president, and Mr. Jefferson vice-president... 
Mr. Adams received intelligence of an open insult on 
the part of the French government, now in the hands 
of the directory. They had desired the American 
minister to quit France, and determined not to receive 
another, until the United States had complied with 
their demands. 


20. What can you repeat of Washington’s Farewell Address? 

Chapter III.—1. Who were the candidates of the two par¬ 
ties for president ? Who was made president ? Who vice-pre¬ 
sident l jin what year? What government treated our repub he 
with Insolence ? 






Washington’s example, a national treasure. 267 

2. Mr. Adams, to show his desire for peace, not- p»t. iv. 
withstanding this ill usage, appointed three envoys ex- p>D j 
traordinary to the French republic; but they, instead CB. III. 
of being openly received, were privately beset with p illkne y 
intrigues; the object of which, was to make them pay Mar ®^ 
money, to bribe the persons in power. These shame- o“ r y 
ful proposals were made in letters signed X. Y. and 

Z. . . Nothing seemed now to remain but war. An 
army was provided for by Congress, and Wash¬ 
ington appointed to the command. Capt. Truxton of 
the American frigate Constellation, fought and cap¬ 
tured the French frigate L’Insurgente. 

3. The French government at length became con- 1800 
rinced, that, although the Americans might choose to 
quarrel among themselves, yet they would not suffer Buona- 
foreign interference; and they made overtures for a h £!uf 
renewal of negotiations. Mr. Adams promptly met 
them, by appointing three envoys to Paris. They su dte- 
found the government in the hands of Napoleon s y r e a ?J* 
Buonaparte. With him they amicably adjusted all made, 
disputes. 

4. Washington calmly and peacefully expired at 
Mount Vernon, in the sixty-eighth year of his age. 

His history is that of his country, during the period 

of his public services. What may be said of many of Death of 
the worthies of the revolution, may be eminently said 
of him; in no instance has he rendered his country 
a more important service, than in leaving to her future 
sons, his great and good example. 

5. Suitable buildings having been erected, the seat 1800 
of government, agreeably to the law passed by con-* 
gress in 1790, was transferred from Philadelphia to govern- 
the city of Washington. A territory, ten miles square, 

in which it was to be permanently located, had been red to 
ceded to the general government, by the states of Vir- 
ginia and Maryland; and received the name of u the 


'2. Give some account of the X. Y. and Z. mission as it was 
ealled ? What was done in reference to the expected war ? 

3. Of what did the French government become convinced ? Who 
was at the head of the French government, and what was done? 

- 4. What interesting event is next relatod ? — 5. What trails 
fer was iunv made ? 




268 


party-spirit’ s worst day. 


pt. it. District of Columbia.” . . . Mississippi, and a part of 
FD L the northwest territory, called Indiana, were this year 
ch. m. made territories, with separate governments. 

1800 . 6 * The time had now arrived for electing a presi¬ 

dent. It was at this period, that the feuds and 
animosities of the federal and republican parties were 
at their greatest height. Mr. Adams had lost the peo- 
\ pie’s favour by one of those changes of popular senti¬ 
ment which public men often experience. He had sane* 
tioned two acts which were regarded as hostile to the 
constitution; u the Alien Law,” which authorised the 
president to order any alien, whom he should judge 
Sedition dangerous to the peace and liberty of the country to de- 
at fewl! en P art from the United States, on pain of imprisonment, 
and another, called the u Sedition Law,” which imposed 
a heavy tine, and imprisonment for years, upon such as 
should u write, print, utter, publish, &.c, any false, scan¬ 
dalous, and malicious writing against the government 
of the United States, or either house of congress of the 
United States, or the president, &c.” Under the sedi 
tion law, several persons were actually imprisoned. 

7. By the constitution, as it then existed, each elec¬ 
tor voted for two men, without designating which was 
to be president. He who was found to have the 
greatest number of votes, was to be president, and the 
second on the list, vice-president. The republican 

Je ^™ n electors, who had a very considerable majority over 
Burr, the federal, gave their votes, to a man, for Thomas 
Jefferson and Aaron Burr; intending that Jefferson 
should be president. They had thus an equal number 
of votes; and the election must, according to the 
constitution, be decided by the house of represen¬ 
tatives. 

8 . The federalists considered that they might jet 
defeat their opponents; and probably believing that 
they should find a grateful friend in Col. Burr, they 
determined, if possible, to raise him to the presidency 


6. What two unpopular law9 had been passed ? — 7. How 
did each elector then vote for president and vice-president 1 
How was the vote of the electors given ? — b. What did tin t** 
deral parly now think and do ? 




UNPARALLELED ADVANCE. 


269 


On counting the votes in the house, Mr. Jefferson and f’T. iv. 
Mr. Burr had each an equal number. Thirty-five times —— 
the voting went round, and the hour had nearly come, cu. \ii. 
when if a president had not been chosen, the govern- 
ment would have been destroyed. At length Jefferson 1 Are 
had a majority of one State. . . . The constitution was r ^ d * D 
afterwards amended, so that the same danger might and vice* 
never occur again. The conduct pursued by both 
parties in congress, on this occasion, manifests how 
little, party spirit cares for public good. 

9. A second census of the United States was com¬ 
pleted; giving a population of 5,319,762, an increase g cond 
of one million four hundred thousand in ten years. C eSIIs 
In the samd time, the exports increased from nine- 1M>0 
teen to ninety-four millions, and the revenue, from dec £ red 
4,771,000 to 12,945,000 dollars. This rapid advance ISO] 
in the career of prosperity, is unparalleled in the history 

of nations. 

10. In 1802, Ohio was admitted as an independent ]$o^> 
state into the Union. Much of the territory of this 
state was originally claimed by Virginia and Connecti- Ohio ad 
cut; and was ceded by them to the United States, at m,t t t jJ tc 
different times, after the year 1781. From this state, union, 
as a part of the N. W. territory, slavery was excluded. 

11. In 1802, the port of New Orleans was closed 
against the United States. Spain having ceded Louisi¬ 
ana to the French, the Spanish intendant announced Lo*j3i- 
that the citizens of the United States could no longer 

be permitted to deposit their merchandise and effects Spain u 
in the port of New Orleans. The western states ap- rance * 
prehended the ruin of their commerce; and great agi- 
tation was excited. The right of deposit was subse- western 
quently restored; but the alarm had shown, how •k 4 *** 
important was the possession of the waters of the 
Mississippi to the western states. 

8. What singular posi .ion of affairs now presented itself? How 
did it terminate ? What does this affair show with respect to 
party spirit ? — t>. In what year was the second census taken ? 
flow many inhabitants ? What increase of population in ten 
years? What of exports and revenue?—1<>. What account 
can you give of Ohio ? — 11. On what account were the western 
states alarmed and agitated ? Was the right ol deposit restored ? 

What had tills alarm shown. 





8T0 

P’T. IV. 


P’D. I. 
ch.iii. 

i8oa 

Lo* ■ 
na pur¬ 
chased 
of 

France. 


A REALM WON BY THE PUPSE. 

12. Negotiations were therefore set on foot, by 
which the United States purchased France, for the 
sum of fifteen millions of dollars, the whole territory 
of Louisiana. This acquisition nearly doubled the 
extent of'the Republic, adding the vast western sec¬ 
tion of the basin of the Mississippi, and giving the 
United States a boundary on the Pacific Ocean. 

12. What negotiations were set on foot? What purchase was 
made. For what consideration ? What may be said of this ac¬ 
quisition ? 


EXERCISES ON THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

What epoch marks the beginning of this period ? What 
is its date? Point out its place on the chronographer. 

Washington was inaugurated president April 30th, 1789. 
Point out the place of this date. Mr. Hamilton’s funding 
system in 1790 was the origin of the federal and republican 
parties. Point to the place of that year. The national 
bank was established in 1791, and the first census of the 
United States completed. Point out the place of this date. 

The defeat of Gen. St. Clair occurred in 1792. Locate 
this event. Kentucky was admitted into the Union in 1792. 
Washington was inaugurated the second time, in 1793. 
Point out the places of these events. Gen. Wayne totally 
defeated the Indians, August 20th, 1794. Jay’s treaty with 
Great Britain was signed by Washington the same year. 
Point out the place of the year. Washington published his 
Farewell Address in 1797. Point out the place of this date. 

John Adams was inaugurated president and Thomas Jef¬ 
ferson vice-president, March 4, 1797. Point to this year. 
Washington died Dec. 14th, 1799. Point out the place of 
this date. In 1801, Thomas Jefferson was made president, 
and Aaron Burr vice-president. Point to the place of this 
date. At what event does this period terminate ? What io 
its late ? Point out its place on the chronographer. 

I <et the teacher now select other dates, as before. 





WAR OF 1812, 1813, AND 1814. 271 


American Officers, mentioned in this 
work. 


Dearborn, 

Dudley, 

Gen. Hull, 

Croghan, 

M’Arthur, 

Pike, 

Cass, 

Chandler, 

Findlay, 

Winder, 

Miller, 

JACKSON. 

Brush, 

Floyd, 

Van Horne, 

Ripley, 

Gen. Van Rens- 

Bcerstler, 

- selaer, 

Johnson, 

Col. Van Rens¬ 

Wilkinson, 

selaer, 

Hampton, 

SCOTT, 

Boyd, 

Wool, 

Izard, 

Smyth, 

M’Clure, 

King, 

Brown, 

Hopkins, 

Holmes, 

Shelby, 

Towson, 

Russel, 

Porter, 

Campbell, 

Stricker, 

Harrison, 

Winchester, 

Clay, 

Smith, 

Strong. 

Naval 

Officers . 


Com. Hull, 

Portep 

Jones 

Decatuv 

Bainbridoe, 

Chauncei 

Perry, 


Lawrence, 

Allen, 

Burrows, 

Barney, 

Downes, 

Blakely, 

Macdonough. 


British Officers. 

Sir George Pre- 
vost, 

Brock, 

Tecumsek, 

Sheaffe, 

Proctor, 

St. Vincent 

Drummond, 

Riall, 

Ross, 

Brooke, 

Nicholls, 

Packenham, 

Gibbs, 

Kean. 


Naval Oficetr 

Dacres, 

Carden, 

Barclay, 

Warren, 

Cockburn, 

Beresford, 

Broke, 

Hardy, 

Cochrane 

Downie, 

Hiljlyar 

Tucker. 






MAP N? 10 


L.St. Fraud 


‘French* 

Millsi 


Champlain 

Chateaugay 


Prescott 


Ogdensburg /a 


Beekmantown 


Elizabeth T 


Havre de Grace 


Part of Z. St, 


'o \BALTIMORL 
gr= $ 
Fort « 

\ Me Henry jgA J 


W’l. Niagara 


Detroit 


•Lewiston 


Browns 


\lexan 

drii> 


•Schlosser 


a M+Ft. Malden 

fs&MAmherstbuig 
. -_ , 


rand 


Benedict®' 


Fort Eric 


.Tallade. 


lYork' 


■l. Mimsrf 


Ft. Stoddart+, 


JPensaco 


^La Prajirie 
Chambly*^ 


Cnicltasaws 

U gjs x { 

r i.~ hi #2? 


Ft. Armstrong 


HillabeetTs, 

i* \/ 

r.ccanchaca 

' 

' r \Colum 
se stv* bus 




Portsmouth 


} St. 
Marks 




NEW ORLEANS 


V® 












































Decatur firing *b- Philadelphia. 

PERIOD XL 


FROM 

THE PURCHASE | 1S03, | Of LOUISIANA, 

TO* 

THE CESSION |l8SO.| DP FLORIDA. 

CHAPTER I. 

War with Tripoli. Troubles with England and France. 

1. The Barbary Powers were nations of professed F’T.iv 
pirates. They took and made slaves of American citi- P , D> n ] 
zens, as they did those of other countries ; appropria- CH - *• 
ting vessels and their cargoes. If any nation would iso3* 
pay tliem annual tribute, they would not take that 
nation’s vessels. This was for several years done by 
the United States, as it had long been, by European pirati 
nations. At length the American republic determined 
to resist, and declared war against Tripoli. This 
war is memorable, as it laid the foundation of the 
American naval character, and discipline. Commodore 


Chapter I.—1. What were the Barbary Powers ? W *at dvd 
they with respect to the citizens and '.ossels of the Europea.i and 
American nations ? In what case would they desist from their 
piracy? What did the U. S. do ? Why i3 the Tripolitan war 
memorable ? 


* The treaty of cession. 


273 


13 












274 


TRIPOLITAN WAR ENDED- 


p’T. iv. Preble, who commanded the American fleet, sent in 
P’d7iF 1803 to the Mediterranean, was not only an able of- 
ch. x. ficer himself, but he possessed the talent of moulding 
others. 

1804 - 2. Lieut. Stephen Decatur, retook the frigate Phila¬ 

delphia from under the guns of the Tripolitan battery; 
set her on fire in the harbor, and escaped. This 
frigate, commanded by Capt. Bainbridge, was one of 
Preble’s squadron, and had adventured too far into the 
tur’s e*. harbor of Tripoli, and ignorant of the navigation had 
pkuU grounded. The officers and crew were made cap¬ 
tives, and with other Americans, were treated with 
every indignity. Their sufferings went to the hearts 
of their fellow citizens; and, as an expedient to oblige 
the bashaw of Tripoli to release them, the government 
authorised Capt. William Eaton to unite with Hamet, 
an expelled bashaw, to assist him to recover his for¬ 
mer station. 

1805. 3. Eaton was made general of Hamet’s forces, amount¬ 
ing to a few hundred Arabs. He marched from Egypt 
to Derne, where the American fleet co-operated with 
take* him. He assaulted and took Derne. The Tripolitans 
Derne * sent an army, which was defeated in two engage¬ 
ments. The bashaw then sued for peace; and Col. 
June 3. Lear, the American consul, negotiated with him a 
treaty, by which the American prisoners were set at 
Tripoli, liberty, sixty thousand dollars ransom-money being 
paid. Support was withdrawn from Hamet, but he re¬ 
covered his wife and children. 

4. In July, 1804, occurred the death of Gen. Alex- 
1804 ant ^ er H am dton. He died in a duel, fought with 
Hami?’ Aaron Burr, vice-president of the United States. Burr 
b^duet was c hallenger. Hamilton, not having the courage 
with 1 * * * * 6 to brave the opinion which would call him coward, 
***"' met his antagonist against his sense of right, and with¬ 
out desire or intention to injure him. By this lament* 


1. Who was the commander ? What can you say of him ? — 

£. What daring exploit was performed by Decatur? How came 

the Philadelphia stranded? Where were the captain and crew! 

What was William Eaton to do in this war?—3. Give an ac¬ 

count of his movements? On what terms was peace concluded I 

— Give an aceoant of the death of Hamilton, and its cause! 



FRENCH DECREES AND BRITISH ORDERS 


275 


able weakness of mind, America lost one of her most p>t.iv 
gifted sons. . . Mr. Jefferson received his second pre- p , D H 
sidential election; and such was his popularity, that cn. i.’ 
out of 176 votes, he received 162. George Clinton i$05 
of New York, was chosen vice-president. 

5. Col. Burr was a dark and subtle man. Neither 1807 
party had, any longer, confidence in him. He went to 

the west, and there set on foot some great scheme, 
which he was carrying on, when, becoming suspected 
of treasonable designs against the government, he was 
seized, and taken to Richmond for trial. It was sup- ire^on 
posed, that he intended to possess himself of the bank ab J ^ c { rv 
of New Orleans ; and that he was raising an army,with 
which he meant, either to subdue Mexico, or some 
other of the Spanish provinces. Sufficient evidence of 
his guilt not appearing on trial, he was acquitted. 

6. Although a neutral policy had been steadily 
maintained, the American nation was now made to 
suffer in her commerce, by the measures which Eng- *" to 
land took, on "he one hand, to humble France, by 1809 
keeping all neutrals from trading at her ports; and the Am.coo 
counter measures assumed, on the other hand, by the .™"c« 
emperor Napoleon, to keep all neutrals from the ports 
belonging to Great Britain. 

7. The u decrees” made by France, and the u or¬ 
ders in council” made by Great Britain, for these pur¬ 
poses, were unjust, and contrary to the law’s of nations. 

Mie United States were not in right obliged to abstain 
from trading to the French ports, because the sove¬ 
reign of Great Britain commanded it; nor to abstain E Ff.'“ d 
from trading to Great Britain, because it was so ordered ders 
by the French emperor. And when these two nations ecrt,e8, 
proceeded, which on both sides they did, to take, and 
condemn as prizes, American vessels for disobeying 
their unlawful decrees, they both committed acts of 

war upon our nation. 

8. The American government by its agents at the 
courts of Great Britain and France, remonstrated in 

5. What further account is given of Co!. Burr ? — 6. How did 
America now suffer in her commerce ?— T What may be said 
of the decrees and orders in council as r^ccrds the rignt of the 
tase * What did both nations with regard t- .'ze L . S. t 




276 


madison’s administration. 


P’T.iv. decided terms. As the shipping of the country was 
““ so much exposed to seizure, congress laid an embargo- 
ch* i.' This also deprived the nations, which had injured the 
ISOT American commerce, of the advantages of their trade. 
An em- But the measure was much disliked t>y many of the 
American people. 

9. There were other causes of complaint against 
the English. In the exercise of what they termed the 
right of search for British native horn subjects, their 
Pretend naval officers entered and searched American vessels 
of search! on the high seas; and repeatedly took, not only natu¬ 
ralized, but native American citizens. The Leopard, 
a British ship of war, attacked and overpowered an 
American frigate, the Chesapeake, but a few miles 
from the coast, and took from her four men. 

Outrage 10- The outrage upon the Chesapeake, which hap- 
U £hcsa P ene( l before the embargo was laid, was resented by the 
peake. whole nation. But the English government sent out 
Mr. Rose, who made such explanations as satisfied the 
1S09- federal party.... In 1809, Mr. Madison was inaugurated 
Madison president, and Mr. George Clinton of New York was 
dent, re-elected vice-president. . . In the meantime the em¬ 
bargo met with the most violent opposition throughout 
Non-in- the country. The government repealed it and subsii- 
Tubs"!- 6 tuted a law r , prohibiting all intercourse with Frar-c^ 
tuted. or Great Britain; with a proviso, that should either 
revoke her edicts, this non-intercourse law should 
cease to be enforced, as it regarded that nation. 

11. In April, a treaty was concluded with Mr. Ers- 
Mr. Er- kine, the British minister; which engaged on the part 
skme’s Q rea t; Britain, that the orders in council, so far as 
mentdis- they affected the United States, should be withdrawn, 
bylhe The British ministry refused their sanction, alledging 
luimstry. that their minister, whom they recalled, had exceeded 
his powers. His successor, Mr. Jackson, insinuated 

8. What course was taken by the Am. government? — 9. 
What other cause of complaint was against England? What 
was done by a British armed ship ? — 1(). What was the national 
feeling respecting this outrage? Who were made president 
and vice-president? In what year? What law was substituted 
for the embargo ?—11. What arrangement was made by Mr. 
Erskine ? What was done by the British ministry ? What was 
Mr. Jackson’s behaviour, and tho consequence? 




THE TWIN BBOT11KK8. 277 

hi a correspondence with the secretary of state, that p’t. iv 
the American government knew that Mr. Erskine was 
not authorized to make the arrangement. This accu- cn! i. 
sation was denied by the secretary, but repeated by Mr. 
Jackson. The president then declined further inter¬ 
course. 

12. In 1810, France repealed her decrees, and the ISIO. 
president issued a proclamation on the 2d of Novem- French 
oer, declaring, that all the restrictions imposed by the decrees 
non-intercourse law, should cease, in relation to France 

and her dependencies. 

13. The population of the United States, by the 

third census, taken in 1810, was 7,239,903_An en- JS1A 

counter took place off Cape Charles, between the Ame- Attack 
rican frigate President, commanded by Com. Rogers, 

and the British sloop of war, Little Belt, commanded dent, 
by Capt. Bingham. The attack was commenced by Br ^ ss ’ 
the Little Belt, but she was soon disabled. This was 
a token that war was at hand. 

14. The appearance of a hostile confederacy, had 
been discovered among the Indians on the western i n di*n, 
frontier. At its head, was the great chief Tecumseh, hoatJe - 
and his twin brother, Elskwatawa. Tecumseh, who 

was the master-spirit, took upon himself the depart- 
ments of war and eloquence, while Elskwatawa was Eiskwa 
to invest himself with the sacred and mysterious cha- tawa * 
racter of u Prophet.” Pretending to be favored with 
direct communications from the Great Spirit, he by 
tricks and austerities, gained belief. He then began ^ 
a species of drill, the object of which seems to ii a miS 
have been to discipline the Indians to obedience and b >' 
union. He ordered them to kill their dogs, and these tiou. 
faithful friends were instantly sacrificed. They must 
not, he said, permit their fires to go out; and at once 
the fire of every wigwam was watched as by vestals. 

15. While the Prophet thus manifested, that priest¬ 
craft, in its worst form, may inhabit the desert as well 


12. What was done by France ? What by the president ? — 
13. What was the population? Of what year? What encounter 
took place ? — 14. What two remarkable characters appeared 
Among the Indians ? (live an account of Tecumseh ? Of Elks- 
watawa ? 



■FHE SECRET MISSION. 


278 


r’T.iv. 


P’D. II. 

CH. I. 

Tecurn- 

aeh’s 

riews. 


Harrison 
at Tippe¬ 
canoe. 
Am *k. &. 
w. 180. 
Ind. 270. 


Am. 

losses. 


Prepara¬ 
tions for 
war. 


1812. 

Henry’s 

disclo¬ 

sure. 

1809. 

Secret 

misrim. 


as the city, Tecumseh was going from one Indian con¬ 
federacy to another, and, by his eloquence, inflaming 
their minds against the whites. He d»d not, like 
Philip, believe it possible to exterminate the entire 
white population, but he thought the combined Indian 
power, might suffice to set them their bounds. 

16. Gov. Harrison, of the Indiana territory, was di¬ 
rected to march against them with a military force. 
On the 7th of November, he met a number of the Pro¬ 
phet’s messengers at Tippecanoe, and a suspension of 
hostilities was agreed upon until the next day. Har¬ 
rison formed his men in order of battle; and they thus 
reposed upon their arms. Just before day, the faith¬ 
less savages rushed upon them. But the war-whoop 
was not unexpected. The Americans stood, repelled 
the shock, and repulsed the assailants. Tecumseh 
was at a distance, not having expected, that the whites 
would strike the first blow. 

17. The French decrees being annulled, commerce 
had begun with France, and nine hundred American 
vessels, richly laden, had been captured by the British 
since the year 1803. The president recommended to 
congress, that the United States should be placed in 
an attitude of defense. Provision was accordingly 
made to increase the regular army to 35,000 men, and 
to enlarge the navy. The president >vas authorized 
to borrow eleven millions of dollars, and the duties on 
.mported goods were doubled. 

18. Mr. Madison laid before congress documents, 
which proved that in 1809, the British government, by 
its agent, Sir James Craig, governor of Canada, had 
sent John Henry, as an emissary to the United States; 
to intrigue with the leading members of the federal 
party, and lead them, if possible, to form the eastern 
part of the union into a nation, or province, dependent 
on Great Britain. Henry proceeded through Vermont 


15. What was made manifest by the Indian prophet ? What 
was Tecumseh doing? What were his views ? — 16. Who was 
sent against the Indians ? Describe the battle of Tippecanoe ? — 
17. Ilow many of the American vessels had the British taken ? 
Since what year ? What measures were taken to prepare tor 
war ? — IB. What disclosure was made by the President I 




WAIt. 

*nd New Hampshire to Boston; but he returned with¬ 
out effecting, in any degree his purpose. 


CHAPTER II. 

War of 1812 .—Condition of the country.—Hull’s surrender. 

1. On the 18th of June, 1812, war with Great Britain 
was formally declared. In 1775, the Americans were 
comparatively a warlike people; they had now become 
enervated by a peace of nearly forty years. In 1808, 
the regular army consisted of only 3,000 men; but 
during that year, the government increased it to nine 
thousand. The act to raise an additional force was 
passed so short a time previous to the declaration of 
war, that not more than one-fourth of the number 
were enlisted at that time; and those were, of course, 
raw and undisciplined. 

2. The state of ;he revenue in 1812, was extremely 
unfavorable to the prosecution of an expensive war. 
Derived almost solely from duties on merchandise im¬ 
ported, it was abundant in a state of commercial pros¬ 
perity ; but in time of war and trouble, the aggressions 
of foreign powers, while they produced an increase of 
public expenditure, almost destroyed the means of de¬ 
fraying it. 

3. The condition of the navy was better than that 
of the army. The situation of the United States, as a 
maritime and commercial nation, had kept it provided 
with seamen. The recent contest with Tripoli, had 
given to the officers and men, some experience in war. 
But the navy was small. Ten frigates, ten sloops, and 
one hundred and sixty-five gun boats, was all the 
public naval force, which America could oppose to the 
thousand ships of Great Britain.... Henry Dearborn, a 


27b 


F’T.IV. 


P’D. II. 

CH. II. 

1812 


June 18. 
War de¬ 
clared. 


Military 
force ol 
theL.S. 
inade¬ 
quate. 


State of 
the re¬ 
venue 


The na¬ 
vy in a 
better 
condition 
than the 
army. 

General 
Dear¬ 
born, 
com¬ 
mander- 
in ehie£ 


Chapter II.— 1 . At what time was war declared ? What was 
the condition of the army ? — 2. What was that of the revenue 1 
— 3 . What that of the navy ? Who was made commander 1 






280 x HULL'8 INVASION'. 

P’T. iv. surviving officer of the revolution, was appointed 
p , D H " major-general and commander-in-chief of the Ameri- 
cii. ii. can army. 

1§12 The P^ an ^ ie cam P a ig n was formed at Wash¬ 
ington. It was intended to invade Canada, at Detroit 
and Niagara, and that the armies from these places 
should be joined, on the way, by the force stationed 
trm; of at Plattsburg, and all proceed to Montreal. The army 
north- destined for Detroit, was collected at Dayton, in Ohio, 
west, some time before the declaration of war. The forces 
consisted of three regiments of volunteers, command 
ed by Cols. M’Arthur, Cass, and Findlay, and 300 re¬ 
gulars under Col. Miller;—the whole under Gen. 
Hull, who had been, for some time, governor of the 
Michigan Territory. 

jne 30 . 5. Gen. Hull, moving slowly through an unculti- 

tiuii at vated region, reached the rapids of the Maumee, and 
J h . e dg on the first of July sent off his hospital stores, his 
sick, and part of his baggage, in a vessel to go by 
l trunk water to Detroit. This vessel, in which was his 
sxi eicss- trunk of private papers, containing accounts of the 
ce army, and plans of movement, was taken by the Bri¬ 
tish. Gen. Hull arrived at Detroit on the 5th, and on 
the 12th invaded Canada. At Sandwich he issued a 
bold and imposing proclamation, inviting the Canadians 
to join him. The British force, which it was expect¬ 
ed his army would attack, was at Fort Malden. He 
waited near it for artillery from Detroit. A detachment 
of the army took a bridge leading to the fort, but he 
would not suffer them to retain it. 

6 . As the British had the command of the waters, 
the road from Ohio, by which Hull expected a party 
\ »rne ’9 under Capt. Brush to bring provisions, was infested by 
g. Suy warriors whom their shipping landed on the American 
Tecum- side. Hull sent a detachment, under Van Horne, to 
* eh keep open the road. Tecumseh and his Indians lay 
in ambush, and killed thirty of his men, when the re* 
mainder fled to Detroit. 


'I. What was the plan of the campaign? Describe the army 
of the north-west ? — S. Describe Hull’s progress from Dayton 
to the vieinity of Malden ? — 6. What happened to die first part* 
went I'y Hull to escort Capt. Brush? 





SURRENDER OF DETROIT. 

7. On the 17tn, the important fortress of Mackinaw 
was taken, by a party of British and Indians, the small 
garrison being allowed the honors of war. The vic¬ 
torious party were now bearing down upon Hull. Nor 
was this all, Gen. Dearborn was drawn by the British, 
on pretence of treating for peace, into an armistice, in 
which Hull’s army was not included. This set free 
the whole British army of Canada to come against 
him, as nothing was to be feared from any other 
quarter. 

8 . Gen. Hull took counsel of his fears, and against 
the entreaties of' his officers, returned to Detroit. He 
sent immediately Col. Miller, with 600 men, to escort 
Capt. Brush. In the woods of Maguaga he routed, in 
a severe fight, Tecumseh and his Indians: and then 
returned to Detroit, Gen. Hull having learned that 

Capt. Brush had taken another route-Fifty persons, 

mostly the garrison of Chicago, were slain by a party 
of savages, as they were attempting to pass from that 
place to Detroit. 

9. On the 13th, Brock, the most able of the Bri¬ 
tish Generals, arrived at Malden, and took com¬ 
mand. On the 14tb, he moved the British forces to 
Sandwich, and the next day sent a summons to Hull 
to surrender; threatening him, that the Indians would 
be let loose upon Detroit, unless he did. On the morn¬ 
ing of the 16th, Brock crossed to Spring Wells, and 
moved towards Detroit. Gen. Hull drew up his men 
in order of battle; then, while they were eager for the 
fight, ordered them to retire to the fort. The indigna¬ 
tion of the army broke forth, and all subordination 
ceased. They crowded in, and without any order 
from the general, stacked their arms, some dashing 
them with violence upon the ground. Many of the 
soldiers wept, and even the women were angry at 
such apparent cowardice. 

7. What circumstances alarmed Gen. Hull?—8. What re- 
jograde movement did he make ? What second party send out ? 
What battle was fought ? What happened on the 15th of 
August? — 9. Who took command of the British army ? De¬ 
scribe the movements of Brock ? What was done by Hull ? 
What was the conduct of the army, when bid to retire to the 
fort f 


281 


P’T. IV 


P’D. IL 

CH. II. 

1812 

Circura 

stances 

which 

alarm 

HulL 


Aug. 8. 
Battle of 
Magua¬ 
ga- 

Am. loss 
80. 


Aug. J5. 
Brock 
ap- 

prc-Mites 
D uo&t. 


13 




282 


THE GOOD SHIP CONSTITUTION. 


P’T.IV. 


P’D. II. 

CH. II. 

1812 - 

Hull sur¬ 
renders 
his army 
Am. loss, 
prisoners 
800. 


Aug. 19. 
Naval 
victory. 
Br. loss, 
k. 65, w. 
S3. Am. 
loss, k. 
7, w. 7. 


8ept. 7. 


10. Hull, perceiving that he had no longer any au 
thority, and believing that the Indians were ready to 
fall upon the inhabitants, was anxious to put the place 
under the protection of the British. A white flag was 
hung out upon the walls of the fort. Two British 
officers rode up, and a capitulation was concluded by 
Hull with the most unbecoming haste. His officers 
were not consulted, and every thing was left at the 
mercy of the British general. . . . Gen. Hull was soon 
after exchanged, and brought to trial. He was sen¬ 
tenced to death, for cowardice and unofficer-like con¬ 
duct, but pardoned by the president, as he had, in his 
youth, been a brave revolutionary officer. 


CHAPTER III 

Naval successes. 

1. Three days after the disgraceful surrender of 
Detroit occurred off the Grand Bank of Newfound¬ 
land, the capture of the British frigate Guerriere, under 
the command of Capt. Dacres, by the American frigate 
Constitution, commanded by Capt. Hull. Capt. Dacres 
had challenged any American vessel of her class, and 
in various ways, manifested his contempt of w the 
Yankees.” In thirty minutes after the first broadside 
of the Constitution, the Guerriere had her masts and 
rigging shot away, and her hulk so injured, that she 

was in danger of sinking_Capt. Porter, of the United 

States frigate Essex, captured, near the same place, the 
British sloop of war Alert, after an action of only 
eight minutes. 

2. On the 13th of October, the army stationed ut 
Lewiston, under Gen. Van Rensselaer, mostly com* 

10. What was then done ? What was the manner of the sur 
render? What sentence was passed against Hull? Was it 
executed ? 

Chapter III.—1. What important naval victory happened 
about the time of Hull’s surrender ? What was the loss on both 
sides ? Wlmt other naval victory occurred ? 





freemen’s meeting in camp. 


283 


posed of New York militia, made an unfortunate and 
unsuccessful attempt to invade Canada. A part of the 
army crossed, and a battle was fought at Queenstown. 
During the battle, Gen. Brock was killed, by a party 
headed by Capt. Wool. But Gen. SheafTe coming up 
with 1,000 British and Indians, while the militia on 
the American shore refused to cross, the republican 
troops on the Canada side were obliged to surrender. 

3. Gen. Smyth succeeded Gen. Van Rensselaer, and 
late in the season, made another abortive attempt to 
cross an army into Canada. Capt. King, with a party, 
had prepared the way, by gallantly storming a battery 
opposite Black Rock; but the army did not follow 
him, and he was made prisoner. 

4. Ohio and Kentucky, had aroused at the call of 
Hull for assistance; and an army, on its march for De¬ 
troit, was in the southern part of Ohio, when the news 
met them, of the surrender of that post. This rather 
stimulated than repressed the ardor of the patriotic inha¬ 
bitants of the west. Kentucky put on foot 7,000 volun¬ 
teers, Ohio nearly half that number. Congress ap¬ 
pointed Gen. Harrison to the command of these forces. 

5. The Indians of the north-west had murdered 
twenty-one persons at the mouth of White river; and 
had committed other atrocities. For the defense of 
the Indiana and Illinois territories, a large number of 
mounted volunteers was collected, by Gov. Shelby of 
Kentucky. Under Gen. Hopkins, they attempted an 
expedition against the Kickapoo and Peoria towns; but 
being gentlemen volunteers, and feeling on an equality 
with their general, they, after several days march, put 
it to the vote of the army, whether they would proceed 
further; and a majority of the troops being against it, 
they turned about, and, to the grief of the general, 
went home. This affair brought the employment and 
paying of volunteers into disrepute. 


< l. Describe the affair of Queenstown? — 3. What account 
/an you give of Gen. Smyth’s attempt ? — 4. What troops had 
been raised in the west? Who appointed to the command? — 
5. What had been done by the Indians ? Describe the expedi 
lion agabiet them, headed by Gen. Hopkins? 


P’T. IV. 
P’D. ri. 

CH. HI. 

Oct. 13. 
Queens¬ 
town. 
Am. low 
k. 6 C, w 
100. Pri 
soners 
700. 


1812 . 


Voluu 
teers o! 
the wrest. 


Hopkins 
unsuc¬ 
cessful 
expedi¬ 
tion 
xgainst 
the In¬ 
dian 
*own». 



284 UNFORTUNATE EFFECTH OF PARTY SPIRIT. 


P’T. IV. 


P’D. II. 

CH. III. 

Oct. 18. 
Whole 
crew of 
Frolic 
120, loss 
100 . 

Oct. 25. 
Br. loss 
104. 

Am. 13. 

Dec. 29. 
Br. loss, 
k. 60. 

w. 101. 


State of 
party 
leeling. 


Question 
of state 
rights. 


Mr. Ma¬ 
dison’s 
majority 
in- 

tireauJ. 


6. Gen. Hopkins, at the head of another party,—and 
after him Cols. Russel and Campbell, made predatory 
incursions into the Indian towns. They put the savages 
in fear, and protected the white inhabitants. . Capt. 
Jones, in the American sloop of war Wasp, captured, 
after a bloody engagement, a British warlike vessel, 
the Frolic. Two hours after the battle, a British seven* 
ty-four took Capt. Jones and his prize... Com. Decatur, 
in the frigate United States, defeated and made prize of 

the British frigate Macedonian, Capt. Carden-The 

fortunate frigate Constitution, commanded by Com. 
Bainbridge, captured, off the coast of Brazil, the British 
frigate Java. Besides these public successes, the Ame¬ 
rican privateers took 250 British vessels, and 3,000 
prisoners. 

7. The warmth of party feeling had not abated. The 
enemies of the administration declared, that the ill- 
success of the war was owing to their inefficiency; 
while its friends attributed the failure, to the interfe¬ 
rence of the opposite party. Both were right in a de¬ 
gree; as the government, unused to war, had doubt¬ 
less failed of making judicious and seasonable provi¬ 
sions. But all its difficulties were increased, by an 
ungenerous, and almost treasonable opposition. 

8. The most alarming opposition was not, however, 
that arising from mere individual clamor. The states 
of Massachusetts and Connecticut had refused their 
militia, to the call of the general government. They 
alleged that the state governments ought to determine 
when the exigencies of the nation require the services 
of their militia. They also decided, that it was un¬ 
constitutional for the president to delegate his power 
to any officer, not of the militia, and who was not 
chosen by the respective states. It was probably 
owing to the disapprobation, with which the great body 
of the people viewed these opinions and measures ol 
the opposition, that the result of the election of pre 

6. What officers made successful incursions ? What naval 
victory occurred Oct. 18th? What on the 25th of Oct. ? — 7 . 
What was the state of party feeling ? — 8. What alarming symp¬ 
toms of rebellion occurred in New England ? What effect ha«J 
the proceedings of the opposition on the election ? 




madisdn’s second term. 


285 


sident was not 'only favorable to Mr. Madison, but 
showed a diminution of the federal, and an increase 
of the republican party. 

9. Congress passed acts authorizing the construction 
of four large ships of war, for the increase of the navy 
on the lakes, and for increasing the bounty given to re¬ 
cruits, and enlarging the regular army. The previous 
law authorizing the employment of volunteers, as they 
had been found insubordinate, was repealed. To pro¬ 
vide for the revenue, they authorized a loan of sixteen 
millions of dollars; an I gave power to the president 
to issue treasury notes tD the amount of five millions. 
Mr. Madison received his second inauguration on the 
4th of March, and Elbridge Gerry was at the same 
time made vice-president. 


r’T.iv 


P’D. II. 

CH. IV. 

ISIS. 


Concreti 
make 
laws to 
carry on 
the war. 


CHAPTER IV. 

Campaign of 1813.—Massacre of Frenchtown. 

1. The head-quarters of Gen. Harrison were, at this 
time, at Franklinton, in Ohio. Gen. Winchester had Harmo* 
been detached to proceed in advance of the main army, h? s Tmy, 
Hearing that a party of the British were stationed at 
Frenchtown, he attacked and dispersed them. But 
on the morning of the 22d, he was surprised and as- 
saulted by the combined force of British and Indians, Massa- 
under the command of Col. Proctor. Gen. Winchester F c r r e c n ?h- 
was taken; and being terrified with Proctor’s threat town, 
of an Indian massacre, he presumed, though a pn- 
soner, to send a command to the troops still fighting 
to surrender; Proctor having promised them, in that u. 24 , w. 
case, protection. They laid down their arms, and the 1581 


9. What laws did congress make to carry on the war ? Who 
was made president and vice-president ? 

Chapter IV. — 1. Where was Gen. Harrison with the western 
trmv ? Whom did he detach ? What account can-you give of 
the aiwcking scene Frenchtov n ? 








286 


FLOTILLA ON LAKE ONTARIO. 


P’T. iv. scenes of Fort William Henry were reacted. Proctor 
P , D n abandoned them, now unarmed and defenseless, to the 
ch. iv. savages. Five hundred were slain. They were mostly 
AS13‘ v °l unteers from respectable families in Kentucky. 

2. Gen. Harrison removed his army to Fort Meigs. 
Proctor here besieged him with a combined force of 
British and Indians. Gen. Clay, with 1100 Ken- 

Fort ' tuckians coming to his assistance, a plan was laid to 
attack the army of Proctor with the combined forces 
defeat, of Harrison and Clay. A party headed by Col. Dud¬ 
ley, fell into an ambuscade, and were slaughtered by 
Tecumseh and his Indians. But Proctor was defeated, 
and obliged to raise the seige. 

3. The Indians, as success failed, began to desert 
Aa j their allies. But Tecumseh was faithful. The Five 

Ft.ste- Nations now declared war against the Canadas_With 

phenson. ^qq mei ^ p r0 ctor attacked Fort Stephenson on the 

Sandusky river. Major Croghan, a youth of twenty- 
one, defended the fort with 160 men, and repulsed 
Proctor with the loss of 150. 

4. On the 22d of February, the British attacked 
BrNSe Ogdensburg with 500 men. The Americans, inferior 
Ogdens- j n numbers, retired and abandoned their artillery and 

Qrs ‘ stores to the British. Two schooners, two gunboats, 
April together with the barracks, were committed to the 
a flotiiia flames. ... On Lake Ontario, Commodore Chauncey, 
OntS? had by great exertions, made ready a flotilla, to aid in 
the operations of the coming campaign. 

5. The first important service of the flotilla, was 
April 27. that of transporting the army of Gen. Dearborn, from 

York. Sackett’s Harbor to York, the capital of Upper Canada, 
^k. 90 , s Gen. Pike, by wdiose advice the descent was made, 
w -|w, defeated Gen. Sheaffe at the landing, in a severe con- 
p ‘ ’ test. In the moment of victory, this excellent officer, 
with 100 Americans and 40 English, was killed by 

2. Give a further account of the military operations near Lake 
Erie ? —3. What was now done among the Indians ? Give an 
account of the affair at Fort Stephenson? — 4. Of the invasion of 
Ogdensburg. Who commanded the American marine on Lake 
Ontario ? What, had he done ? — 5. What was the first important 
service of the flotilla ? Give an account of the battle at the land¬ 
ing. Of the subsequent disaster. Of the further movements of 
the Americans, 



perky’s victory. 


287 


the blowing up of a magazine. The Americans took 
possession of the town. After three days they re¬ 
crossed the lake to Sackett’s Harbor, where they left 
their wounded. 

6 . On the 27th Gen. Dearborn re-embarked his army 
and proceeded to attack Fort George. After fighting 
for its defense, the British commander, Col. St. Vincent, 
spiked his guns, and abandoned the fort. The Ame¬ 
ricans took possession of Fort Erie, that having 
also been evacuated by the British. Col. St. Vincent 
had retired, with his army, to Burlington Heights, 
near the head of Lake Ontario. To pursue him, Gen. 
Dearborn detached Gens. Chandler and Winder. Col. 
St. Vincent, at dead of night, stole upon them and at¬ 
tacked the camp. In the confusion and carnage which 
ensued, Chandler and Winder were both made pri¬ 
soners. The Americans, however, maintained their 
post, and forced the enemy to retire... Col. Boerstler 
being sent against a British force at the Beaver Dams, 
which proved much larger than his own, surrendered 
his detachment. 

7. The American fleet, now formed on Lake Erie, 
was commanded by Com. Perry. It consisted of the 
Niagara and Lawrence, each of twenty-five guns, and 
several smaller vessels, carrying two guns each. The 
enemy’s fleet, of equal force, was commanded by Com, 
Barclay, a veteran officer. Perry, at 12 o’clock, made 
an attack. The flag-ship became disabled. Perry em¬ 
barked in an open boat, and amidst a shower of bul¬ 
lets, carried the ensign of command on board an¬ 
other, and once more bore down upon the enemy 
with the remainder of his fleet. At four o’clock, the 
whole British squadron, consisting of six vessels, car¬ 
rying in all sixty-three guns, surrendered to the 
Americans. 

8 . This success on lake Erie, opened a passage to 
the territory which had been surrendered by Hull; and 
Gen. Harrison lost no time in transferring the war 

G. Give an account of the military movements at Fort Erie f 
Of the affair at Stony Creek ? What was done at Beaver Dams* 
What loss in prisoners ? — T. Describe the battle on Lake Erie. 
-'8. What good effect immediately followed this victory ? 


P’T.IY. 
P’D, II. 

CH. IV. 

1813 . 

May 27. 

Fort 
George. 
Br. Iom 
k. & w. 

300. 
Am. 62. 


Affair o1 
Stony c. 


Beaver 
Dams. 
Am. lose 
pris. 570. 


Sept. 10. 
Perry’s 
victory. 


Sept. 23. 
Harrison 
takes 
posses¬ 
sion of 
Malden 
and 

Detroit 




288 


DEATH OF TECUMSEH. 


P’T. iv. thither. On the 23d of September, he landed h, 
P , D jj troops near Fort Malden, but Proctor, despite the 
ch. iv. spirited remonstrance of Tecumseh, an abler man than 
1S13. and now a general in the British army, had 

evacuated Malden, burnt the fort and store-houses, 
and retreated before his enemy. The Americans, 
on the 29th, went in pursuit, entered, and repossessed 
Detroit. 

9. Proctor had retired to the Moravian village on 
Oct. 5. the Thames, about eighty miles from that place. His 
of the army of 2,000, was more than half Indians. Harrison 

X BrS* overto °k him on the 5th of October. The British 
pris! 600 . army, although inferior in numbers, had the advantage 
of choosing their ground. Gen. Harrison gained much 
Am. low, reputation for his arrangements, especially as he 
50 ‘ changed them with judgment, as circumstances changed 
on the field of battle. Col. Johnson, with his mounted 
Kentuckians, was opposed to Tecumseh and his In- 
Death of dians. In the heat of the battle the chief fell, bravely 
T «eh™~ %hting. His warriors fled. Proctor, dismayed, meanly 
deserted his army, and fled with two hundred dragoons. 

10. The Indian confederacy, in which were still 
3,000 warriors, had lost with Tecumseh their bond of 
union; and the Ottawas, Chippewas, Miamis, and 
Pottawattamies, now sent deputies to Gen. Harrison, 
and made treaties of alliance. 

11. In the early part of this year, the bays of Chesa¬ 
peake and Delaware were declared by the British go- 

Havrede vernment to he in a state of blockade. To enforce 
Grice, 6 this edict, fleets were sent over under Admirals War- 
ren, Cockburn, and Beresford. Admiral Cockbum 
graceful made his name odious by his disgraceful behaviour in 
ofBrltish the Chesapeake. He took possession of several small 
marine*, islands in the bay, and from these made descents upon 
the neighboring shores. Frenchtown, Havre de Grace, 
Fredericktown, Hampton and Georgetown, were suc¬ 
cessively the scenes of a warfare, of which savages 


8. What movement was made by Proctor ? By the Ameri¬ 
cans?— 9. What account can you give of the battle of the 
Thames? — lO. Did the death of Tecumseh produce conse- 

a uences of importance ? — 11. What happened in the vicinity oi 
ie Chesapeake, 




INEFFICIENCY. 


28y 


would have been ashamed; and which did much to 
hurt the cause of the British, by incensing the Ameri¬ 
cans, more and more, against them. 


CHAPTER V. 

Northern army.—Loss of the Chesapeake.—Creek War 

1. Ox Lake Ontario, Com. Chauncey, encountered 
a fleet of seven sail, bound for Kingston, with troops and 
provisions. Five of the vessels he captured. . . . The 
general plan of the American government was still to 
take Montreal. An army was at Sackett’s Harbor, 
partly composed of the troops from Fort George, of 
which Gen. Wilkinson took the command. This army 
was embarked to proceed down the St. Lawrence; and 
was to be joined by the army from Plattsburg, com¬ 
manded by Gen. Wade Hampton. 

2. A detachment of this army landed under Gen. 
Boyd, and engaged a party of the British at Williams¬ 
burg, and was defeated. Gen. Wilkinson here was 
informed, that Gen. Hampton would not join him; and 
he went into winter-quarters at French Mills.... Gen. 
Hampton, in attempting to move towards Montreal, 
had found some opposition from the British troops, 
and he returned to Plattsburg for the winter. He was 
soon succeeded in command, by Gen. Izard. 

3. * Sir George Prevost, no longer fearing an attack 
on Montreal, sent Generals St. Vincent and Drum¬ 
mond to recover the forts on the Niagara. Gen. 
M’Clure, the American commander at Fort George, 
having too small a force to maintain his post, with¬ 
drew his troops, but burnt as he retreated, the British 

Chapter V.—1. What was done by Com. Chauncey? What 
was still the plan of the Americans? What movements were 
made, and by whom? — 2. What happened at Williamsburg? 
What was the loss ? What further account can you give of Gen. 
Wilkinson? What of Gen, Hampton? — 3. What was now 
tk’fte on die Niagara frontier? 


P’T.IV. 

f’D IL 
cn. v. 


181 & 


Oct. 5. 
Br. Fleetf 
com¬ 
manded 
by Sir 
Jas. Yeo 


Wil¬ 
liams¬ 
burg. 
Am. loss. 

m 

Br. 180. 


Ne-vrark 

Buffalo, 

and 

Black 

Rock 

burned. 




290 


don’t give up the ship.” 


P’T.IV. 


P’D. II. 
ch. v 

ISIS 


Br. Ion 
40, Am 5. 


Shannon 
and 
Chesa¬ 
peake. 
Ain. loss, 
k. 70, w. 
63. 

Br. half 
the num¬ 
ber. 

June 1. 


Aug. 14. 
Am. loss 
40, Br. 8. 


Sept. 4. 


Creeks 
stirred 
up by 
Te»?um- 
sch. 


Mnssa- 
tre at Ft. 
AIims.273 
slaugh 
fcered. 


village of Newark. The American government dis¬ 
owned the act; but the British retaliated, by burning 
the villages of Buffalo and Black Rock. 

4. Naval Affairs. —Another naval victory, the 
sixth in succession, now did honour to the sea-service. 
Capt. Lawrence, in the Hornet, defeated on the 23d 
of Feb., the British sloop of war Peacock, after an 

action of only fifteen minutes.Lawrence was 

promoted to the command of the frigate Chesapeake. 
She was lying in the harbor of Boston, ill-fitted for 
sea. Her crew were in a state of dissatisfaction from 
not having had their pay. The British, mortified at 
their naval defeats, had prepared the frigate Shannon, 
with a picked crew of officers and seamen. Capt. 
Broke, the commander, sent a challenge to Lawrence, 
which he injudiciously accepted. The frigates met. 
In a few minutes every officer, and about half the men 
of the Chesapeake, were killed or bleeding and disabled. 
Lawrence mortally wounded, and delirious, continually 
raved, u Don’t give up the ship.” The British boarded 
her, and they, not the Americans, lowered her colours. 

5. Another naval disaster followed. The United 
States sloop of war Argus, commanded by Lieut. Allen, 
was captured, in St. George’s channel, by the British 
sloop of war Pelican; AllUn, mortally wounded, died 
in England.... The Americans were again successful in 
an encounter between the brig Enterprize, commanded 
by Lieut. Burrows, and the British brig Boxer. Bur¬ 
rows was mortally wounded. 

6 . Creek War. —The Creek Indians had become 
in a degree civilized by the efforts of the government, 
and those of benevolent individuals. Tecumseh went 
among them, and by his feeling of the wrongs of his 
race, infused by his eloquence into their minds, he 
wrought them to a determination of war and vengeance. 

7. Without declaring war, they committed such acts 
of violence, that the white families were put in fear 
and fled to the forts for shelter. At noon day, Foil 

4 . Give an account of Capt. Lawrence’s victory ? Ofhisde 
feat and death? — 5. In what other case were the Americans 
unsuccessful ? What victory was achieved ? — 6. What wars the 
slate of the Creeks? How were their minds excited 1 






JACKSON AMONG THE CREEKS. 

Mims was suddenly surrounded by the Creek warriors. 
They mastered the garrison, set fire to the fort, and 
butchered helpless babes and women, as well as men 
in arms. Out of three hundred persons, but seven¬ 
teen escaped to tell the tale. 

8 . What, in such a case, could the American go¬ 
vernment do, but to defend its own population, by 
such means as alone have been found effectual, with 
this terrible foe? Gen. Jackson, probably the most 
efficient commander ever engaged in Indian warfare, 
went among them, at the head of 2,500 Tennesseeans. 
Gen. Floyd, the governor of Georgia, headed about 
1,000 Georgia militia. They laid waste the Indian 
villages; they fought with them bloody battles, at 
Talledega, at Autosse, and at Eccannachaca. 

9. Finally, at the bend of the Tallapoosa, was fought 
the last fatal field of the Creeks; in which they lost 
600 of their bravest warrriors. Then, to save the re¬ 
sidue of their wasted.nation, they sued for peace; and 
a treaty was accordingly made with them. But while 
it remains with the Indian nations an allowed custom, 
to make war without declaring it, treaties with them* 
are of no permanent value. 


CHAPTER VI. 

The Niagara Frontier —Battles of Chippewa and Bridgewater. 

1. Various proposals to treat for peace having been 
made since the commencement of the war, the Ameri¬ 
can government sent Messrs. Adams, Gallatin, and 
Bayard, in the month of August, to Ghent, the place 
of meeting previously agreed on. They were there 


7. Give an account of the massacre at Fort Mims? — 8. Who 
went against the Creeks? At what places were they defeated ? 
9. Where was the final battle ? What then occurred ? 

Chapter VI.—1. What persons were sent to treat for peace 
mi ea«li side ? To what place ? 


291 


P’T. IV. 


P’D. II, 

CB. VI. 

1813. 


Jack so* 
and 
Floyd 
make 
havoc of 
the 

Creeks 


Topoke- 
ka, the 
last bat¬ 
tle held 


Commis¬ 
sioners ts 
treat fa. 
peace 
meet at 
Ghent. 






292 Wellington’s veterans sent over. 

p’T. iv. met by Lord Gambier, Henry Golbourn, and William 
p, D n Adams, commissioners on the part of Great Britain. 
ch. vi. On that of America, Henry Clay, and Jonathan Russell, 
were afterwards added to the delegation. 

2. Congress met in extra session, and with theffim- 
May24 ' ness of the days of the revolution, taxed the people, 

re gardless of the popular clamor, for the necessary 
expenditures of their government. They also author¬ 
ized a loan. At the regular session, congress, desirous 
of an efficient army, gave by law, 124 dollars to each 
recruit. 

3. Campaign of 1814.—Gen. Wilkinson, having 
* received orders from the secretary of war, detached 

Feb. 2 i. Gen. Brown, with 2,000 troops, to the Niagara fron- 
ucoiie f ^ er > an( l then retired to Plattsburg. The British had 
fortified themselves at La Colie Mill, near the river 
Sorel. Gen. Wilkinson advanced, and made an attack. 
A sortie from the building ended in his repulse. The 
general was censured by the public -, and tried by a 
court martial, but nominally acquitted. 

Feb. 21. 4 . Capt. Holmes, who was sent from Detroit, fell in 

Hohnes unex P ecte( Uy with 300 of the enemy. With but 180 
men he fought them, stood his ground, and killed 69 
of their number. 

14 ooo of After the fall of Napoleon, a formidable army of 
Welling- fourteen thousand men, who had fought under the Duke 
veteran Wellington, were embarked at Bordeaux for Canada; 
troops and, at the same time, a strong naval force, with an 
JUJJ adequate number of troops, was directed against the 
maritime frontier of the United States, to maintain a 
strict blockade, and ravage the whole coast from Maine 
to Georgia. 

6. In June, Gen. Brown marched his army from 
Gen. Sackett’s Harbor to Buffalo, expecting to invade Ca- 
*takes na( la. Here were added to his army, Towson’s artil- 
Ft. Erie, lery, and a corps of volunteers, commanded by Gen 


2. What was done by congress in their extra session ? In the 
regular session?—3. What was done by Gen. Wilkinson? 
What happened at La Colle ? — 4. What was done by Captain 
Holmes? — 5. What threatening measures were now taken by 
the British ? — G. What movements were made by Gen. Brown 1 
What addition was made to his army ? 





CHIPPEWA. 


293 


Porter, making, in the whole, about 3,500 men. On P ’ T -W 
the 2d and 3d of July, they crossed the Niagara, and fd. ii. 
invested Fort Erie, where the garrison, amounting to CH - YI * 
100 men, surrendered without resistance. A British jg 
army, of the supposed invincibles, and commanded 
by Gen. Riall, occupied a position at the mouth of 
the Chippewa. 

7. The two armies met at the battle of Chippewa, j u i> v. 
in fair and open fight. The republican soldiers, chirgj- 
headed by the able officers that had now come for- loss’ sr?, 
ward, defeated, with inferior numbers, the veterans' 4 " 1 '** 6 7 8 
who had fought with Wellington. Soon after the bat¬ 
tle, Gen. Riall fell back to Fort George, where in a few 

days he was joined by Gen. Drummond, when his 
army amounted to 5,000 men. 

8 . Gen. Brown being encamped at Chippewa, or¬ 
dered Gen. Scott, with a brigade, and Towson’s artil 
lery, to make a movement on the Queenstown road, 
to take off the attention of the British from his stores 

on the American side, which, he had heard, they threat- 4. 
ened. Instead of this, Gen. Riall was moving towards Gen. 
the Americans with his whole force. Gen. Scott passed 
the grand cataract, and then became apprized of the mentana 
enemy’s presence and force. Transmitting an account 
to Gen. Brown, he instantly marched on, and fear¬ 
lessly attacked. 

9. His detachment maintained the fight for more 

than an hour, against a force seven times their num- 
ber: and it became dark before the main army of the 
Americans, under Gen. Brown, came up. Gen. Ripley G «is. 
then perceiving how fatal to Scott’s brigade was a RjpJj 
British battery of nine pieces of artillery, said to Col. Drum- 
Miller, “ Will you take yonder battery ?” “ I’ll try,” 

said Miller; and at the head of the 21st regiment, he 
calmly marched up to the mouth of the blazing can¬ 
non, and took them. 

6. What was the position and strength of the British army ? 

7, What account can you give of the battle of Chippewa f 
What was now the amount of the force under Gen. Riall? 

8. Describe the commencement of the remarkable battle of 
Bridgewater? — 9. What was done by Scott’s detachment? 

When joined by the main army ? What was done by Ripley 
and Miller ? 




m 


OR1DUE WATER. 



10 . The eminence on which they were planted, was 
the key of the British position; and Gen. Ripley fol¬ 
lowing with his regiment, it was kept, notwithstand- 

onivcry! * n g the enemy, by the uncertain light of the waning 
moon, charged with the bayonet, till they were four 
times repulsed. About midnight, they ceased to con- 
Bntish tend. The roar of the cataract alone was heard, as they 
&m. ret ired, and left their position and artillery to the Ame- 
86 o,u ricans. Gens. Brown and Scott were both wounded; 
*crek. s and the command after the battle, devolved on Gen. 
56 w ' Ripley. He found no means of removing the artillery 
from the field. The British learning this, immediately 
re-occupied the ground, and hence, in writing to their 
government, they claimed the victory. 

11. The American army, now reduced to 1,600, re* 


10. Was Miller’s taking the battery important to the success 
Of the Americans ? What happened at midnight ? What was 
the loss cm bcuk sides ? 











SORTIE FROM FORT ERIE. 295 

tired to Fort Erie, and there entrenched themselves. p 5 t. iv. 
The enemy, to the number of 5,000, followed and be- P , D IL ' 
sieged them. They made an attempt to take the fort ch. n. 
by storm, but were repulsed by the Americans. Col. 1814. 
Drummond had partially succeeded, and was in the Aug. 15 . 
act of denying mercy to the conquered, who asked for atEriV 
quarter, when a barrel of powder beneath him became 
ignited, and he and they were blown together into the A.m. k 
air. 

12. Gen. Brown, observing that a portion of the 
British army was divided from the rest, ordered a sortie sortie, 
from the fort; which was one of the best conducted B f•uJjp 1 
operations of the war. Gen. Porter here distinguished wounded 
himself, as did many others. But the loss was heavy k “ d JS. 
for the wasting army of the Americans, and the coun- ^ner», 
try became anxious for the fate of those whose valor a’™. k. 
had shown the foe, that when once inured to war, an ^J y - 
there are no better officers or soldiers, than those of 
the American Republic. Gen. Izard had, on this ac¬ 
count, been sent from Plattsburg; and now, with 5,000 
troops, he joined Gen. Brown. The British, after this, 
retired to their entrenchments behind Chippewa. 


CHAPTER VII. 

Washington taken by the British.- Baltimore threatened. 

I . The British fleet in the Chesapeake was aug- A gJ; h 1 . 7 
mented by the arrival of Admiral Cochrane, who had 
been sent out with a large land force, commanded by Ar J"J 
Gen. Ross ; in pursuance of the resolution which had 
been taken by the British government, u to destroy and 

II. What was the condition of the American army after the 
battle ? What the strength of the British? What was done by 
each ? What loss occurred ? — 12. Describe the sortie fromFort 
Erie ? What was the loss ? What feeling had the country now 
respecting this army ? What had the army shown ? Who joined 
Gen. Brown? With what force? 

Chapter VII.—1 What barbarous resolution had been taken 
by the British government? 






WASHINGTON TAKFN. 


29G 

?>t. iv. lay waste such towns and districts upon the coast, as 
might be found assailable.” It was on the 19th, that 
CH. VII. Gen. Ross landed at Benedict with 5,000 infantry, and 
A ^ began his march to Washington, distant twenty-seven 
'fig * miles, keeping along the right bank of the Patuxent. 
Barney’s At Pig Point, was stationed an American flotilla, com- 
flotilla, manded by Com. Barney. He blew up the boats, and 
retired with his men. 

2. The enemy’s approach to Washington was by 
Aug. 24 . the Bladensburg road. Here he was met by Gen. 
Bladen*- Stansbury, with the militia from Baltimore; by Com. 
Am^ioss, Barney’s brave marines, and finally, by the small army 
Br 8 % im ^ er G en * Winder, to which had been assigned the 

defense of the capital. The British were victorious. 

3. Gen. Ross entered Washington at eight in the 
evening. His troops burnt, not only the capitol, which 

A 25 . was * n an unfinished state, but its extensive library, 
Gen. records, and other collections; appertaining not to war, 
t the but to peace and civilization. The public offices and 
capital, the president’s house were wantonly sacrificed, to¬ 
gether with many private dwellings. This barbarous 
usage irritated, as it insulted the American nation, and 
made the war popular with all parties. 

4. Admiral Cochrane, having received on board his 
fleet the elated conquerors, the combined land and 

Tluf’Br sea f° rces mov<2 d on to the attack of Baltimore. As- 
threaten’ cending the Chesapeake, they appeared at the mouth 
mole^ the Patapsco, fourteen miles from that city. Gen. 
Ross, with his army, amounting to about 5,000, de¬ 
barked at North Point, and commenced his march 
towards the city. 

5. Gen. Smith, commanded the defenders. He dis- 
8e Jkir- 2 patched 2,000 men, under Gen. Strieker, who advanced 

mish. to meet the enemy. A skirmish ensued, in which 
“Gen. Ross was killed. Col. Brooke, having the in¬ 
structions of Gen. Ross, continued to move forward. 
The Americans gave way, and Gen. Strieker retired to 


1. What sea and land forces had been sent out ? — 2. What 
opposition did Gen. Ross meet? What was the loss in the battle 
of Bladensburg ? — 3. When did the British enter Washington 1 
‘What did they destroy? — 1. Where did they next go?—'X 
What steps were taken to defend Baltimore ? 






THE NORTHERNERS JUSTLY OFFENDED. 


29? 


the heights, where Gen. Smith was stationed with the 
main army. 

6 . Col. Brooke could not draw Gen. Smith from his 
entrenchments. The fleet had not been able to pass 
Fort McHenry. Brooke removed his troops in the 
night, and re-embarked at North Point, to the great 
joy of the inhabitants of Baltimore. 

7. The eastern portion of the coast of Maine, was 
taken into quiet possession by the British. The fri¬ 
gate, John Adams, had been placed in the Penobscot 
river, near Hampden, for preservation. On the approach 
of the British, the militia, who were there stationed as 
a guard, blew up the frigate and fled, 

8 . A British fleet under Com. Hardy appeared be¬ 
fore Stonington. They landed and attacked at different 
points. So far were they from finding that Connecti¬ 
cut was attached to the British cause, that no where 
had their predatory excursions been met, by the 
militia, with more spirit. After bombarding the place 
for three days, Com. Hardy drew off his fleet. 

9. The British army in Canada was augmented by 
another body of those troops, who had served under 
Wellington. With such an army, fourteen thousand 
strong, Sir George Prevost invaded by the western 
bank of Lake Champlain. From Champlain, he pro¬ 
claimed, that his arms would only be directed against 
the government, and those who supported it; while 
no injury should be done to the peaceful and unof¬ 
fending inhabitants. 

10. The fire of genuine patriotism rekindled in tht 
breasts of the Americans, when they heard, that an in 
vading enemy had dared to call on the people to sepa¬ 
rate themselves from their government. The inhabi 
tants of the northern part of New York, and the hard} 
sons of the Green Mountains, without distinction of 
party, rose in arms, and hastened towards the scene 
of action. 


6. Why did Col. Brooke withdraw ? — 7. What happened in 
Maine ? — 8. What in Connecticut ? — 9. What reinforcement 
had Sir G. Prevost received ? What was his force ? How did 
he employ it? What proclamation make at Champlain? — IO. 
What effect did it produce ? 


P’T. IV. 


P’D. II. 

CH. Til. 

Night of 
Sept. 14. 
The Br, 
•with¬ 
draw 


July and 
August. 
Maine. 


Aug. 9. 
British 
attack 
Stoning¬ 
ton, but 
are re¬ 
pulsed 


Sept. 3. 
Sir O. 
Prevost 
invade* 
at Cham 
plain. 

His pro 
clama- 
tion of¬ 
fends thi 
people. 


They 
rise e>i 
i-ppcwM 

At a*' 





298 


A GREAT DAY AT PLATTS BURG. 


P’T.iv 11. Sir George Prevost advanced upon Plattslurg. 
p il i n ' wa y was °^ structe( l by ^ ie filing of trees, and by 
ch.Vii." a party, who in a skirmish, killed or wounded 120 of 
1814 men. But there was not a force at Plattsburg, 
Condi-* which, at that time, could have resisted so formidable 
theAm an arm y* Gen. Izard’s departure had left Gen Ma- 
force.' comb, his successor, not more than 2,000 regulars. 
Volunteers were, however, hourly arriving. 

12. Sir George waited, expecting that his navy would 
get the control of the waters of Lake Champlain. It 
was commanded by Com. Downie, and was composed 
of the Confiance, a frigate of thirty-nine guns, with 

S'foree several smaller vessels, mounting, in the whole, ninety* 
°cham ke ^ ve & uns 5 an 4 having 1,000 men. The American 
plain, squadron, under Com. Macdonough, which was an¬ 
chored in the bay, mounted no more than eighty-six 
guns, and had only 820 men. It consisted of the Sa¬ 
ratoga of twenty-six guns, three small vessels, and ten 
galleys. 

13. Com. Downie chose his position and made the 
attack. The fleets engaged at nine in the morning. 
The eager crowds upon the shore, beheld the combat 

ge n under circumstances of intense and various interest. 
Naval' The powerful army of Prevost, was formed in order 
b chajn- D battle, to follow up the striking of the American 
plain flag, with an assault, which the Americans, who beheld 
k. r ’ 84 ,°w the bght, had reason to believe must be successful 
lio^pris But it was the British, and not the American flag 
aL ic. which was struck. Great was the joy of the inhabi- 
52 , w.58 tants. Sir George Prevost retreated in such haste, that 
he left a’ quantity of stores and ammunition behind 
He was pursued by the Vermont volunteers under 
Gen. Strong, who cut off a straggling party. The 
whole of the British fleet remained the prize of the 
Com. Americans. 

fnth/ 14. Com. Porter, who sailed in the frigate Essex, 
Pacific, had cruised in the Pacific Ocean. He had greatly 


11. What resistance was made by the Americans? What 
force heftl Gen. Macomb? —12. Why did Sir George suspend 
his attack? What naval force had the British on the Lake? 
What had the Americans ?— 13. Describe the naval battle ot 
Lake Champlain ? 





1 HE ESSEX CAPTURED. 


299 


annoyed the enemy’s commerce, having captured 
twelve armed whale ships, whose aggregate force 
amounted to 107 guns, and 302 men. One of these 
prizes was equipped,—named the Essex Junior, and 
given in command to Lieut. Downes. 

15. To meet the Essex, the British admiralty had 
sent out Com. Hillyar, with the Phebe frigate, accom¬ 
panied by Capt. Tucker, with the Cherub sloop of 
war. Com. Porter finding that this squadron was 
greatly his superior in force, remained in the harbor of 
Valparaiso. But at length the Phebe approached, 
when by a storm the Essex had been partially dis¬ 
abled. Porter, however, joined battle, and fought the 
most severe naval action of the whole war. He did 
not surrender until all his officers but one were dis¬ 
abled, and nearly three-quarters of his crew. 

16. The sloop of war Frolic, was captured by a 
British frigate. The American sloop of war Peacock, 
fought and took the brig Epervier. The Wasp, in 
command of Capt. Blakeley, sailed from Portsmouth, 
New Hampshire. She fought the brig Rein-deer, and 
was conqueror after a desperate battle. Continuing 
her cruise, she next met, fought, and conquered the 
brig Avon. Three British vessels hove in sight and 
the Wasp left her prize. She afterwards captured fif¬ 
teen merchant vessels. But the gallant ship was heard 
of no more; and she probably went down at sea. 

17. The discontents of the opposition party, pro¬ 
duced a convention, which met at Hartford. Dele¬ 
gates were appointed by the legislatures of three 
states, Massachusetts, Connecticut, and Rhode Island. 
This assemblage, and the resolutions which they 
passed, were considered by the people generally, as 
tending to separate New England from the Union, at 
least in degree; and the convention was therefore very 


14. Where was Com. Porter? What had he done?— 15. 
Who was sent to meet him ? What was the consequence ? What 
was the American loss? — 16. What naval actions occurred in 
April and May ? Give an account of the Wasp ? — 17. On what 
occasion did a convention meet at Hartford ? Was this an affair 
of individuals acting in their private capacity, or one in which 
state governments were implicated? Why was it unpopular? 


P’T. IV 


P’D. II. 

CH. VII. 

1814 


Com. 
Hillyar 
sent to 
meet 
him. 


The Es¬ 
sex cap¬ 
tured. 
Am. loss. 
227. 


April 21 
April 2i 
Capt. 
War- 
ringtoi 
takes a 
prize. 


Th# 
Wasp 
founders 
at sea. 


Dec. 14. 
Conven¬ 
tion 
meet at 
Hartford 




300 


JACKSON TAKES PEN3ACOLA. 


p’T.iy. unpopular. The committee by whom the resolutions 
P , D n were to be transmitted, met the news of peace, on their 
cn. vm. way to Washington. 

1814. 


CHAPTER VIII. 

British invasion and defeat at New Orleans. 

Pcnsaco- 1* After the treaty with the Creeks, Gen. Jackson 
la used as had fixed his head-quarters at Mobile. Here he learn- 
a post. ^ ed that three British ships had entered the harbour of 
Pensacola, and landed about 300 men, under Col. 
Nicholls, together with a large quantity of guns and 
ammunition, to arm the Indians; and that he had pub¬ 
lished a proclamation, endeavoring to incite the people 
to rise against the government, 
ancfthe 2 * The Barratarians were a band of pirates, so 
Barrata- called, from their island of Barrataria. Col. Nicholls 
nan9 ‘ attempted to gain La Fitte, the daring chief of the 
band. He gave Nicholls to think that he would aid 
him, until he had learned from him, that the British 
were to make a powerful attempt upon New Orleans. 
La Fitte then went to Claiborne, the governor of Lou¬ 
isiana, and laid open the whole scheme. The pirates 
were promised pardon, if they would now come for¬ 
ward, in defense of their country. These conditions 
they gladly accepted; and rendered efficient service. 

3. Gen. Jackson, seeing how the British were using 
Jackson a Spanish port, for hostile acts against the United 
p^S States, went to Pensacola, and forcibly took posses- 
Sa!" sion of the place. The British destroyed the forts at 

the entrance of the harbor, and with their shipping, 
evacuated the bay. 

4. There Gen. Jackson was informed, that Admiral 


Chapter VIII.—1. Where was Gen. Jackson after the peace 
with the Creeks ? What did he learn had happened at Pensa¬ 
cola?— 2. Give an account of the Barratarians?—3. WhaJ 
course did Jackson take with respect to Pensacola? 





INVASION AT NEW ORLEANS. 


301 


Cochrane had been reinforced at Bermuda, and that p>t. iv. 
thirteen ships of the line, with transports, and an army p , D n 
of ten thousand men, were advancing. Believing New oh. viii. 
Orleans to be their destination, he marched for that 1 § 14 . 
place, and reached it on the 1st of December. 

5. The inhabitants were already preparing for inva¬ 
sion, particularly Gov. Claiborne, and Edward Living¬ 
ston. On Gen. Jackson’s arrival, all agreeing to put Gen> 
him at tke head ol affairs, he spared no pains, nor Jack** 
forgot any possible resourse to enable the Louisianians th^head. 
to meet the coming shock. He had a motley mass of 
persons under his direction; and a few days must de¬ 
cide the fate of New Orleans. To direct their ener¬ 
gies, and to keep them from favoring the enemy, which 

he had reason to fear some were induced to do, he 
took the dating responsibility of proclaiming martial 
law. 

6 . The enemy passed into Lake Borgne. They then Dec. la 
mastered a flotilla, which, commanded by Capt. Jones, 
guarded the passes into Lake Pontchartrain. Gen. Dec. a 
Kean, at the head of 3,000 British troops, landed at 

the head of Lake Borgne, and took post on the Mis¬ 
sissippi, nine miles below New Orleans. The next Dec. 23 . 
day, late in the afternoon, Gen. Jackson attacked him; . Wh “ ,e 
but the British troops stood their ground. I he Ame- loo, Br. 
ricans retired to a strong position, which was fortified 22 J^. W ' 
with great care and skill, and in a novel and effectual known, 
manner. Bags of cotton were used in making the 
breast work; the river was on one side of the army, 
and a thick wood on the other. 

7. Sir Edward Packenham, the commander-in-chief ta. 
of the British force, accompanied by Major Gen. Gibbs, 
arrived at the British encampment with the main army, 

and a large body of artillery. On the 28th, Sir Ed¬ 
ward advanced with his army and artillery, and attacked 

4. What did he hear, and what do ? — 5. What course did the 
inhabitants of New Orleans take? What bold measures did 
Gen. Jackson pursue ? — 6. Describe the course of the enemy ? 

What occurred on the 23d of Dec. ? What was the lpss on both 
sides? What can you say of the position where Gen. Jackson 
entrenched his army ? Of his manner of fortification ? — 7. What 
happened on the 28th ? 





302 


P’T. IV 


P»D. II. 

CH. IX. 

1815. 

Jan. 1. 


Jan. 8. 
Battle of 
New 
Orleans. 


Br. loss 
2,600, 
km. loss, 
k. 7. w. 
6 . 


Feb. 17. 
Peace 
pro¬ 
claimed. 


TIIE EIGHTH OF JANUARY —PEACE. 

the American camp. For seven hours he continued 
the assault, when he retired. 

8 . On the first day of the new year, both armies 
received reinforcements. That of the British now 
amounted to 14,000, while all that Jackson had under 
his command were 6,000, and a part of these undisci¬ 
plined. 

9. On the 8th of January, the British made their 
grand assault on the American camp, and were entirely 
defeated. They attacked three times with great spirit, 
and were three times repulsed by the well-directed fire 
of the American marksmen. Sir Edward Packenham 
was killed, and the two generals next in command 
were wounded. The disparity of loss on this occa¬ 
sion is utterly astonishing. YVhile that of the enemy 
was 2,600, that of the Americans was but seven killed, 
and six wounded. Completely disheartened, the Bri¬ 
tish abandoned the expedition on the night of the 18th, 
leaving behind, their wounded and artillery. 


CHAPTER IX. 

Peace with England.—Naval combats.—War with Algiers. 

1. On the 17th of February, while the Americans 
were yet rejoicing for the victory at New Orleans, a 
special messenger arrived from Europe, bringing a 
treaty of peace, which the commissioners had con¬ 
cluded in the month of December, at Ghent. This 
treaty, which was immediately ratified by the president 
and senate, stipulated that all places taken during the 
war should be restored, and the boundaries between 

the American and British dominions revised.The 

motives for the impressment of seamen had ceased 


8. What was the numerical force of each army? — 9. Do 
scribe the remarkable battle of the 8th of January ? 

Chapter IX.—1. What news arrived on the 17th of February 
1815? At what time was the treaty concluded? What were 
some of its stipulations ? 






NATIONAL BANK. 303 

with the wars in Europe; but America had failed to p>t. iv 
compel England to relinquish what, by a perversion of p , D ^ 
language, she calls the u right of search.” CH. IX. 

2. On the 6th of April, a barbarous massacre was 1815. 
committed by the garrison at Dartmoor prison, in Dar1_ 
England, upon the defenceless Americans who were raassacm 
there confined. The British government was not, k,63> 
however, implicated in the transaction. 

3. The United States declared war against Algiers. 

The Algerines had violated the treaty of 1795, and Jj* 
committed depredations upon the commerce of the Aigier 
Republic. A squadron, under Com. Decatur, cap- capture 
tured in the Mediterranean, an Algerine frigate; and June17 
also a brig, carrying twenty-two guns. He then sailed 

for Algiers. The Dey, intimidated, signed a treaty of 
peace, which was highly honourable and advantageous 
to the Americans. 

4. At the close of the war, the regular army of the Armyr# _ 
United States was reduced to 10,000 men. For the duced. 
better protection of the country, in case of anothei 

war, congress appropriated a large sum for fortifying 
the sea-coast and inland frontiers, and for the increase 
of the navy.... An act was passed by congress, to es- April, 
tablish a national bank, with a capital of thirty-five 

millions of dollars_In December, the Indiana terri- ai bank. 

tory was admitted into the Union as a state. 

5. As early as the year 1790, manufactories for 
spinning cotton, and for manufacturing coarse cotton 
cloths, were attempted in the state of Rhode Island. ProgreM 
They were at first on a small scale; but as the cloths of maim 
found a ready market, their number and extent gra- ^cot- 
dually increased. The embarrassments, to which com- ‘oncloth 
merce was subjected previous to the war, had increased 

the demand for American goods; and led the people to 
reflect upon the importance of rendering themselves 
independent of the manufactures of foreign nations. 


2. What massacre occurred ? — 3. What war wa3 declared ? 
What squadron was sent out? What was done by Decatur ? — 
. What was the number of the army ? What was done to put 
the country in a state of defense ? What act was passed in April, 
1816? What state was admitted? — 5. Give some account of 
the progress, before the war, of manufacturing cotton cloth f 




3U4 


COTTON FACTORIES-TARIFF. 


P’T. IV 


P>D. II. 

CH. IX. 

1816 - 


Manu¬ 
factures 
encou¬ 
raged by 
a new 
tariff 


Coloni¬ 
sation 
society 
first pro¬ 
posed. 


18 MT. 

Mar. 4. 


Indians 
cede 
lands in 
Ohio to 
the U. 8. 


6 . During the war, large capitals were vested in 
manufacturing establishments, from which the capital¬ 
ists realized a handsome profit. But at its close, the 
English having made great improvements in labor- 
saving machines, and being able to sell their goods at 
a much lower rate than the American manufacturers 
could afford, the country was immediately filled by 
importations from England. The American manufac¬ 
tures being in their infancy, could not stand the shock, 
and many failed. 

7. The manufacturers then petitioned government 
for protection, to enable them to withstand the com¬ 
petition ; and in consequence of this petition, the com¬ 
mittee on commerce and manufactures, in 1816, re¬ 
commended that an additional duty should be laid on 
imported goods. A new tariff, or arrangement of 
duties, was accordingly formed, by which a small in¬ 
crease of duty was laid upon some fabrics, such as 
coarse cotton goods; but from the strength of the op¬ 
position, it was not sufficient to afford the desiied pro 
tection. 

8 . A society for colonizing free blacks was formed. 
The society purchased land in Africa, where they 
yearly removed considerable numbers of the free blacks 
from America. The colony thus formed is named 
Liberia. Hopes are entertained that it will become 
the nucleus of a nation of civilized Africans; and that 
much good will thus be done, in the way of checking 
the slave-trade, and enabling Africa to advance in 
civilization.... James Monroe was inaugurated presi¬ 
dent, and Daniel D. Tompkins, vice-president. 

9. A treaty was made with the chiefs of the Wyan¬ 
dot, Delaware, Shawanese, Seneca, Ottoway, Chip¬ 
pewa, and Pottowattamie Indians. Each of these 
tribes ceded to the United States, all lands to which 
they had any title within the limits of Ohio. The In- 


6. How did the manufacturers succeed during the war ? How 
after the war? —7. What did the manufacturers then desire the 
government to do? What was accordingly done? — 8. What 
society was formed ? What is the African colony called ? What 
hopes are entertained concerning it? Who were made president 
and vice-president ? — 9. What treaty did the government make ? 




ROADS AND CANALE. 


305 


dians were, if they chose, to remain on the ceded 
lands, subject to the laws of the state and country.... 
The territory of Mississippi was this year admitted 
into the Union. 


CHAPTER X. 

Internal Improvements.—Seminole W at. 

1 . The political feuds which had since the revolu¬ 
tion, occasioned so much animosity, were now gra 
dually subsiding. A spirit of improvement was also 
spreading over the country. Facilities for travelling, 
and conveying merchandise and produce, were con¬ 
tinually increasing. These improvements were, how¬ 
ever, made by the state governments; among which, 
the wealthy state of New York, at whose head was 
the illustrious De Witt Clinton, took the lead. The 
great western canal, connecting Lake Erie with the 
waters of the Hudson; and the northern canal, bring¬ 
ing to the same river the waters of Lake Champlain, 
were fully completed. 

2. Congress, however, by the consent of the legis¬ 
latures of Maryland, Pennsylvania, and Virginia, caused 
the great Cumberland road to be made; connecting, 
through the seat of government, the eastern with the 
western states, and passing over some of the highest 
mountains in the Union. Military roads were opened 
from Plattsburg to Sackett’s Harbor, and from Detroit 
to the rapids of the Maumee. Military posts were es¬ 
tablished in the far West. One of these wa at the 
mouth of the Yellow Stone River. 

3 Outlaws from the Creek nation, and negroes, who 
had fled from their masters, had united with the Semi- 

Ciiat ter X.—1. Whit was at this time the condition of the 
country f By what authority were the improvements in roads, 
;anals, &c., made? — 2. What is said of New York? What 
road was, however, made by congress? What military r oeds 
were made ? What poets established ? 

U 


PT.IV. 
P D. II. 

CH. X. 

181 * 


I 


Internal 

improve' 

mentx. 


De WiU 

Clinton. 


The 

great ca¬ 
nals of 
N. Y. 


The 

Cumber 

land 

Road. 


The Sr 
min ole 
war. 





30t) 


P’T. IV. 


P’D. If. 

CH. Z. 


Dee, 

181 % 

Liut. 
Scott and 
34 men 
killed. 


General 
Jackson 
makes a 
short 
cam¬ 
paign. 


Arbuth- 
not and 
Ambris- 
ter. 


1818 . 

Officers 

provided 

for. 


The 
Ohicka- 
suwscede 
lands to 
the TJ. S. 


SUMMARY PROCEEDINGS. 

nole Indians of Florida, and massacres became so fre¬ 
quent, that the inhabitants were obliged to flee from 
their homes for security. They were incited by an 
Indian prophet, and by Arbuthnot and Ambrister, two 
English emissaries. 

4. A detachment of forty soldiers, near the river 
Apalachicola, being fired upon by a body of Indians, 
that lay in ambush, Lieutenant Scott, who com¬ 
manded, and all the party, except six, were killed. 
The offenders were demanded, but the chiefs refused 
to give them up. Gen. Jackson, with a body of Ten 
nesseeans, was ordered to the spot. He soon defeated 
and dispersed them. Persuaded that the Spaniards 
furnished the Indians with supplies, and were active 
in fomenting disturbances, he entered Florida, took 
possession of forts, St. Marks, and Pensacola, and made 
prisoners of Arbuthnot, Ambrister, and the prophet. 

5. A court-martial was ordered by Gen. Jackson, 
for the trial of Arbuthnot and Ambrister. They were 
found guilty of u exciting and stirring up the Creek 
Indians to war against the United States,” and also, c f 
supplying them the means to carry on the war. Gen. 
Jackson caused them both to be executed. 

6 . The indigent officers and soldiers of the revolu¬ 
tion had already been partially provided for. A more 
ample provision was now made, by which every offi¬ 
cer, who had served nine months at any period of the 
revolutionary war, and whose annual income did not 
exceed one hundred dollars, received a pension of 
twenty dollars a month; and every needy private soldier 
who had served that length of time received eight.... 
This year the Chickasaws ceded to the government of 
the United States, all their lands west of the Tennes¬ 
see river, in the states of Kentucky and Tennessee. 

7. The condition of those tribes living within the 
territories of the United States, now attracted the at- 

3. What was the cause of the Seminole war? By whom were 
the Indians incited? —1. Relate the catastrophe of Lieut. Scott 
and his party ? Who was sent against the Indians ? What did 
he do ? — 5. What did he order ? What was done in reference 
toArburthnotand Ambrister ? — 6. What measure of justice did 
congress adopt? What tribe ceded their lands to tne Uniter. 
States ? 




FEMALE EDUCATION. 


SOT 


tention of the government, and a humane policy die- FT IV - 
tated its measures. The sum of 10,000 dollars was fd. ii. 
annually appropriated for the purpose of establishing CH - x - 
schools among them, and to promote, in other ways, 1§19 
their civilization. Missionaries supported by societies 
went among the Indians, and success, in many in¬ 
stances, crowned their efforts.... Alabama territory Aiaba- 
was this year admitted into the union of the states; ma * 
and the territory of Arkansas, separated from Mis¬ 
souri territory. 

8 . In December, 1818, De Witt Clinton, then go-1818 
vernor of New York, recommended in his message to 

the legislature of that state, some special attention to Clinton 
the education of females. No reason could be shown, 
why they, being endued with the high attributes of atten- 
mind in common with the other sex, should be denied female 
the enjoyment and added means of usefulness, attend- e ^ a ‘ 
ant on mental cultivation. The legislature, therefore, 
passed an act, in the course of the session, which was 1819 
probably the first act of any legislature, making public Tho b ie- 
provision for the education of young women. It pro- 
vides that academies, for their instruction in the higher pas3 an 
branches of learning, shall be privileged to receive a a c c * r jjJ* 
share of the literature fund. ingiy. 

9. Several of the states, especially among those re¬ 

cently admitted, have since made-provision for the 
same object. Religious denominations and wealthy 
parents Of daughters, have also favored it; and edifices, 
throughout the country female schools have sprung up. t appa ^f 
Large and handsome edifices are erected ; and ade- fur- 
quate teachers, libraries and apparatus, are provided mshed - 
for the use of the students. Feb 23 

10. On the 23d of February, 1819, a treaty was Con-es- 
negotiated at Washington, between John Quincy encebe- 
Adams, secretary of state, and Don Onis, the Spanish bj^® n 

minister ; by which, Spain ceded to the United States, Adamj 
’ J r andDon 

— ' Onis. 

7 What was done in respect to the Indian tribes ? What 
state was admitted ? What territory was made ? — §. What 
state patronized female education? Who recommended it? 

What act was passed ? — 9. What has since been done in re¬ 
gard to female education ?—10. What treaty was negotiated ? 

What territory was ceded ? 





SOS 


CESSION OF FLORIDA. 


P’T IV. 
P’D. II. 

CH. X. 

Posses¬ 

sion 

riven. 

(§21 


East and West Florida, and the adjacent islands. The 
United States agreed on their part, to pay to their own 
citizens, what Spain owed them on account of unlaw¬ 
ful seizures of their vessels ; to an amount not ex¬ 
ceeding five millions of dollars. The treaty was 
ratified by the Spanish government in October 1820, 
and possession of the Floridas given the following 
year. 

1C). What was the American government to pay for it ? When 
was the treaty ratified ? When was possession given ? 


EXERCISES ON THE CHRONOGRAPHER. 

What epoch marks the beginning of this period ? Wha 
is its date ? Point out its place on the chronographer. 

In 1803 occurred war with Tripoli, and peace was made 
in 1805. Point out the places of these dates. An embargo 
was laid by congress, in 1807. Point out the place of this 
year. Mr. Madison was made president in 1809. The third 
census was taken in 1810. What are the places of these 
dates ? 

War was declared in 1812. Point out the place of that 
year. Gen. Hull surrendered in August, 1812. The Gur- 
riere was captured by the Constitution, the same year. 
Point, out its place. .Perry gained the battle of Lake Erie, 
September 10th, 1813. Gen. Harrison gained the battle of 
the Thames, October 5th, 1813. Point out the plaoe of these 
events. The British were defeated at Chippewa, July 5th, 
and at Bridgewater, July 25th, 1814, by Gen. Scott. Point 
out the place of these events. 

Washington was taken by the British in 1814. The bat¬ 
tle of Lake Champlain occurred, Sept. 11, the same year. 
Point out the year. The battle of New Orleans occurred 
January 8th, 1815. Peace was proclaimed, February 17th, 
1815. Point out the place of this year. A new tariff was 
formed in 1816. Point out the place of this date. At what 
epoch does thi3 period terminate ? What is its date ? Poin' 
to its place on the chronographer. 





♦ 




— 



' 



£ R. J 


















































































































O sc to la’s Attack. 


PERIOD III. 


FROM 

THE CESSION jlS2©» | OF FLORIDA, 

TO 

THE CLOSE OF j 1848. j THE MEXICAN WAR. 

CHAPTER I. 

The Missouri Question.—The Tariff.—Gen. Lafayette’s tfisit. 

1. A question was now debated in Congress, P’T. iv. 
which agitated the whole country. It had reference p, p In - 
to a subject, which, at this time, more threatens the ch! i.' 
stability of the Union, and consequently the existence of 

this nation, than any other. This is slavery. The 
question arose on a petition presented to congress from The 
the territory of Missouri, praying for authority to form Missouri 
a state government, and to be admitted into the Union, i^ 5 * 10 ’ 5 * 
A bill was accordingly introduced for that purpose, 
but with an amendment, prohibiting slavery within the 
new state. In this form, it passed the house of re¬ 
presentatives, but was arrested in the senate. 

2. After much discussion, a compromise was agreed 


Chapter I. — 1 What question was at this period debated in 
congress ? What was done in reference to it l 


311 
























312 monroe 3 s second term. 

P’T.iv. on, and a bill passed for the admission of Missouri 
P’D iiT w M lout any restriction, but with the inhibition of 
ch. i. ’ slavery throughout the territories of the United States, 
1821 nort h 36° 30' north latitude. Maine was also re- 

Missouri ceived into the Union-Mr. Monroe, by a vote nearly 

*wkhout unanimous, entered upon his second term of office, 
restrie- Mr. Tompkins was also continued in the vice-pre- 

tion ’ sidency_By the fourth census the number of inhabi 

•eparat^ tents in 1820 was found to be 9,625,734, of w hom 
etate. 1,531,436 were slaves. 

3. President Monroe appointed Gen. Jackson go- 
Ja ov'of vernor Florida in March, but it was not until Au- 
ffor’ida. gust that the reluctant Spanish officers yielded up their 

A Se«* P osts _ r Fhe Alligator, a United States’ schooner 

on hi* was sent against the pirates in the West Indian 
duties. geag ^ an( j reca pt urec j R ve vessels belonging to Ameri- 
cans. She also took one piratical schooner; but 
Mien. Allen, the brave commander of the Alligator, was mor¬ 
tally wounded in the engagement. 

1823 . 4. By recommendation of the president the inde- 
Repub- pendence of the South American Republics was ac- 
8 CS A. f knowledged, and ministers were appointed to Mexico, 

Buenos Ayres, Columbia, and Chili.... Articles were 
siare- entered into, by the United States and Great Britain, 
trade authorising the commissioned officers of each nation, 
Kd. to capture and condemn the ships of the other, which 
should be concerned in the slave trade. 

1824 . 5. Notwithstanding the depression which succeeded 
the war, the manufactures of cotton, had ultimately 
proved successful. Domestic cottons almost supplied 

The the country, and considerable quantities were exported 
tariff to South America. Factories for printing calicoes had 
been- erected in a few places, and in some instances 
agitated, the manufacture of lace had been attempted. The 
manufacturers and their friends, still w r ished the govern¬ 
ment to lay such a duty on imported cotton goods, as 


2. What compromise was made ? What other state was ad¬ 
mitted at the same time ? What was the number of inhabitants 
in 1820? — 3. Who was made governor of Florida ? What was 
done in the West Indian seas ? — 4. What was done in reference 
to the South American Republics ? In regard to the slave-trade! 

- 5 . WSat protection did the manufacturer? still desire ? 




THE NATION’S GUEST. ^L'j 

must make them so high in the market, that they p>t.iv. 
could afford to undersell foreign goods of the kind. 

After much discussion, a bill for a new tariff passed. C h’.i. 
It afforded the desired protection to cotton goods; but 
the question was still agitated in favour of the manufac¬ 
tures of wool, iron, See. 

6. General Lafayette* arrived in New York, in con¬ 
sequence of a special invitation, which congress had 
given him, to become the guest of America. His feel- Aug. u 
ings were intense at revisiting again, in prosperity, the 
country, which he had sought, and made his own in rive*, 
adversity. Esteemed, as he was, for his virtues, and 
consecrated by his sufferings and constancy, no good 

man of any country could view him, without an awe f ec Ung 
mingled with tenderness; but to Americans there was, of J1 - 
besides—gratitude for his services, and an associated 
remembrance, of those worthies, with whom he had 
lived. 

7. Thousands assembled to meet Lafayette at New 
York; who manifested their joy at beholding him, by 
shouts, acclamations, and tears. He rode, uncovered 
from the battery to the City Hall, receiving and re¬ 
turning the affectionate gratulations of the multitude. 

At the City Hall, he was welcomed by an address from i« n. y 
the mayor. He then met with a few grey-headed ve¬ 
terans of the revolution, his old companions in arms; 
and though nearly half a century had passed since 
they parted, his faithful memory had kept their coun¬ 
tenances and names. 

8. He travelled first east; then south and west, visit¬ 
ing all the principal cities, and every state in the ^ 
Union. His whole progress through the United States triumph 
was one continued triumph, the most illustrious of 

* In the days of the revolution, The Marquis de la Fayette, 
was the style by which the hereditary nobleman was known. 
Subsequently he renounced all distinctions of this kind, and would 
receive no other title than that given by his military rank. His 
addrrss was then General Lafayette. 


H. Was a new tariff formed which met their wis:ies ? — G. 
What is here said of Gen. Lafayette?— T. How was he received 
iu New York ?.— 8. What can you say of his travels and pro¬ 
gress through die country ? 


14 







314 “ THE ERA OF GOOD FEELING.*’ 

p’T. iv any in history. The captives chained to his triumphal 
P’D. iii. car, were the affections of a grateful people. TIis 
ch. i. glory was the prosperity and happiness of his adopted 
1825. country. Nor was it merely honor, which the grate- 
January ^ republic gave to her former defender. Congress 
voted him the sum of two hundred thousand dollars, 
and a township of land in Florida. 

9. During Mr. Monroe’s administration, America 
1817' enjoyed profound peace. Sixty millions of her na- 

1825. ti° na l debt was discharged. The Floridas were peace- 
/ Rational ably acquired, and the western limits fixed at the Pa- 

? ty S ^d cific ocean. The voice of party spirit had died away, 
peace, and the period is still spoken of, as the u era of good 
feeling.” 

10. Mr. Monroe’s second term of office having ex- 
pired, four among the principal citizens were set up as 

dates for candidates for the presidency — John Quincy Adams, 
dent" Andrew Jackson, Henry Clay, and William H. Craw- 
No ford. No choice being made by the electors, a presi- 
choic<- by dent was to be chosen by the house of representatives, 
kge C< of f rom the three candidates whose number of votes stood 
elector*, highest. These were Messrs Adams, Jackson, and 
Crawford. Mr. Adams was chosen. 

11. On the 4th of July, 1826, died, John Adams 
July4> * and Thomas Jefferson. Their death occurring on the 

same day, and that, the birth day of the nation, caused 
much public feeling.. Another anniversary witness- 
Juiy 4 . e d the death of Mr. Monroe. 

12. A man by the name of William Morgan, who 
was preparing to publish a book, purporting to dis¬ 
close the secrets of Free-masonry, was taken, on the 

1826. 11th of September, under color of a criminal process, 
f rom Batavia, in Genesee county, New York, to 

duction Canandaigua, in Ontario county,—examined and dis¬ 
charged ; but on the same day he was arrested for debt, 
and confined in the county jail, by the persons who 


8. Of the gratitude of our republic on this occasion? — 9 
What was now the condition of the country ? — 10. What was 
the course of the election ? — 11. What three ex-presidents died 
on the 4th of July? In what years?— 12. What offence had 
William Morgan given the Masonic Societies ? Give an account 
of Morgan’ abduction ? 




Morgan’s abduction. 


315 


brought the first charge against him. They paid the p>t. iv. 
debt themselves. On his leaving the prison, in the p, D 
evening, he was seized, and forced into a carriage, ch'. «.* 
which was rapidly driven out of the village, and he 
was never seen by his friends again. 

13. The Legislature of New York appointed a 
committee of investigation, who reported that William 1S26 
Morgan had been put to death. The years that have 
elapsed since his mysterious disappearance, have con- vestiga- 
firmed their decision. The persons who were sus- tl0n * 
pected of being the principal actors in the tragedy, 
tied from their homes and took refuge under fictitious 
names, ii. distant places; and all are said to have been 
cut off from the land of the living, by disaster or vio¬ 
lence. Morgan’s abduction excited a strong prejudice Ant *-. m *- 
against Free-masonry; and a political party was form- party, 
ed, called the Anti-masonic.—A quarter of a century 
has since intervened ; and the time-honored institution 
of Masonry has, in a great measure, recovered from the 
blow, which it thus received from a few of its mis¬ 
guided votaries. 


CHAPTER II. 

Black Hawk’s war —The cholera.—Nullification. 

1. The tariff act was again amended and additional 182& 
duties were laid on wool and woolens, iron, hemp and 

its fabrics, lead, distilled spirits, silk stuffs, window The 
glass and cottons. The manufacturing states received tanff ’ 
the law with warm approbation, while the southern 
states regarded it as highly prejudicial to the interests ^ ar f 
of the cotton planter.Gen. Jackson was inaugu- Jack¬ 

rated president, and John C. Calhoun, of South Caro- 
I'jia, vice-president, of the United States. 1,011 

2. Though the tariff bill found but few friends in 
the southern states, the citizens of most of them were 
in favor of seeking its repeal by constitutional mea¬ 


ts. What was done in consequence of Morgan’s abduction? 
Chapter. II.—1. What further was done in reference to *he 
tariff? In what year was President Jackson’s first uiaugurnti'-u ? 
Who was made vice-president ? 






316 


F’T. IV. 


F’D. III. 

Oil. IX. 

1832 . 


April. 

Black 

Hawk’s 

war. 


June 9. 
Cholera 
at 

Quebec. 

June 26. 
At New 
York. 


Progress 
of the 
cholera 
through 

Union. 


July. 
Gen. 
Scott 
and 
the 
troops 
fcr the 
Indian 
war. 


ASIATIC CHOLERA. 

sures. South Carolina was the head-quarters of the 
opposition, but even there was a powerful party, who 
were styled the Friends of the Union. A small ma¬ 
jority, however, now first called the u state rights” 
party, and afterwards the u nullifiers,” were preparing 
themselves, by high excitement, for rash measures. 

3. The Winnebagoes, Sacs, and Foxes, inhabiting 
the upper Mississippi, recrossed that river under theii 
chief, Black Hawk, and being well mounted and armed, 
they scattered rapidly their war parties over that de¬ 
fenseless country, breaking up settlements, killing 
whole families, and burning their dwellings. Gens. 
Atkinson and Scott, were charged with the defense of 
the frontier. 

4. The Asiatic cholera made its appearance in Ca¬ 
nada, on the 9th of June, among some newly arrived 
Irish emigrants. It proceeded rapidly along the val¬ 
leys of the St. Lawrence, Champlain and Hudson, and 
on the 26th, several cases occurred in the city of New 
York. A great proportion of the inhabitants left the 
place in dismay, but notwithstanding the reduction of 
numbers, the ravages of the disease were appalling. It 
spread with great rapidity throughout the states of 
New York and Michigan, and along the valleys of the 
Ohio and Mississippi, to the Gulph of Mexico. From 
New York it went south through the Atlantic states, 
as far as North Carolina. It apparently followed the 
great routes of travel, both on the land and water. 

5. Gen. Scott, hastening to the seat of the war, em¬ 
barked a considerable force in steamboats, at Buffalo. 
The season was hot, the boats were crowded, and 
the cholera broke out among the troops. Language 
cannot depict the distress that ensued, both before and 
after their landing. Many died; many deserted, from 
dread of the disease, and perished in the woods; either 
from cholera or starvation.... Gen. Atkinson came up 
with Black Hawk’s army, near the mouth of the upper 

2. What party now arose in South Carolina ? — 3. Give some 
account of Black Hawk’s war? — 4. At what time did the 
Asiatic cholera make its appearance, and where ? What course 
did it pursue ? — 5. By what cause was Gen. Scott detained with 
hia troops ? What was done by Gen. Atkinson ? 





THE NULLIFYING ORDINANCE. 


317 


Iowa, and routed and dispersed them. Blaek Hawk, 
his son, and several warriors of note, were made pri¬ 
soners. 

6 The state rights party, in South Carolina, held 
a convention at Columbia, from whence they issued an 
ordinance in the name of the people, in which they 
declared that congress, in laying protective duties, had 
exceeded its just powers; and that the several acis 
alluded to, should, from that time, be utterly null and 
void; and that it should be the duty of the legislature 
and the courts of justice of South Carolina, to adopt 
measures to arrest their operation, from and after the 
first of February, 1833. 

7. The friends of the Union in South Carolina, also 
held a convention at Columbia. They published a 
solemn protest against the ordinance. Meetings were 
held, and similar resolutions passed, in almost every 
part of the United States.... When the legislature of 
South Carolina convened, Gov. Hamilton, in his mes¬ 
sage, expressed his approval of the ordinance. He 
recommended that the militia should be re-organized; 
—that the executive should be authorized to accept of 
the services of 12,000 volunteers;—and that provision 
should be made for procuring heavy ordnance, and 
other munitions of war. 

8. On the 10th of December, President Jackson 
published a proclamation, in which he said, u I con¬ 
sider, then, the power to annul a law' of the United 
States, assumed by one state, incompatible with the 
existence of the Union,—contradicted expressly by 
the constitution,—unauthorized by its spirit,—incon¬ 
sistent with every principle on which it was founded, 
and destructive of the great object for which it was 
formed.” 

9. In conclusion, the president plainly said, that the 
laws of the United States must be executed , that he 

6. What convention was held ? What was declared in the cele¬ 
brated ordinance ? —?. What did tho friends of the Union in S. 
C.? What did the governor? — 8. When did the President 
issue a proclamation? What view did he take of the question 
of annulling tlje laws ? — 9. What did he say in regard to the 
laws being executed ? 


P’T. IV. 

F'D. III. 
CH. II. 


1S3* 

Nov. 19 
Nullifi¬ 
cation 
ordi¬ 
nance. 


Nov. 24 
The 
Union¬ 
ists mret 
and pro¬ 
test. 


Nov. 27. 
State au 
thoritiee 
approve. 


Oct. 10 
President 
Jack- 
son ’* 
procla¬ 
mation. 



318 


A CRISIS MET BY GREAT MEN. 


F’T.iv. had no discretionary power on the subject; that those 
P , D nj- who said they might peaceably prevent their execu- 
ch. u. tion, deceived them; that nothing but a forcible oppo- 
183*2. sition could prevent their execution, and that such op - 
the^ui 3 P os iti° n must be repelled; for u disunion by armed 
uiiers* force,” he said, “ is treason.” Finally, he appealed to 
error the patriotism of South Carolina, to retrace her steps; 
uid their and, to the country, to rally in defense of the Union. 
d&K * c '* 20. This proclamation of Gen. Jackson was popu¬ 

lar throughout the country generally, with all ranks 
and parties. It was not, however, immediately fol¬ 
lowed by submission on the part of South Carolina; 
but preparations for war went on, both on the side of 
the general government, and that of the opposing state. 
1833- 11. Mr. Clay introduced into the senate his plan of 

compromise. The bill reduced the duties on certain 
Fe Mr 12 ’ art * c l e9 ? anc ^ limited the operation of the tariff, to the 
clay’s 30th of September, 1842. Mr. Clay’s compromise 
C< mise <> ~ biH was sigBed by the president, and became a law on 
the 3d of March. It gave general content to the citi- 
Tariff zens of the United States, with whom nothing, politi- 
biIL cally speaking, is so dear as the Union. It is, in fact, 

the life of the nation_Gen. Jackson, having been 

Mar. 4. re-elected president, and Martin Van Buren chosen 
imd k Van vice-president, they were, on the 4th of March, inau- 
Buren. gurated. 


SO. Was this proclamation popular ? Did S. C. immediately 
submit ? — 11. What was introduced into congress ? How wu 3 
it received? Who? maybe said of tho Union ? At what time 
was Gen. Jsu r &w * second inauguration ? Who was made vico* 
nreuiden? l 




REMOVAL OF THE INDIANS 


319 


CHAPTER III. 

The aboriginal tribes of the Mississippi go to the far west.—The 
Florida war. 

1. Gen. Jackson, in his message, proposed that an P , T jy 
ample district west of the Mississippi, and without the p>p 
limits of any state or territory, should be set apart and ch.’hi.* 
guaranteed to the remaining Indian tribes; each to have 
distinct jurisdiction over the part designated for its Jackson 
use, and free from any control of the United States, 
other than might be necessary to preserve peace on moval of 
the frontier. Congress approved the plan; and passed dLis* 
laws, authorizing the president to carry it into action. 

2. With the Chickasaws and Choctaws, treaties 1S31, 
were made by which they exchanged lands, and quietly 
emigrated to the country fixed on; which was the ter- Chicka 
ritory west of Arkansas. The United States paid the {jjJJJJIJj! 
expense of their removal, and supplied them with food remove 
for the first year.... When Georgia ceded to the United 
States, April 2. 1802, all that tract of country lying 
south of Tennessee, and west of the Chatahoochee cede?* 
river, the government paid in hand to that state Alabama - 
$1,250,000, and further agreed, u at their own expense, 

to extinguish, for the use of Georgia, as early as the 
same could be peaceably obtained upon reasonable 
terms, the Indian title to the lands lying within the 
limits of that state.” 

3. The Cherokees, in the meantime, exercised a sort Chcro 
of independent dominion, within their reservations; by kcesau 
which a retreat was furnished for runaway slaves, and pi°da.« 
fugitives from justice—a set of vagabonds ever ready oUUs - 
for violence. This condition of their state was viewed 

by the people of Georgia as intolerable; and the legis¬ 
lature proceeded to extend its laws and jurisprudence 


Chapter III.—1. What did Gen. Jackson propose with re¬ 
gard to the remaining Indian tribes ? What did congress ? — 2. 
What tribes peaceably emigrated ? What contract was made 
between the general government and Georgia ? — 3. Iij what 
situation were the Georgians placed ? What did their Ic'ginla* 
mre f 





THE FLORIDA WAR BEGINS. 


320 

p’T. iv. over the whole Indian territory. The Indnns offend, 
p,^; ed, appealed to the general government for redress 
ch. in. The well known policy of President Jackson was to 
1S31. remove them; and the Georgians, thus encouraged, 
Mission sou ^* ; ma ^ e their position untenable. They put in 
ariesin prison two missionaries, whom they suspected of dis- 
pnsoa. suac q n g the Indians against the removal. The pre¬ 
sident would do nothing to check these irregular pro¬ 
ceedings. 

4. A treaty was at length obtained by the agents of 
the general government, from a few of the chiefs, by 
which the removal of the tribe was to take place. The 
fairness of this treaty was denied; and the Indians were 
averse to leaving their pleasant land, and the graves of 
their fathers. But their removal was at length effect- 
SZO'Z. ed without blood-shed. The power of the United 
mcve - States was, they knew, sufficient to enforce it; and they 
t§3§. therefore believed, that resistance would be in vain. 
Some of the most intelligent of the opposing chiefs 
have since become convinced, that the removal will 
be for the ultimate advantage of the Indians. 

1823. 5. The greatest difficulty was, however, found w r ith 

a ^treaty ^ ie Seminoles inhabiting East Florida. A treaty was 
e made at Fort Moultrie, with their chiefs, by which they 
"'semi- e relinquished a large portion of their lands, but reserved 
n °ics. a p art f or residence of their people. A further treaty 
was made at Payne’s Landing, in Florida, by which 
At ‘ they gave up all their reservations, and conditionally 
Payne’s agreed to remove. Subsequently, some of their chiefs 
Landing. ma( j e ^jg a g re ement absolute; bi t the transaction was 
regarded by the Seminoles generally, as unfair and 
treacherous. 

Gen ’ 6. President Jackson, in 1834, sent Gen. Wiley 

Thom’])- Thompson to Florida to prepare for the emigration. 
toViol* soon found that most of the Indians were unwilling 
rida. to leave their homes. On holding a conference with 


3. What did the Indians ? What did Gen. Jackson? What 
was done in reference to the missionaries ? — ‘1. What treaty 
was obtained ? And what was at length effected ? — 5. Where 
was the greatost difficulty found ? What treaties were made 
with the Seminoles ? At what times ? — G, Who was sent as 
government agent, and what were his first incasures ? 



A FATAL FIELD. 


321 


them Osceola, their favourite chief, a man grea; in In¬ 
dian talents, took a tone that displeased him. He put 
him in irons, and confined him to prison for a day. 
Osceola seemed penitent, signed the treaty to remove, 
and was released. But he dissembled, and concerted 
with the Indians a deep and cruel revenge. 

7. The government ordered troops from the southern 
posts to repair to Fort Brogke, at Tampa Bay. The 
command was given to Gen. Clinch, who was at Camp 
King. Major Dade, with 117 men, marched from 
Fort Brooke to join him. About eighty miles of the 
toilsome journey had been accomplished, when, on 
the morning of the 28th, Major Dade rode in front of 
his troops, and cheered them with the intelligence that 
their march w r as nearly at an end. A volley was fired 
at the moment, from hundreds of unseen muskets. 
The speaker, and those he addressed, fell dead. Thirty 
alone remained, when the Indians drew off. They 
improved the respite afforded them, to construct a 
breastwork of trees, which they felled. While they 
were thus engaged, where was Osceola ? It is sup¬ 
posed that he went the twenty miles from Dade’s battle¬ 
field, to Camp King, to perform a work there. 

8. On that day, Gen. Wiley Thompson, with a con¬ 
vivial party, was dining at a house within sight of 
the garrison. As they sat at table, a discharge from a 
hundred muskets was poured through the doors and 
windows. Gen. Thompson fell dead, pierced by fifteen 
bullets. Of the others, some were killed at the first 
fire; others, attempting to escape, were murdered with¬ 
out the house. Osceola, at the head of the Indians, 
had rushed in, and himself scalped the man, who had 
once placed fetters upon the limbs of a Seminole 
chief. The Indians then retreated, unmolested by the 
garrison. 

9. In the afternoon, Osceola and his mounted party, 
returned triumphant from the massacre at Camp King, 
and attacked, with whoop and yell, the inclosure of the 


7. Who was appointed to the command? Where was he? 
Who marched to join him, and with what force ? What befel 
the party ? — 8. What was done next by the savages ? 

15 


P’T. IV 


P’D. IIL 
ch. in. 

Osceola. 


1835 

Dec. 23. 
Dade’s 
march. 


Dec. 28, 
Dade’s 
buttle 
field. 


Massa¬ 
cre at 
Camp 
King 


Death ot 
Gen. 
Thomp 
son and 
others. 


The last 
scene of 
the tra- 
gtdy 




322 


TWO BATTLES AT THE WITHLACOOCHEB. 


pt.iv. thirty survivors. One by one, bravely fighting, the 
officers and soldiers fell. The narrator, Ransom 
ch. in. Clarke, who was wounded, escaped death by feigning it, 

1835. anc ^ almost by miracle, working his way through 
the woods. He eventually died of his wounds; and 
thus every one of Dade’s army was killed on that 
fatal field. 

10. Gen. Clinch collected a force, and marched from 
clinch’s Fort Drane to the Withlacoochee. But he followed a 
battle of guide who was in league with the Seminoles. When 
Withia- the army had in part crossed the Withlacoochee, Osceola 
coochee. and his warriors rose from concealment, and attacked 
k.^o, w! the Americans. They charged, and drove the Indians 

601 but met a considerable loss; and returned without ef¬ 
fecting their object. 

11. Emboldened by success, the Seminoles appear 
ed in the neighborhood of almost every settlement in 
Florida. Houses were burned, crops destroyed, ne- 

1836. groes carried off, and families murdered in every direc- 
F Gen 7 ’ ^ on * Gen. Scott, now invested with the chief com- 

Sr.ut ar- mand, arrived at St. Augustine. The savages having 
rives, followed Gen. Clinch, his position at Fort Drane was 
feb critical. Gen. Scott sent troops to his relief, and was 
Gen. ’ preparing a plan of offensive operations. Gen. Gaines 
b?ingJ landed at Tampa Bay, four days after Scott arrived at 
about St. Augustine. He brought a force from New Orleans, 
men from and considered it as his right to command in the 
N ‘ °* peninsula. 

12. Gaines marched his troops to Fort Drane; and 
taking from there, four days provisions, he set out for 

Feb. 20 . the Withlacoochee, to seek the Seminoles. Having 
aSTes’s reached that river, the Indians attacked him, and a 
kat the ° f ^ att ^ e ensued. The Americans kept the ground, though 
Withia- not without considerable loss. The Indians then be- 
toochee. sieged them in camp. Gen. Clinch approached with 
an army. Osceola contrived to amuse Gen. Gaines 

9. What was the fate of the thirty survivors ? — lO. Give 
an account of Gen. Clinch’s battle of the Withlacoochee ? - 
11. What was the conduct of the Indians? Who arrived at St. 
Augustine? What did he do? What was done by Gen 
Gaines? — IS. Where did he march? Describe Gen. Gaines' 
battle of th« Withlacoochee i What happened after the bottle f 




LAKE OCKEE-CHOBEE. 323 

tfV’itli a parley, until the Indian women and children p>t. iy. 
were removed to the south. There, among the ever- p , D n , 
glades and hammocks, the American troops vainly ch. m * 
sought the tribe through bogs and fens,—in danger 
from serpents, and other venomous reptiles,—tortured 
by poisonous insects, and often the victims of the climate. 

13. Gen. Jesup soon arrived to take the com¬ 
mand; Gen. Scott, having been ordered to the country 
of the Creeks. Osceola, under protection of a flag 
with about seventy of his warriors, came to the Ame- ^.2*. 
rican camp. Gen. Jesup believed him to be treache- of 
rous, and caused him, with his escort, to be forcibly 0sceo,a ‘ 
detained, and subsequently placed in a prison at Fort *838- 
Moultrie, S. C., where, a few months after, he died of h?» 

a complaint in the throat. death * 

14. Gen. Jesup, at first supposed that the war would 
soon be brought to a close, but finding himself mis¬ 
taken, he directed Col. Taylor to act offensively. J831 
This officer set out with a thousand resolute men, ec ' 
who marched four days through wet swampy grounds. 

On the fifth, the Indians, whom they sought, attacked Dec. 25 . 
them at the entrance of the Kissimmee river, into lake B ok*e- of 
Okee-Chobee. The troops engaged them with cool- chobee. 
ness. The brunt of the battle fell at first on the sixth 
regiment. Col. Thompson their commander, mor¬ 
tally wounded; died, encouraging his men. The In¬ 
dians were routed and dispersed, and a hundred gave 
themselves up to be carried to the west. 

15. Col., afterwards Gen. Worth, had the honor of 
bringing this contest to a close. In the whole his¬ 
tory of the United States, no war is related, which, on *843 
the whole, is comparable with the Florida war, for 
danger and difficulty; and no military services are re¬ 
corded which required, when all things are considered, 
such Spartan self-devotion. 

16. Early in May, the Creeks began hostilities— 


1 2. To what evils have the army been subjected to in search¬ 
ing for these Indians ? — 13. What change of officers occured ? 
What happened with respect to Osceola ? — 11. What were the 
circumstances connected with the battle of Okee-Chobee ? — 15. 
Who brought the Florida war to a close ? What may be said 
of this war ? 





324 THE OLD THIRTEEN, DOUBLED. 

P’T.iv. setting fire to houses, and murdering families. They 
p , p ~ n attacked a steamboat which was ascending the Chata- 
ch'.iv.* hoochee, eight miles below Columbus,—killed heT 
1836. pilot, wounded several others, and burned the boat. 
Another steamboat was fired at the wharf of Roanoke, 
and the passengers were consumed in the flames. The 
May 30. barbarians then set fire to the town, and destroyed it. 
orL- re The governor of Georgia raised troops, took the field 
powered j n person, and Gen. Scott arrived on the 30th of May 
Their combined efforts quelled the Creeks, and peace 
was restored early in the summer. 


CHAPTER IV. 

The Bank Question.—The Revulsion.—Van Buren’a Adminis¬ 
tration.—Harrison’js Election and Death. 

1831- 1. Mr. Rives, at Paris, negotiated with the minister 

Mr of Louis Philippe, king of the French, a treaty by which 
Rives’ that nation agreed to give 25,000,000 francs to in- 
trcaty ' demnify the United States for spoliations on American 
commerce, made under the operation of the decrees of 
Napoleon. The French, however, had neglected to 
pay the money. Gen. Jackson took such prompt 
1836. measures and so decided a tone, that in 1836 the de¬ 
mand was liquidated agreeably to the treaty.... In Sep- 
183’?'. tember, 1835, Wisconsin was made a territory, and 
January. Arkansas, a state. Michigan was, in 1837, admitted 
^an a to ^ ie Union, making the twenty-sixth state; the ori- 
state. ginal number, thirteen, being now exactly doubled. 

2. Extravagance and luxury had prevailed, and na- 
183 ’?. tional adversity followed. The opponents of Gen. Jack- 
son attributed the revulsion to circumstances connected 


16. Give an account of the atrocious acts of the Creeks ? Haw 
jvere they brought to terms ? 

Chapter IV.—1. What treaty was negotiated by Mr. Rives t 
When was the money paid ? What territory and states wero or 
ganized ? What can you say concerning the number of state* 
at this time ? — 2. What had prevailed ? What followed ? 





THE REVULSION. 


325 


with the overthrow of the national bank, caused by p>t.iv. 
his hostility. In 1832, the directors of the bank ap- ^ )£) m 
plied for a renewal of its charter. After much debate, ch'. it. 
congress passed, by a considerable majority, a bill 
granting their petition. This bill, Gen. Jackson de- The 
feated by the presidential veto.. .The funds of the go- Teto - 
ve rnment had been deposited in the national bank. In 1 S 33 
1833, the president caused them to be withdrawn. The 
The public treasure, was by act of congress, placed in draltd. 
certain selected state banks, known at the time as the 1 ^ 35 . 
“pet banks.” These were encouraged to discount The “pet 
freely, as it might accommodate the people. banks.” 

3. Mr. Jackson was succeeded by Martin Van Buren, 1S37 
who, during the last four years, had, as vice-president, Mar. 4. 
presided with great ability in the senate. Richard M. TeJaSd 
Johnson, of Kentucky, was made vice-president. Johnson. 

4. After the public money went into the state banks, 
facilities too great before, were increased, whereby t0 
men might, by pledging their credit, possess them- 1S3T 
selves of money. The good old roads of honest in- Mania of 
dustry were abandoned, while fortunes were made in 

an hour by speculation. This unnatural state of things tion. 
had its crisis in 1837. 

5. Before this crisis, every one was making money. 
Afterwards all were losing. Many had contracted 
large debts; when some began to fail, others, who had The re 
depended on them, were obliged to fail also; and so ™ision 
the disaster went on increasing its circle, until the pea? 
whole community felt it, in a greater or less degree. dlstress - 

6 . The banks now stopped specie payments. Those 
where the public funds were deposited, shared the 
common fate, and the questions now arose, how was convenes 
the government to meet its current expenses, and what 

next should be done with the public purse ? To de- Se P t * 2 * 4 - 


2. How is this change in public prosperity accounted for by the 
opponents of Gen. Jackson? What happened in 1835 ? Where 

aad the national funds been deposited ? Who caused them to be 

withdrawn ? Where were they then placed ? — 3. Who was 
made president ? In what year ? — 4-. What was the state of 
pecuniary affairs from 1835 to ’37 ? — 5. How was it before the 
crisis ? How after ? — 6. How was it with the banks ? What 
U 03 done by the ^resident?— G. When did congress meet 1 



$2i) van ruren’s administration. 

»>t. iv. cide these questions, Mr. Van Buren issued his pro 
P , D ni< clamation, convening congress. 

ch. iv.’ 7. In his message, the president recommended a 
mode of keeping the public money, called the u sub- 
«sub- treasury” scheme; which was rejected by congress 
Treasury notes were ordered to be issued, and other 
measures taken, to supply the wants of the govern¬ 
ment, but the majority contended, that, as to the dis¬ 
tresses of the people, the case did not call for the 
ri notes i nter f erence government; but for a reformation in 
rynoes ' the individual extravagance which had prevailed, and 
a return to the neglected ways of industry. 

1835. 8. Among the causes of pecuniary distress, was a 

Dec. 16. dreadful fire, with which, in 1835, the city of New 
buUdin s ^ or k been visited. The mercantile houses, on 

burned* whom,with the insurance offices, there fell a loss of 
lu effect, seventeen millions of dollars, did not generally fail at 
’ne'wca-' the time; for they were, with commendable humanity, 
feit'm susta i ne( l by the others. But the property was gone; 
1837. an< ^ though in a measure equalized at the time, at 

length the deficit affected all-On the 13th of Au- 

Aug*il gust, the banks resumed specie payments. 

9. A party had been gradually formed in Canada 
who were opposed to the British government, and 

Cana w b° l° uc ^y demanded independence. Many Ameri- 
dians re- cans on the northern frontier, regarding their cause as 
Tolt - that of liberty and human rights, assumed the name of 
patriots, and formed secret associations, for the pur¬ 
pose of aiding the insurgents across the line. 

10 . In prosecuting this illegal interference in the con¬ 
cerns of a foreign power, a party of adventurers took 

Affair of possession of Navy Island, in the Niagara river, two 
iSUJ. miles above the falls, and lying within the jurisdiction 
of Upper Canada. The president of the United 


7. What did Mr. Van Buren recommend in his message? 
What was his scheme called? Did it succeed? What did 
Congress order? Why did they not attempt some relief to th6 
people?—8. Give an account of the great fire in New York. 
When did the banks resume specie payments?— 9. Give an 
account of Canadian affairs as connected with American.— lO* 
What was done at Navy Island? 




Harrison’s brief presidency. 3‘i7 

States, and the governor of New York both issued pt. iv 
proclamations, enjoining a strict neutrality. P’dIIil 

11 . -A small steamboat, called the Caroline, wasj@ 3 ^ 
however, hired to ply for unlawful purposes, between 
Navy Island and Schlosser. At evening, a detach- Deo n 
ment of 150 armed men from the Canada side, in five 
boats, with muffled oars, proceeded to Schlosser, drove Affair of 
the men who were on board the Caroline ashore, cut^uS * 1 * 
her loose from her fastenings to the wharf, and setting 

the boat on fire, let her float over the falls. A man 
by the name of Durfee was killed, and great excite¬ 
ment prevailed for a time. A Bill to establish the In- 18 *<> 
dependent Treasury at length passed, and although it pendent 
was repeated early in Tyler’s administration, it was passed? 
afterward re-enacted, and became popular. ^ une 30 

12 . The census of 1840, gave as the number of in- The 

habitants in the United States, 17,068,666.—The pres- census, 
idency was, by a large majority, bestowed upon Wil¬ 
liam Henry Harrison, whose social and public virtues 18 * 1 - 
had been rendered conspicuous by the various official ration*** 
stations of a long and useful life. John Tyler, of Vir- Ha and° n 
ginia, was made vice-president. Tyler 

13. From the capitol, Gen. Harrison went to the 
presidential mansion. Thousands flocked around him 
with congratulations and proffers of service, whose 
sincerity he was not prone to doubt, for he was him- April 4.‘ 
self sincere. The sunshine of public favor thus fell Horrisoa 
too biightly on a head white with the frosts of age. 

He expired just a month from the day of his inaugu- 
ration. Mr. Tyler by the constitution became president, he up. 
He issued an able and patriotic address, and appointed 15 public* 
a day of public fasting. a * 


lO. What proclamations were issued ?— 11 • What were the 
circumstances of the burning of the Caroline ? What important 
Bill did Congress pass, in June, 1840 ?—12. What number of 
inhabitants were there in 1840 f How did the presidential 
election terminate?—13. How long did President Harriocnj 

l ive to enjov his new dignity ? Who was his successor if 




a 28 


TYLEH 8 ADMINISTRATION. 


CHAPTER V. 

Mr Tyler’s administration.—Mobs.—Disturbances in Rhoils 
Island.—Anti-Rentism.—Mormonism, &c. 

P'T IV. 

pt> m. 1. The Whig party were opposed to Mr. Van Bu- 
cha.p. v. ren ’ s Independent Treasury, and in favor of a National 
Bank, as a place of deposite for the public revenue. 
J ® \ They said it would be more convenient and economical 
Opinions • e g overnmer d ; >—that it would facilitate business, 
^otthe and promote prosperity; and that the attempt to 
ues ' bring back a specie circulation was a dangerous ex- 
Opimona periment upon the currency. The Democratic party. 
Demo- 0n ^ ae °ther hand, maintained that any connection of 
party 6 g overnmen t with banks, or with the business affairs of 
individuals, was foreign to its purposes, and a fruitful 
source of bribery and corruption. They believed, that 
the government should keep its own money, operating 
not with paper currency, but with specie. 

2. The majority of the voters adopted the views of 
the Whigs ; and chose Messrs. Harrison and Tyler, 
with an expectation that they would favor a National 

3i Bank. General Harrison, aware of this, issued, March 
Congress 17th, his proclamation, calling an extra session of Con- 
* 0, ‘ vene 'gress to convene on the 31st of May, to consider 
“ sundry weighty and important matters, chiefly grow¬ 
ing out of the revenue and finances of the country.” 
When this Congress met, Mr. Tyler was president. 

3. Congress repealed the Sub-Treasury law on the 
6th of August. Three days earlier, the House of 
Representatives had passed an act, establishing a Na- 


Chapter V.—1. What were the opinions of the Whig party 
in regard to a National Bank ? What on the other hand was 
maintained by the Democratic party?—2. What views were 
adopted by the majority of the voters ? How manifested ? What 
was done by Gen. Harrison? What change occurred before the 
meeting of Congress?—3. What was done by Congress with 
regard to the Sub-Treasury ? With regard to a National Bank? 
How were their acts met by Mr. Tyler? 



THE PROPOSED FISCAL BANK. 


320 


tional Bank. Mr. Tyler, to the deep chagrin of the pt iv 
party which elected him, defeated the measure by the p*d hi. 
presidential veto. The mortified Whigs got up another CH **- v 
scheme for a bank, and passed it through Congress ^ 
under the name of a “ Fiscal Corporation of the ^j fi* 1 ** 
United States.” A second time Mr. Tyler defeated aepuT. 
them by his veto. The able cabinet selected by Har- 
rison had all remained in office up to the period of this 
second veto; when all resigned, except Mr. Webster, cabinet 
the secretary of state. His country needed him in Except*' 
the office, and remaining, he found occasion to render Webster, 
her essential service. 

4. In the unwarrantable stretch of credit which had 
existed, states over-zealous for internal improvement, 
had participated ; and when the revulsion came, some 
of these found themselves unable, without direct taxa¬ 
tion, (to which the rulers dared not promptly resort,) 
to meet their engagements ; and the holders of their 
bonds, many of whom were foreigners, could not ob¬ 
tain the interest when due. These states were said to Repudi®. 
have repudiated their bonds, and this repudiation for tl0IU 

a time cast disgrace upon the whole nation. With re¬ 
turning prosperity, however, these states resume pay¬ 
ment. 1842. 

5. A disagreement between the United States and ton Tre» 
England had long existed in regard to the North- ty t!ei r by 
Eastern boundary. Much excitement prevailed be- ted state* 
tween the inhabitants of Maine and New Brunswick, 

—regions adjoining the disputed line,—and measures 
were taken on each side, which threatened war. Lord 
Ashburton was sent from England as a special envoy an i4.) 
to settle this dispute; and Mr. Webster, with great 
diplomatic ability, arranged with him the terms of a 
treaty, by which the important question of the North- 1844 
Eastern boundary is finally and amicably settled. R^tm 

6 . Serious riots occurred in the spring of 1844 in Pbjia<M 
Philadelphia. They grew out of a jealousy on the 

3. What occurred immediately after his second veto?— 4. Give 
un account of what was called repudiation.— 5. On what subject 
was there a disagreement betweon the United States and Great 
Uritain ? How was it settled ? 

16 




330 


THE DORR REBELLION. 


pt rv. part of native American Protestants, that the foreign 
P . D m Roman Catholic population intended to gain the con- 
chap. v. trol of the common schools, and change the established 
^ings 1 * 1 ' order of instruction, especially in regard to the use of 
burned, Scriptures. Thirty dwelling-houses, a convent, 
wounded and three churches were burned. Fourteen persons 
June 7 . were killed and forty wounded. These disgraceful 
scenes were renewed on the 7 th of June. The gover¬ 
ned nor called out 5,000 of the military. Years have pass- 
wounded ed, and those unhappy jealousies have subsided. 
w ’ 7. Rhode Island now became the theatre of an 
attempt to set aside existing authorities. The “ suf¬ 
frage party,” by whom it was made, did not, however, 
1843 regard the matter in this light. They formed, though 
April is.* by illegal assemblies, what they considered a constitu- 
atteiupt. tion for the state ; and then proceeded to elect under 
it a governor (Mr. Dorr) and members for a legislature. 
Their opponents, called the “ law and order” party, 
acting under existing authorities, elected state officers, 
Mr. King being made governor. 

8 . On the 18th of May, Dorr went with an armed 
force, and took the state arsenal. No lives were lost, 
as his directions to fire on those who opposed his pro- 

june 25 . gress were not obeyed. Gov. King meantime put 
chepa- himself at the head of the military. Several persons 
chet - were arrested, and Dorr fled. He afterwards appeared 
at Chepachet with some two or three hundred men; 
Do?*«nt but a superior government force being sent, they dis- 
tothe persed. Dorr afterwards returned, was tried, con- 
prison, victed of treason, and sentenced to the state s prison. 

Meantime a new constitution was by legal measures 
1845.adopted. In 1845, Dorr was released from prison; 
iwJId. but he was not restored to his civil rights, on account 
of his refusal to take the oath of allegiance to the new 
constitution. 

9. An alarming tendency to anarchy has been ex- 


6, Give an account of the riots in Philadelphia, remember¬ 
ing to state the times.—7, What occurred in Rhode Island? 
—8# Give an account of the illegal proceedings of Mr. Dorr, 
and his punishment. How and when was it remitted ?—9, How 
and in what respect was a tendency to anarchy manifested ? 



ANTl-RENTLftS. 


331 


perienced in the anti-rent disturbances in the state of P’T iv. 
New York. Under the Dutch government, certain pm in. 
settlers had received patents of considerable portions CHAP - v * 
of land ; of which that of Van Rensselaer was the 
most extensive,—comprehending the greater part of^uturS 1 
Albany and Rensselaer counties. These lands were ance# * 
divided into small farms, and leased in perpetuity, on (Rengse . 
low rents, to be paid in a certain quantity of wheat, a lwrwyck 
certain number of fowls, &c. In process of time, the lonpas 
tenants began to consider these legal conditions as broatLl 
anti-republican,—a relic of feudal tyranny. 

10. In the summer of 1844, the anti-rent disturb¬ 
ances broke out with great violence in the eastern 
towns of Rensselaer, and on the Livingston manor, in 
Columbia county. Extensive associations were formed 

by the anti-renters to resist the laws. They kept Anti¬ 
armed and mounted bands, disguised as Indians, scour- disguised 
ing the country; and the traveller as he met them, diaai 
issuing from some dark wood, with their hideous masks 
and gaudy calicoes, was required, on penalty of insult, 
to say, “ Down with the rent.” 

11. These lawless rangers forcibly entered houses, 

took men from their homes, tarred and feathered, 
or otherwise maltreated them. In Rensselaer county, 
at noonday, a man was killed where about 50 “ Indians” 
were present,—some of whom were afterwards arraign- ( g mith 
ed, when they swore that they knew nothing of the 
murder. Sometimes 1,000 of these disguised anar¬ 
chists were assembled in one body. Similar disturb¬ 
ances occurred in Delaware county. At length Steele, gteeJo 
a deputy-sheriff, was murdered in the execution of his kI ^. iD 
official duty. war*. 

12. Meanwhile Silas Wright was chosen governor 
of the state. Much does his country owe him for the 
wisdom and firmness of the measures by which public 
order was restored. On the 27th of August he pro- 

9. Give an account of the Dutch patents, with the con¬ 
ditions of rent. How in process of time had the tenants come 
to regard these conditions?— 10 and 11. What happened in 
the summer of 1344 ?—12. What is here said of Silas Wright? 

Wliut wan done in regard to Shorifle ? 




MORMON ISM 




PT. iv. claimed the county of Delaware in a state of insurreo- 
p’Din. tion. Resolute men were made sheriffs, and com- 
chaf. v. petent military aid afforded them. Leading anti¬ 
renters were taken, brought to trial, and imprisoned. 
i8ir6.Th e murderers of Steele were condemned to death,— 

Governor, . 7 

Wright's but their punishment was commuted to that oi per- 
sures. petual confinement. Gov. Young, the successor of Mr. 

Wright, released from the state’s prison the whole 
1847. number, eighteen, who had been committed for anti- 
rent'out- rent offences. Fresh outbreaks of these troubles fol- 
r peter >n lowed this lenity. 

din!) 13. In congress, March 3d, 1845, an act was passed 
admitting two states into the Union,— Iowa, its west- 
1845 . ern boundary the river Des Moines,—and Florida , 
Kwa and comprising the east and west parts, as defined by the 
Florida, treaty of cession. 

14. One of the most extraordinary impostures of 
the age is that called “ Mormonism.” The leader, 
Joseph Smith, was an obscure, uneducated man, of 

(isos. New England origin. Under pretence of special 
jo.smSi revelation, he produced the stereotype plates of the 
Sharon 1 , “ Book of Mormon,” by which he persuaded numbers, 
Vt -) that he was the inspired founder of a new religion, 
which was to give to Mormons the same pre-eminence 
over all other people, as the Jews had over the* Gen¬ 
tiles. His laws are not fully understood, but there is 
little room to doubt, that they give his followers 
licence to commit every crime ; especially that they 
degrade and demoralize women. 

15. Yet numbers of both sexes were found to join 
and aid this delusion—throwing their property into 

Morons common stock. On their arrival at the Far West in 
Wwt. Missouri, the Mormons numbered 5,000, of whom 700 
were armed men. They were charged with various 


lil. What was done in regard to the leading anti-renters ? 
the murderers of Steele ? Were they suffered to remain in 
prison?—!3» At what time were two states admitted into the 
Union, and what states?—14. Give some account of Mormon¬ 
ism, and its originator.—15. Give a further account of the 
progress of Mormonism, to the building of the temple—to the de¬ 
parture of the Mormons to California 





MEXICAN ANTIPATHY. 


333 


crimes; among others, an attempt to assassinate Gov. pt iv. 
Boggs; and they were finally expelled the state by a FcTTn 
military force commanded by Gen. Atkinson. They chap, vi 
then purchased a large tract of land in Illinois, on the 
eastern bank of the Mississippi. There, on a beauti¬ 
ful slope, they built Nauvoo, and erected a pompous 
temple. But murders, robberies, and other secret Nauvw , 
crimes became frequent in their neighborhood. The sur- “ 111 
rounding people were enraged. The Mormon prophet 
and his brother were seized by the state officers, and 1846 
confined in jail at Carthage. A hundred armed men *oj48. 
in disguise, broke in and murdered them. The Mor- a x the 
mOns then sold their possessions at Nauvoo, and in Lake. 
1846 migrated westward. They are now located ihso. 
on the Great Salt Lake. Their settlement, containing msv de a 
about 10,000 inhabitants, forms the nucleus of the new ^« itor y 
territory of Utah. 


CHAPTER VI. 

Texas.—Mexico.—Causes of Annexation and the Mexican War. 

1. On account of the discovery of La Salle, the 1685 
French claimed Texas to the Rio Grande, as forming La sail® 
a part of Louisiana. The Spaniards of Mexico re- dl | C rs V * 
moustrated, and sent thither an armed force, but the Texns * 
French had already dispersed. The first effectual 
settlement in Texas was that of San Antonio de Bexar, 
made by the Spaniards in 1692. But the Mexican 1692 
authorities seemed not so desirous to occupy this founded 
country, as to keep it a desolate waste, that thus an 
impassable barrier might be maintained between them 
and their Anglo-American neighbors. This desire to 
avoid contact by means of an intervening desert, was 
so strongly felt by the Mexicans, even in 1847, as to 


Chapter VI.— 1 » On what account did the French claim 
Texas ? How was this claim met by the Spaniards ? When 
was the first effectual settlement made in Texas? How did 
the Mexicans manifest aversion to Anglo-Americans, at an early 
iay, and again recently? 




334 


STEPHEN F. AUSTIN. 


pt iv. break off negotiations for peace, when General Scott 
pd hi. was at the gates of their capital with a victorious 
cuxp. vi. army. The aversion to the Anglo-Americans thus 
manifested, the Mexicans at first derived from their 
mother country; and it may be marked as the first 
and predisposing cause of the late Mexican war. 

1810. 2 - After Ferdinand VII., king of Spain, had, in 

Mexico 1810, fallen with the Spanish nation, under the power 
revolts. ^ a p 0 j e0n> the Mexicans revolted. But the people 
1818 were n0 ^ united >—and after the bloody war of eight 
Royalists years, called the first revolution , the royalists prevail- 
prevaii. e( p seconc [ revolution was begun in 1821, 

by the Mexican general Iturbide. Under him they 
threw off the Spanish yoke. But he made himself a 
.turbid e .monarch. The people wished for a republic; and 

Sot at they deposed Iturbide, banished,—and, on his return, 
Pa d in o*) condemned and executed him. In 1824, a federal 
824 cons ^ iu ^ on was formed under the auspices of a new 
Federal* leader, Santa Anna ; by which Mexico, like our re- 
t?on tl of ' public, was divided into states, with each, a legislature, 
Mexico. an d over the whole a general government. 

3. In 1803, the United States, in purchasing Louis- 
182 o.iana of France, obtained with it the disputed claim to 
Texas; but inl820,*they ceded it by treaty to Spain 
Spain. as a part of Mexico; Florida being then granted by 
that power to the United States. Two years there- 
1821. after Stephen F. Austin, led a colony from the 
Arneri. United States to Texas, and made a settlement be¬ 
lt found- tween the rivers Brazos and Colorado. The Spanish 
ed ‘ authorities in Mexico, desirous of defence against the 
(* The destructive incursions of the fierce and hostile Co¬ 
treaty manches, had, contrary to their ordinary policy, made 

nade in-———- 

but not Of what may this aversion be regarded as the first 

perfect- cause ?— 2. When did the Mexicans revolt against the Spanish 
until government ? Give some account of the first revolution—of 
v ’ the second—of Iturbide. What was done in 1824 ?—3. When 
had the United States a claim to Texas ? How obtained, and 
how and when was it relinquished? When and by whom led, 
was the first American colony of Texas ? Where established ? 
What motives had the Mexicans in admitting these settlero, and 
what conditions did they require of them ? 



A CAUSE or HOSTILITY. 


m 


iaws> favoring American immigration ; yet only under P’R iv. 
the condition that the immigrants should adopt the p«d in. 
Catholic religion, and send their children to Spanish chat, n 
schools. 

4. Austin’s enterprise being joined by others, who 
like himself, sought to better their fortunes, his colony 
soon flourished to such an extent, tlrat it attracted 

the attention of the Mexican clergy. They found MexicM 
that the law, which required the settlers to make oath jiiergj^ 
that they were Catholics, and would establish Spanish a urm 
schools, had been disregarded by them; and they 
felt the utmost alarm, and :f course a desire that 
those whom they regarded as foreign heretics, should 
either submit to their national laws, and embrace their 
national religion, or be rooted out. Here were sown 
the seeds of future war: for these supposed heretics 
were the brothers of American citizens, and, though 
expatriated, they were children-born of the republic. 

5. Texas, under the constitution of 1824, was united 

in one state with the neighboring province of Coa- a n ire* 
huila. The Spanish Mexicans of this province out- 
voted and pursued an oppressive policy against the j a 0 b j$$ 
Texans. Stephen F. Austin was sent by them to the 
city of Mexico to petition against these grievances, Tex;u -' 
and for the privilege of forming Texas into a separate 
6tate. The Mexican congress treated him with neg¬ 
lect. He wrote a letter to the Texans advising them 
at all events to proceed in forming a separate state 
government. The party in Texas opposed to Austin, A rtin 
sent back his letter to the Mexican authorities,—who take!? 
made him prisoner as he was returning, sent him back 
to Mexico, and threw him into a dungeon. 

6. Meanwhile, Santa Anna subverted the constitu- 


4 . IIow did tho Mexican clergy find that these conditions 
had been met on the part of the settlers ? How did the clergy 
regard them, and what appears to have been their desire re¬ 
specting them ? To what would such feelings naturally lead? 
—5. With what Mexican province was Texas united, and how 
treated ? For what was Austin sent to Mexico? How was he 
there treated, and what course did he pursue i Why was Aus¬ 
tin thrown into a dungeon ? 




83(5 


TEXAN REVOLUTION. 


ft iv. tion of 1824, and in the name of liberty, made him- 
P’D iii. self the military tyrant of the Mexicans. He sent 
cHi*. n. General Cos into Texas, to place the civil rulers there 
in subjection to the military. At this time Austin 
Revoiu- returned, and was placed at the head of a central com- 
mittee of safety. Appeals were made through the 
press to the Texan people, and arrangements set on 
foot to raise men and money. Adventurers from the 
American states came to their aid. The object oi 
the Texans at this time, was to join a Mexican party 
now in arms against the military usurpation of Santa 
Anna, and thus to maintain the constitution of 1824. 
Oct a. V. Mexican forces had been sent to Gonzalez to de- 
B Gol*a- f ifland a field-piece. The Texans attacked and drove 
lez i'can ex them from the ground with loss.—Santa Anna had 
f ioou now caused the fortresses of Goliad, and the Alamo, 
T-an or citadel of Bexar, to be strongly fortified; the latter 
being the headquarters of General Cos. The Texans 
Mexican on the 8th of October, took Goliad with valuable 
TexaS°i munitions. On the 28th, they obtained a victory near 
kiUed. _g exar# —Texan delegates, November 22d, met in con¬ 
vention at St. Felipe, and established a provisional 
government. On the 11th of December, their forces, 
under General Burleson took, after a bloody siege and 
a violent struggle, the strong fortress of the Alamo 
and the city of Bexar; General Cos and his army 
were made prisoners, and not a Mexican in arms re¬ 
mained. But Santa Anna, ever active and alert, was 
gathering his forces; and in February, 1836, was ap¬ 
proaching with 8,000 men. 

8. Unhappily, divisions prevailed in the Texan coun- 
1836 sels, while the small and insufficient garrison of the 
Maasacr* ^ amo was attacked by this powerful army; headed 
Alamo, b7 a man > who added to the smoothness of the 
k. iso. tiger, his fierceness and cruelty. Travis, who com- 


6. What in the mean time was the course of Santa Anna 
with respect to the constitution of 1824, and with regard to the 
Texans? What measures indicating resistance were taken bv 
the Texans? What was now their object?—7. Where was 
the first blood shed ? Give some account of the battle of Gou- 
xalex. What was done by the Texans under Burleoon ? 




TEXAN INDEPENDENCE. 




manded, had only 150 men. They fought all oneP’T tv. 
bloody night, until he fell with all the garrison butpuTiiL 
seven and they were slain, while crying for quarter! CHAP - 71 

9. Meantime, a Texan convention had assembled 
at Washington, on the Brazos, which, on the 2d of 
March, declared independence. They had desired, 

said the delegates, to unite with their Mexican breth- March a. 
ren in support of the constitution of 1824, but in vain, djgjra 
Now appealing to the world for the necessities of their dene*, 
condition, they declared themselves an Independent 
Republic, and committed their cause to the Supreme 
Arbiter of nations. 

10. Colonel Fanning commanded at Goliad. He 
had besought the Texan authorities to reinforce him; 
and he had been directed by them to abandon his 
post, and save his garrison by retreat.* The Mexi¬ 
cans, by their superior force, overpowered him. He 
surrendered on condition that he and his men should 
be treated as prisoners of war. Santa Anna ordered 
their execution; and four hundred unarmed andun-'®**® 
resisting men, unsuspicious of harm, were drawn out. Massacre 
One of the fated soldiers exclaimed, “They are going Vm' 
to shoot us; let us turn and not be shot in the back.” 

In another instant the fire was given, and the prison¬ 
ers fell dead. Fanning was shot the next day ;—and 
his body denied a burial. These men were American- 
born. Fanning had been an officer in the army of the 
United States. American hate and sympathy kindled 
as the shocking massacre was told. Annexation fol¬ 
lowed, in time, and the Mexican war . 

11. On the 21st of April, the main Texan army, 
under General Houston, met the Mexicans who 

* Of this fact, the writer was recently informed by General, now 
Senator Houston.—Fanning had marched out of the fortress, met, and 
contended with the Mexicans, was taken and carried back, so that the 
massacre was at Goliad. 


§• Give some account of the massacre of the Alamo.— 
9. Of the Texans’declaration of Independence.—10. Of the 
massacre of Goliad. Who were the men massacred at Goliad, 
and with what feelings was their slaughter heard of in America? 
What followed?—11* Give some account of the battle of Stu> 
Jacinto. 

lfi* 



338 


BAN JACINTO. 


P’T rv. were dcuble their number, near the San Jacinto. 
foul" Furiously the Texans rushed to battle with the cry, 
chap. vi. « R emem ber the Alamo.” They fought at less than 
half-rifle distance, and in less than half an hour, 
wholly routed the Mexicans; killing and wounding a 
number greater than the whole Texan force. Among 
the prisoners taken after the battle, was Santa Anna 
himself. As supreme ruler of Mexico, he, by a treaty, 
acknowledged their independence, and allowed their 
western boundary to be the Rio Grande. This treaty 
was after his return disavowed by Mexico, and by Santa 
Anna himself, it being made while he was a prisoner. 

12. Although the United States, England, and 
other powers acknowledged the independence of 
Texas, yet Mexico, through all her changes of ru¬ 
lers ever claimed the country; and occasionally sent 
troops to renew the war by predatory excursions.— 
The Texans in 1841, sent under McLeod a party of 
300, who were mostly Americans, to take possession 
of Santa Fe, the capital of New Mexico, that city 
lying on the eastern side of the Rio Grande. These 
were made prisoners by the Mexicans, and treated 
with great cruelty. 

13. GeneralWoll, sent by Santa Anna to invade Texas, 
took Bexar. A Texan army, having driven him back, 
were full of zeal to carry the war into Mexico. A party 
of 300 crossed the Rio Grande, and proceeding to Mier, 
they attacked it; and although opposed by five times 
their force, they fought their way into the heart of 
the place, killed and wounded double their whole 
number, when, although they had lost only 35 men, 
they capitulated.* These prisoners were treated with 
great severity. 


April 21. 
San Ja¬ 
cinto. 
Mexican 
force 
1,600, 
Tex. 783. 
Mexican 
loss, 630 
k.,208 w. 
Tex. loss, 
8 k., 17 w. 


183T. 

March 3. 
United 
States 
jecognise 
Texan, 
Indepen¬ 
dence. 


1842. 
Sept. 11. 
The at¬ 
tack on 
Mier. 


* They were, says General Green, in his Journal of the Expedition, 
betrayed into the surrender by Fisher, their leader, who had lost his 
mind by a gunshot wound. Green says this party of 300, killed and 
wounded 800 o f the Mexicans at Mier. 


11 • What treaty did Santa Anna make with the Texans 1 
—12. Who acknowledged the Texan independence, and who 
did not? Give some account of the attempt to take Santa FO 
—13. The attempt of the Texans on Mier. 




ANNEXATION OP TEXA8. 


330 


14. Texas early made application to be received P’T iv< 
mvo the American Union. General Jackson objected, pd m." 
and afterwards Mr. Van Buren,—on the ground of chap, vii 
existing peaceful relations with Mexico, and the unset¬ 
tled boundary of Texas. Mr. Tyler brought for- 1 Se¬ 
ward the proposition. It was lost in congress. But as presi- 
the mass of the American people were in favor ofK. cn p‘oIk, 
Annexation. The Whig candidates for president and vicS^ 
vice-president were Henry Clay and Theodore Fre- Daii!l‘ 
inghuysen, who were opposed to immediate annexa- ofPa> 
tion; and the Democratic, were James K. Polk and 
George M. Dallas, who were pledged in its favor. 

The latter were elected; and on the 4th of March, March 4. 
1845, they were duly inaugurated. rut*L* 

15. On the 28th of February, after the election, 

and before the inauguration, congress passed the joint 1845 
resolution to annex Texas. Additional new states, not F joiin' 
exceeding four, may be formed from this territory tion^ail 
with slavery, if south,of lat. 36£, but if north, with- tS 
out .—The Mexican minister at Washington, Senor 
Almonte, who had before announced that Mexico (Marct 
would declare war if Texas were annexed, now gave it re¬ 
notice, that since America had consummated “ the the e p V r«i 
most unjust act recorded in history,” negotiations were g d j|ua- 
at an end. 

16. Mexico had been to the Americans an unjust 
and injurious neighbor. Such had been the unre¬ 
dressed wrongs of person and property, to which 
American citizens had been subjected in Mexico, that 
had she not been a weaker nation and a sister re- 


14. Give a history of the Annexation of Texas, to the close 
of the presidential election. How is it manifested by this ac¬ 
count that the people were in favor of annexation ? Are presi¬ 
dents of the United States elected the same year in which they 
are inaugurated—Mr. Polk for example?— 15* When did 
congress pass the joint resolution to annex Texas ? What con¬ 
dition was there respecting new states ? What had previously 
been announced as the determination of Mexico in case the 
United States annexed Texas? What announcement was now 
made by the Mexican minister?— 16. What had been the 
cour«e of Mexico towards American citizens ? What hindered 
wo r during Jackson’s administration ? 




840 


COL. ZACHARY TAYLOR. 


pt iv. public, war would have resulted during Jackson’s ad- 
pdhT ministration. Mr. Van Buren recommended measures 
chap. vx. leading to war ; — when the Mexicans resorted to ne- 
l 839 .gotiation. In 1839 a treaty was made, by which 
Mexican they agreed to pay large indemnities to American 
Y sufferers. This treaty was modified in 1843, but its 
u if mod- stipulations, the Mexican government had mostly failed 
ified. to observe. 

17. The assent of Texas, by which she became a 
Amiexa part of the American Union, was expressed in the 
tion com- ordinance of July 5, 1845. Two days thereafter, a 
pieted. re q Ues t was dispatched to President Polk to send an 
armed force to protect Texas against the threatened 
invasion of Mexico. The administration judiciously 
mander chose, as commander of the forces to be sent, Col. 
chSbee. Zachary Taylor. On the 30th of July he was or- 
mad°e n a dered by the war department to move as near to the 
®^ a )' Rio Grande as prudence would dictate. Thereupon he 
marched, and took post at Corpus Christi. A Mexi¬ 
can force, in the mean time, had collected on the west¬ 
ern bank of the Rio Grande. 

1 *8. Although regular pacific negotiations were 
m? pm c l° se d, y et American executive made overtures 
makes for peace through Mr. Black, the American consul at 
forpeace! Mexico. General Herrera, one of the wisest patriots 
of Mexico, was now at the head of her affairs. He 
was disposed to peace, and he gave private assurances 
that he would receive a special commissioner to treat 
respecting Texas; but the American government, he 
said, must first withdraw a fleet, with which they 
menaced Vera Cruz. This was done. 

19. The ancient aversion of the Mexicans had been, 
by the annexation, wrought into jealousy and fierce 

16 . What was done during Mr. Van Buren’s administration 
respecting a treaty?—IT. When did Texas by her own ordi¬ 
nance actually become a part of the American Union ? What 
was done two days thereafter? Who was chosen to command 
the military defenders of Texas ? What orders did he receive^ 
and what do ?— 18 . Who was at the head of affairs in Mexioo ? 
What was done by Mr. Polk (the American Executive) in re¬ 
paid to peace ?—19. How did the aversion of the Mexicans 
ttuw manifest ik*Jf ? 




OREGON. 


341 


revenge; and he who most vilified the Americans, pt rv. 
and the loudest blustered for war, was most thepmni 
popular favorite; and such was Paredes, by whose chap, ru 
party, Herrera was denounced as a traitor for suspected 
intercourse with the foes of the nation. He was still Sfc-gjJ- 
struggling for his place, whon Mr. Slidell, sent by Mr. JMr®- 
Polk, arrived in Mexico, and demanded to be re¬ 
ceived. Herrera rejected his mission on the ground Dec. 29 . 
that the American government had sent him as an ( u 0 e n °in 
envoy to settle the whole difference between the two Mexlc °* 
nations, and not as a commissioner to consider merely 
the Texan question. He had brought the American 
account-book; when it had been proposed by the 
Mexicans to settle such items only, as appeared 1 810 
upon their own. Herrera, even with this rejection, 
was not foimd violent enough to please the Mexicans, 
and they displaced him, and elevated Paredes. dent - 

20. On the 16th of January, 1845, the United 
States senate ratified a treaty with China, which had 
been there negotiated between Mr. Cushing, the chine* 
American Envoy Extraordinary, and the Commissioner ea 
of the Chinese Emperor. 

21. Oregon. —England and America both claimed 
the extensive portion of this country, north of the Co¬ 
lumbia river, to the Russian settlements.—Columbia 
river and its vicinity belongs to the Americans by right 1 192 
of the discovery made in 1792, by Captain Grey of 
Boston, and by the explorations of Lewis and Clark,■wfogja 
in the employ of the American government, made in lumbia, 
the years 1804-5.—John Jacob Astor of New York, tfleTivet 
founded Astoria, at the mouth of the Columbia, in ofhu* 
1811. The first house on its waters, was, however, ship 5 
established on Lewis river, by the Missouri Fur Com¬ 
pany, in 1808. 

22. The difficulty with England became so serious 


19. How was Mr. Slidell received? Who was raised to 
honor -n Mexico?—20. Give an account of the Chinese 
treaty.—21. What part of Oregon was in dispute, and with 
whom? On what was the American claim to the Colum¬ 
bia river and its valley founded ? What wore the first settle- 
inputs in Oregon ? 
























































THE RIO GRANDE. 


343 


fts to threaten war. It was, however, compromised by pt rv. 
a treaty negotiated at Washington between Mr. Pack-VT>m" 
enham, the British Minister, and Mr. Buchanan, the CH VU - 
American Secretary, — which makes the northern 
boundary of Oregon, the line of lat. 49 deg.; butTj^y** 
gives to the British the whole of Vancouver’s Island, in*ton 
and a right to the joint navigation of the Columbia 
river. 


CHAPTER VII. 

Mexican War.—Army of Occupation. 

1. Gen. Taylor was ordered by the secretary of war, 

Jan. 13, 1846, to take post at the mouth of the Rio 
Grande. The effect of the order was to precipitate Effect of 
the collision of arms, and to give to the Mexicans, the Gen.Tay. 
advantage of the cry of invasion. Gen. Taylor moved lor R° 0 th * 
from Corpus Christi on the 8th of March. On the Granda - 
18th he met a party of mounted Mexican marauders 
called rancheros, who warned him that he had passed 
the limits of Texas. On the 25th, the army reached 
Point Isabel. The Mexican authorities in leaving this 
place had set it on fire; but Taylor with exertion 
saved most of the buildings. From the nature of the 
coast he must make this place the depot for his stores. 
Leaving them here, with 450 men under Major Mun-March®, 
roe, he advanced, and took post at the mouth of the Tayfer 
Rio Grande opposite to Matamoras. Here batteries opp*3 
were soon erected by the Mexicans, pointing at his Ma r ^^ lu> 
camp. This he intrenched, and immediately com¬ 
merced a fort, whose guns threatened the heart of the 


22. How was the difficulty with England settled? 

Chapter VII. — 1. What order did Gen. Taylor receive? 
What was its effect? Give an account of Gen. Taylor’s march 
from the mouth of the Nueces to that of the Rio Grando. 
What was here done by the Mexicans and the Americans? 




344 


ACTUAL WAR. 


p’Tiv. city. Yet Gen. Taylor was strbtly courteous to all. 

He had come, in peace, he said, to protect Texas, not 
ch. vii.’ to invade Mexico; but if attacked, he should know 
(A^rnio h° w to defend himself. 

Cof!Cross 2 . This attack he had hourly reason to expect. 
tYomale Paredes had put in requisition the best troops of Mex- 
alone, ico, headed by her ablest generals, and they were 
kliledTby gathering towards the Rio Grande. On both sides 
¥a e nche" of the river, all was warlike actionhere, mounting 
ros ° or relieving guards,—and there, planting artillery. 
Gen. Arista now arrived, and took the command at 
Matamoras. The Mexican government made a for- 
Apni 24 . mal declaration of war on the 23d of May.—On the 
tfes’com. 24th Capt. Thornton with sixty-three dragoons was 
sent by Gen. Taylor a few miles up the river to 
turef Am. reconnoitre. They fell into an ambuscade, and find- 
and w. k i6. i R g themselves surrounded by a far superior force, 
they attempted to retreat, cutting their way ; but 
they were obliged to surrender, with the loss of 16 
killed and wounded. 

3. The American congress and people were aston¬ 
ished and agitated, when Gen. Taylor’s account of this 

Astonish, first bloodshed was received. Their army was sur- 
nnxiety! 1 rounded, and in danger, from the soldiers who had 
committed the massacres of Goliad and the Alamo! 
Wnyji. A kind of monomania pervaded the nation. The 
dent’s ex. President announced to congress that the Mexicans 
^age. S. * * 8 ' had “ invaded our territory, and shed the blood of our 
citizens upon our own soil.” Congress responded, 
that “ war existed by the act of Mexico,” and in two 
May 13. days passed a law authorizing 50,000 volunteers to 
congress be raised for twelve months; and appropriating to- 
tner^arfd wards the carrying on of the war, ten millions of 
money. d 0 q ars Thus were the means at once provided. 

4. Declared war being upon the hands of the Ex- 


S. What was. Gen. Taylor’s course of conduct?—2. What 
was now the aspect of things in regard to war? flow did hos¬ 
tilities actually commence ? When did the Mexicans declare 

war?—How wa3 news of the breaking out of the war re¬ 

ceived in America? and what was done by the President and 

by Cougreos? 



UECLARE1) WAR. 


345 


ecutive, the plan for its prosecution and results ap- ftiv. 
pears to have been,—to take for indemnity and as a FL)1IL 
permanent acquisition, that part of the Mexican terri • CH - vu * 
tory lying between the old United States and the 
Pacific; and so to carry the war into the more vital lhe fi«* 
and richer parts of Mexico, that the people would u ve ' 
be willing to receive peace, and some needful funds, 
though at the sacrifice of this territory, and the re¬ 
linquishment of Texas to the Rio Grande. 

5. The American Executive, aided by the head of 

the war department, and by General Scott, now 
sketched out, in two days’ time, a plan of a campaign, l5 
exceeding, in the vastness of the spaces, over which it 16 - 

■ swept by sea and land, any thing of the kind known 
in history. Vessels were.to pass round Cape Horn 
to the coast of California, to aid those already there Vwtpia* 
in conquering that country. An “ Army of the West” cam. 
was to be assembled at Fort Leavenworth to take * >aiKn * 
New Mexico, and then proceed westward to the Pa¬ 
cific, to co-operate with the fleet. An “ Army of the 
Centre,” to be collected from different and distant 
parts of the Union, was to rendezvous at San Antonio 
de Bexar, and thence to invade Coahuila and Chihua¬ 
hua.* These armies were mostly to be created from the 
raw material. The existing regular force of the United 
States, officers and men, did not exceed nine thousand. 

6. Gen. Taylor, whose force was called the “ Army 
of Occupation,” now received intelligence by Capt. 
Walker that a large Mexican force in his rear, was 
interposed between him and his stores at Point Isabel. 
Walker had there been stationed by Major Munroe to 
keep open the communication; and he had fought 
fifteen minutes with his one company of Texan rangers, 

(armed with revolving pistols,) with 1500 Mexican waJkoS 
cavalry,—killed thirty and escaped; and subsequently battla ’ 

* Pronounced Che-waw-waw. 


4-. What was the general plan of the American Executive? 
5* What were the military operations now sketched out for the 
army and navy?—6. What intelligence was now received by 
Gen. Taylor? Give an account of the first battle of the war 
n which Mexican blood was shed. 

1G 



346 


VICTORIES OF TIIE RIO GBANDR. 


P’Tiv he had foand his way with six men through the Mex- 
PT)lii:i can arm y to bring this information. 
ch. vii. y. Taylor did not hesitate. Leaving his camp at 
Matamoras, with a garrison in command of the trusty 
*t If $o?L ve t eran ; Major Brown, he marched with the main 
Isabel, army, and reached Point Isabel unmolested. The 
? t Mexicans at Matamoras attacked the camp with their 
9 .' batteries, and Major Brown opened his guns upon the 
adeof’ city. The firing was anxiously heard by Taylor, and 
Brown, a messenger for aid reached him from Major Brown. 

The garrison at Point Isabel being reinforced by 500 
T^Sor men, supplied by Commodore Conner from the navy, 
Tabd. 1 * Gen. Taylor announced to the war department, “ I 
shall march this day with the main body of the army, 
to open a communication with Major Brown, and 
throw forward supplies of ordnance and provision. 
If the enemy opposes my march, in whatever force, I 
shall fight him.” 

8. The same evening he marched. The next day 
at noon he came in full sight of the Mexican army, 
force drawn up in order of battle, and extending a mile 
Am/ across his way. Taylor halted his men,—bade them 
* refresh themselves at the pools—then formed his line, 
k? & w!’ The Mexicans, although with choice of the ground, 
Am°°k.4 t and more than double numbers, were forced, after five 
w * 40 * hours, to yield to the Americans, the victory of Palo 
Alto. Major Ringgold was here mortally wounded. 
Resnci 9. At, two o’clock the next day the army resumed 
Pahrm. its march. Having advanced about three miles, the 
Mexicans were discovered, skilfully posted, with artil- 
lery, at Resaca de la Palma. At four o’clock the 
M"- Americans came up. The field was fiercely contested. 
Hex”loss It was here, that Capt. May, with his dragoons rode 
Ai&k & up to a Mexican battery, cut down the men, and took 

w. mor- --- 

What was now done by Gen. Taylor? What cannonade 
was heard by him at Point Isabel? What determination did he 
announce?— 8» Give an account of the battle of Palo Alto, 
the numbers engaged, loss, &c.; see side-note. ( When here¬ 
after the direction is , give an account of a battle, let the side • 
notes be studied as well as the text.)— 9. Give an account oi 
the battle of Resaca de la Palma. 




THE WAR SPIRIT. 


847 


Gen. La Vega as he was applying a match to one of ptiv. 
the guns. The Mexicans were wholly routed. Their" pdeo* 
camp—its stores, equipage, and Gen. Arista’s private ca va ' 
papers, fell into the hands of the Americans. On 
arriving at the camp, Taylor and his victorious army 
carried joy to the wearied combatants. But the val¬ 
ued commander of the fort had been killed. Gen. 

Taylor named the place where he fought and fell, 

Fort Brown. 

10 . Great were the rejoicings and illuminations in 

the United States for the victories of the Rio Grande. 1816 
The Mexican army now deserted Matamoras, and the Tayior 
civil authorities suffered the Americans to take quiet °mX“ 
possession. Everywhere the young men of America mora> 
were now ready, nay, in haste, to go forth to defend 
their brethren, fight the Mexicans, and push for the Ju juiv. ni 
“ Halls of the Montezumas.” Gen. Taylor was em- defayed 
barrassed and delayed by the ill-provided numbers p ^ S g h ®f 
who came.—The towns on the lower Rio Grande were Xhwi 
taken and occupied by the Americans. Camargo, 
made the depot of provisions and stores, was gar 
risoned with 2,000 men under Gen. Patterson. 

11 . The army being now 6,000 strong, its first di¬ 
vision, under Gen. Worth, marched for the interior on 
the 20th of August. Gen. Taylor with the rear column 
soon followed. On the 5th of September, the several Sjpt #• 
divisions were concentrated at Mann. Moving on, ^my at 
they encamped, on the 9th, at Walnut Springs, three 
miles from Monterey. Here, on the south and west Spring* 
towered the high peaks of the Sierra Madre,—while 
before them stood the walls of Monterey, bristling with 
cannon, and surrounded by fortresses ;—and around 
them an unknown region—an invaded country, with 
thousands of embittered foes. Most of their troops 
were untried volunteers. But they had officers edu- 


9. What had occurred at the camp? What occurred at 
Matamoras? — 10 . What effect in the U. S. had the victories 
of the Rio Grande ? What effect on Taylor’s movements had 
the too great accession of ill-provided numbers?— 11. Give an 
account of the movements of the armv until reaching Walnut 
Springs. What now was its position ? 




848 


POSITION OF MONTERES 


P’riv. cated either directly or indirectly at West Point, who, 
FiTm.’ in all the complicated acquirements belonging to mili- 
ch. vii. tary science, had no superiors. Especially had they 
a commanded cool and deliberate,—judicious to plan, 
and energetic to act. 

12 . He looked upon the mountains, and perceived 
towards the southwest, that they were cleft by the 
small stream of the San Juan, along which, was the 
road from Saltillo to Monterey. He thought if a new 
way could be made by which the Saltillo road should 

1846. be reached, the enemy’s line of supplies would be cut, 
Worth’s and probably less formidable defences intervene. The 
skill of the American engineers, under Capt. Mansfield, 
°nwn at f° un( l out su °h a way; and Gen. Worth being selected 
for the important service, led a column of 650 men 
on the 20th and 21st, by a difficult detour round to 
aist Bat-^ ie Saltillo road. But they did not gain this advan¬ 
ce near tage without loss. On the morning of the 21st thev 
rey.Mex successfully fought a battle, in which Col. Hay and 
his Texan rangers were distinguished. 

13. The Saltillo road being gained, the first obsta¬ 
cles now to be overcome in approaching the city, were 

deration two batteries on a hill. Up to these, in face of their 
dadp car- fire, the soldiers marched. They were taken, and 
r,ed ’ their guns turned on the third and principal battery, 
—a fortified, unfinished stone building, called the 
Bishop’s Palace, situated on the steep hill, Independ¬ 
ence. Night came on, and the weary and hungry 
soldiers-had to bide the pelting of a storm. At three 
Bept. 22 . a party headed by Col. Childs, and conducted by 
1 A cl *M. k * en gi neers Saunders and Meade, mounted the hill. A 
B paiace S v ig orous sortie from the fort was repelled. The 
uormed. Americans entered it with the flying Mexicans, and it 
was theirs. After having taken this battery, and 
turned it against the city, the war-worn troops, now 
three days from the camp, their numbers thinned by 
death, stood close upon the rear of Monterey. 

12. What plan was formed for approaching Monterey in 
rear? Who led the detachment? What happened on the 
morning of the 21st?—13. Give an account of the movement! 
of Worth’s party until it reached the rear of Monterey 



MONTEREY TAKEN. 


345) 


1 4. Meantime, Taylor had sought to direct the at- P’T iv. 
tention of the enemy from this, his real point of’pSom 
attack, by making a feigned one in front. But so CHVW - 
fiercely was this movement conducted by Gen. Butler, 

Capt. Backus, and others, that the city was entered, 
though with great sacrifice of life; for every street Attack 
w as barricaded, and guns were pointed from the 0 terey°in 
walls of every house. The second day, a part of the front * 
defences were abandoned by the garrison, the Ameri¬ 
cans getting within the houses, and breaking through 

the walls. Gen. Quitman, who headed this party, 
advanced to the Plaza. On the morning of the 23d, 
the defences of the opposite side were assaulted and 
carried by the division of Gen. Worth. 

15. Gen. Taylor now passed over to Worth’s quar¬ 
ters, where he received the Mexican commander, Gen. 
Ampudia. He came with a flag to propose capitula¬ 
tion and an armistice, on the ground that peace might 
shortly be expected,—Paredes being displaced, and^A™ 
Gen. Santa Anna now in power. General Taylor p"s 8 9 ,” 
knewf that in consequence of President Polkas hope of mSIs 
that wily Mexican’s favorable disposition, he had given 1844 ‘ 
an order to the fleet, which Com. Conner obeying, 

Santa Anna had passed unmolested on his return from 
Cuba. 

16. Gen. Taylor had not men sufficient to guard the 
Mexican soldiers, if he kept them as prisoners; and 
his own unsupplied army needed all the provisions to 
be found in Monterey. Without the parade of com¬ 
passion, he had its reality, and he wished to spare, * ^ 
especially “ non-combatants.” With the advice of his fh^a?- 3, 
officers, he therefore agreed to an armistice of eight mistlce - 
weeks, on condition pf the approval of the American . 
government. This, on correspondence, was withheld ; ^tion 
and the war after six weeks was renewed. 


14* Give an account of the operations of Generals Butler, 
Quitman, &c., in front. When did Worth’s division enter the 
city ?—15. On what ground did Gen. Ampudia propose an 
armistice ? What did Taylor know of Mr. Polk’s course in re¬ 
gard to Santa Anna?—16. What farther do you learn con¬ 
cerning the armistice of Monterey ? 



PLAN OF THE BATTLE 

or 

* 

Morning 23 ^Feb.1847. 

\Bite naVis tci 

”5 _ 



^0B % / 

Mexican c=wa Infantry, A Cavalry, t Artillery, moving to the atta 
United States' 1 ^ Infantry, is Cavalry, *J* Artillery, receiving the attac 


By Lieut. Col. Mansfield , Carp. Engineers. 





















MUSTERING TI1E VOLUNTEERS. 


861 


CHAPTER VIII. 

Army of the Centre.—Gen. Wool’s march.—Battle of Buena 
Vista. 

1 . To Gen. Wool the administration wisely confided ft iv. 

the principal share in mustering and preparing for the pm hl 
service the volunteers. His orders, dated May 29 th, ch.viix. 
he received at Troy;—left immediately for Washing¬ 
ton,—from thence moved through the states of Ohio, J®*® 
Indiana, Illinois, Kentucky, Tennessee, and Mississippi; Gen/ 
—meeting the enlisted volunteers at designated places ordeV 
of rendezvous, and inspecting and admitting them, if 
suitable men, into the army. These distances were J J U I ] 3 / 6 - 
accomplished, and twelve and a half regiments, (two weeks 
of cavalry,) making about 12,000 men, were inspected, mUestrar 
mustered into the service, and sent towards their v and ’ 
destined places, by the 16th of July. men mu* 

2 . About 9,000 of these recruits, went to the Rio tered ’ 
Grande to reinforce the army of Gen. Taylor. Those Aug l 
to form the “ Army of the Centre” were by different Gen/vV. 
routes to rendezvous at Bexar ;—some going the far Vaea^on 
circuit of Little Rock, in Arkansas, and some by the da Bay.) 
Gulf through La Vaea. At Bexar be/ an that drill 

and strict discipline of the volunteers which made vv&s 
Gen. Wool’s corps, whether resting or m wing, a camp 
of instruction; and which, together with his great la rwith 

° ill o ms men 

care that every article necessary to health and em- gtae 
ciency should always be prepared and ready, gave to 
it the praise of being “ a model army.” 

3. Gen. Wool’s destination was Chihuahua. His 
force, amounting to 500 regulars and 2,440 volun- 


Chapter VIII.— 1 . Give an account of Gen. Wool’s move¬ 
ments in mustering the volunteers.—2. How many of these 
went to Gen. Taylor ? Where were those for the Army of the 
Centre to rendezvous, and by what routes ? What gave to Geu. 
Wool’s corps the credit of being a “ model armv ?”—3. De» 
*»ml>e tho army’s marclu 




352 


UISN. wool's MAltCM. 


P’T iv. teers, crossed the Rio Grande at Presidio, on a flying 
riini. bridge prepared for the purpose. From this fertile 
cu.ym. S p 0 t they marched westward 26 miles, to Nava, over 
a dead level,—without finding a drop of water or a 
1 human habitation. The troops, in crossing the Sierras 
wool of San Jose and Santa Rosa, encountered steep rocky 
bSI ascents and deep mountain gorges; and often, before 
the°R?G. their 300 heavy-laden wagons could pass, roads must 
a «idi!T be repaired or made. Sometimes, as the army ap¬ 
peared, the ignorant people of the country, taken by 
surprise, believed that the robber-bands of Mexico 
were upon them. The shrieking women would run 
from their houses, and embrace the crosses by the 
way-side,—probably where some friend had been killed, 
whose fate they expected to share. 

4 . But, by the better-informed, Gen. Wool’s approach 
was hailed with joy. He protected the quiet and the 

Oct. a. weak against the lawless and the strong; and as he 
wSat passed on through San Fernando and Santa Rosa, to 
cTova Monclova, his advance was heralded as that of a 
friend. He there peacefully unfurled the American 
(Troop? flag over the government-house of the province. At 
U d n r u1 r Monclova, Gen. Taylor communicated to him the cap- 
thear*- ture and armistice of Monterey. Here also he learned 
they'are’ that the projected route to Chihuahua was impractica- 
enSmp- hie. Both 1 2 and Gen. Taylor believed that it would 
e oVt the unw ^ se tl is to withdraw his force from the seat of 
citL and war ; since v.ie conquest of New Leon and Coahuila, 
villages.) a ] rea <ly achi( ! ed, gave to the Americans the command 
of Chihuahua. 

5 . On the 25th of November, Gen. Wool marched 
upon Parras,— Gen. Taylor advising him to establish 

to i)ec!* 5 . a P ost in that fertile region, and collect provisions, of 
which his army were in need, and which the country 
dovato about Monterey could not supply. At Parras, Gen. 
1 ‘arrus. Wool was received with all the courtesy due to a dis¬ 
tinguished guest. The strictness of his discipline was 

4* To whom did Gen. Wool afford protection ? How was 
his advance regarded by the well-informed Mexicans ? What 
did he learn at Monclova?—5» Why did he march to Parras? 
What waa the effect of his discipline ? 




THE WOMEN OV EAIIUAS. 


353 


not only improving his army, but, by imparting the mr iv. 
new feeling of security to a people, so long the victims FduT 
of anarchy, he was winning their affections, and giving vuii 
them desires for a better government. Stores came in 
abundantly, and the necessities of the two armies were 
fully supplied. 

6 . In the mean time Gen. Taylor had proceeded to 
Victoria, the capital of Tamaulipas, expecting to co- 
operate with Gen. Patterson and a naval force in the n ov . u. 
reduction of Tampico. But that place had surrender- T K£° 
ed to Commodore Conner on the 14th of November. wUhou* 
Gen. Butler was left in command at Monterey. Sal- shed, 
tillo, the capital of Coahuila, of which the Americans 

had taken peaceable possession on the 17th, was gar- and con 
risoned, and commanded by Gen. Worth. d Mrs° f 

7. The changeful Mexicans having now displaced 
Paredes, and given full power to Santa Anna, he had the Am. 
concentrated a force of 22,000 at San Luis Potosi. consul,) 
Gen. Worth, 60 miles in advance of Monterey, and 

200 from Taylor at Victoria, now received the start¬ 
ling intelligence, that this army was immediately to be A^el-’ 
brought down upon him ;—he having but 900 men. {JiJJjJJ 
He sent a rapid express, entreating Wool to hasten W orth- 
to his aid with his whole force. In two hours Gen. ^? o n o -J 
W ool was in motion with his entire column, and his long ^eave* 
train of wagons. Only fourteen of his soldiers were his npi«l 
unable, on account of ill-health, to move. Such was meat, 
the gratitude of the protected people, that the ladies 
of Parras came forward and voluntarily took these 
sick soldiers to their houses. In four days the army 
marched 120 miles, to Agua Nueva, twenty-one miles 
in advance of Saltillo. 

8 . Gen. Taylor, while at Victoria, learned that the 
city of Mexico was to be approached by Vera Cruz; 


<5. Give an account of the arrangements detailed in para¬ 
graph 6th.—7. What do you now learn of Santa Anna ? Whut 
alarmed Gen. Worth, and what express did he send? What 
was done by Gen. Wool ? What remarkable proof of gratitude 
did he reeeive from the ladies of Parras ? What position was 
taken by Gen. Woo. ?— g. What disagreeable intelligence was 
received by Taylor ? 


16 




364 


PElllLOUS POSITION. 


P’Tiv. and that Gen. Scott, appointed to conduct this in- 
P’D m. vasion, would, as his senior, supersede him in the 
ch. vm. Mexican command. It was from Taylor’s army that 
Scott’s force was to be drawn. Gen. Scott therefore 
^reedeT ordered from Gen. Taylor most of his efficient troops, 
rayiot. i eav j n g him,—till more could be sent by government, 
“ to stand on the defensive.” Taylor, whatever might 
have been his feelings, promptly obeyed the order; 
^ef^and dispatched to Vera Cruz the greater part of his 
vvooi regular troops, and volunteers. This order reached 
'ped S ot p ‘the forces of Gen. Wool also. But with the remains 
force* fbeir force, these two generals met, and bore back 
° rce *‘ the shock, of the most formidable anny which Mexico 
had ever sent to the field. 

9 . Gen. Taylor now learned that Santa Anna, by 
decided demonstrations, was threatening him. Leav¬ 
ing a small garrison at Monterey, he advanced south 

184? with about 300 men to the camp of Wool at Agua 
Santa Nueva. Their whole force, officers and men, was 
nroacims^ 4,690, and Santa Anna was approaching with more 
eaudity than four times that number, besides 3,000 regular 
o?lorce. cava i r y unc i er Gen. Minon, and 1,000 under Gen. Ur- 
rea, sent in advance, to turn the American position, 
destroy their stores, and cut off their retreat. 

10 . The army remained encamped at Agua Nueva 
until the afternoon of the 21st of February. Santa 

Santa Anna was approaching. The camp at Agua Nueva 
wi’vedffs was then broken up, and Santa Anna, believing that 
ir £'bad t °k* s f° es were %i n g i n dismay, eagerly pursued, till he 
position, was drawn to the mountain-gorge of Angostura, pre¬ 
viously chosen by the American generals, as the place 
for the battle. Gen. Wool was left by Taylor the 
active commander at Buena Vista; while lie, anxious 
for his stores menaced by Minon, went to Saltillo. 

11 . On the morning of the 22d, Gen. Wool drew 


What was his conduct ? Was Gen. Wool affected by the 
government order ? What did the two generals effect with the 
remainder of their force ?—9. What was now the position and 
force of the Mexican and American armies ?—10. What oc¬ 
curred on the afternoon of the 21st of February ?—11. What 
on tlw morning of tlie 22d ? 




WASHINGTON 3 BIRTHDAY. 


355 


up the army for battle. The gorge was the key of r iv. 
the position. Here was placed Capt. Washington’s dhl 
battery. This was the birthday of the great fl - VIU 
Washington, and the battle-cry was to be, “The 
memory of Washington!” From their positions the 
troops looked out through the gorge to the south, Bi-ena. 
and beheld, issuing from clouds of dust, the long Mexican 
array of the Mexican host,—glittering with burnished Rr ^ars. p 
arms, and gorgeous with many-colored draperies. As 
they come nearer, their delicious music charms for a 
moment even the stern ear of war ! But the shouts 
of the Americans rise louder,—as Gen. Taylor, whom 
they regard as invincible, appears upon the field. 

12 . About noon the Mexicans pushed forward a 3o , c]ijck 
party to the heights on the east, or American left. 

At three o’clock began the battle. Volunteer rifle- 
men, under Col. Marshall, met the advanced Mexicans, ids™ 1 
They made no impression upon the American lines, more 
while they suffered loss. Night came. The Ameri-^m. 3 ^ 
cans remained under arms.—Two hours after mid- 4> k,< *' 
night the Mexicans commenced the second day’s at¬ 
tack. 

13. No language can depict the perilous condition 
of the comparatively few Americans who fought, and 
finally won the long and bloody battle of Buena Vista. 

Some of the volunteers fled in the early part of the 
day, and in endeavoring to rally them, Capt. Lincoln, 
aid to Gen. Wool, lost his valuable life. Once the 
Mexicans had turned the American left, and in that 
quarter were gaining the field, when they were met 

and repelled by Col. Jefferson Davis, with the unerring c °^ a ~J‘ 
rifles of the Mississippi volunteers. Repeatedly the 
battle had been lost, but for the flying-artillery, which anj - 
changed rapidly from point to point as it was needed. 

Twice Lieut. O’Brien checked masses of the enemy 0 ’ Bnttt 
with his small battery, remaining in their way so long 
that he could only save himself, leaving part of his melon. 


12t What were the military operations of the afternoon of 
that day?—13. Relate some of the earlier incidents of the 
U»ttle of liuena Vista. 



35C5 


BUENA VISTA. 


ft iv guns. Washington, though repeatedly attacked, con- 
P’D hi. stantly maintained his position. 

cH.vnx. 14 . Once Mexican cavalry found their way to the 
rear of the Americans, and attacked their camp ; but 
ticked, they were repelled. Col. Yell here lost his life. Then 
came a moment, in which several thousand Mexicans 
jSanta were in danger, when Santa Anna relieved them, and 
trmfng c h an g e d his batteries for a final assault, by the vile 
with n f trick of sending a flag, as if for surrender. This last 
truce, assault was furiously made on the American centre, 
Lagt commanded by Taylor in person. For a few moments 
of a the v °l un teers were in danger of being overwhelmed 
Mexi. by numbers. Colonels Hardin, Clay, and McKee, 
can8 ‘ were killed. The batteries of Bragg and Sherman 
arrived, and by almost superhuman exertion, they 
saved the day. 

Battle. 15. Santa Anna was obliged to draw back his 
Buena much diminished forces. The second night came on. 
Wsta. Offi cers anc i m en were on the alert, and horses in 
harness. The field was strewed with the lifeless vic¬ 
tims of war. The American surgeons and their assist¬ 
ants administered to the wounded, whether friend or 
foe; and Mexican women were there, to soothe the 
dying, or wail the dead. 

Feb.*M. 16. The Americans were prepared to renew the 
Anna contest. Outposts had made astonishing marches, 
Amfipls. and had reached the camp. Gen. Marshall, with his 
w.'S.’ mounted Kentuckians, and Capt. Prentiss with his 
k e & l0 w.’ ar tiH er y> had travelled from the Pass of Rinconada, 
missing miles of bad road,—in one day.—With the 
earliest dawn of the morning Gen. Wool, abroad to 
reconnoitre, discovered that the enemy were in full re¬ 
treat. Hastening with the news to the tent of Tay¬ 
lor, they embraced and wept,—while the glad shouts - 
of victory, rang over the battle-field. 

17. Santa Anna had promised his army, before the 
battle, the lives and property of their foes, and he 

14U Of the later.—15* What was the position of things 
when night eame on?—16. What preparation had the Amer¬ 
icans made to renew the contest? What was discovered at 
dawn of day? 





CALIFORNIA. 


357 


had sent, besides regular troops, hordes of rancheros, ftiv. 
to fill the mountain passes, so that not an American p d hi. 
should escape with his life. By a body of these C ^ VUI * 
troops a wagon-train w r as attacked at Ramas and 45 g anta 
wagoners killed. On the day of the battle, Gen. p f e p' a *£ 
Minon, with 1800 cavalry, was driven from Saltillo by c°" s 0 ff 
Capt. Webster and those under his command. Cols, 
Morgan and Irvin, defeated a party at Agua Frio on 
the 26th of February; and Major Giddings was vie- Asua* 
torious at Ceralvo on the 7th of March. wix r ."ioa* 

18. The victory of Buena Vista, without which the 
guerilla warfare would have borne a different aspect, ^chi 
left the Americans after these affairs in quiet posses- Ceralvo. 
sion of the northern provinces of Mexico proper, force 
Active operations being here at an end, Gen. Taylor, Am. m 
after a few months, returned to receive high honors Mexiio&j 
from his country;—and Gen. Wool was left at Mon- k ‘^. w ‘ 
terey to govern and protect the conquered regioR ^ 17, 


CHAPTER IX. 

Army of the West.—Conquest of New Mexico and California. 

1 . A fleet was already on the coast of California, 
when the war commenced. Commodore Sloat, the 
commander, was advised by the navy department, 
that war with Mexico might occur, in which case 
was, without further notice, to employ his fleet for j u j y 7 . 
hostile purposes. Having been led tc^believe that JJ™-} 
war existed, Com. Sloat took Monterey on the 7th of 
July, 1846. On the 9th, Francisco, north of Monte- 

__ Sioa/ 

17. What had Santa Anna promised and prepared to do? 

What occurred at Ramas? At Saltillo? At Aqua Frio ? At 
Ceralvo?—1§. What is here said of Gen. Taylor? Of Gen. 

Wool ? 

Chapter IX.— 1. Of what was Com. Sloat advised ? What 
places in California were taken on the 7th and 9th of July, 1846? 





358 


THE HEAR REVOLUTION. 


PTrv. rey, was taken by a part of the squadron, acting undei 
P’D in. the orders of Com. Montgomery. On the 15th, ar- 
C g IX ' rived a frigate under Com. Stockton. On the 17th, 
1 i 5 th, 6 Com. Sloat dispatched a party to the mission of St. 
ofc«m! J°lm, to recover cannon and other munitions which 
Stockton the enemy had there deposited. 

teroy. 2. At this place the American flag had already 
June] and been planted by Col. Fremont,—who, with 63 men, 
anTth^had been sent out in 1845 by the government with 
ctui'cafi- the ostensible object of making peaceful explorations, 
drive out Fremont being threatened with destruction by De 
^sh rov- Castro, the Spanish commandant, went and aroused the 
eminent. American settlers in the neighborhood of Sonoma, 
and on the river Sacramento. They added to his 
Called the force, and he swept out the Mexican authorities from 
RevSfu- around the Bay of San Francisco and north. The 
fromtheAmerican Californians, July 5th, declared their inde- 
flag pendence, and placed Fremont at their head. A few 
op e ’ days after, news came that war existed between the 
United States and Mexico ; when the Californian colors 
were joyfully pulled down, and the American hoisted. 

3. Gen. Castro went south to Los Angeles, the seat 
of civil government. Stockton and Fremont, with their 
Aug. 17. combined land and naval forces, followed. The Mexicans 
C inste ’ withdrawing, they took peaceable possession ; and Com. 
lutes go- Stockton assumed, by proclamation, the style of gover- 
mentat nor. He and Fremont then going north, a Mexican 
Angeles. f ovce under Gen. Fiores retook Los Angeles, and the 
southern towns; driving out the American garrisons. 
Fremont increased his Californian battalion to 428, 
with which in December and January he assisted in 
the final conquest of California. 
orthJ 4. Arm^of the West. —Immediately after the 
°P en i n g ofrne war, orders were issued by the Exec- 
in? b i '45 ut ^ ve * or organizing an “Army of the West,” to be 
LeAril commanded by Gen. Kearny;—for the object of ta- 
Dms. 407 . king,—and placing under American krws. New Mexico 

oford.) _____ 

2. Give some account of Col. Fremont and his military op¬ 
erations in California.—3* What happened at Ciudad de lot 
Angelos ? —4. What was the object of the Army of the West 



GEN. KEAllNY's MARCH. 


359 


and California,- This army began, June 5th, to appear P’Tiv. 
at the rendezvous, which was Fort Leavenworth. Here ’Fd7i a ~ 
the volunteers chose their own officers. The men CH - IX * 
elected by them had entered their ranks as privates, j®*®' 
Doniphan was chosen colonel of the first Missouri Dom- 
regiment. All were for twenty days instructed by e&wen. 
such of their officers as had been West-Point students; 
and thus the military arts and sciences infused into 
this celebrated school, by Col. Sylvanus Thayer and 
his associates and successors, were rapidly transfused 
into the capable volunteers of the West. 

5. Gen. Kearny, having sent forward his baggage, 

and taken in convoy the annual train of merchants’ 
wagons, now numbering 414, (going to trade at Santa june 26 - 
Fe and Chihuahua,) set out with his army on the last Amy 
of June. They moved southwesterly across the river ^[h, 
Platte,—the branches of the Kansas,—along the Ar- 
kansas to Bent’s Fort; thence south and southwesterly JgPjj 
to Santa Fe. l he Ar * 

. kansas. 

6. A great portion of the region moved over was 
prairie;—one wide, wild, unmeasured level, or gently 
undulating field ;—sometimes green, as far as the eye 
could reach, with tall, rank grass,—and sometimes 

gay with unnumbered flowers,—perhaps blushing, far f c r e n „”° 
round with the varieties of the prairie rose, — or tinged 
orange with the wild lily; and sometimes showing the 
pale greentand delicate white and red of the moccasin 
flower, the “ belle of the prairie.” Along the Arkan¬ 
sas the troops found great herds of buffalo; and 
cheerily joined the hunt, and enjoyed the feast. 

7. But they had many hardships. The ground was 
often so soft and spongy, that the wagons sunk; and Au e-** 
the strength of the men must be addedMa that of the 
horses to drag them forth. Again cfilShis must be 
filled, and torrents bridged; and sometimes the vol- 

4« What occurred with respect to election of officers and 
discipline, and where ?—5* What is said of a wagon-train 
which Gen. Kearny was to convoy? What course was taken 
by the army in their march to Santa Fd?—6. Describo the 
prairie scenery, and the chief pleasure of the army?— 7* What 
disagreeable scenes had they to encounter ? 



360 


NEW MEXICO TAKEN. 


ft rv. unteers must lie down at night in places infested with 
fd ill serpents, horned frogs, lizards, and musquitoes. Often 
CH - IX - they made long marches without water, and some- 
1846. times with scarcely any food. 

Aug. is. 8. Gen. Kearny peacefully entered the city of Santa 
Kearny Fe, containing 6,000 inhabitants. He occupied the 
SanS. governor’s palace, and planted above it, August 18th, 
the standard eagle of Republican America. Thus had 
the army in fifty days accomplished this desert march 
Heestab-of 900 miles. The day after his entrance, Gen. Kear- 
ciJfigov-ny proclaimed himself governor of New Mexico, 
eminent. «You are now,” said he, “American citizens;—you 
no longer owe allegiance to the Mexican government.” 
The principal men then took the oath required; swear¬ 
ing allegiance to the laws and government of the 
His do- United States. These measures gave rise to much 
quotum- discussion in the American capitol when they became 
"Vm**! 8 * * 11 known; the question being, whether the administra¬ 
tion had or had not transcended its constitutional 
powers, in thus annexing, without any action of con¬ 
gress, a territory to the American Union. 

9. Gen. Kearny having now taken possession of 
New Mexico, and organized a government,—of which 
he made Charles Bent the chief executive,—it next 
became his duty to proceed to California. He ap¬ 
pointed Col. Doniphan to succeed likn in the province ; 
with orders, however, that on the arrival oft volunteers 

sept. 25 . under Col. Price, Doniphan should leave him in com- 
mand, proceed with his regiment and some additional 
Santa*e.£ orceg chihuahua, and there report to Gen. Wool. 

10. Proceeding down the Rio Grande, Kearny was 
met by an express from Col. Fremont, —by which he 
learned thataGalifornia was already conquered. Se- 

Kwmy’»lecting lOCrlften as his escort, he ordered the return 
nauc of his main force to Santa Fe. Crossing the Rio 
Grande in latitude 33°, he reached the river Gila, 


8. What were some of the circumstances of Gen. Kearny’s 
taking Santa F6 and establishing government?—9. What w'as 

Gen. Kearny next to do? Whom did he leave to succeed him 1 

What orders did he give?—10. What information met G«n» 

Kearny and what was his course of action? 




CALIFORNIAN BATTLES. 


301 


afc the copper, mines, on the 20th of October; and pt iv. 
following its course, he arrived at its mouth on the 
22 d of November, in lat. 32°. From this point he ch. «.* 
kept along, or near the Colorado, forty miles ;—thence 1816 
westerly sixty miles, through an arid desert. Seamy 

11. On the 2d of December, Gen. Kearny reached moLthoi 
Wamas village, the frontier settlement of California. the Giia - 
He was met on the 5th by Capt. Gillespie, sent 

to him with thirty-six men, by Com. Stockton, acting 
governor of California. A corps of the enemy were 
near. The next morning the general mounted his 
little party on the jaded beasts, which they had 
ridden from Santa Fe, 1050 miles, and at day- 
dawn went forth to San Pascal,— where he engaged 
160 mounted Californians. The Americans were vie- B G ^j- e 6 „ 
torious ;—but these more northern troops sold victory p f s A ” A ° 
at a dearer rate, than the southern Mexicans. Kearny Mex AI " 
was twice wounded. Captains Johnson and Moore f '“ ce 130 
and Lieut. Hammond were killed ;—indeed, more than 
half the officers were either killed or wounded, with 
19 of the men. When the surgeon appeared, the 
commander directed, “ first dress the wounds of the 
soldiers;” and then fell,—fainting with exhaustion. 
Happily his wounds were not dangerous. He reached 
San Diego on the 12th of December. 

12 . On the 29th of that month, Com. Stockton and 1849 
Gen. Kearny, at the head of 500 marines with the land Battle - 
forces, marched to the vicinity of Ciudad los Angeles, 

to quell the revolt of the inhabitants,—met and de- Am.ios. 
feated them at San Gabriel , on the 8th of Jan., andlcaS 
the next day took peaceable possession of Los Angeles. 

The Californians, still in force, knowing that Fremont ga/tr 
approached, passed the city, marched^welve miles ^na" 
north, and surrendered to him, on anhoMRble capitu- capitu¬ 
lation. This proved the final pacification of California. Fremont 

13. The following day, the American parties met at 

Los Angeles. Who should be governor ? Stockton three at 
said it should be Fremont. General Kearny claimed Angrles ‘ 


10. Describe the route of Gen. Kearny.—11. The buttle of 
gj ji Pascal. 

16 * 



862 


Doniphan’s expedition. 


P ' T - IV - the office on account of his superior rank, and the Pre* 
p d. iu.sident’s authority. But Kearny’s written order, Fre- 
1847 . mon ^ refused to obey, until further directed, from 
jan. 17 . Washington. Kearny left him in the gubernatorial 
Refuses 1 mansion; and marched forth, with the poor remains 
19 to 23’ °f his party, to San Diego. Here he was reinforced 
Kear- * by the Mormons’ battalion under Col. Cooke. Leaving 
march to them, he sailed to Monterey; where in conjunction 
S Fei) ie | 0 " ^' om * Shubrick, he made a proclamation as gov- 
At Mou-ernor;—annexing California to the United States. 

March l 14. Fremont conceived, at length, that the President 
Procia- would not sustain his course, rode on horseback, 400 
Mar° 2 i miles in three days and ten hours, to make his submis- 
'pre 3 * s * on Kearn y» Monterey. Col. Mason arrived, 
mom’s with orders to supersede Kearny and permit Fremont 
h back to join his regiment, or pursue his explorations. He 
journey, was forced, instead, to accompany Kearny in his over- 
Hif’ar- land journey by the South Pass;—arrested by him at 
1848 Fort Leavenworth, tried at Washington by a court- 
His sen- martial, and finally sentenced to lose his commission, 
tence. p res ident offered its restoration, but Fremont 
would not accept it at his hands. 


CHAPTER X. 

Doniphan’s Expedition to Chihuahua.—Revolt in New Mexico 

i 846 1* Three days after Gen. Kearny’s departure from 

Pept. 28." Santa Fe, C oL Price arrived with his recruits. Col. 
pi?ce n al. Honiphan was'awaiting this event to commence his 
r sn e *ta march upon Chihuahua. But on the 11th of Octo- 
her he received an order from Kearny, dated “ near 
La Joy a,” to march with his regiment against the Na- 
Don !- 1 vajo Indians,—their chiefs not having come to Santa 
p dtreti r Fe to hold a peace-council with those of other Indian 
the l Na- nations, as they had been invited, and as they had 
v^joes. p r0]li i sec l do ;—but instead of this, they had made 



Doniphan's march. 


3G3 


war on “ the inhabitants of New Mexico, under the P>TIV - 
protection of the United States.” fdiii. 

2 . Winter was approaching, and the abodes of the CH ’ x * 
powerful Navajoes, the “ mountain-lords” of unknown 
regions, extended far to the west. The more thorough¬ 
ly to scour their country, Col. Doniphan divided his Nov. ii. 
regiment into three parties,—one under Major Gilpin, jbi!jjjjf 
to take a northern route; one under Col. Jackson, a about tm 
southern, while Doniphan himself was to take a cen- amoiiff 
tral range. All were to meet at Ojo Oso, or the indXns.) 
Bear Springs,—bringing in the chiefs, there to hold a 
council. Notwithstanding incredible hardships, this 

was done; and on the 22d of Nov. a treaty of peace made 7 
and amity was made in form. 

3. From Valverde, Col. Doniphan moved his army j°es. 
in three divisions; with baggage-wagons and mer- De i 9 . 14 ~ 
chant-trains in convoy. He now crossed a dreary 
desert of ninety miles, called the “Journey of the 
Dead,” where there was neither water, food, nor fuel, 

At Donanna the army found refreshment. verde - 

4. At Bracito, on the Del Norte, they encountered 

a Mexican force, commanded by Gen. Ponce de Leon, 5f t c b?-‘ 
who sent an officer with a black flag , demanding of 
Doniphan to appear before him. On refusal, he said E1Paso * 
in haughty defiance, “ We neither ask quarter, nor 
give it.” The Mexicans advanced, firing three rounds, braci- 
The Missourians, falling on their faces, were supposed ^forc*** 
to be dead, but suddenly rising, they delivered a fire so mIxI’Xjs* 
fatal that the foe fled in confusion, leaving about 200 
killed and wounded. fo?ce A e‘n 

5 . In the delightful valley of El Paso del Norte, sased 
the troops ivere fully recruited. Their march from o 
El Paso was forth into unknown hostile, ions. And 



now they had learned that Gen. Wool w r a5 not at Chi- 


Chapter X.—i. What was Gen. Kearny’s order to Col. Doni- - 
nhan ?— 2, What divisions of his force were made by Col. D. ? 
Fur what object? With what result?— 3 . Describe the army’s 
march from Valverde to Donanna.—4 . What occurred at Bra¬ 
cito? — 5. Describe the march from El Paso to Laguna de los 
Patoa. 





304 


PASS OF SACRAMENTO. 


P’T hualiua. But fearlessly they pressed on. They en- 
fd in. countered as they went from the Del Norte a desert 
cn. x. 0 f sixty-five miles in extent, in which the whole army 
were in danger of perishing from thirst. Many ani- 
*®pj^mals, and some men gave out, and lay down to die. 
noted, for Many officers and soldiers threw all aside, and were 
wines.) running with their last strength to reach a lake ten 
mdes distant. But that Providence which so often 
save d our armies during this war, relieved their suffer- 
Ei le Pa S e o in gs by a shower so copious, that the torrent-streams 
came dashing from the rocks, to refresh and save 
d irom“ tb em - Having at length reached the lake, (Laguna 
thirst, de los Patos,) they remained to recruit, one day only, 
and on the 18th resumed their march. 

6 . Col. Doniphan, as he approached Chihuahua, 

Feb. 28 . learned that an army of 4,000 men had been raised to 
mknto. oppose him by Don Angel Trias, governor of the 
M 4 ,i 2() C0 province. He met this formidable force strongly 
Am^924. and fortified with heavy ordnance, at the 

goo,' Pass of Sacramento, eighteen miles from the capital, 
an d his little army of about a thousand brave men here 
defeated quadruple numbers of their enemies,—fight¬ 
ing on ground of their own selection. 

7. Having completely routed the army, the city 
and province of Chihuahua were at the mercy of the 
conqueror. Captains Reid and Weightman, both dis- 

March 2 . tinguished in the battle, were sent the following day 
phan m en.to take military possession of the capital. Col. Doni- 
^iuahua. plian having collected the trophies of his victory, en¬ 
tered the succeeding day, March 2d, with the maip 
army; and planted the colors of his country over a 
city containing 40,000 inhabitants, and having in its. 
vicinity some of the richest mines in Mexico. In this 
salubrious clifriate, his soldiers enjoyed six weeks of 
AtlS the opening spring ; then marched by Parras to Sal- 
tiUo - tillo, where at length they met Gen. Wool. Their 
term of service expired on the last of May. By Ca- 


6. Give some account of the battle of Sacramento.— 7. Ol 
the entrance of Coi. Doniphan into Chihuahua. Of his army’# 
return. 



REVOLT IN NEW MEXICO. 


365 


margo and the Rio Grande, they arrived at New Or* P’tiv. 
eans on the 15th of June; having marched 5,000 p’diii." 
miles since they left the Mississippi. ch x. 

8. In the mean time the New Mexicans had secretly 
conspired against the American authority. On the 

19th of January, at Fernando de Taos , were cruelly Massacre 
murdered Gov. Charles Bent, Sheriff Lee, and fourBen?°and 
other persons. Massacres occurred at other places. 18 others * 
Col. Price, the military commander of Santa Fe, re- Victoriet 
ceived the startling intelligence on the 20th ; when he of'poi. 
learned that a force, hourly increasing, approached Jan. 24 . 
him. On the 23d he marched "with 350 men,—met ANADA 
the foe on the 24 th, near the small town of Canada , Jan 28 . 
attacked and defeated him ; and again on the 29th, atffjg*® 
the mountain-gorge called the Pass of Embudo . jkgj* 

9. The Americans next had a march over the Taos An “- 
mountain, through snows tw r o feet in depth, with a de¬ 
gree of cold so intense, that many froze their limbs. 

At Puebla de Taos they met the enemy, stormed 

his fortifications, and drove him from his position. Feb. 5 . 
The valuable lives of Captain Burguin and other 
officers, were here lost. Fifteen Mexicans were exe- ^'aou* 
cuted as conspirators. Peace was now restored, but 
a fear of secret conspiracy remained. 


CHAPTER XL 

Scott’s Invasion.—Vera Cruz.—Cerro Gordo. 

1. Since Mexico refused to treat for peace, the 
American Executive determined to strike at her capital 
through Vera Cruz. Gen. Scott, the first officer in 
the American army, was properly selected to conduct 


What occurred in New Mexico on the 19th of June 1847? 
What were the two first victories of Col. Price ?—What the 
third and most important ? How many were executed < Wna 
confidence restored as well as peace ? 








366 VEKA CRUZ TAKEN. 

RTrv. this perilous enterprise. He was, on the 18th of No* 
p» d in. vember, notified by Secretary Marcy of his appoint- 
ch. xi. ment, and directed to draw his force chiefly from 
1816. Gen. Taylor. Santa Anna was lying with 22,000 
gcoics* men at San Luis Potosi. It would have seemed 
orders. p ro bable that he would have turned towards Vera 
Cruz, and uniting with forces in that vicinity, oppose, 
as he might have done, with an army of more than. 
181 T. 30,000, the landing of Gen. Scott; — rather than to 
and 23 * marc ^ a g a i ns k Gen. Taylor. But (as Scott learned 
Battle of after landing) Santa Anna chose the latter, and was 
Vista, defeated at Buena Vista. 

2. The rendezvous of the several corps, which 
were to compose the invading army, was the island 
of Lobos, 125 miles from Vera Cruz. Necessary de- 

March 7 l a ys> however, occurred; and it was not until the 7th 
8cottem^°f March, that Gen. Scott embarked with his troops* 
army, on board the transporting squadron, which was com¬ 
manded by Com. Conner. Reaching Vera Cruz on 
the 9th, he, with admirable order, debarked his whole 
8th,— army on the west side of the island of Sacnficios. 
1 Sacrifi- 1 Having vainly summoned the garrison to surrender, 
clos " Scott, with the aid of his able engineers, of whom 
Col. Totten was chief, planted his batteries ; and com- 
18 th, be-menced, on the night of the 18th, a tremendous bom- 
carmon- bardment of the city. The fleet lent its aid, although 
ade ‘ exposed to the fire of the castle. 

3. On the night of the 27th, Vera Cruz, with the 
strong castle of San Juan d’Ulloa,—-the principal com- 

^ 7 ^ mercial port and the strongest fortress in Mexico, were 
•SrceD 1 ’ surrendered, with 5,000 prisoners, (dismissed on pa- 
J ' ,r * role,) ant, 500 pieces of artillery. Two meritorious 
American officers, Captains Alburtis and Vinton, with 
ten privates, were killed. Capt. Swift, one of the 
. brightest ornaments of the service, who had organized 


Chapter XI. —£. Of what was Gen. Scott notified, and 
what directed to do? What is here stated concerning Santa 
Anna’s position and movements ?—2* Give some account of the 
embarkation and landing of Scott’s army. Of the attack on 
Vera Cruz.—3. Of the surrender. Of the loss of ofiiooro and 
aiou. 




8COTt’s MARCH. 


367 


a company of sappers and miners,—too eager in duty ft tv. 
for his impaired health, fainted at the head of his p’diil 
corps, from over-exertion; and died in the hospital. CH * XI * 
The discipline of Gen. Scott’s army was strict, and no 
invasion of private rights was permitted. ( Hunter? 

4. Com. Perry succeeded Conner in command of the W p? but 
Gulf squadron. Alvarado on the south was captured,h»«S 
and Tuspan on the north. The American government S a!- 
about this time adopted the policy of drawing a reve- varad< ° 
nue from the conquered ;—lest by too much lenity, in 
paying for all needed supplies, the war should become 

a pecuniary advantage to the Mexicans, and thus 
peace be deferred. American revenue officers were 
appointed, and impost duties collected in the cap¬ 
tured ports. 

5. On the 8th of April, Gen. Scott, leaving a gar- a^us. 
rison in Yera Cruz, sent forward the advance of his 
army under Gen. Twiggs, on the road to Jalapa. At cruL 
the base of the grand eastern chain of the Cordilleras, 

the other divisions of the army came up, and the com¬ 
mander established a camp at Plan del Rio. There 
lay before him an arduous and difficult ascent through 
a mountain-gorge. Across this way, and on the 
heights which commanded it, bristled the artillery of 
the invaded foe, 12,000 strong, commanded by Santa 
Anna, who declared that he would die fighting rather Apri , la 
than “ the American hosts should proudly tread the 
imperial capital of Azteca.” k'ooo.® 

6. Gen. Scott found that the Mexican position was Am.' 
so commanded by the batteries of the lofty height of *— ^ 
Cerro Gordo that approach in front was impracticable, k. and w 
But, aided by the skill of his engineers, Lee and Beau- i,m 
regard, he turned to the left, causing to be made a 'T.ooo!* 
new road, by which,—ascending along difficult slopes, 

and over deep chasms, his army might reach the rear m 

4< What places were captured by the navy ? What was 
done in reference to collecting a revenue? —5. To what point 
did Gen. Scott move, and what was his position in regard to the 
Mexican army ?—6. What great advantage was here gained 
by the American skill in engineering, and the sagacioun fore¬ 
sight of the command*! ? 








368 


CEltRO GORDO 


P'T iv. of the enemy’s camp. After three days of secret la- 
Y’D in. bor, the road was made. On the 17th of April, the 
ch. xl commander published a general order for the next 
day,—showing how the battle was to be gained,—how 
the flying were to be pursued,—and how the greatest 
advantage was to be reaped from the victory. All 
was done as he commanded. 

7. About noon the steep ascent was won. The 
heights of Cerro Gordo were stormed by Twiggs’ bri- 

St o°fthe e gade,—and the enemy’s camp, by a party led by 
‘camp. 6 * 8 Col. Harney, Gen. Shields,—(severely wounded,) and 
by Col. Riley. At two o’clock, P. M., the enemy 
were put to flight,—more than a thousand having 
fallen. Santa Anna and a part of his army had fled, 
and the eager pursuit had copimenced. Scott, in his 
orders before the battle, had directed that the pur¬ 
suers should each take two days’ subsistence, and that 
wagons with stores should immediately follow, so that 
they need not return. 

8 . On the 19th, the pursuing squadrons entered 
and took possession of Jalapa. On the 22d, having 
now attained the summit of the eastern Cordilleras, 

* ® J, 1; General Worth displayed the American banner from 
ta'keHi!e^ ie unres ^ s ^ n o castle of Perote, the strongest fortress 
town and in Mexico, next to San Juan d’Ulloa. Thus by vig- 
r p*erote? orously following up this remarkable victory, the 
enemy were unable to recover in time to make a stand 
in this, their strongest inland post; and thus, other 
battles were saved. 

9. Three thousand prisoners were taken at Cerro 
Gordo, among whom were four generals. General 
Scott dismissed them all upon parole, having neither 

(54 pieces food to sustain, nor men to guard them. Santa 

ofcannon . * . i i 

imd mor- Anna s equipage and papers were secured, b rom 
ukeiwu Perote the army passed onwards, through that great 
jPwote.) table-valley between the grand chains of the Cordil- 


6. What was his general order?—Give a sketch of the 

battle of Cerro Gordo. The pursuit of the flying. 8. Of the 
places now occupied by the Americans.— 9* What was taken 

64 Cerro Gordo? What is here related of Pueblttt 




PUEBLA. 


369 


leras, celled “Terras Frias,” or the cold country. 
On the moaning of the 15th of May, the advance un¬ 
der Worth entered Puebla, the second city of Mexico, 
containing 80,000 inhabitants. Eagerly did the Mex- 
: can men and women look out from their balconies, 
and from the roofs of their houses, to see these mighty 
conquerors. War-worn, and habited in the sober 
hue of the American army, the Mexicans accustomed 
to a gaudy uniform, looked upon them with disap¬ 
pointment ; and could find no reason but one for their 
success. “ Their leaders,” said they, “ are gray¬ 
headed men.” 


CHAPTER XII. 

State of the Army.—Its March.—Contreras.—Churnbusco. 

1. The American Executive about this time, sent 
Nicholas P. Trist, as an agent to make the experi¬ 
ment, whether Mexico would now treat for peace. 
But the olive-branch was again rejected. The inter¬ 
ruption of the army’s activity caused by this unavail¬ 
ing effort for peace, was opportune. Its numbers 
were lessened by sickness; for the climate though 
pleasant, proved so unhealthy, that hundreds were in 
hospitals, and many died. The time for which large 
numbers of the volunteers were enlisted, expired ; and 
many had deserted. Congress had, however, passed 
a law, February 11th, 1847, authorizing ten new regi¬ 
ments ; and these being raised, reinforcements were 
sent by the way of Vera Cruz; and although not in 
sufficient numbers to admit of leaving such garrisons 
behind as would keep open his line of supplies, yet 
General Scott determined to move forward. 


Chapter XII.—1. What experiment was now made by the 
American Executive? What was now tho condition of the 
army? 


P’T IV 
P’D III. 

CH. XII. 

1841 


(700 die* 
at Perotw, 
1800 wer« 
at one 
time in 
hospital 
at Pueb 
la, and 
1700 de¬ 
serted i* 
little 

I/IOIW 

t' -ar. % 


17 




870 


THE VALLEY OF MEXICO. 


rr iv. 2. On the 7th of August he marched from Puebla 
p’D hi. with 10,728 men, leaving more than 3,000 in hos- 
ch. xii. pitals, and as a garrison under Col. Childs. Keep¬ 
ing the several columns into which he had divided 
icon's fh e army, within supporting distance, and himself ac- 
companying the van, General Scott moved forth with 
Uirou a h ^tle army;—like a second Cortez, to encounter 
the™'i|r- the unknown numbers which would be brought 
w r as * against him, at the coming death-struggle of an in¬ 
furiated nation. 

3. The march of the Americans was now through 
a beautiful and cultivated region, whose abundant 
waters flowed pure and cool. Soon they began to 
ascend the gradual slope of the great Cordilleras of 

Aug. io. Anahuac, central between the east and western oceans, 
▼tewof the third day, their toilsome march wound up 
Coffey 2 * 4 through steep acclivities. At length they reached 
* the summit; and three miles beyond Rio Frio, burst 
upon their gaze, all the glories of the grand valley of 
Mexico. Spreading far round and beneath, were its 
mingled lakes, plains, cities, and cloud-capped moun¬ 
tains. The giant peak of Popocatapetl was far to 
their left; before them lay the lake Tezcuco ; and be¬ 
yond it, the domes and towers of the city of the 
Montezumas. 

4. On the 11th, the advance commanded by Gen. 

Advance reste d Ayotla, north of lake Chaleo, and 

Ayotia ^een m il es from the capital. The remaining corps 

were soon concentrated at small distances; some on 
the lake’s eastern border. The ground-plot of the 
city had formerly been an island. What was once 
the lake on which it stood, was now an oozy marsh. 
Long straight causeways, easily raked by artillery, 
led through this marsh to the several gates, from the 
great roads by which the city was approached; and 
much the longest was that connected with the road 


2. In what manner did General Scott with his army go 

forth from Puebla ?—Describe the march of the army and 
tlio appearance of the country.— 4. Where did the army rest, 

and what was their position in regard to the Mexican capital ? 



SCIENCE, SKILL, AND ENEUU V. 


871 


from Vera Cruz. But before reaching the causeways 
was an exterior system of strong defences. 

5. By the Vera Cruz road, on which the army 
were, the city could not be approached, without first 
encountering the strongest of the exterior fortifica¬ 
tions, that of El Penon.* “ No doubt,” says General 
Scott, “it might have been carried, but at a great 
and disproportionate loss, and I was anxious to spare 
the lives of this gallant army for a general battle, 
which I knew we had to win before capturing the 
city, or obtaining the great object of the campaign— 
a just and honorable peace.” 

6. The commander then moved his troops 27 miles ; 
they making a new road, directed by the engineers, 
over such sharp volcanic rocks and deep chasms, as 
the foe had not dreamed could be passed; when,— 
having turned the lakes Chaleo and Jochamileho, 
they encamped at St. Augustine, on the Acapulco 
road, eight miles south of Mexico. From the camp, 
looking towards the city, the defences on this road, 
were the fortress of Antonia; and, a mile and a half 
further north, the strongly fortified hill of Churu- 
busco. These could be approached in front only by 
a dangerous causeway. By making a detour to the 
west, where lay yet other dangers, they might be 
reached from the left. 

7. Two movements, ordered by the commander, 
were simultaneously made. Worth with Harney’s 
cavalry went to menace Antonia in front; while to ; 
the left, General Pillow’s division, consisting of the 
brigades of Pierce and Cadwallader, conducted by 
the engineers, Lee, Beauregard, and others, made a 
road through craggy rocks of ancient lava; whose 
crevices shot up the thorn-armed maguey, and whose 
deep chasms were filled with water. To cover and 
support the working party, was sent General Twiggs’ 

5« Why did Gen. Scott not approach the city by the Vera Cruz 
road ?—6. To what position did he remove his army, and by 
what means? What was now his position in regard to the 
Mexican city and army?—7. What movements were next or¬ 
dered and effected ? 


P’T IV. 

p'Din. 

ch. xn 


August 
15-18. 
Army 
marches 
from 
Ayotla te 
St. Au¬ 
gustine. 


18-19. 

A road 
made tt 
Con¬ 
treras 




372 


CONTRERAS. 


P’tiv. division, made up of the brigades of Generals Riley 
P’P in. and Percifer Smith. 

ch. xn. 8. In the afternoon of the second day, after ac¬ 
complishing nearly three miles of this difficult road. 
The troops found themselves within cannon-range of 
withm ^ ie enemy’s fortified camp at Contreras, commanded 
tbe se uM f ky General Valencia, with 6,000 men, surmounted by 
of (5on- 8 22 heavy guns, and communicating by a good road 
with Mexico, and also with the main camp of Santa 
Anna, which was lying two miles nearer. Upon this 
road the American soldiers saw the Mexicans hurry¬ 
ing on to the scene of action. 

9. Fighting now begins, in which the divisions ot 
generals Twiggs and Pillow, especially Riley’s bri¬ 
gade, are engaged. They advance, though suffering 
from the enemy’s fire. About sunset, the com¬ 
mander, now on the field with fresh troops, gives to 
Col. Morgan of the regular infantry, an order, which, 
Village aided by General Shields of the volunteers, he exe- 
datafei cutes; taking the village of Ansalda, which lay on 
the road from the fortified camp, to that of Santa 
Anna. The enemy’s line of reinforcements was now 
cut. 

(tof 10. Night, — cold, dark, and rainy—closed in. 
fibers sent Comfortless was the condition of the troops, remain- 
aLSun^Hg w ^ 10ut food of sleep, upon the ground. The 
down to officers at Ansalda, in their perilous position,—sepa- 
ders, not rated as they were from their commander by the al- 
eeeded in most impassablef lava-field; w'hose crags, on ac- 
re An 1 . ne count of the rain-flood, were interspersed by tor- 
saida.) ren £ Sj — now f oun d resources in their own genius, 
courage, and union. 

11. General Percifer Smith proposed to set out at 
midnight, surprise and storm the camp at Contreras. 
From that moment, dark forebodings passed from the 
army, and each officer and man, as by spontaneous 


8. What was now the position of the party sent to the left 
—9e What was now done, and what advantage gained by the 
Americans ?—10. What was the night of the 19th of August, 
and the condition of the troo^w ? Where did they find resources 7 



ClIURUBUSOO. 


373 


movement, fell into his proper place. Gen. Shields ft rv. 
extending his 600 men into a long line, and keeping p>d in. 
up fires, was interposed between the storming party ch. xh,* 
and the camp of Santa Anna, with his 12,000 re¬ 
serve. One messenger alone—Lee, the engineer— M 0 0 fthe 8 
found his dark and watery way over the lava-rocks, 
and carried to the gratified commander the tidings of 
the gallant attitude of his troops,—and also, a re¬ 
quest of General Smith, for co-operation. General 
Scot*, complied, by sending with the messenger the 
force under Twiggs, to Contreras at five in the morn¬ 
ing, to aid the storming party approaching the 
enemy’s rear, by making a diversion in their front. 

12. A little past midnight, General Smith sets for- 
ward, conducted by engineer Smith,—Col. Riley lead- Mexican 
ing the van. The rain continues to fall in torrents, ^oooj; 
and their progress is slow. So profound is the dark- more in 
ness, that the men must touch each other as they Amed. 
move, lest they divide, and some be lost. At sun- .entaSed 
rise, they storm the intrenchments, and precipitate 4, ^°* 
themselves upon the surprised Mexicans. Dismay 

and carnage prevail for seventeen minutes ; when the p §*3 
camp is carried. Eighty-eight officers and 3,000®*®®^ 
men are made prisoners. Thirty-three pieces of ar- Am. ^ 
tillery are captured; among which are found two of 
those so honorably lost by O’Brien at Buena Vista. 

They are received with shouts of joy by the victors of 
Contreras ; in which the commander, now present, 
heartily participates. 

13. General Scott next directed a grand movement 
upon Churubusco, to which the victory already achiev¬ 
ed, opened the way. Moving northeasterly by the 
road through St. Angel, he keeps the centre of the 
extended field, while General Worth on his extreme ^ 
right, is driving the now terrified garrison from An- taken, 
tonia. General Shields, who at Contreras, had kept 

for hours the whole army of Santa Anna in check, 


11# What part had Gen. Shields? What was done by 
Lee?—12. Describe the approach to Contreras, and the 
forming of the camp. 



374 


CLOSE OF A GREAT DAY. 


P’T iv. was in command of the extreme left; still charged 
p’D m. with the dangerous duty of keeping off the grand 
ch. xm. Mexican army from the immediate object of attack. 
In the centre, General Twiggs presses forward to 
Churubusco, and entering it from the west, attacks 
August one of its two strong defences, the fortified church of 
CiiuRu^'San Pablo. In the mean time, Worth, joined by 
busco. pp] ow an{ [ Cadwallader, comes in from Antonia, and 
furiously carrying the stronger fortress, called Pont 
du T&te, or Bridge’s Head, he turns its guns upon 
the citadel-church, which now surrenders. 

14. Meantime, Shields, Pierce, and othe v s, are fight- 
Am’forcei n g a battle with Santa Anna, with fearful 

^(tei^odds against them. Scott sent successive regiments 
to their aid. Churubusco was now taken,—the brave 
old General Rincon, its commander, having surrender¬ 
ed. Santa Anna abandoned the field. Worth and 
Shields pursued. Col. Harney with his dragoons 
dashed by them, and one of his officers, Captain 
Kearny, not hearing the call to return, followed the 
flying Mexicans to the very gate of the capital, in 
which the army of Santa Anna was now enclosed. 


CHAPTER XIII. 

Armistice.—Molinos del Rey.—Chapultepec.—Mexico. 

Generous ^ HE comman der, following up his victory, might 
proceed, now have entered Mexico. But he was not sent to 
scou. conquer the country, but to “ conquer a peace,” and 
he believed that the reduction of the capital would 
delay, rather than accelerate this result. He did not 
wish to drive the government away from the city dis- 

13. Describe the approach to Churubusco, and the assault 
—14. Give a sketch of the closing scene of the victories o I 
this great day. 

Chapter XIII.—1. What were the reasons why General 
Scott now forbore to enter Mexico 





EL MOLINOti DEL REY 


375 


honored. “The army,” says Scott in tis dispatches, p’t rv 
“are willing to leave to this republic something on p »diii/ 
which to rest her pride,—and they cheerfully sacrifice ch. m 
to patriotism the eclat that would have followed an 
entrance, sword in hand, into a great capital.” 

2. Tacubaya now became the headquarters of the Aug. 21 . 
American army. The general-in-chief occupied the 
archbishop’s palace, with its beautiful gardens. Here 

he negotiated with Mexican commissioners an armis- tic . e con 

• ° eluded. 

tice, as a step preparatory to a final peace. But the 
Mexicans would not agree to the terms proposed; violated 
and they violating the armistice by strengthening their 
defences, General Scott declared it at an end. The caM - 
Mexicans then called on the provinces to come to 
their aid in mass; and by fire—or poison,—by any 
weapon, in any manner, to injure and destroy the 
invader. 

3. From Tacubaya, Mexico was full in view—north¬ 
east, and distant three miles. North—bearing a little 
east—distant a mile—rose, in-beautiful prospect, the 
fortified hill of Chapultepec; its porphyritic rocks scotfa 
abruptly descending on its southern and eastern 
sides,—while to the west, the hill fell gradually, with amMu 
a gentle, wooded slope, till it met the fortified build- en<m 
ing of stone, called El Molinos del Rey, or the King’s 
Mills. A quarter of a mile west of the fortified mills 
stood another stone fortress called Casa Mata. These 
were the obstacles which now barred the way of the 
Americans to the capital; and they constituted the 
supporting points of the Mexican army, ranged behind 
them, headed by Santa Anna, and amounting to four¬ 
teen thousand. 

4. The generals, Scott and Worth, went forth in 
person to reconnoitre, and they sent out their skilful 
engineers. Scott then gave the order for an assault 
on Molinos del Rey, committing its execution to 

2« What efforts were now made for peace, and how did they 
result ? What call was made upon all Mexican citizens ?— 

2. What was the position of the city, regarded from the Ameri¬ 
can headquarters ? —4. Give an account of the battle of Molinos 
del Rey? 




37G 


Oil APULTEFEC. 


ft iv. Worth A terrible battle was fought, —and an impor- 
p»d in. tant but melancholy victory was won. The commanders 
ca. XIII. had been deceived as to the enemy’s strength, which 
184 7. was five times that of the assailing party. In the 
Molinos heat of the action, Major Wright, assisted by Mason 
ret. of the engineers, fell upon the enemy’s centre, and 
M fo X rco an took his main field-battery; when so furiously did he 
charge to regain it, that of fourteen American officers, 
3 ’^°- eleven fell. Among the number were Wright and 
^severe, 88 Mason. One brigade lost its three senior officers,— 
'known' 1 ’ Col. MTntosh and Major Waite wounded, and Col. 
^gob. Martin Scott killed. Casa Mata was blown up, and 
Am er ioss ® Molinos dismantled. 

k.'ne^w.’ 5 . It was at the beautiful hill of Chapultepec, where 

chiding once arose the veritable “ Halls of the Montezumas.” 
4 ce°rS’ Here was now the military school of Mexico, and the 
last exterior defence of the successors of Cortez, to 
that capital which he had so iniquitously taken, shed¬ 
ding seas of blood, because “the Spaniards had a 
(t See disease of the heart, which nothing could assuage but 
Prescott’s grold.The God of battles, who had so sio-nally 
of. Wex. made the American armies the mean? of chastising 
c °‘ the Spanish Mexicans, for national cruelties early be¬ 
gun, and long continued, again led them to victory. 

6 . On the night of the 11 th of September, General 
Scott caused to be erected, from the cannon taken in 

Four bat- f° rmer victories, four heavy batteries, bearing on 
erected. Chapultepec. Before night, on the 12 th, the out¬ 
works of that fortress, skilfully assailed by a can¬ 
nonade directed by the American engineers, began to 
CHAPUL-gi ve way. On the 13th was the battle. The officers 
tepkc. an( j men, were all promptly in the places assigned 
them, by eight o’clock in the morning. 

7. The roar of the American cannon ceases for a 
moment. It is the signal for the assault. In an 

The for-instant the assailants are in rapid motion. General 
itarmed. Quitman hastens from the south, General Percifer 
Smith from the southeast, and General Pillow, with 


5* Where were the “Halls of the Montezumas?—€• Ita 
i&te the operations previous to the assault ou Chapultepec. 




MEXICO ENTERED. 


377 


Col. Clark, from the wooded slope on the west. The tt iv. 
!>atteries throw shells into the fort over the heads of fd iil 
their friends, as they begin the furious attack. The CH - 
garrison, though they fight with desperation, are 
overpowered. Some yield, and others attempt to re¬ 
treat. 184 T. 


8. Meantime the supporting force under Santa An- 


Sept. 13. 

_ Battles of 

na, in the rear of Chapultepec, is attacked and de- {Iffo 1 ™* 
feated by Gen. Worth. Directed by the commander, ™ h ° a r ® 
he pursues the enemy as he flies to the city, pressing ^ooo. 
forward to enter, by a circuitous route, the San Cosme 7 ^°- 
gate on the northwest. Gen. Quitman, in the mean m.jos*. 
time, follows the flying foe to the city, by a route di- whole 
rect from Chapultepec ; he being instructed to make eSt 
a feint of storming the southwestern or Belen gate, 6,o& u k.. 
near to the formidable citadel within,—in order to dSertSd. 
make a diversion from the real point of attack at San^ept. 8 *’ 
Cosme. _ k !rafc- 

9. Gen. Scott meantime advanced with Worth into C e r ° s ? ffi ^ # 
the suburb of San Cosme, where opposing batteries 
were taken ; but he returned at night to Chapultepec, 

to look with a father’s care to the condition of all, — 
the living, the wounded, and the dead. Worth, as 
instructed, remained in the suburb until morning. But 
Gen. Quitman, accompanied by Shields and Smith, 
rested that night within the city ; having changed the 
feint which the commander ordered, into a real at¬ 
tack, by which they entered (though with considerable 
loss) the Belen gate. They had not yet passed the 
formidable citadel. 

10. At four o’clock on the morning of the 14th, Sept.^14. 
Gen. Scott having returned to San Cosme, the Mexi- Tim? 
can authorities sent him a deputation, desiring of 

him terms of capitulation; their army having fled a 
little after midnight. Gen. Scott replied, that the 
Americans would come under no terms, but such as 
were self-imposed, and demanded by honor,—by the 


(The 
Am. 
color* 
wero 
hoisted 
at 7 
A. M.) 


7. Describe the assault—the defeat and flight of the enemy. 

-8. The pursuit by Worth—by Quitman ?— 9. What was now 
the conduct of Gen. Scott ? The position of Worth ? of Quit- 
man ?— 10. Whaf negotiations now took place ? 

17 



378 


MEXICO TAKEN. 


P”f rv. 

FD III. 
ch. xm. 


1817. 


10 A. M. 
Gen. 

Scott's 

fcotrance. 


Convicts 
kill end 
destroy. 


Bco.t en¬ 
joins 
order, 
sobriety, 
and 
aiercy. 


spirit of the age, and the dignity of the American 
character. Worth and Quitman, as directed, movea 
cautiously forward,—Worti to the Alameda, and 
Quitman to the Grand Plaza, where the victorious 
army reared above the National Palace of Mexico, the 
stars and stripes of the Republic of America. 

11. Three hours before noon, Gen. Scott made his 
entrance, with escort of cavalry, and flourish of trum¬ 
pets—into the conquered city of the Aztecs; and as 
he approached the grand plaza—his towering figure 
conspicuous as his fame—loudly and warmly was he 
cheered, by shouts which arose from the hearts of his 
companions in arms... The troops for twenty-four hours 
now suffered from the anarchy of Mexico, more than 
her prowess had been able to inflict. Two thousand 
convicts, let loose from the prisons, attacked them 
from the house-tops; at the same time, entering 
houses and committing robberies. The Mexicans as¬ 
sisting, these felons were quelled by the morning of . 
the 15 th. 

12. Gen. Scott gave to his army, on the day of 
their entrance into Mexico, memorable orders con¬ 
cerning their discipline and behavior. After directing 
that companies and regiments be kept together, he 
. says, “ Let there be no disorders, no straggling, no 

drunkenness. Marauders shall be punished by courts 
martial. All the rules so honorably observed by this 
glorious army in Puebla, must be observed here. The 
honor of the army, the honor of our country, call for 
the best behavior from all. The valiant must, to win 
the approbation of God and their country, be sober, 
orderly, and merciful.—His noble brethren in arms, 
will not be deaf to this hasty appeal from their com¬ 
mander and friend.” 

13. On the 16th, he called on the army to return 
public and private thanks to God for victory. On the 
19th, for the better preservation of order, and suppres- 

10. How did the two parties enter the city? —11. What is 
said of Gen. Scott’s entrance ? How did the troops now suf¬ 
fer?— 12. What were now the orders of Gen. Scott?— 13* 
What was done on the 16th of September? on the 19th? 





HUAMANTLA. 


sion of crime, he proclaimed martial law. Thus pro- P’T iv. 
tected by the American army, the citizens of Mexico ruHi 
were more secure from violence, and from fear of rob- 
bery and murder, than they had ever been under their 
own flag. 


CHAPTER XIV. 

Puebla.—Huamantla.—Atlixco.—Treaty of Peace.—Conclusion. 

1. Nothing was now asked of Mexico, conquered as 
she was, but to negotiate a treaty of peace, in which 
America stood ready to be generous. To bring for¬ 
ward a Mexican government, with whom peace could 
be made, became, at this period, the difficult task of 
the well-meaning of both nations. 

2. Santa Anna, after leaving Mexico on the night 
of the 13th of September, was not heard of for some 
days. In the mean time, Col. Childs, commander at 
Puebla, whose effective force amounted to only 247^^ 
men, and having 1,800 sick in the hospitals, had been sept.22. 
closely besieged by the enemy, since the same date. at 
On the 22d, the besiegers were encouraged by the Puobla * 
appearance of Santa Anna, with some thousands of A 
the remnant of his army. Col. Childs and his gallant part left 
band, though worn with watching, and wasted by fa- ff, 
tigue, still refused the summons to surrender, and nart uY,- 
bravely continued their defence. But Santa Anna LaiiSn 
had heard of the approach of 3,000 recruits under earlier ) 
General Lane,f on their march from Vera Cruz to g 
reinforce Gen. Scott ; and he left Puebla on the 30th, Hun-’ 
to go to Pinal, where they were daily expected. SlSok 
G en. Lane, on his part, heard of the Mexican army, 

Chapter XIV.—1. What was now the desire and the diffi¬ 
cult task of the well-meaning of both nations ?—2. What wuu 
the condition of the American troops at Puebla ? What wore 
Santa Anna’s movements ? 







Sacramento 
























































































TREATY OF PEACE. 


3S1 


and turning from liis direct course, he encountered itP’T iv. 
at Huamantla ; fought, and defeated it. "pm m. 

3. General Lane arrived, October 12th, at Puebla, ch. hv. 
and relieved Col. Childs from a distressing siege of 18 ' 4 ' 7 
forty days. Lane again turned from his course to 

geek the enemy; and at Atlixco, ten leagues from AtiiiJoi' 
Perote, he defeated a strong guerilla force under the 
well-known chief. General Rea. By these guerilla j 
parties, of which Atlixco had been the headquarters, WA! * 
many Americans, found as stragglers, or in small Io^ aV 
parties, had been killed. Major Lally, in marching Ovejas. 
his command of 1,000 men from Vera Cruz to Jalapa, Puente 
had lost 100 men, having been waylaid by them, with d i 5 th^l y t* 
Rea at their head, four times.f In every instance, Go e rdo. 
however, he defeated them with loss. 19 Las at 

4. Santa Anna, now abandoned by his troops, re- Anima *-) 
signed his offices on the 18th of October, and soon 
became a fugitive. The supreme power passed into 

the hands of Sehor Pena y Pena, by virtue of his of¬ 
fice as president of the Supreme Court. He forth¬ 
with sent his circulars, calling on the several states in 
pathetic language, to send deputies. to Queretaro, to 
treat for peace. A Congress there assembled on the Mexican 
11th of November, which appointed four commis- c a p n p g 0 r in“ 
sioners, to arrange with Mr. Trist the plan of a treaty. 
Meantime, that gentleman had lost the confidence 
of the American Executive, and his powers had been 
revoked. Nevertheless, with General Scott’s appro- 
bation, he presumed in this emergency, to act. Treaty of 

5. On the 2d of February, the treaty was signed by Guada- 
Mr. Trist and the Mexican commissioners at the city spied, 
of Guadalupe Hidalgo, and twenty days afterwards it before" 1 
was submitted by the President of the United States Utloftbi 
to the senate. That body adopted it with alterations. u * s * 


2» By whom and with what result was fought the battle of 
Huamantla ?—3. Describe the further movements of General 
Lane—of Major Lally.—4« What change in the supreme 
power now occurred in Mexico ? How was a congress called ? 
When and where did it assemble, and what do ?—5» When 
and where was the treaty of peace signed ? What action won 
taken upon the treaty in the United Staten ? 



382 


DEATH OF A FATIUOT. 


f^tiv^ President Polk then appointed two gentlemen, Mr. 
p’D mT Sevier of the senate, and Mr. Clifford, attorney-general, 
ch. xiv. to proceed with the modified treaty to Queretaro. 
There, on laying it before the Mexican congress, the 
president eloquently urged its acceptance, and it was 
1848. ratified by a large majority. 

Fans. 6 . On the 21 st of February, the beloved and ven- 
Ex-presl-erated patriot, John Quincy Adams, who, since his 
Adam?'presidency, had served his country in the national 
legislature, fell from his seat during the debates of 
the house of representatives, struck by a fatal par¬ 
alysis. Congress in both its branches suspended public 
action; and its members were waiting as around the 
couch of a dying father. He expired, in Christian 
nope and resignation, on the 23d; saying, “ This is 
the last of earth.” 

rfitir. 16 . In March, General Sterling Price moved with a 
force from New Mexico to Chihuahua ; and from that 
Mexjoss city, sixty miles on the road to Durango; where he 
k - w - conquered, at Santa Cruz de Rozales, a Mexican army, 
Am.k. making prisoners the commanding general, Angel 
about 26 . Frias, and forty-two other officers.—Peace was de¬ 
clared to the American army in Mexico, on the 29 th 
^Peat?' °I May, by General Butler, who was, by order of the 
government, left in command of the army by General 
ico - Scott; he being about to return to the United States. 

8 . The treaty stipulated that all Mexico should be 
evacuated by the American armies within three 
months. Prisoners on each side were to be released; 
Bound, and Mexican captives, made by Indians within the 
anes. 0 f the United States, were to be restored. 

These limits, as they affect Mexico, are to begin at 
the mouth of the Rio Grande—thence to proceed 
along the deepest channel of that river to the south¬ 
ern boundary of New Mexico. From thence to the 

5. What commissioners were appointed ?—6. What occurred 
on the 21st of February ?—7. Give some account of the battle of 
Santa Cruz de Rozales. When and by whom was peace pro¬ 
claimed in the city of Mexico ?—8. Mention some of the stipu¬ 
lations of the treaty. Describe the boundary between the United 
States and Mexico. 




TREATY STIPULATIONS. 


383 


Pacific, they are to follow the river Gila, and the P’T iv. 
southern boundary of Upper California. p»d iii. 

9. Citizens of New Mexico and Upper California, CH * XIV * 
are allowed a year to make their election—whether 
they will continue Mexican citizens, and remove their 
property, (in which case they are to receive every 1818 
facility,) or whether they will remain, and become a ViowId» 
citizens of the United States.—In consideration of choic «- 
territory gained, the American government is to pay 

to Mexico fifteen millions of dollars; and also to as¬ 
sume her debts to American citizens, to the amount 
of three millions and a half more. Three millions Money 
were paid to Mexico in hand; congress having the territory, 
preceding winter placed that sum with the president, 
in anticipation of such an event;—the remaining twelve 
millions to be paid in instalments. 

10. The territory of Wisconsin was admitted into 
the American Union as a state, on the 29 th of May, 

1848.—The Mexican treaty was brought home by 
Mr. Sevier; Mr. Clifford remaining in Mexico as 
American envoy. President Polk made his procla- Ju i y4 
nation of peace between the two republics, on the P p ^ 0 c * 
4th of July, 1848 ;—the first day of our seventy-third 
Rational year. 

11. The American armies have evacuated Mexico. 
Distinguished generals, and other officers, have been 1 ^™^ 
received by their country with the honors due to 
those who have so well sustained the national charac¬ 
ter,—not only for courage, activity, endurance, disci¬ 
pline, and military science, — but for the nobler virtues 

of humanity. The remains of other officers, who died 
in the service of their country, have been brought 
home to be honored, in death; and to find their last 
repose among their friends. And the soldiers too— 
they who fought so bravely for their native land,— 


?>. What was stipulated respecting Mexican citizens in the 
ceded territory? What money was paid, and what vet remains 
to be paid-by the United States as a consideration or the ter¬ 
ritory acquired ?— 10. What new state was added tofhe Union, 
and when? When did President Polk proclaim peace?— 
11* Concerning the return of the army what is said of the oificeru? 



884 


A UONTltAST. 


ptiv, they have returned. Regiments that went forth full 
P’diil and fresh, have returned,—smitten and scathed. 
ch. xiv. 12 . Many is the desolate hearth, to which the son, 
Fat^o?* the husband, the father, shall return no more. No 
mon C sol kindred eye shall weep at his grave. He is buried 
dier. with the undistinguishable dead, who fell in the for¬ 
eign battle-field, or died in the hospital. Thirty thou¬ 
sand American fives, it is calculated, have been sacri¬ 
ficed in this war; and about seventy-five millions of 
money expended. And we know that the sacrifice of 
Mexican life and property, has been still greater. 
The number of Mexican soldiers, who fell in battle, 
greatly exceeded that of the American;—and who 
can tell how many of their women and children were 
killed in the bombardment of their cities ? 

13. Let the value of money be estimated by the 
good it may be made to do, and we shall then see the 
magnitude of the evils which, in a pecuniaiy way, 
war inflicts. Ireland was visited with famine in the 
184T. winter of 1846-7 from the failure of crops, especially 
steed that of the potato. The benevolent among us were 
f toftr moved with compassion, and contributed money and 
* l0 wa’r° f * f°°d to her relief. The government in one instance 
J town S * sen t a public ship to carry provisions thus contributed.! 
Forbes" ^he very heart of affectionate Ireland overflowed with 
chored"at g ra titude; and England and Scotland, themselves suf- 
ApriiiS) ^ erers m a l ess degree from the same cause, felt, and 
pn ’ praised our liberality. Thus, we blessed others, and 
is'accor- were ourselves blessed in return;—and the money 
ding to which it cost us, was about half a million of dollars; 
mate of whereas, we paid three hundred millions* to kill and 
1 of the 0 'distress the Mexicans. 

interior; 14. The time to act for the prevention of war, as 
eludes Of incendiarism, is when none is raging; and those to 
bounty- moye i n the cause of peace, should be nations 

lands, ---■- 

H pem S °f t ^ 16 soldiers?— 13. How may the value of 

sio.ns, money be estimated ? What was the condition of. Ireland and 
&e. what the relief contributed by this country ? How is the ex¬ 
pense of this good deed and that of the Mexican war contrast¬ 
ed?-14. What is the time and what the nations and persons 
to act for universal peace ? 





PEACE AND PROGRESS. 


find men, of undoubted courage and ability in war. 
The Mexican contest lias placed our Republic, for the 
present time, eminently in that position. No country 
has at any period shown braver soldiers, or better 
officers. Our government, from respect to the moral 
feeling of the nation, which wishes no territory gained 
by force, pays to conquered Mexico the full price of 
the lands acquired from her; } T et is it none the less 
true, that these territories were won by the valor of 
our armies, and without conquest would not have 
been ours. They extend from ocean to ocean the full 
breadth of the grand platform on which stands the 
American nation; and the 300,000 immigrants, which 
come yearly to her shores, will soon people her waste 

15. Could this great errand of “ peace on earth” 
be accomplished, and that by the instrumentality of 
this nation, then, with peculiar emphasis, might pro¬ 
gress be made the watchword of the nineteenth 
century - , and of the Republic of America. 


14. What considerations show that the Mexican war has 
placed the American nation in a suitable position to act for 
peace?—15. What is the concluding remark ? 



EXERCISES ON THE CIIRONOGRAPIIER. 

What event or epoch marks the beginning of this period ? What is 
its date V Point it out on the chronographer. 

The Missouri question was discussed in congress in 1820, and Missouri 
was admitted into the Union in 1821. Locate these dates. The tariff ques¬ 
tion was again agitated, and a Dili for a new tariff passed in 1824. Lafayette 
arrived in the United States in 1824. Point out the place of this year. 

John Quincy Adams was made president in 1825. Point out the place ot 
this date. The tariff was amended in 1828. General Jackson was inaugurated 
in 1829. Point out the places of these dates. Black Hawk’s war began in 
1832. The nullification ordinance was approved by the governor of South 
Carolina in 1832. Mr. Clay’s compromise bill passed in 1833. Point out 
the places of these events. 

The Chickasaws and Choctaws emigrated in 1833 ; the Cherokees iri 1838. 
Point out the places of these dates. Dade’s battle occurred in 1835. Point 
to the place of that date. Mr. Van Buren was made president in 1837. 
Point out the place of that date. At what epoch does this period terminate ? 
Wla is its date? Point to its place on the chronographer. 

Questions on tk'e Historical and Chronological Map. 

(see next page.) 

Where is the 1st of the eight Historical Divisions geographically situated? 
What states are these, and when did they become states of an independent 
Republic? Where is the 2d division situated, and of what states is it cor t* 
po3ed 1 The 3d * The 4th ? The 5th ? The' (Rh ? TW5 7tl ? Tbe Clh ? 

]7* 


385 


P’T IV, 


P’D III. 

CH. XIV 

1818 


N umbel 
of emi¬ 
grants. 


Peace 
essentia 
to pro¬ 
gress. 





















































































































First discovery of (Sold in California. 


PERIOD IV. 

FROM 

THE TREATY \ 1848 j OF GUADALUPE HIDALGO 

TO 

THE PRESENT TIME. | 185 3 • j (TO BE CONTINUED.) 

CHAPTER I. 

'^regr'* —American California.—Capt. Wilkes’ Exploring Expedi¬ 
tion.—Capt. Fremont’s Explorations. 

1 . Oregon. —In the valley of the Wallah-wallah, the pt iv. 
worthy Presbyterian missionary, Dr. Whitman, with p , D 1V “ 
his wife and twelve others, were barbarously mur- on. i. 
dered by the Cayuse Indians. The people petitioned 1817. 
congress for protection and a territorial government. Murdenof 
The northern members desired that slavery should be whitman 
prohibited ; the southern, that it should be recognized, family. 
The day before the session closed, the territorial bill 
was passed, with a clause forbidding slavery; this 
having been consented to, by some southern members, Oregon 
and sanctioned by the president, on the ground that tory!* 
Oregon lies wholly north of latitude 36° 30'; that 
being the line of the Missouri compromise. 

Chapter. L— 1. What occurred in Oregon ? What petition 
followed ? How was the petition met in Congress ? What wus 









388 


AMERICAN CALIFORNIA. 


P ’ TIV - 2. American California was called by the Mexl* 
P’Div. cans New or Upper California , in distinction from the 
gh. i. peninsula, which was named Old or Lower California. 
1579. jt was discovered in 1579 by Sir Francis Drake. He 
fig Brake called the country New Albion , and took possession oi 
New v Ca- it for his sovereign, Elizabeth of England. But the 
liforma. E n gij s h i os t the right imparted by discovery, as they 
sent out no colonies. 

3. The Spanish under Cortez had discovered Old 
California. About 1603, Philip III. of Spain sent 
1603. Sebastian Viscaino , who discovered and took posses- 
caino’s sion of th} harbors of San Diego and Monterey. He 
discovery. g ave a gi ow i n g description of the beauty and fertility 
of the country. Attempts of the Spaniards to colonize 
it proved ineffectual, on account of the hostility of the 
natives, whom the emigrants provoked by ill usage. 
The Spaniards, however, frequented the coast, on ac¬ 
count of its valuable pearl fishery. 

1769. 4. The first permanent settlement in New Cali- 

tkmlntof fornia was a Franciscan mission at San Diego. The 
cans! 8 ' Spanish king had given to the priests leave to settle 
in the country, for the purpose of converting the na¬ 
tives to Christianity. They selected the most fertile 
lands, and founded twenty-one missions, each occu¬ 
pying about fifteen miles square. The buildings were 
all contained in an inclosure made of adobe, or sun- 
Missions dried brick. To the principal missions was attached 
a $itiio8. a presidio, where was a quadrangular fort of adobe. 
In this was stationed a company of soldiers, to protect 
the missions from the natives, and to aid in bringing 
their feeble and disorderly tribes into subjection to 
the priests. 

5. The order of things was not favorable to the in¬ 
crease of population. The missions were made up of 


the final result of the petition ?—2. What was American Cali¬ 
fornia called by the Mexicans, and why ? When discovered ? 
and by whom? Did it remain under the English?— 3. Give 
an account of the Spanish discoveries. Of the results of their 
first attempts to colonize.—4. Where was the first permaneuS 
settlement ? By whom made ? For what object ? How many 
missions wore there? Describe them.—3. Which were the 





U. 3. EXPLORING EXPEDITION. 


3S 9 


monks and nuns; and to these were added the s ?>1- 
diers of the presidios, not allowed by the priests to 
bring their wives into the country. A few individuals, 
however, disregarding the prohibition of the priests, 
had taken with them their families; and a small 
number of towns had thus sprung up; the largest of 
which were Ciudad de Los Angeles, San Diego, and 
San Francisco, neither of which contained, in 1840, 
a thousand inhabitants. 

6. This country, during the Spanish rule, consti¬ 
tuted a part of the viceroyalty of Mexico, or New 
Spain. When Mexico became a federal republic, not 
finding California sufficiently populous to form a state, 
she established over it a territorial government, of 
which Los Angeles and Monterey were the seats. 

7. A few years since, the country between the 
Rocky Mountains and the Pacific was unknown ; ex¬ 
cept in some parts of Oregon, which had been laid 
open by the discoveries of Capt. Grey, and by the ex¬ 
plorations of Lewis and Clarke, already mentioned. 

8. The American government, in 1838, sent out a 
naval Exploring Expedition , under Captain Charles 
Wilkes, who was directed to make surveys of the 
coasts of Oregon and California, with special reference 
to the bay of San Francisco. He pronounced the har¬ 
bor of San Francisco to be “one of the finest, if not 
the very best in the world.” The town, then called 
Yerba Buena , “ consisted of one large frame building, 
occupied by the Hudson Bay Company; the store of 
an American merchant, a billiard-room, and a bar ; a 
cabin of a ship, occupied as a dwelling ;—besides 
outhouses, few and far between.” 

9. The most prominent man in the region was Capt. 
Sutter, a Swiss by birth ; but emmigrating from' Mis- 

largest of the small towns of Spanish settlers ?—6. What 
changes occurred in California with respect to government?— 
7 • What are the first discoveries mentioned, and what the pre¬ 
vious state of the country west of the Rocky Mountains ?—8. 
On e an account of the naval exploring expedition. What said 
Captain Wilkes of the bay of San Francisco ? What is his de¬ 
scription of the town ?—9. Who was the most prominent man 


P’T IV. 
P’D IV. 

CH. i. 

The 

Priest* 

supreme. 

1810 . 

(The en¬ 
tire popu. 
lation of 
California 
is esti¬ 
mated at 
22.0UU; of 
which 
5000 are 
whites.) 

1840 . 

Los Au- 
fc'eli g con¬ 
tains 1500 
inhabit¬ 
ants. 

1792 . 

Grey’s 
discovery 
of the 
mouth of 
the Co¬ 
lumbia. 

1803 - 

1805 . 

Lewis 
and 
Clarke 
sent by 
President 
Jefferson. 

181 l. 

A lift* U. 
Capt. 
Wilkes 
enters the 
bay of 
San Fran 
cisco 
(San 

Francisco 
comameu 
in I84ri. 
1500 in- 
habitants) 
lb- 18 , 

15 . 000 ; 

1850 . 
47 , 000 ; 

1851. 
25 , 000 . 
Last ao 
counts 
show a 
diminu¬ 
tion.) 




39C 


EXPLORATIONS. 


P'T IV. 


P’D IV. 

CH. I. 

1836 . 

In the 
'‘revolu¬ 
tion,” 25 
American 
hunters 
turn the 
scale. 

1842 . 

June 10. 
Fre¬ 
mont’s 
tour of 
explora¬ 
tion. 
(He 

found no 
mountain 
road on 
{he line of 
travel.) 
(Kit Car- 
son was 
his 

guide.) 


1843 . 

March 17. 

Leaves 
anouth of 
the Kan¬ 
sas. 

Sept. 6. 
At the 
Salt 
Lake. 
19th. 

At Fort 
Hall. 
Nov. 4. 
At the 
Dalles. 
Dec, 10. 
At Ham- 
tth Lake. 

1844 . 

Jan. 10. 
At Pyra¬ 
mid 
Lake, 


souri. Having obtained from Mexico a grant of land 
thirty leagues square, he located his residence within 
it, and built a fort at the confluence of the American 
river with the Sacramento, near the place since called 
Sacramento City. Capt. Wilkes reported well of the 
soil and productiveness of the country. He related a 
recent military contest, in which the scale was turned 
by the valor of twenty-five American hunters. 

10. In 1842,Lieut. Fremont being ordered on an ex¬ 
ploring tour, left, June 10, with a party of about 20, 
the mouth of the Kansas,—travelled along its fertile 
valley—struck off upon the sterile banks of the Platte 
—followed its South Fork to St. Vrain’s Fort 
thence northerly to Fort Laramie, on the North Fork 
of the same stream. Following up, from this point, 
the North Fork, and then its affluent, the Sweet 
Water river, he was conducted, by a gentle ascent, to 
that wonderful gateway in the Rocky Mountains, the 
South Pass. 

11. The next year, Fremont, now captain, crossed 
the Rocky Mountains further south, examined, and 
laid open, by his report, the region of the Salt Lake ; 
having reached that remarkable expanse of brine, by 
following its beautiful affluent, the Bear river. After 
having explored Oregon, he turned south, and began 
his long homeward route, by traversing, in winter, the 
terrible and dangerous snows of t^ie Sierra Nevada. 
From this seemingly interminable way, the lost and 
famished wanderers emerged upon the waters of the 
Sacramento; and they followed to Sutter’s Fort its 
affluent, the American Fork, ignorant of the golden 
treasures beneath their feet,—soon to set in motion a 
rapidly increasing population from every corner ol 
the world. 

12. After their wants had been kindly supplied by 
Capt. Sutter, the party travelled south, and beheld 


in the country ? What is said of his location ?— 10. What is 
the date of Fremont’s first exploring tour ? Describe his route. 
{Learn it by your map.) —11. Describe his second tour from 
the Rocky Mountains to Sutter’s Fort, observing the dates.—• 
12* From Sutter’s Fort homeward*. 





CALIFORNIA IN .tEUUEST. 


‘J91 


and enjoyed the vernal beauties of the flowery valley P ’ T IV 
of the San Joaquin. Then, turning the southern ex- PD1V . 
tremity of the Sierra Nevada, they passed the arid ch. n. 
wastes of the great Desert Basin. They had dis- 1844. 
covered and named, on their way, new rivers and StScoven 
mountain passes; and they had laid open regions ■JSTSS? 
which had heretofore, except to the hunter and the 
savage, been but the hidden recesses of nature. They 
had explored California, and made known an overland 

route. Re¬ 

ceives 
honors 
from Eng 
land ana 

_ Ger¬ 
many.) 


CHAPTER II. 


Train of Events by which California became a part of the Amer¬ 
ican Republic.—The Macnamara Project.—Discovery of Gold. 


1. We have already seen that Mr. Polk came into 
the presidency with a war upon his hands. He doubt¬ 
less intended so to conduct it, that it should redound to 
the honor and advantage of his country ; being early de¬ 
termined to obtain California and New Mexico. But 
a project was on foot to place California beyond the 
reach of the American government, and under the 
protection of the British. This was, in part, to be 
effected through the agency of Macnamara, an Irish 
priest, who, before the beginning of the war, visited 
the city of Mexico, and obtained grants of some of the 
best ports and most fertile lands of California. Capt. 
Fremont was sent overland, early in the spring of 
1845. to California, ostensibly for scientific explora¬ 
tion. with 63 men, composed of the famous and noble 
hunter and guide, Kit Carson, and others like him, 
ready, with sinews of steel, to do or to dare ;—fur¬ 
nished with artillery, and armed with Colt’s six- 


1814 

Mr.Folk’s 
poHition 
on com¬ 
ing to th« 
Presi¬ 
dency- 

1814 

to 

1846 . 

A project 

<o prevent 

tiie 

Americar 
iccupa- 
tion of 
Cali- 
fornia. 


Chapter IJ - -1 . What was Mr. Polk’s position when he came 
tato the presidency * What his intentions ? What danger was 
there, that ’no mgo'. defeated in his intention to obtain Cali¬ 
fornia ? WixiLu uTd send thither ? By what route ? When f 





3i)2 


THE IIA XU OF PilOVIDEXCE. 


P’Tiv^ shooting revolvers. If Mr. Polk’s object was to 
P- D iv7 counterwork the British plot, his measures and agents 
ch. n. were well chosen, and his plans completely suc- 

(For ppssflll * 
rtrticu- ceosiui. 

‘theau- 6 2. But while we attribute much to the worldly wis* 
‘abridged" dom °f president, and to the ability of his agents ; 
American we yet trace a higher wisdom, and a mightier power, 
llbLory ' J in the agency which brought about the sudden up- 
(Tbe^first. springing of a great commercial state on the Pacific, 
emftra P ossess ^ ] o the elements of a pure Christianity, and a 
veiling free government; and in union with that nation which 
'between 6 the needy and oppressed of other lands have, for the 
M terand s last half century, made their common asylum ;—and 
ptoU 83 o. all this occurring as soon in time, as the invention of 
graph 6 locomotion by steam, and the magnetic telegraph, 
l ^1.^ in _ 11 could enable the central national will, as by a system 
s n B d F y political muscles and nerves, instantaneously to 
send its mandates forth to every part of the body 
politic, and rapidly to receive m return whatever it 
may require. 

3. When, in 1848, the Mexican treaty added to the 
American Republic vast tracts, of which the Gali- 
afit48. f° rn i an portion had a frame-work of society adverse to 
(Feb. 2 . our own, many patriots looked with apprehension for 
treaty the result; knowing, that, ordinarily, the full river 
Mexico keeps the course first taken by the rivulet. Would 
n ffida- at enough of our citizens go thither tq turn this course— 
daigo!) t0 fuse this portion into the common mass ? Provi¬ 
dence presented a material to draw them thither, so 
quickly, and in such ample numbers, that they at once 


* Whether or not, in performing this service, he undertook 
and executed- more than the constitution of the republic allows 
to the sole executive power, and thus left dangerous precedents, 
it belongs to the jurist to decide. 


By whom accompanied ? If Mr. Polk intended to defeat the 
plans of the British, what was his success ?—2. Should we, in the 
great events which concern California, attribute every thing to 
human agents ? In what wonderful combination of events do 
we trace a higher wisdom and a mightier power ?—3. What 
cause of apprehension had the American patriot ? What que 
ries would naturally arise in 1 is mind ? How were thuae an- 





GOLD. 


393 


constituted the principal stream of Californian society, p T1V - 
into which all minor currents, not excepting the orig- pm iv. 
tnal, were merged; and Gold, the curse of other cu. u. 
lands, was a blessing to this. Mujoa 

4. In February, 1848, a private discovery of gold ^e a 6aif 
was made on the grounds of Capt. Sutter, by a Mr. ^ id 
Marshall, then in his employ, twenty-five miles up the fojjjjdjt 
American Fork of the Sacramento. It was soon ably 
found in other localities. Rumors of Californian gold 
reached the Atlantic States, which were converted to 
certainty by the president’s message of December, i849.’to 
1849, accompanied by a letter from Gov. Mason, who lsso.Jfo 
had been in person to visit the gold “ diggings.” As fromTiie 
fie passed along, he found houses deserted, and fields 52 from 
of wheat going to ruin ; their owners having left them ^29 from 5 
to dig for gold. Such had been the quantities found, N giand L ) 
that every convenience of life bore an enormous price. Oct? 
Capt. Sutter paid his blacksmith $10 per day ; and he ^ to 
received $500 per month, for the rent of a two-story J y ^* 
house within his fort. Gov. Mason followed up the g^Frau 
American river to the saw-mill, in whose race-way the i9 » 
golden scales were first discovered. lie visited other migrants 
“ placers and saw multitudes engaged in the beds of 33 and J 
streams, and in dry ravines, where water-courses had land 
once existed. In a little gutter, two men had found 

the value of $17,000. The ordinary yield, for a day’s 
work, was two ounces. 

5. Such were the facts reported from unquestion 
able sources ; and California at once became the one 
luminous point, to which all eyes were directed. 

There was a rush for the land of gold,—not only from 
the United States, but from Europe, Asia, South 
America, and the isles of the sea. 

ewered by a great Providential event ?—4. When was gold 
discovered ? Where ? By whom ? When first made known 
to the Atlantic States? What did Gov. Mason observe and 
relate ?—5. What was the consequence of the spread of thece 
uul similar facts ? 


18 




894 


Taylor’s inaugl ratio at. 


CHAPTER III. 

Taylor’s Inauguration.—Close of the 30th Congress.— California. 
—Unexampled Wealth and Increase.—Establishment of Civil 
Government.—Exemplary Political Demeanor.—Difficulty with 
Texas. 

P’r iv. 1. Minnesota, adjacent to the head waters of the 
--Mississippi, was erected into a territory on the 3d of 

cmm.* Marc *b 1849 - 

1849. 2 - At the election in 1848, Gen. Zachary Taylor, 

March 3. the hero of the Rio Grande, was chosen president ; 
Bota’Ter- and Millard Fillmore, of New York, vice-president. 
March 4 Their inauguration occurred on the 4th of March, 
inaugura- 1849, when, by the constitution, the 30th Congress 
Taylor was dissolved.—The increase of labor devolving on 
a more. the several departments of the government, in con¬ 
sequence of the growth of the nation, caused com¬ 
partment g ress to authorize a separate bureau, called “ The De - 
partment of the Interior .” Thomas Ewing, of Ohio, 
was appointed by the president its first secretary, 
and John M. Clayton, of Delaware, was made secre¬ 
tary of state. 

3. With such exactness were the different parties 
18^0 balanced, re g ar4 to the slavery question, that in the 

( 1850 . * congress of 1848-9, all that could be obtained for 
Busesti- California was a law, by which her revenue was to 
thepopu- collected and placed in the coffers of the republic. 
California Happily, the exemplary political conduct of California, 
} under these trying circumstances, relieved the anxious 
forebodings of American patriots, that she might take 


Chapter III.—1. What do we here learn of Minnesota? 
—2. What offices were filled by election ? What persona 
elected ? When ? When inaugurated ? What Congress was, 
the day preceding, dissolved? What new department was 
created ? Who was the first incumbent ? Who President 
Taylor’s Secretary of State ?—3. What was the estimated 
population of California in 1850? (See side note.) What 
wus the only action of the Congress of 1848-9 respecting 
California? What did American patriots fear? What did 




NO SECURITY EXCEPT BY LAW ENFORCED. 


395 


Oregon for an ally, and set up for herself. To pre¬ 
rent any such disaster, Gen. Taylor gave the Cali¬ 
fornians the timely assurance, that “ whatever can be 
done to afford the people of the Territories the bene¬ 
fits of civil government, and the protection that is due 
them, will be anxiously considered and attempted by 
the executive.” He suggested to them the expediency 
of forming a state government for themselves, there¬ 
after to be submitted to congress. 

4. These counsels tended to keep the leading poli¬ 
ticians of California true to the Union. Indeed, they 
loved their native land, and confided in her ultimate 
justice. But while waiting for future protection, the 
exciting present was upon them. There, were the 
gathered and the gathering thousands, attracted from 
every land by the sovereign power of gold; and 
government, in addition to that exercised by Gen. 
Mason, the military commandant, the citizens found it 
necessary to exercise among themselves. At first it 
was informal; and he who was fourfd guilty of high 
crimes, was put to death, with little ceremony or de¬ 
lay. Gen. Riley, the hero of Contreras, who suc¬ 
ceeded Gen. Mason as military governor, issued his 
proclamation August 1st, 1849, establishing a species 
of judiciary, at the head of which was placed Peter 
Id. Burnet. Subsequently, he issued another procla¬ 
mation, inviting the citizens to choose delegates to 
form a constitution for a state government. Delegates 
were consequently chosen; who met at Monterey, 
September 1st, 1849, and there formed a constitution, 
which was accepted by the people. Slavery had, in 
the mean time, been decided against, by a special 
convention holden at San Francisco, and it was ac¬ 
cordingly excluded by the constitution 

5. The first legislature convened at San Jos6, De- 


P’T IV. 
P’D IV. 

CH. III. 

1849. 

April 3. 
(See Sec. 
Clayton’s 
letter to 
T. B. 
King, 
who was 
sent to 
Califor¬ 
nia by 
the Presi¬ 
dent. ) 


1848. 

(Aug. 7. 
Mason, 
now a 
brevet 
Briga- 
dier-Gje'' 
era., 
learning 
the exist¬ 
ence of 
the treaty 
assumes 
civil 

powers.) 

1849. 

April 13. 
Riley suc¬ 
ceeds 
Mason. 

Aug. 1. 
A sort of 
Judiciary 
estab¬ 
lished. 


Sept. 1. 
At Mon¬ 
terey, 
delegates 
meet to 
form a 
State 


General Taylor suggest by a letter of his Secretary to his 
agent, Thomas Butler King ?—4. What were the necessities of 
Che Californians in regard to civil government ? Who was 
Ceceral RiJey ? What was done by him? What was done m 
resequence of his proclamation f How was the slavery ques- 
<-4*u disposed of?—5. Where did the first Legislature of 




396 


WONDERFUL TRANSITION. 


FTiv. ceniber 20th, 1849. Peter H. Burnet, who was elected 
p , D Iy chief magistrate, addressed to the senate and assem- 
. ch. hi.' bly a message of extraordinary interest. “How 

1849 . rapid,” he exclaims—“how astonishing have been the 
Atsan changes in California ! Twenty months ago, inhabited 
Legisfa- St by a sparse population—a pastoral people, deriving a 
ture meet- mere subsistence from their flocks and herds, and a 

scanty cultivation of the soil;—now,—the inexhaust- 
neCs ekn ible gold mines discovered,—our ports are filled with 
address, shipping from every clime ; our beautiful bays and 
placid rivers are navigated by steam ; and commercial 
An exam, cities have sprung up as if by enchantment. 
p i!dS r Now we are here assembled for the sublime task of 
Btates- organizing a new state. But should our constitution 
conflict with the constitution of our common country, 
linnet that must prevail. That great instrument, which now 
wisdom governs more than twenty millions of people, and links 
a "e 8 3°o' in one common destiny thirty states, demands our 
nfendTo purest affections, and our first and highest duty. 
fiednSk • • - We would leave our people to suffer on, 

ta rfiUmr a rat ^ er t ^ lan violate one single principle of that great 
dcbted-" fundamental law of the land.” Gov. Burnet believed, 
ness.) however, that there would be no such violation, and 
the members accordingly proceeded to legislative 
action. 

(Edward 6 . The choice of senators to congress fell upon 
andG.H. John C. Fremont and William M. Gwin. The con- 

Wright 

firstrepre- stitution of California, and her petition for admittance 
tfves.) into the Union, were carried by them to Washington, 

1850 . and by the president transmitted to congress, with a 
President commendatory message. The clause prohibiting sla- 
sen/sto ver y was > in congress, as a torch applied to explosives; 
fim con - 8 some southern members declaring that its adoption by 
of cau- con gress would be the cause of immediate secession, 
fomia. 7 . Other subjects of appalling difficulty pressed upon 


California meet ? Who was chosen governor ? What was 
there in his speech concerning rapid changes ? For what, did 
he say, the Legislature had assembled? Should their con¬ 
stitution conflict with that of the United States—what then! 
—6. What senators were the first chosen ? What did they 
carry to Washington? What effect was produced in Congress 




TEXAS THREATENS NEW MEXICO. 


J97 


congress;—all, however, implicated in the one ab- P’T iv. 
sorbing topic of slavery. Texas claimed that her ter- 
ritory extended to the Rio Grande ; but the New- C h.ih. 
Mexicans in and around Santa Fe, east of the Rio 1819. 
Grande, had never submitted, and were utterly averse tSm 
to her rule. In January, 1849, her legislature passed ^wa 
laws, dividing the disputed region into counties. To 
organize in these counties a Texan government, Gov. °M«rico? 
Bell, the executive, sent an agent, Major Neighbours, 1 g 5 o, 
to Santa Fe, who warned Col. Monroe, the United A^nps. 
States military commandant, against all “ interfer- Nelgh-^ 
ence.” Colonel Monroe, finding the New Mexicans Santoro, 
enraged, and being instructed from Washington, called and*!!, 
a convention, which framed a state constitution; g^vXj- 
and, while Texas was making preparations to seize “terfereT 
this territory by force, the petition of New Mexico to 
be admitted into the Union was introduced into con¬ 
gress. 

8 . While New Mexico was petitioning congress for 1850. 
a government, another remarkable people were at their 
doors with the same request. These were the enter- f°° te in - 
prising Mormons, who had found a resting-place on a bill for 
the borders of the Salt Lake,—where, collecting their ^ment^ 
scattered bands, and sending out their leaders to re- -Re¬ 
turn with proselytes, they had now a flourishing set¬ 
tlement, numbering some thousands.!—Another excit- 
ing subject was a bill introduced by Senator Butler, uensu* 
of South Carolina, for a new law, to enable the mas- 25,000.) 
ters of fugitive slaves to recover them from other 
states. 


by the clause prohibiting slavery?—7. What other difficult 
subject is next mentioned as pressing upon Congress ? What 
measures did Texas take in 1849 ? What was done on the 
part of New Mexico?—8. What here is said of the Mormons t 





DANGER NOBLY MET. 


398 


CHAPTER IV. 

* 

Congressional Eloquence of the First Session of the Thirty -first 
Congress. 

P’Tiv. 1. The first session of the thirty-first congress was 
the longest, the most stormy, and the most important 
CH . ty] in its results, of any since the organization of the 
1849 government; and in it, by the strife and power of 
-50. words, were settled more important issues than those 
jeress each on any battle-field since the Revolution. The senate 
lv Tifere 8 ‘ took the lead. Never had that body presented more 
h ir e frS n able statesmen, or more powerful orators, 
tion of2. The two first northern senators who broke in 
cSftiti- u P on the sullen gloom of uncharitableness and discon- 
Uon.) tent, with which the southern members met the north¬ 
ern, were Dickinson of New York, and Phelps of Ver¬ 
mont. The former, in the course of his speech, 
solemnly assured his southern brethren that the north, 
as a body, regarded the guaranties of the constitution 
as sacred. “ Sir,” said he, “ take a small number out 
of the northern and also out of the southern sections of 
Jan^i?* t ^ le Union, or silence their clamor, and this accursed 
M inson i,c »^‘ a gi tat i° n would be settled in less than a week, 
speech. The constitution throws its broad aegis over the whole 
of this mighty republic. Its people bow before it with 
more than eastern devotion. They will adhere to this 
Union ; and although the northern people are opposed 
to the institution of slavery, the great mass of them 
have no intention or disposition to trench upon consti¬ 
tutional rights. And this they will prove to the south, 
should the occasion arise, even though they should 
sell their lives in her defence.” 

3. In the speech of Senator Phelps, 23d January, 
logical argument was complacently mingled with 

ChapterIV—1 . Why was this called the 31st Congress! 
(See side note.) What is said of the first session of this Con 
gross 1 — 2, Give some accoui t of the speecli of Senator Diekiu 
sou ?—3. Of that of Senator Phelpe ?— 4. What cccurrod ou the 



MR. CLAY a COMPROMISE RESOLUTIONS. 


;j99 


tou niginal vein of wit. Without taking serious ground ftiv. 
against the southern threat of secession, he showed that TuTivT 
the time had r.ot yet come. The supreme judiciary of CH. IT. 
the United States were the proper court to tryconsti- 1850 . 
tutional questions ; and unless the south, before pro- sieech^f 
ceeding to action, appealed to that tribunal, she would pifiip* 
put herself in the wrong. In so important a matter, 
she should not be in too much haste, but take the 
proper steps, and bide her time. As to what had been 
offensively said at the north, this was a land of free 
speech; and what was to be done with people who 
believed themselves charged with a mission, not only 
to amend the constitution framed by the wisdom of our 
fathers, but also to assist the Almighty in the correc¬ 
tion of sundry mistakes which they had discovered in 
his works ? The brows of the southern members 
unbent, and they cordially greeted the orator when the 
speech was ended ; and an observer remarked, “ He 
has thrown the first bucket of water which has reached 
the fire.” 

4. On the 25th of January, Mr. Clay offered his 
memorable plan of compromise. On the 5th of Feb- J M r 53 ' 
ruary, amidst such a crowd of both sexes as the 
senate-chamber had never before witnessed, he came 
forward to speak in their defence. He was now luU<rte 
venerable in years, but his intellect retained its sound¬ 
ness, and his heart its deep well-spring of patriotic 
feeling. His voice, his eye, his grace of action and 
gift of words, which made him regarded as the first 
orator who speaks the English tongue, were yet pre¬ 
served, that he might succor, and perhaps save, his 
country, in this her hour of peril. In the preamble of 
his eight resolutions, he stated the reason of their in¬ 
troduction to be, that it was “ for the peace, harmony, 
and concord of the Union to settle, and adjust ami¬ 
cably, all exciting questions of controversy between 
them arising out of the institution of slavery, upon a 
fair, equitable, and just basis.” The compromise was 


25th of January, 1850? On the 6th of February? What is 
aaid of Mr. Clay’s powers us an orator ? What was the object 




400 


EV1L8 OF DISUNION. 


substantially thj same as that which passed aftei 
p ! D iv. months of debate, and is hereafter to be explained, 
cu. xv. 5. “ Never before,” said Mr. Clay, “ have I risen with 
F Mi. 5 ‘ feelings of such deep solicitude. I have witnessed 
Cjjj* many periods of great anxiety, of peril, and of danger to 
speech, the country; but never before have I risen to address 
an assembly, so oppressed, so appalled, so anxious.” 
He attributed the danger of the country to the unprin 
c Mr. t cipled selfishness of party men. At the moment whei 
view of the White House was on fire, instead of uniting to ex 
ge roiis tinguish the flames, they were contending about who 
P ofth°e n should be its next occupant! While a dreadful cre- 
country vasse menaced inundation, they were contesting the 
profits of the estate, which was threatened with total 
submersion! . . All now is uproar, confusion, 

and menace to this Union. . . He denounced se¬ 

cession. None had a right to secede. . . Within the 
Union he took his stand, and there he meant to stand 
and die,—fighting, if necessary; but no power on 

earth should force him out of the Union. He dwelt 

on the ruin which would spring from the dissolution 
of the of the Union. War would be inevitable ; and such a 
queries war,—so furious, so bloody, so implacable, so extermi- 
union! nating, could not be found upon the pages of history 
He entreated members to pause on the brink of the 
precipice, before they took the fearful leap, into the 
yawning abyss. But if that direful event, the dissolu¬ 
tion of the Union, were to happen, he implored of 
March 7 . heaven that he might not survive to behold it. 

M 6t&^ 6* To similar effect was the eloquence of Daniel 

speech Webster. “ Mr. President,” he said, “ I hear with 
(its gen- pain, and anguish, and distress, the word secession 
jerttonj- falling from the lips of the eminent and patriotic- 
c the 1 com- d Secession! Peaceable secession ! The dismember- 
promise.) m ent of this vast country without convulsion ! Tb* 


of his eight l esolutions ?— 5 . Recite the two introductory ser 
tences of Mr. Clay’s speech. To what did he attribute the dan 
ger of the country ? By what striking metaphors did he sliov 
the wicked selfishness of party men ? What did he say of se¬ 
cession,—of leaving the Union ? Recite the author’s account o/ 
the close of the speech.—0. Recite the ckt-tch given of the re- 




A CLEARER ATMOSPHERE. 


401 


breaking up of the fountains of the great deep, with- pt iv. 
out ruffling the surface ! . . Peaceable secession ! p , D IV ^ 

What would be the result ? What would become of C h. v. 
the army, the navy, and the public lands ? Where is 
the line to be drawn ? What states are to be asso- 
ciated ? What is to remain American ? Where am cession. 
I to be ? Where is the flag to remain ? Is the eagle 
still to tower ? or is he to cower, to shrink, and fell 
to the ground ?” 


CHAPTER V. 

Ithe Committee of Thirteen.—The “ Omnibus BilL”—Death of 
Taylor and Inauguration of Fillmore.—Separate Passage of 
the Compromise Measures.—The Cuban Expedition.—Liberia 

1. In the tempest, it is the lightning, not the thun- 1850 
der, which kills ; but as, peal by peal, the dangerous tone o/ 
element explodes, the atmosphere becomes cleared. 

Thus the impassioned eloquence and fiery declama- ment * 
tion of the capitol,gave wholesome vent to dangerous 
feeling; and inspired a healthier tone of public 
sentiment; which, beginning at Washington, spread 
throughout the Union. 

2. Mr. Clay had ably defended his plan of compro¬ 
mise. Senator Bell, of Kentucky, introduced and advo¬ 
cated another. Senator Foote, of Mississippi, made 

a motion, which was finally carried, for the appoint- April i*. 
ment of a committee of the senate, to be composed of 
six members from the north, six from the south, and a 
thirteenth to be chosen by the first twelve ; to whom 64 
should be referred the different plans for compromise ; 

—with directions, however, that the committee report, 


marks of Mr. "Webster on secession, made in his great speech of 
March 7th, 1850. 

Chapter V. —1. What beneficial effects were produced by 
the stormy eloquence of the Capitol ?— 8. What motion was 





402 


THE “ OMNIBUS BILL/* 

F ’ T iv. according to their own judgment, a plan of settlemeo 
P - D [V for the different branches of the slavery question. 
ch. v. 3. Of this honored committee, Mr. Clay was chair- 
1850. man, by choice of the Senate ; and he made their re- 
M?. a cfuy port to that body, the 8th of May. Four months of jar- 
the“°om- ring debate ensued ; much of which referred to the 
gi'fp, point, whether the several proposed laws should be 
pr ibr'tie e vote d for separately, or in one “ Omnibus Bill.” Mr. 
*cf e the nt Benton urged the former course, on account of its 
several fairness, and especially in behalf of suffering yet duti 
troduced ful California ; while Mr. Clay maintained the latter ; 
compro- urging that if the different parts of the bill were pre¬ 
vious. 0 ’ sented together, both parties would concede some 

June 2. things, for the sake of gaining others.In the 

viiiepon- mean time the Nashville convention, which, had it 
veniion. assem bled i n January, might have led to civil war 
and national destruction,'* met harmlessly on the 
2d of June ; partaking of the country’s calmer mood 
1850 . and renewed devotion to the Union. Judge Sharkie, 
Judge' * ts P ro j ector » was made president of the convention, 
giurkie’s In his initiatory address, he said, that its members 
had met, “ because the constitution, which gave 
equal rights to the South, had been violated; and that 
was a shock which the government could not stand.” 
They had assembled to devise a remedy, and thus to 
preserve the Union. It was a slander of enemies, 
that they had met to dissolve the Union. For his 
part, he hoped that “ the Union would be the last thing 
to perish amidst the wreck of matter.” 

4. In May, 1850. a military force under the Cuban 

* “The Southern members conferred together, spoke to¬ 
gether, and, at one time, would have been prepared to sink or 
swim in a common peril.”— See Senator Butler's Speech at the 
Charleston Convention , May, 1851. 


made and carried by Senator Foote ?—3. What is said of the 
Committee of Thirteen ? Of their report ? Of the debate 
which ensued ? Of the Nashville Convention ? Who was made 
President of the Convention? In his address what did ha 
say ? — 4. Give soma account of the attempt made upon 





THE CUBAN EXPEDITION. 


403 


general, Lopez, sailed with munitions of war from ptix. 
New Orleans, pretended emigrants in vessels clear- “ [V ‘ 
ing for Chagres. They made their rendezvous in the ch. v. ' 
Island of Contoy, on the coast of Yucatan. On the 185 °* 
night of the 18th May, Gen. Lopez with 609 men, E x P edi- 
approached the coast of Cuba in the steamship Creole. ^hVij.™ 
He landed at the little town of Cardenas, of which 
he took possession, after having burnt the governor’s 
house in order to force the garrison to surrender ; 
after which, the governor, together with three of his d f t r ca“ d 
officers and twenty-seven soldiers were made pris- denaf 
oners. The soldiers joined Lopez’s ranks. 

5. On the evening of the 19th Gen. Lopez, having 
changed his plan, re-embarked to effect another land¬ 
ing on the western part of Cuba; a bloody skirmish oc¬ 
curring on his way to the ship. The men compelled 

the officers to carry them to Key West, the nearest port ^ a 
on the American coast. Just as they entered, the Arrival at 
Spanish war-steamer Pizarro overtook them. The Wolt. 
commander asked of the American authorities the 
restoration of the invaders, which not obtaining, ho 
returned to Havana and represented the facts to his 
government. Gen. Taylor, who had issued a special 
proclamation against any such armament, sent a 
strong naval force to Cuba, which arrived too late to 
prevent the invasion. Lopez not having embarked 

6. Pending the debates on the compromise measures, j u]y 
the nation was called to deep and sincere mourning 

for the loss of her beloved chief magistrate. Gen. dent * 
Taylor expired at the presidential mansion on the 9th lnauKura 
of July, and Millard Fillmore, of New York, im- 
mediately succeeded him in the presidency; hap¬ 
pily well fitted by moral, intellectual, and physical 


Cuba, in May, 1850. At what town on the island did the 
invaders land ? What did they do there ?— 5 . Relate what 
occurred on the retreat of the invading force. What is said of 
the commander of the Pizarro ? What was done by General 
Taylor ? Who were the Contoy prisoners ? What was the fate 
of a few men left at Cardenas?—6. What melancholy event oc- 
July 9 ? What is said of Mr. Fillmore ? What change oo 




404 


PASSAGE OF THE 'COMPROMISE. 


P’Tiv. soundness, for the exalted and difficult place. Mr. 
p , D IV King of Alabama, was chosen president of the senate, 
cu. v. The cabinet of Gen. Taylor resigned. Mr. Fillmore 
appointed able successors,—Mr. Webster filling the 
department of state. He soon negotiated with the 
government of Cuba the release of the Contoy 
prisoners. 

1850. 7. In the early part of September, the measures re- 

Tilfecom- ported by the committee of thirteen passed — sepa- 
meas^S rate ty; but they had been considered together, and 
Utah were agreed to, as mutual concessions and compro- 
iatpater. mises for the sake of union. By them, 1st, California, 
r S‘ with her constitution excluding slavery, and her boun- 
popila- daries extending from Oregon to the Mexican posses- 
koSo’) s i° ns > was admitted into the Union as a state. 2d, 
New The Great Basin east of California, containing the 
made C a Mormon settlement near the Salt Lake, was erected, 
te (est?. ry ‘ without mention of slavery, into a territory, by the 
popull Indian appellation of Utah. 3d, New Mexico, with 
eil&Sl.) a boundary which satisfied her inhabitants, was also 
erected, without mention of slavery, into a terri¬ 
tory; Congress giving Texas, for the relinquishment 
of her claims, ten millions of dollars;—Texas to pay 
with the money former debts, for which the United 
States were bound,—not legally, but in honor. 4th, 
A law was passed, abolishing—not slavery, but the 
slave-trade, in the District of Columbia ; and 5th, the 
(,Afu g i- fugitive-slave law was passed; whose object is, the 
Vaw * * S * * was e more effectually to secure the prompt delivery of per- 
Era3j d but sons bound to service or labor in one state, and escap- 
foSd/pr big into another. 

ficu!t d of‘ 8 - The compromise measures proved the quieting 
tbn C Tt bie fearful storm. Those who passed them, did, 
the trainers of the constitution, agree to appre- 
hended evils to prevent disunion, and thus preserve 


curred in the cabinet?—7. What is said of the compromise 

measures ? What is, in your author’s order of arrangement, the 

first of the compromise measures? What the second? The 

third, including the agreement with Texas? What is the 

fourth? What the fifth of the compromise measures?— 

8. W hy was the passage of the compromise measures highly 




CONFIDENCE RETURNING. 


405 


the country in its vital point. Some condemned,but p’Tiv 
the nation at large approved ; and no rallying cry so "" „■* 
touched the heart of the people, as “ The Union, the CHV§ 
whole Union !” “ Our Country, one and entire !” 1850 

9. The remains of the great agitation appeared 
at the north by opposition to the fugitive-slave law, 
which, however, was upheld, by the national and state 
judiciaries ; and at the south by a convention of del¬ 
egates, from the anti-union party, held April, 1851, RemaiM 
in Charleston, S. C., where, notwithstanding the g °a t th a e gl 
counsels of Senator Butler and others, the majority, tatl t ^a» 
recommended separate secession. But the mingled South, 
tide of national prosperity and returning confidence 

sets against sectional discontent and animosity. The 
network of railroads, which more and more intersects 
the country, promotes the intercourse of trade and ci¬ 
vility, and thus tends to harmonize its different parts. 
Charleston will soon be connected by railroad with 
the interior of Tennessee, and thus a competitor for 
the trade of the great valley of the Mississippi. 

10. The restoration of confidence between good 
and patriotic citizens of the north and the south, will 
be full of prosperity and happiness to both. The 
colored race, as they were the first to suffer by the 

loss of such confidence, so they will be the first to c °f d the’* 
benefit by its return. Already we hear more and 
more of efforts at the south to improve them, as in- ed - 
tellectual, moral, and religious beings. They are, 
by the generality of planters, allowed a degree ol 
independence in the disposal of time and the holding 
of property, and so many personal comforts, that their 
condition, except in name, is preferable to that of a 

important to the nation ? —9. By what did the remains of the 
great agitation appear at the North ? By whom was the fugi¬ 
tive-slave law upheld ? By what did the remains of the great 
agitation appear at the South ? What was recommended by 
the delegates of the anti-union party in S. C. ? Who gave wiser 
counsel ? What tide sets against sectional discontent and ani¬ 
mosity ? What promotes intercourse, and thus tends to harmo¬ 
nize ? What new prospects has Charleston ?—10. What will 
be the consequences of the restoration of confidence between 
good and patriotic citizens at the North and the South ? What 
is said of the condition of the colored race at the the South ? 




406 


RESPECT FROM FOREIGN NATIONS. 


PT IV. 


P’D IV. 

CH. V. 


1849 . 

Jan. 27. 
Treaty 
with 
Brazil. 


Aug. 29. 
Treaty 
with 
Austria. 


1850 . 

Austria 
takes of¬ 
fence. 
Vlr. Web¬ 
ster re¬ 
plies to 
Mr. 
llulse- 
inan. 


1850 . 

Dec. 16. 
America 
honored 
by Swit¬ 
zerland. 


Sand¬ 
wich 
Islands 
Dec. 20. 
French 
ships of 
war mates 
arbitrary 
demands. 


large proportion of the peasantry of Europe ; much 
more, to that of the wild tribes of Africa. The south¬ 
ern planters furnish the article of cotton, to the manu¬ 
facturers of Europe, as well as America ; which gives 
great value to slave labor. 

11. Treaties. —In 1849, a treaty was negotiated 
at Rio Janeiro by Mr. Tod, the American minister, 
with the Viscount Olinda, on the part of the Brazilian 
emperor, the latter agreeing to pay a specified sum to 
the Americans for spoliations. ... A temporary 
treaty was negotiated at Washington, by the Austrian 
minister, Mr. Hulseman, and Secretary Buchanan, by 
which certain privileges were granted to the subjects 
of each contracting power, residing in the other’s 
country. During the revolt of Hungary, Gen. Tayloi 
sent by Mr. Mann a message of inquiry to Kossuth, 
the patriotic leader of the revolted Hungarians. Of 
this the Austrian government, by Mr. Hulseman, in a 
letter to Mr. Clayton, complained, with threats. After 
Gen. Taylor’s death, Mr. Webster made an able and 
popular reply, showing that the act of the president 
was not an interference in the affairs of Austria ; but 
only a natural manifestation of the sympathy, which 
this nation must be expected to feel, for those whose 
struggles for freedom are similar to our own. 

12. On the 16th of December, the National Assem 
bly of the Republic of Switzerland, in open session at 
Berne, ratified, with extraordinary tokens of high 
satisfaction, a treaty of amity and commerce, which 
had been previously negotiated between the two re¬ 
publics of America and Switzerland. ... Of 
all the triumphs of Christianity in our day, there is 
none more signal than the conversion and civilization 
of the Sandwich Islands. They are a feeble power, 
but England and America have with policy and justice 
made treaties with their king; acknowledging his in- 


—11. What were the circumstances of the formation of the 
treaty with Brazil ? With Austria ? What occurred to offend 
the Austrian government ? To what letter did Mr. Webster re¬ 
ply, and what did he show ?—12. What occurred on the 16th 
of December, 1850 ? What is said of the Sandwich Islands t— 




LIBERIA-THE CENSUS. 


407 


dependence, which has been threatened ty serious f’Tiv. 
aggressions on the part of France. p , DIV ' 

13. Liberia, in Africa, now comprises 520 miles C h. v.* 
of Atlantic coast. It has been colonized by American- 

born Africans, of whom eight thousand have been car¬ 
ried over by the Colonization Society. These have 
extended their influence far inland and over 200,000 
native inhabitants. They have now established a 
republican government, their officers being all men of p or these 
color,—of whom the worthy President Roberts is chief. Sdres^i 
Different Protestant denominations in the United States R H 7'; g er- 
have supplied them with some of the most devoted of ti,e r A 
missionaries of both sexes; several of whom have ^ty^r 
died martyrs to a climate, which, though salubrious to 
the black, is often fatal to the white. A regular (FortyAf. 
Christian ministry, Sunday and week-day schools are t " 0 c n a s n |,^ e 
established ; and the slave-trade throughout the whole 
coast from Gallinas to Cape Palmas is broken up. b wid Li- 
The enterprise is fast growing in favor, not only as a juringthe 
safety-valve for drawing off our surplus colored popu- trade.) 
^tion, but as a means of changing the present degra¬ 
dation of Africa into Christian civilization. 

14. The census of 1850 shows the population of |§ 5 o. 
the United States to be 23,267,498; of whom (Popuia. 
3,197,589 are slaves. Our great and growing repub- Ratbof 
lie now occupies a position on which the proudest during 
nations of Europe have no occasion to look down ; terTyeir* 
while the lesser republics of our own continent, look ^*£7 
up to the oldest and most powerful of its nations, for 
precedent, if not for protection. To be a disinterested 
friend to these,—to lead them forward in a career, not 

only of liberty united with security,—but of national 
virtue,—this is the only headship of nations, which 
the sagacious American patriot covets for his country. 


13. Of Liberia? Of its government? Of the missionaries? 
Of the condition of the people in regard to a ministry and 
schools ? to the slave-trade ? How is the enterprise of coloni¬ 
zation now regarded ?—14. What was the population of the 
United States in 1850 ? What is the present position of the 
Republic ? What kind of headship of nations does the Amer¬ 
ican patri it covet for his country ? How does this compare 




408 


LAW UPHELD. 


P’Tiv. And it is a leadership compared with which, conquest 
p , D lv by war is but an antiquated vulgarity : the one bring- 
ch. v. ing security as well as honor ; the other tending, as 
with ancient Rome, to decay and dissolution. 

Emigra. I 5 - There is a great and increasing emigration 
from Europe to America. In 1850, the number ex¬ 
ceeded 300,000, and the ratio is rapidly increasing. 
Some are of the bone and sinew of Europe, attracted 
hither by our republican institutions ; while another 
portion is sent to our shores from jails and poor- 
houses ; and as we have reason to believe, for the 
purpose of hastening on that ruin by anarchy, which 
European foes to freedom predict and desire. Crime 

1849. accordingly increases ; but within the last few years, 
^stor-' the determination on the part of native Americans to 

resist anarchy, by inflicting the penalties of crime, in- 

1850. creases also. In New York, a riot at the Astor-place 
(M 23 ch theatre, was promptly put down by the legal action of 
Webster^ Eie military; several of the rioters losing their lives 
"°of v the ed u P on Eie s P ot - Ei Boston, John White Webster, a 
murderof professor of Harvard College, expiated upon the gal- 

man. * lows the crime of murder. 

16. We would not by any remarks of ours arouse a 
spirit of war. We hope none will again occur between 
it is com. Britain and America. They ought rather to stand 
r butT together in the great moral contest for human rights 
"tionof* against absolutism, — temporal and spiritual. If there 
5ho a d£ has gone out fr° m Britain political wrong against 
icatciisas- us > ^ * s on ^ f rom that portion, who sympathize with 
America t ^ ie doctrines of the Holy Alliance. But let us be¬ 
ware. Let America encourage her native talent, 
and never again form her opinion of her own inte¬ 
rior concerns, either from a foreign press, foreign 
fanatics, or foreign emissaries. Let her rise above 


with conquest by war?—15. What is said of the emigration 
from Europe ? What happens in consequence of our being 
thronged with an unsound population ? What determination 
seems prevailing among native Americans ? What two exam¬ 
ples are given ?—1G. Should Britain and America cultivate a 
spirit of war or a spirit of peace ? Should America look to 
foreigners for opinions concerning her own interior concerns! 





CONCLUSION. 


409 


their frowns, and their flatteries ; and looking to God, 
study, for her guide, his wisdom in the constitution of 
man, and his providence in the history of our race. 
Since our enemies seek to divide us, let us the 
more seek union. If they operate to drive us into 
anarchy by overwhelming us with an unsound popu¬ 
lation, let our people the more uphold education, 
law and order. And while the crafty politicians of 
Europe are bewildering themselves in their own 
mazes, let the rulers of America, as did Washington, 
keep the national conscience clear in discern¬ 
ment, and supreme in action. Then will God turn 
to foolishness the counsels of our enemies, and more 
and more make us his own exalted and favored people. 


To whom should this nation look, and what study ? What if 
enemies seek to divide us ? What if they seek to drive us into 
anarchy ? What should be done by the rulers of the Americas 
Ee public ? 


P’D IV. 


P’T IV. 

CH. V. 


Let us 
live not ta 
other na 
tions, hut 
to our 
country 
and out 
(iod 





"W 

YUBA CITY J 


PRINGFIELO 


VERNON. 


SACRAMENTO CL 


SuTitrs.Y. 


Q f> SAN NAP ACL 


£<>K£.L a . 


NEW routs 


SAB PABLO. 


'Stocntoa/ 


AN'rnANcrseo. 


STAHISLAUS 


CRESCENT CITY. 


ST CLARA 


SANTA CRUZ. 


MONWEREY. 


w% 

s m 

%r; \S 




VALLEY 

OF THE 

A® MAM MM 

ANJ) 

SAN JOAQUIN. 
































































TIKE 


CONSTITUTION 

OF THE 

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 


Framed during the year 1787, by a convention of delegate*, 
who met at Philadelphia, from the states of New Hampshire, 
Massachusetts, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Penn - 

S flvania, Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, 
outh Carolina, Georgia. 


We, the people of the United States, in order to form a more 
perfect union, establish justice, insure domestic tranquillity, pro¬ 
vide for the common defence, promote the general welfare, and 
secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity, do 
ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of 
America. 


ARTICLE I. 

Sect. I.—All legislative powers herein granted shall be vested 
in a congress of the United States, which shall consist of a sen¬ 
ate and house of representatives. 

Sect. II.—1. The house of representatives shall be composed 
of members, chosen every second year by the people of the sev¬ 
eral states, and the electors in each state shall have the qualifi¬ 
cations fequisite for electors of the most numerous branch of the 
state legislature. 

2. No person shall be a representative, who shall not have at¬ 
tained to the age of twen‘y-five years, and been seven years a 
citizen of the United States, and who shall not, when elected, 
be an inhabitant of that state in which he shall be chosen. 

3. Representatives and direct taxes shall be apportioned among 
the several states which may be included within this Union, ac¬ 
cording to their respective numbers, which shall be determined by 
adding to the whole number of free persons, including those bound 
to servitude for a term of years, and excluding Iudians not taxed, 
three-fifths of all other persons. The actual enumeration shall 
be made within three years after the first meeting of the congress 
of the United States, and within every subsequent term of ten 
years, in such manner as they shall by law direct. The number 

19 


Pnuoote 


tiv* 

power*. 


Iu IOW 4* 


Eligibility 
of repr*- 
sentative* 


Manner 
and ratio 
of repro 
sent&tioa 
and V*ia 



412 


CONSTITUTION. 


faeuncie*. 


8p«aker. 

Impeach¬ 

ments. 

Senators, 
two from 
tach state. 


Arrange¬ 
ment for a 
choice of 
one-third 
•very sec¬ 
ond year. 


Eligibility 
to office. 


Presiding 

officer. 


Power of 
trial in 
impeach¬ 
ments and 


penalty. 


fc««tioai. 


of representatives shall not exceed one for every thirty thousand, 
but each state shall have at least one representative: and, until 
such enumeration shall be made, the state of New Hampshire 
shall be entitled to choose three, Massachusetts eight, Rhode 
Island and Providence Plantations one, Connecticut five, New 
York six, New Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, Delaware one, 
Maryland six, Virginia ten, North Carolina five. South Carolina 
five, and Georgia three. 

4. When vacancies happen in the representation from any 
state, the executive authority thereof shall issue writs of election 
to fill such vacancies 

5. The house of representatives shall choose their speaker, and 
other officers ; and shall have the sole power of impeachment. 

Sect. III.—1. The senate of the United States shall be com¬ 
posed of two senators from each state, chosen by the legislature 
thereof, for six years: and each senator shall have one vote. 

2. Immediately after they shall be assembled, in consequence 
of the first election, they shall be divided as equally as may be 
into three classes. The seats of the senators of the first class 
shall be vacated at the expiration of the second year; of the 
second class, at the expiration of the fourth year; and of the 
third class, at the expiration of the sixth year, so that one-third 
may be chosen every second year ; and if vacancies happen by 
resignation, or otherwise, during the recess of the legislature of 
any state, the executive thereof may make temporary appoint¬ 
ments, until the next meeting of the legislature, which-shall then 
fill such vacancies. 

3. No person shall be a senator who shall not have attained to 
the age of thirty years, and been nine years a citizen of the 
United States, and who shall not, when elected, be an inhabi¬ 
tant of that state for which he shall be chosen. 

4. The vice-president of the United States shall be president 
of the senate, but shall have no vote, unless they be equally 
divided. 

5. The senate shall choose their other officers, and also a 
president pro tempore, in the absence of the vice-president, or 
when he shall exercise the office of president of the United 
States. 

6. The senate shall have the sole power to try all impeach¬ 
ments. When sitting for that purpose, they shall be on oath, or 
affirmation. When the president of the United States is tried, 
the chief-justice shall preside: and no person shall be convicted 
without the concurrence of two-thirds of the members,present. 

7. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend further 
than to removal from office, and disqualification to hold and en- 
jov any office of honor, trust, or profit under the United States; 
but the party convicted shall, nevertheless, be liable and subject 
to indictment, trial, judgment, and punishment, according to law. 

Sect. IV.—1. The times, places, and manner of holding elec¬ 
tions for senators and representatives, shall be prescribed in eash 



CONSTITUTION 


413 


state by the legislature thereof; but the congress may, at any time 
by law, make or alter such regulations, except as to the places of 
choosing senators. 

2. The congress shall assemble at least once in every year, 
and such meeting shall be on the first Monday in December, un- 
less they shall, by law, appoint a different day. 

Sect. V.—1. Each house shall be the judge of the elections, 
returns, and qualifications of its own members, and a majority of 
each shall constitute a quorum to do business; but a smaller 
msmjer may adjourn from day to day, and may be authorized to 
compel the attendance of absent members, in such manner and 
under such penalties as each house may provide. 

2. Each house may determine the rules of its proceedings, Rul ^ 
punish its members for disorderly behavior, and, with the con¬ 
currence of two-thirds, expel a member. 

3. Each house shall keep a journal of its proceedings, and 
from time to time publish the same, excepting such parts as may, 
in their judgment, require secrecy; and the yeas and nays of 
the members of either house, on any question, shall, at the desire 
of one-filth of those present, he entered on the journals. 

4. Neither house, during the session of congress, shall, without 

the consent of the other, adjourn fer more than three days, nor adjourn, 
to any other place than that in which the two houses shall be ®«»t. 
sitting. 

Sect. VI.—1. The senators and representatives shall receive 
a compensation for their services, to be ascertained by law, and 
paid out of the treasury of the United States. They shall, in all comjxm 
cases except treason, felony, and breach of peace, be privileged 
from arrest during their attendance at the sess.on of their re¬ 
spective houses, and in going to and returning from the same ; 
and for any speech or debate in either house, they shall not be 
questioned in any other place. 

2 No senator or representative shall, during the time for 
which he was elected, be appointed to any civil office under the 
authority of the United States, which shall have been created, 
or the emoluments whereof shall have been increased during ofoffioji 
such time; and no person, holding any office under the United 
States, shall be a member of either house during his continuation 
in office. 

Sect. VII.—1. All bills for raising revenue shall originate in Onoino< 
the house of representatives; but the senate may propose or con- btfu 
cur with amendments, as on other bills. 

2. Every bill which shall have passed the house of representa¬ 
tives and the senate shall, before it becomes a law, be presented to 
the president of the United States ; if he approve, he shall sign it, th«ur 
but if not, he shall return it, with his objections, to that house in become 
which it shall have originated, who shall enter the objections at Uw *- 
large on their journal, and proceed to reconsider it. If after such 
reconsideration, two-thirds of that house shall agree to pass the 
bill, it shall be sent, together with the objections, to the other 


114 


CONSTITUTION. 


house, by which it shall likewise be reconsidered, and if approved 
by two-thirds of that house, it shall become a law. But in all 
such cases the votes of both houses shall be determined by yeas 
and nays, and the names of the persons voting for and against 
the bill shall be entered on the journal of each house respectively 
If any bill shall not be returned by the president within ten 
days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been presented to 
him, the same shall bo a law, in like manner as if he had signed 
it, unless the congress, by their adjournment, prevent its return, 
in which case it shall not be a law. 

3. Every order, resolution, or vote, to which the concurrence 
of the senate and house of representatives may be necessary, 
(except on a question of adjournment,) shall be presented to the 

, . president of the United States; and before the same shall take 
pow»«'' shall be approved by him ; or, being disapproved by him, 

ehall be repassed by two-thirds of the senate and house of repre- 
tentatives, according to the rules and limitations prescribed in 
the case of a bill. 

Sect. VIII.—The congress shall have power— 

1. To lay and collect taxes, duties, imposts, and excises; t* 
pay the debts, and provide for the common defence and general 
welfare of the United States; but all duties, imposts, and excises 
shall be uniform throughout the United States. 

'tie*'a ad*” k° rfOW money on the credit of the United States, 

power of 3. To regulate commerce with foreign nations, and among the 
••ngreaa. 6eV eral states, and with the Indian tribes. 

4. To establish a uniform rule of naturalization, and uniform 
laws on the subject of bankruptcies throughout the United 
States. 

5. To coin money, regulate the value thereof, and of foreign 
coin, and fix the standard of weights and measures. 

6. To provide for the punishment of counterfeiting the securi¬ 
ties and current coin of the United States. 

7. To establish post-offices and post-roads. 

8. To promote the progress of science and useful arts, by se¬ 
curing, for limited times, to authors and inventors, the exclusive 
right to their respective writings and discoveries. 

9. To constitute tribunals inferior to the supreme court. 

10. To define and punish piracies and felonies committed on 
the high seas, and offences against the law of nations. 

11. To declare war, grant letters of marque and reprisal, and 
make rules concerning captures on land or water. 

12. To raise and support armies; but no appropriation 
money to that use shall be for a longer term than two years. 

13. To provide and maintain a navy. 

14. To make rules for the government and regulation of th 
land and naval forces. 

15. To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws 
©f the Union, suppress insurrections, and repel invasions. 

16. To provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining th* 




OONSTITVTION. 


415 


militia, and for governing such part of them as may be employed 
in the service of the United States, reserving to the states re¬ 
spectively, the appointment of the officers, and the authority of 
training the militia, according to the discipline prescribed by 
congress. 

17. To exercise exclusive legislation, in all cases whatsoever, 
over such district, (not exceeding ten miles square,) as may, by 
cession of particular states, and the acceptance of congress, be¬ 
come the seat of the government of the United States, and to 
exercise like authority over all places purchased by the consent 
<:f tha legislature of the state in which the same shall be, for the 
erection of forts, magazines, arsenals, dock-yards, and other 
needful buildings:—and 

18. To make all laws which shall be necessary and proper 
for carrying into execution the forogoing powers, and all other 
powers vested by this constitution in the government of the 
United States, or in any department, or office thereof. 

Sect. IX. —1. The migration or importation of such persons 
as any of the states now existing shall think proper to admit, 
shall not be prohibited by the congress, prior to the year one 
thousand eight hundred and eight, but a tax or duty may be im¬ 
posed on such importation, not exceeding ten dollars for each 
person. 

2. The privilege of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be 
suspended, unless when, in cases of rebellion or invasion, th£ 
public safety may require it. 

3. No bill of attainder, or ex-post facto law, shall bo passed. 

4. No capitation, or other direct tax shall be laid, unless hi 
proportion to the census, or enumeration, herein before directed 
to be taken. 

5. No tax or duty shall be laid on articles exported from any 
state. No preference shall be given, by any regulation of com¬ 
merce or revenue, to the ports of one state over those of anoth¬ 
er ; nor shall vessels, bound to or from one state, be obliged to 
enter, clear, or pay duties in another. 

6. No money shall be drawn from the treasury, but in conse¬ 
quence of appropriations made by law ; and a regular statement 
and account of the receipts and expenditures of all public money 
shall be published from time to time. 

7. No title of nobility shall bq, granted by the United States; 
and no person holding any office of profit or tru^t under them, 
shall, without the consent of congress, accept of any present, 
emolument, office, or title of any kind whatever, from any king, 
prince, or foreign state. 

Sect. X. —1. No state shall enter into any treaty, alliance, or 
confederation ; grant letters of marque and reprisal; coin money ; 
emit bills of credit; make any tiling but gold and silver coin a 
tender in payment of debts; pass any bill of attainder, ex-post 
facto law, or law impairing the obligation of contracts, or grant 
any title of nobility. 


Person*) 

taxes 


Eight of 
trial. 


Attainder 

Capita 

tion. 


Commer¬ 

cial 

r« Tents*. 


Treasury, 


Interdic¬ 
tion of 
titles 


Conserve 
tion of 
powers 
vested u» 

the Union 


416 


CONSTITUTION. 


2. No state shall, without the consent of ongress, lay a nj 
imposts or duties on imports or exports, except what may be ab¬ 
solutely necessary for executing its inspection laws: and the net 
produce of all duties and imposts, laid by any state on imports 
Furth*r and exports, shall be for the use of the treasury of the United 
defined. States, and all such laws shall be subject to the revision and 
control of congress. No state shall, without the consent of con¬ 
gress, lay any duty on tonnage, keep troops, or ships of war, in 
time of peace, enter into any agreement or compact with another 
state, or with a foreign power, or engage in war, unless actually 
invaded, or in such imminent danger as will not admit of delay 

ARTICLE II. 

Sect. I.—1. The executive power shall be vested in a presi- 
dent of the United States of America. He shall hold his office 
true, during the term of four years, and, together with the vice-presi¬ 
dent, chosen for the same term, be elected as follows: 

2. Each state shall appoint, in such manner as the legislature 
thereof may direct, a number of electors, equal to the whole 

oerofhis number of senators and representatives to which the state may 
election be entitled in the congress; but no senator or representative, or 
person holding an office of trust or profit under the United States, 
shall be appointed an elector. 

3. The electors shall meet in tiheir respective states, and vote 
by ballot for two persons, of whom one at least shall not be an 

by the inhabitant of the same state with themselves. And they shall 
make a list of all the persons voted for, and of the number of 
votes for each ; which list they shall sign and certify, and trails- . 
mit, sealed, to the seat of government of the United States, di¬ 
rected to the president of the senate. The president of the 
senate shall, in the presence of the senate and house of repre¬ 
sentatives, open all the certificates, and the votes shall then be 
counted. The person having the greatest number of votes shall 
be the president, if such number be a majority of the whole 
nou*« h of nurn ber of electors appointed ; and if there be more than one 
icpresent- who have such majority, and have an equal number of votes, 
mve*, l j ien bouse 0 f representatives shall immediately choose, by 
ballot, one of them for president: and if no person have a ma¬ 
jority, then from the five highest on the list, the said house shall, 
in like manner, choose the president. But in choosing the presi¬ 
dent, the votes shall be taken by states, the representation from 
each state having one vote ; a quorum for this purpose shall con¬ 
sist of a member or members from two-thirds of the states, and 
a majority of all the states shall be necessary to a choice. In 
every case, after the choice of the president, the person having 
ad of the the greatest number of votes of the electors, shall be the vice” 
IIT S> president. But if there should remain two or more who have 
equal votes, the senate shall choose from them by ballot, the 
vice-president. 


CONSTITUTION. 


417 


4 The congress may determine the time of choosing the elec¬ 
tors, and the day on which they shall give their votes: which 
day shall be the same throughout the United States. 

5. No person, except a natural-born citizen, or a citizen of the 
United States at the time of the adoption of this constitution, nequ*,. 
shall be eligible to the office of presidont, neither shall any per- 

Bon be eligible to that office, who shall not have attained the age 
of thirty-live years, and been fourteen years a resident within 
the United States. 

6. In case of the removal of the president from office, or of 
his death, resignation, or inability to discharge the powers and 
duties of the said office, the same shall devolve on the vice- 
president; and the congress may, by law, provide for the case of d«*u> <* 
removal, death, resignation, or inability, both of the president rera8Tft 
and vice-president, declaring what officer shall then act as pres¬ 
ident, and such officer shall act accordingly, until the disability 

be removed, or a president shall be elected. 

7- The president shall, at stated times, receive for his services, 
a compensation, which shall neither be increased nor diminished compen- 
during the period for which he shall have been elected, and he* 11 * 00 *" 1 * 
shall not receive, within that period, any other emolument from 
the United States, or any of them. 

3. Before he enters on the execution of his office, he shall 
take the following oath, or affirmation: 

“ I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will faithfully execute 
the office of president of the United States, and will, to the best 
of my ability, preserve, protect, and defend the Constitution of 
the United States.” 

Sect. II.—1. The president shall be commander-in-chief of 
the army and navy of the United States, and of the militia of 
the several states, when called into the actual service of the 
United States; he may require the opinion, in writing, of the 
principal officer in each of the executive departments, upon any 
subject relating to the duties of their respective offices, and he 
shall have power to grant reprieves and pardons for offences 
against the United States, except in cases of impeachment. 

H. He shall have power, by and with the advice and consent 
of the senate, to make treaties, provided two-thirds of the sena¬ 
tors present concur ; and he shall nominate, and by and with and P° w 
the advice and consent of the senate, shall appoint ambassadors, king tre*- 
other public ministers, and consuls, judges of the supreme court, Ue *’ 
and all other officers of the United States, whose appointments 
are not herein otherwise provided for, and which shall be estab¬ 
lished by law. But the congress may, by law, vest the appoint¬ 
ment of such inferior officers as they think proper in the presi¬ 
dent alone, in the courts of law, or in the heads of departments. 

3. The president shall have power to fill up all vacancies that 
may happen during the recess of the senate, by granting com- oAnfieaT 
missions, which shall expire at the end of their next session. 

Sect. III. —He shall, from time to time, give to the congress 


418 


CONSTITUTION. 


information of the state of the Union, and recommend to the^r 
consideration such measures as he shall judge necessary and 
®fcorl- expedient; he may, on extraordinary occasions, convene both 
*”“• houses, or either of them, and in case of disagreement between 
them, with respect to the timo of adjournment, he may adjourn 
them to such time as he shall think proper; he shall receive 
ambassadors and other public ministers; he shall take care that 
the laws be faithfully executed, and shall commission all the 
officers of the United States. 

Sect. IV.—The president, vice-president, and all civil officer! 
fromoffici United States, shall be removed from office on impeach- 

omo ce. men ^ an( j conv i c ti 0 n of treason, bribery, or other high crimes 
and misdemeanors. 


ARTICLE III. 

Sect. I.—The judicial power of the United States shall be 
Thejudi- vested in one supreme court, and in such inferior courts as the 
*'et^od"f con g ress may, from time to time, ordain and establish. The 
"fare*ti° judges, both of the supreme and inferior courts, shall hold their 
tur *' offices during good behavior, and shall, at stated times, receive 
for their services a compensation, which shall not be diminished 
during their continuance in office. 

Sect. II.—1. The judicial power shall extend to all cases, in 
law and equity, arising under this constitution, the laws of the 
United States, and treaties made, or which shall be made, under 
their authority; to all cases affecting ambassadors, other public 
ministers and consuls; to all cases of admiralty and maritime 
p£w«r». jurisdiction; to controversies to which the United States shall 
be a party ; to controversies between two or more states, be¬ 
tween a state and citizens of another state, between citizens of 
different states, between citizens of the same state claiming 
lands under grants of different states, and between a state, or 
the citizens thereof, and foreign states, citizens, or subjects. 

2. In all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers, 
and consuls, and those in which a state shall be a party, the 

Rules of supreme court shall have original jurisdiction. In all other cases 
,rc * edmr *‘before mentioned, the supreme court shall have appellate juris¬ 
diction, both as to law and fact, with such exceptions, and under 
such regulations as the congress shall make. 

3. The trial of all crimes, except in cases of impeachment, 
shall be by jury ; and such trials shall bo held in the state where 
the said crime shall have been committed ; but when not com¬ 
mitted within any state, the trial shall be at such place or places 
as the congress may, by law, have directed. 

Sect. III.—1. Treason against the United States shall con¬ 
sist only in levying war against them, or in adhering to their 
fS yiJ * enemies, giving them aid and comfort. No person shall be con- 
victed of treason,, unless on the testimony of two witnesses to the 
same overt act, or on confession in open court 


CONSTITUTION. 


419 


2. The congress shall have power to declare the punishment 
of treason, but no attainder of treason shall work corruption of how*,**, 
blood, <v forfeiture, except during the life of the person attainted. 1,h ® 4 ' 

ARTICLE IV. 

Sect. I.—Full faith and credit shall be given in each state to 
the public acts, records, and judicial proceedings of every other 
state. And the congress may, by general laws, prescribe the 
manner in which such acts, records, and proceedings shall be 
proved, and the effect thereof. 

Sect. II.—1. The citizens of each state shall be entitled to »„d equal 
all the privileges and immunities of citizens in the several states. aaUoo ‘ 

2. A person, charged in any state with treason, felony, or 
other crime, who shall flee from justice, and be found in another sut* re¬ 
state, shall, on demand of the executive authority of the state qu ‘* tt,0,> 
from which he fled, be delivered up, to be removed to the state 
having the jurisdiction of the crime. 

3. No person, held to service or labor in one state, under the 
laws thereof, escaping into another, shall, in consequence of any *nd sur 
law, or regulation therein, be discharged from such service or reud,,r 
labor, but shall be delivered up on claim of the party to whom 
such service or labor may be due. 

Sect. III.—1. New-states may be admitted by the congress 
into this Union, but no new state shall be formed or erected New 
within the jurisdiction of any other state ; nor any state be 
formed by the junction of two or more states, or parts of states, 
without the consent of the legislatures of the states concerned, 
as well as of the congress. 

2. The congress shall have power to dispose of and make all 
needful rules and regulations lespecting the territory, or other and pubiu 
property, belonging to the United States ; and nothing in this land '* 
constitution shall be so construed as to prejudice any claims of 
the United States, or of any particular state. 

Sect. IV.—The United States shall guarantee to every state Protect** 
in this Union, a republican form of government, and shall pro- ol g i°r^ 
tect each of them against invasion; and on application of the 
legislature, or of the executive, (when the legislature cannot be 
convened) against domestic violence 

ARTICLE V. 

The congress, whenever two-thirds of both houses shall deem 
it necessary, shall propose amendments to this constitution, or, 
on the application of the legislatures of two-thirds of the several Amen<1 
states, shall call a convention for proposing amendments, which, mem«o; 
in either case, shall be valid, to all intents and purposes, as pnrt 1 ^®^* 
of this constitution, when ratified by the legislatures of three- 
fourths of the several states, or by conventions in three-fourth* 
thereof, as the one or the other mode of ratification may b« pra- 


m 


CONSTITUTION. 


*itb pr«- P 086 ^ by the congress: Provided, that no amendment, which 
Ti»o«. may be made prior to the year one thousand eight hundred and 
eight, shall, in any manner, affect the first and fourth clauses 
m the ninth section of the first article ; and that no state, with¬ 
out its consent, shall be deprived of its equal suffrages in the 
senate 

ARTICLE VI. 

Recogni- 1 All debts contracted, and engagements entered into, before 
uiwc'ccjem th© adoption of this constitution, shall b« as valid against the Uni- 
ciaims. ted States under this constitution, as under the confederation. 

2. This constitution, and the laws of the United States which 
shall be made in pursuance thereof, and all treaties made, or 

govern - which shall be made, under the authority of the United States, 
shall be the supreme law of the land ; and the judges in every 
’ state shall be bound thereby, any thing in the constitution or 
laws of any state to the contrary notwithstanding. 

3. The senators and representatives before mentioned, and the 
members of the several state legislatures, and all executive and 

gationof judicial officers, both of the United States and of the several 
n*officer*.states, shall be bound by oath, or affirmation, to support this 
constitution; and no religious test shall ever be required, as a 
qualification to any office or public trust under the United 
States. 


ARTICLE VII. 

Cenrtitu Tb® rat ‘fication of the conventions of nine states, shall be 
tion. " sufficient for the establishment of this Constitution, between the 
states so ratifying the same. 

Done in convention by the unanimous consent of the states 
present , the seventeenth day of September, in the year of our 
Lord, one thousand seven hundred and eighty-seven , and oj 
the Independence of the United States of America, the 
twelfth. In witness whereof, we have hereunto subscribed 
our names 

The Constitution, although formed in 1787, was not adopted 
until 1788, and did not commence its operations until 1789. The 
•loptlon. number of delegates chosen to this convention was sixty-five, ol 
whom ten did not attend, and sixteen refused to sign the Con¬ 
stitution. The following thirty-nine signed the Constitution:— 
New Hampshire. —John Langdon, Nicholas Gelman. 
Massachusetts. —Nathaniel Gorham, Rufus King. 
Connecticut. —William Samuel Johnson, Roger Sherman. 
New York. —Alexander Hamilton. 

New Jersey. —William Livingston, David Brearley, William 
Patterson, Jonathan Dayton. 

Pennsylvania. —Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Mifflin, Robert 


CONSTITUTION. 


421 


Morris, George Clymer, Thomas Fitzsimmons, Jared Ingersoll, 
James Wilson, Gouverneur Morris. 

Delaware .—George Read, Gunning Bedford, jr., John Dick¬ 
inson, Richard Bassett, Jacob Broom. 

Maryland .—James M‘Henry, Daniel of St. Thomas Jenifer, 
Daniel Carroll. 

Virginia .—John Blair, James Madison, jr. 

North Carolina .—William Blount, Richard Dobbs Spaight, 
Hugh Williamson. 

South Carolina .—John Rutledge, Charles C. Pinkney, Charles 
Pinkney, Pierce Butler. 

Georgia .—William Few, Abraham Baldwin. 

GEORGE WASHINGTON, President. 

WILLIAM JACKSON, Secretary. 


AMENDMENTS 

To the Constitution of the United States, ratified according 
to the Provisions of the Fifth Article of the foregoing Con¬ 
stitution. 

Art. I.—Congress shall make no law respecting an establish¬ 
ment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or 
abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the rights 
of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the govern¬ 
ment for a redress of grievances. 

Art. II.—A well-regulated militia being necessary to the se¬ 
curity of a free state, the right of the people to keep and bear 
arms, shall not be infringed. 

Art. III.—No soldier shall, in time of peace, be quartered in 
any house without the consent of the owner, nor in time of war, 
but in a manner to be prescribed by law. 

Art. IV.—The right of the people to be secure in their per¬ 
sons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches 
and seizures, shall not be violated ; and no warrants shall issue, 
but upon probable cause, supported by oath or affirmation, and 
particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons 
or things to be seized. 

Art. V.—No person shall be held to answer for a capital, or 
otherwise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment 
of a grand jury, except in cases arising in the land or naval 
forces, or in the militia, when in actual service, in time of war, 
or public danger ; nor shall any person be subject for the same 
offence to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb ; nor shall be 
•ompelled, in any criminal case, to be a witness against himself, 
%or be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without dua process 


Religiou* 

toleration 

Right* of 
the pre**, 
petition. 


The 

militia 


8earch 

warrant 

and 

seizure* 


Pre»ent 
roent oi 
grand 
Juries. 


Judicia 

•afe- 



422 


CONSTITUT/ON. 


of law ; nor shall private property be taken for public use with 
out just compensation. 

Art. VI.—In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall en- 
rri*i b» joy the right to a speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury 
Jury ’ of the state and district wherein the crime shall have been com¬ 
mitted, which district shall have been previously ascertained by 
law, and to be informed of the nature and cause of the aecusa- 
»mi wit- tion ; to be confronted with the witnesses against him ; to have 
ncises, com p U j sor y process for obtaining witnesses in his favor, and to 
have the assistance of counsel for his defence. 

Art. VII.—In suits at common law, where the value in con- 
rtfuiated troversy shall exceed twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury 
mon law. shall be preserved, and no fact, tried by jury, shall be otherwise 
re-examined in any court of the United States, than according 
to the rules of the common law. 

Art. VIII.—Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excess- 
11 ‘ ive fines imposed, nor cruel and unusual punishments inflicted. 
Lin# be- Art. IX. — The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain 
iututionai rights, shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retain¬ 
ed by the people. 

end «tate Art. X. — The powers not delegated to the United States by 
drawn. the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the states, are reserved 
to tho states respectively, or to the people. 

Limita- Art. XI.—The judicial power of the United States shall not 

judicial he construed to extend to any suit in law or equity, commenced 
power, or prosecuted against one of the United States, by citizens of 
another state, or by citizens or subjects of any foreign state. 

Art. XII.—The electors shall meet in their respective states, 
and vote by ballot, for president and vice-president, one of whom, 
at least, shall not be an inhabitant of the same state with them¬ 
selves ; they shall name, in their ballots, the person voted for as 
president, and, in distinct ballots, the person voted for as vice- 
president ; and they shall make distinct lists of all persons votei 
for as president, and of all persons voted for as vice-president, 
and of the number of votes for each, which lists they shall sign 
and certify, and transmit, sealed, to the seat of the government 
of the United States, directed to the president of the senate. 
Am«nd- The president of the senate shall, in the presence of the senate 
Art^iL and house of representatives, open all the certificates, and the 
e#ct. votes shall then be counted. The person having the greatest 
number of votes for president, shall be the president, if such 
number be a majority of the whole number of electors appoint¬ 
ed ; and if no person have such a majority, then from the per¬ 
sons having the highest numbers, not exceeding three on the list 
of those voted for as president, the house of representatives shall 
*Mp«eting choose immediately, by ballot, the president. But, in choosing 
«k«c!CB>. t } ie p res ident, the votes shall be taken by states, the represen¬ 
tation from each state having one vote ; a quorum for this pur¬ 
pose shall consist of a member or members from two-thirds of 
lha states, and a majority of all the states shall be necessary to 


CONSTITUTION. 


a choice. And if the house of representatives shall not chocee 
a president, whenever the right of choice shall devolve upon 
them, before the fourth day of March next following, then the 
vice-president shall act as president, as in the case of the death, 
or other constitutional disability of the president. 

The person having the greatest number of votes as vice* 
president, shall be the vice-president, if such number be a ma¬ 
jority of the whole number of electors appointed ; and if no per¬ 
son have a majority, then, from the two highest numbers on the 
list, the senate shall choose the vioe-president—a quorum for the 
purpose shall consist of two-thirds of the whole number of sen¬ 
ators, and a majority of the whole number shall be necessary 
lo a choice. 

But no person, constitutionally ineligible to the office of pres¬ 
ident, shall be eligible to that of vice-president of the Uuilet’ 
St&tes. 

























Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: April 2010 

PreservationTechnologies 

A WORLD LEADER IN COLLECTIONS PRESERVATION 

111 Thomson Park Drive 
Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
(724)779-2111 
























































